As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 18, 2012
1933 Act File No. 333-108637
1940 Act File No. 811-04173
 
 
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-2
     
þ   REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
     
o   Pre-Effective Amendment No.
     
o   Post-Effective Amendment No.
and/or
     
þ   REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
     
þ   Amendment No. 17
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: 1-800-225-6020
Thomas M. Kinzler, Esq.
601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805

Name and Address (of Agent for Service)
Copies of Communications to:
Mark P. Goshko, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
One Lincoln Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02111-2950
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. þ
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
     
  o when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c)
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             
 
              Proposed Maximum     Proposed Maximum        
        Amount Being     Offering Price Per     Aggregate Offering     Amount of  
  Title of Securities Being Registered     Registered     Common Share (1)     Price (1)     Registration Fee (1)(2)  
 
Common Shares of Beneficial Interest, no par value per share
    1,000     $23.38     $23.380     $2.68  
 
 
(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933 based on the average of the high and low sales prices of the Common Shares of beneficial interest on May 14, 2012 as reported on the NYSE.
 
(2)   Transmitted prior to filing.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section  8(a) , may determine.
 
 

 


 

(JOHANHANCOCK)
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 18, 2012
Base Prospectus
[                      ] Shares
John Hancock Investors Trust
Common Shares
John Hancock Investors Trust (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund commenced operations in January 1971 following an initial public offering.
Investment Objectives. The Fund’s primary investment objective is to generate income for distribution to its shareholders, with capital appreciation as a secondary objective. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.
The Offering. The Fund may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, no par value (“Common Shares”). Common Shares may be offered at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each, a “Prospectus Supplement”). You should read this Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement carefully before you invest in Common Shares.
Common Shares may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents, underwriters or dealers involved in the offer or sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable offering price, sales, load, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and its agents or underwriters, or among its underwriters, or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated, net proceeds and use of proceeds, and the terms of any sale. The Fund may not sell any Common Shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the particular offering of the Common Shares.
Investment Strategy. The preponderance of the Fund’s assets are invested in a diversified portfolio of debt securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporations and governments, some of which may carry equity features. The Fund emphasizes corporate debt securities which pay interest on a fixed or contingent basis and which may possess certain equity features, such as conversion or exchange rights, warrants for the acquisition of the stock of the same or different issuers, or participations based on revenues, sales or profits. The Fund also may purchase preferred securities and may acquire common stock through the exercise of conversion or exchange rights acquired in connection with other securities owned by the Fund. The Fund will not acquire any additional preferred securities or common stock if as a result of that acquisition the value of all preferred securities and common stocks in the Fund’s portfolio would exceed 20% of its total assets. Up to 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets may be invested in restricted securities acquired through private placements. The Fund also may invest in repurchase agreements.
Investment Adviser and Subadviser. The Fund’s investment adviser is John Hancock Advisers, LLC (the “Adviser” or “JHA”) and its subadviser is John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset

 


 

Management (US) LLC (the “Subadviser”), formerly MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC and Sovereign Asset Management LLC.
Exchange listing. The Common Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “JHI.” Any new Common Shares offered and sold also will be listed on the NYSE and trade under this symbol. As of May 15, 2012 the last reported sale price for the Common Shares was $23.48.
Leverage. The Fund may use leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund currently utilizes leverage by borrowing pursuant to a Committed Facilities Agreement. See “—Other Investment Policies—Borrowing.” In addition, the Fund may use leverage by borrowing from other financial institutions or through the issuance of preferred shares, reverse repurchase agreements or other leverage financing which, together with borrowings, may be in an amount equal to 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s managed assets immediately after giving effect to the borrowing, issuance or transaction. The Fund also may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act. Any such indebtedness would be in addition to the combined effective leverage ratio of 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s managed assets immediately after giving effect to the borrowing. The Fund’s leverage strategy may not be successful.
The Common Shares have traded both at a premium and a discount to net asset value (“NAV”). The Fund cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade in the future at a premium or discount to NAV. The provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, generally require that the public offering price of common shares (less any underwriting commissions and discounts) must equal or exceed the NAV per share of a company’s common stock (calculated within 48 hours of pricing). The Fund’s issuance of Common Shares may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for the Fund’s Common Shares by increasing the number of Common Shares available, which may put downward pressure on the market price for our Common Shares. Shares of common stock of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from NAV, which may increase investors’ risk of loss. The returns earned by holders of the Common Shares who purchase their shares in this offering and sell their shares below NAV will be reduced.
Investing in the Fund’s Common Shares involves certain risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page [25].
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
This Prospectus, together with any other applicable Prospectus Supplement, sets forth concisely the information about the Fund that a prospective investor should know before investing. You should read this Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement, which contain important information, before deciding whether to invest in the Common Shares. You should retain the Prospectus and Prospectus Supplement for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), dated [DATE], containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. The Table of Contents for the SAI is on page [52] of the Prospectus. A copy of the SAI may be obtained without charge by visiting the Fund’s website (www.jhfunds.com) or by calling 1-800-225-6020 (toll-free) or from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Copies of the Fund’s annual report and semi-annual report and other information about the Fund may be obtained upon request by writing to the Fund, by calling 1-800-225-6020, or by visiting the Fund’s website at www.jhfunds.com. You also may obtain a copy of any information regarding the Fund filed with the SEC from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).
The Fund’s Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
Prospectus dated [DATE]

ii


 

You should rely only on the information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement in making your investment decisions. The Fund has not authorized any person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not making an offer to sell the Common Shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement is accurate only as of the dates on their covers. The Fund’s business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since the date of its description in this Prospectus or the date of its description in any Prospectus Supplement.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    1  
    13  
    14  
    14  
    15  
    15  
    15  
    15  
    25  
    36  
    39  
    39  
    40  
    41  
    42  
    45  
    46  
    50  
    52  
    52  
    52  
    52  
    52  
Until [DATE+25] (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the Common Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

iii


 

Prospectus Summary
This is only a summary. You should review the more detailed information elsewhere in this prospectus (“Prospectus”), in any related supplement to this Prospectus (each, a “Prospectus Supplement”), and in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) prior to making an investment in the Fund. See “Risk Factors.”
     
The Fund
  John Hancock Investors Trust (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund commenced operations in January 1971 following an initial public offering.
 
   
 
  The Fund’s investment adviser is John Hancock Advisers, LLC (the “Adviser” or “JHA”) and its subadviser is John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (the “Subadviser”), formerly MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC and Sovereign Asset Management LLC.
     
Investment Objectives
  The Fund’s primary investment objective is to generate income for distribution to its shareholders, with capital appreciation as a secondary objective. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. The Fund’s investment objectives are not fundamental and may be changed without shareholder approval.
     
The Offering
  The Fund may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, up to [_______] of common shares of the Fund (“Common Shares”) on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. The Common Shares may be offered at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more Prospectus Supplements. You should read this Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement carefully before you invest in Common Shares. Common Shares may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, through agents designated from time to time by the Fund, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents, underwriters or dealers involved in the offer or sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable offering price, sales load, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and its agents or underwriters, or among its underwriters, or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated, net proceeds and use of proceeds, and the terms of any sale. See “Plan of Distribution.” The Fund may not sell any of Common Shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the particular offering of Common Shares.
     
Listing and Symbol
  The Common Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “JHI.” Any new Common Shares offered and sold also will be listed on the NYSE and trade under this symbol. As of May 15, 2012, the last reported sale price for the Common Shares was $23.48.
 
   
Investment Strategy
  The preponderance of the Fund’s assets are invested in a diversified portfolio of debt securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporations and governments, some of which may carry equity features. The Fund emphasizes corporate debt securities which pay interest on a fixed or contingent basis and which may possess certain equity features, such as conversion or exchange rights, warrants for the acquisition of the stock of the same or different issuers, or participations based on revenues, sales or profits. The Fund also may purchase preferred securities and may acquire common stock through the exercise of conversion or exchange rights acquired in connection with other securities owned by the Fund. The Fund will not acquire any additional preferred securities or common stock if as a result of that acquisition the value of all preferred securities and common stocks in the Fund’s portfolio would exceed 20% of its total assets. Up to 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets may be invested in restricted securities acquired through private placements. The Fund also may invest in repurchase agreements.
 
   
 
  At least 30% of Fund’s total assets will be represented by (a) debt securities which are rated, at the time of acquisition, investment grade ( i.e. , at least “Baa” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

1


 

     
 
  (“Moody’s”) or “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”)) or in unrated securities determined by the Subadviser to be of comparable credit quality, (b) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies and instrumentalities, and (c) cash or cash equivalents. The remaining 70% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in debt securities of any credit quality, including securities rated below investment grade ( i.e. , rated “Ba” or lower by Moody’s or “BB” or lower by S&P). Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s ability to pay interest and repay principal and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” or “high yield securities.” While the Fund focuses on intermediate and longer-term debt securities, the Fund may acquire securities of any maturity and is not subject to any limits as to the average maturity of its overall portfolio.
 
   
 
  Securities rated “BBB” by S&P are regarded by S&P as having an adequate capacity to pay interest or dividends and repay capital or principal, as the case may be; whereas such securities normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely, in the opinion of S&P, to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest or dividends and repay capital or principal for securities in this category than in higher rating categories. Securities rated “Baa” by Moody’s are considered by Moody’s as medium to lower medium grade securities; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured; interest or dividend payments and capital or principal security, as the case may be, appear to Moody’s to be adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over time; and, in the opinion of Moody’s, securities in this rating category lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. Below investment grade securities and comparable unrated securities involve substantial risk of loss, are considered highly speculative with respect to the issuer’s ability to pay interest and any required redemption or principal payments and are susceptible to default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments. Securities rated Ba or BB may face significant ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions that could lead to the issuer being unable to meet its financial commitments. The protection of interest and principal may be moderate and not well safeguarded during both good and bad times. Securities rated B generally lack the characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments over the long term may be low, and such securities are more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB or Ba. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the issuer’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments. The descriptions of the investment grade rating categories by Moody’s and S&P, including a description of their speculative characteristics, are set forth in the SAI. All references to securities ratings by Moody’s and S&P in this Prospectus shall, unless otherwise indicated, include all securities within each such rating category ( e.g. , “Baa1”, “Baa2” and “Baa3” in the case of Moody’s and “BBB+”, “BBB” and “BBB-” in the case of S&P). All percentage and ratings limitations on securities in which the Fund may invest apply at the time of making an investment and shall not be considered violated if an investment rating is subsequently downgraded to a rating that would have precluded the Fund’s initial investment in such security. In the event of such security downgrade, the Fund will sell the portfolio security as soon as the Subadviser believes it to be prudent to do so in order to again cause the Fund to be within the percentage and ratings limitations set forth in this Prospectus. In the event that the Fund disposes of a portfolio security subsequent to its being downgraded, the Fund may experience a greater risk of loss than if such security had been sold prior to such downgrading.
 
   
 
  In managing the Fund’s portfolio, the Subadviser concentrates first on sector selection by deciding which types of bonds and industries to emphasize at a given time, and then which individual bonds to buy. When making sector and industry allocations, the Subadviser tries to anticipate shifts in the business cycle, using top-down analysis to determine which sectors and industries may benefit over the next 12 months. In choosing individual securities, the Subadviser uses bottom-up research to find securities that appear comparatively undervalued. The Subadviser looks at bonds of all quality levels and maturities from many different issuers,

2


 

     
 
  potentially including U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign corporations and governments. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.
 
   
Investment Adviser and Subadviser
  JHA, the Fund’s investment adviser, is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation. The Adviser is responsible for overseeing the management of the Fund, including its day-to-day business operations and monitoring the Subadviser. As of December 31, 2011, the Adviser had total assets under management of approximately $20.3 billion.
 
   
 
  The Subadviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio investments. The Subadviser, organized in 1968, is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (a subsidiary of Manulife Financial, a publicly held, Canadian-based company). As of December 31, 2011, the Subadviser had total assets under management of approximately $116.4 billion.
 
   
 
  See “Management of the Fund—The Adviser” and “—The Subadviser.”
     
Distributions
  The Fund makes regular quarterly distributions to holders of Common Shares (the “Common Shareholders”) sourced from the Fund’s cash available for distribution. “Cash available for distribution” consists of the Fund’s (i) investment company taxable income, which includes among other things, dividend and ordinary income after payment of Fund expenses, the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, and (ii) net long-term capital gain (gain from the sale of capital assets held longer than one year). The Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”) may modify this distribution policy at any time without obtaining the approval of Common Shareholders.
 
   
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), in the event the Fund makes distributions from sources other than income, a notice will accompany each quarterly distribution with respect to the estimated source of the distribution made. Such notices will describe the portion, if any, of the quarterly dividend which, in the Fund’s good faith judgment, constitutes long-term capital gain, short-term capital gain, net investment income or a return of capital. The actual character of such dividend distributions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, however, will only be determined finally by the Fund at the close of its fiscal year, based on the Fund’s full year performance and its actual net investment company taxable income and net capital gain for the year, which may result in a recharacterization of amounts distributed during such fiscal year from the characterization in the quarterly estimates.
 
   
 
  If, for any calendar year, as discussed above, the total distributions made exceed the Fund’s net investment taxable income and net capital gain, the excess generally will be treated as a return of capital to each Common Shareholder (up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares) and thereafter as gain from the sale of Common Shares. The amount treated as a return of capital reduces the Common Shareholder’s adjusted basis in his or her Common Shares, thereby increasing his or her potential gain or reducing his or her potential loss on the subsequent sale of his or her Common Shares. Distributions in any year may include a substantial return of capital component.
 
   
 
  Distribution rates are based on projected quarterly cash available for distribution, which may result in fluctuations in quarterly rates. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular quarter may be more or less than the amount of cash available for distribution from that quarterly period. In certain circumstances, the Fund may be required to sell a portion of its investment portfolio to fund distributions. Distributions will reduce the Common Shares’ net asset value (“NAV”).
 
   
 
  The 1940 Act currently limits the number of times the Fund may distribute long-term capital gain in any tax year, which may increase the variability of the Fund’s distributions and result in

3


 

     
 
  certain distributions being comprised more heavily of long-term capital gain eligible for favorable income tax rates. In the future, the Adviser may seek Board approval to implement a managed distribution plan for the Fund. The managed distribution plan would be implemented pursuant to an exemptive order already granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which provides an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder to permit the Fund to include long-term capital gain as a part of its regular distributions to Common Shareholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once or twice per year). If the Fund implements a managed distribution plan, it would do so without a vote of the Common Shareholders.
     
Dividend Reinvestment
Plan
  The Fund has established an automatic dividend reinvestment plan (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, distributions of dividends and capital gain are automatically reinvested in Common Shares of the Fund by Computershare Trust Company, N. A. Every shareholder holding at least one full share of the Fund will be automatically enrolled in the Plan. Shareholders who do not participate in the Plan will receive all distributions in cash. Common Shareholders who intend to hold their Common Shares through a broker or nominee should contact such broker or nominee regarding the Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
     
Closed-End Fund Structure
  Closed-end funds differ from traditional, open-end management investment companies (which generally are referred to as “mutual funds”) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the shareholder. Mutual funds do not trade on securities exchanges and issue securities redeemable at the option of the shareholder. The continuous outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage the fund’s investments. Closed-end funds generally are able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objectives and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities. The Fund’s Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors; you should not purchase Common Shares if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase.
 
   
 
  Common shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at prices lower than their NAV. Since inception, the market price of the Common Shares has fluctuated and at times has traded below the Fund’s NAV and at times has traded above the Fund’s NAV. The Fund cannot predict whether in the future the Common Shares will trade at, above or below NAV. In addition to NAV, the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares may be affected by such factors as the Fund’s dividend stability, dividend levels, which are in turn affected by expenses, and market supply and demand.
 
   
 
  In recognition of the possibility that the Common Shares may trade at a discount from their NAV, and that any such discount may not be in the best interest of Common Shareholders, the Board, in consultation with the Adviser, from time to time may review possible actions to reduce any such discount. There can be no assurance that the Board will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in the Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to NAV per Common Share. In the event that the Fund conducts an offering of new Common Shares and such offering constitutes a “distribution” under Regulation M, the Fund and certain of its affiliates may be subject to an applicable restricted period that could limit the timing of any repurchases by the Fund.
     
Summary of Risks
  The Fund’s main risk factors are listed below by general risks and strategy risks. Before investing, be sure to read the additional descriptions of these risks beginning on page [25] of this Prospectus.
 
   
General Risks
  Investment and Market Risk. An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund, which generally are traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter markets. The value of these

4


 

     
 
  securities, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than the original investment, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
     
 
  Tax Risk. To qualify for the special tax treatment available to regulated investment companies, the Fund must: (i) derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from certain kinds of investment income; (ii) meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter, and (iii) distribute in each taxable year at least 90% of its net investment income (including net interest income and net short term capital gain). If the Fund failed to meet any of these requirements, subject to the opportunity to cure such failures under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Fund would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income, including its net capital gain, even if such income were distributed to its shareholders. All distributions by the Fund from earnings and profits, including distributions of net capital gain (if any), would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income. In addition, in order to requalify for taxation as a regulated investment company, the Fund might be required to recognize unrealized gain, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make certain distributions. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
 
   
 
  The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time due to the nature of the Fund’s investments. The ultimate tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions in a calendar year may not finally be determined until after the end of that calendar year. The Fund may make distributions during a calendar year that exceed the Fund’s net investment income and net realized capital gain for that year. In such a situation, the amount by which the Fund’s total distributions exceed net investment income and net realized capital gain generally would be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Common Shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of his or her Common Shares. The Fund’s income distributions that qualify for favorable tax treatment may be affected by the Internal Revenue Service’s (“IRS”) interpretations of the Code and future changes in tax laws and regulations. For instance, Congress is considering numerous proposals to decrease the federal budget deficit, some of which include increasing U.S. federal income taxes or decreasing certain favorable tax treatments currently included in the Code. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
 
   
 
  No assurance can be given as to what percentage of the distributions paid on the Common Shares, if any, will consist of long-term capital gain or what the tax rates on various types of income will be in future years. The long-term capital gain tax rate is currently 15%, and it is currently scheduled to increase to 20% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2012. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
 
   
 
  Distribution Risk. There can be no assurance that quarterly distributions paid by the Fund to shareholders will be maintained at current levels or increase over time. The quarterly distributions shareholders receive from the Fund are derived from the Fund’s dividends and interest income after payment of Fund expenses. The Fund’s cash available for distribution may vary widely over the short- and long-term. If, for any calendar year, the total distributions made exceed the Fund’s net investment taxable income and net capital gain, the excess generally will be treated as a return of capital to each Common Shareholder (up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares) and thereafter as gain from the sale of Common Shares. The amount treated as a return of capital reduces the Common Shareholder’s adjusted basis in his or her Common Shares, thereby increasing his or her potential gain or reducing his or her potential loss on the subsequent sale of his or her Common Shares. Distributions in any year may include a substantial return of capital component.
 
   
 
  Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund may engage in short-term trading strategies, and securities may be sold without regard to the length of time held when, in the opinion of the Subadviser, investment considerations warrant such action. Higher rates of portfolio turnover

5


 

     
 
  likely would result in higher brokerage commissions and may generate short-term capital gain taxable as ordinary income, which may have a negative impact on the Fund’s performance over time. The portfolio turnover rate of the Fund may vary from year to year, as well as within a year.
 
   
 
  Defensive Positions Risk. During periods of adverse market or economic conditions, the Fund may temporarily invest all or a substantial portion of its total assets in short-term money market instruments, securities with remaining maturities of less than one year, cash or cash equivalents. The Fund will not be pursuing its investment objectives in these circumstances and could miss favorable market developments.
 
   
 
  Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that fixed-income securities such as debt securities and preferred securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of such securities generally will fall. The Fund’s investments in debt securities and preferred securities means that the NAV and market price of the Common Shares will tend to decline if market interest rates rise. Given the historically low level of interest rates in recent years and the likelihood that interest rates will increase when the national economy strengthens, the risk of the potentially negative impact of rising interest rates on the value of the Fund’s portfolio may be significant. In addition, the longer the average maturity of the Fund’s portfolio of debt securities, the greater the potential impact of rising interest rates on the value of the Fund’s portfolio and the less flexibility the Fund may have to respond to the decreasing spread between the yield on its portfolio securities.

During periods of declining interest rates, an issuer may exercise its option to prepay principal of debt securities or to redeem preferred securities earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may be extended because of slower than expected principal payments. This may lock in a below market interest rate, increase the security’s duration and reduce the value of the security. This is known as extension risk.
 
   
 
  Inflation Risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the purchasing power of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions thereon can decline.
 
   
 
  Market Discount Risk. The Fund’s Common Shares will be offered only when Common Shares of the Fund are trading at a price equal to or above the Fund’s NAV per Common Share plus the per Common Share amount of commissions. As with any security, the market value of the Common Shares may increase or decrease from the amount initially paid for the Common Shares. The Fund’s Common Shares have traded at both a premium and at a discount to NAV. The shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s NAV could decrease as a result of investment activities. Investors bear a risk of loss to the extent that the price at which they sell their shares is lower in relation to the Fund’s NAV than at the time of purchase, assuming a stable NAV.
 
   
 
  Leverage Risk. The Fund is authorized to utilize leverage through borrowings and/or the issuance of preferred shares, including the issuance of debt securities. The Fund currently utilizes leverage by borrowing pursuant to a Committed Facility Agreement (“CFA”). See “—Other Investment Policies—Borrowing.” The Fund reserves the flexibility to utilize leverage by borrowing from other financial institutions or through the issuance of preferred shares. There can be no assurance that such a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.
 
   
 
  The Fund utilizes the CFA to increase its assets available for investment. When the Fund leverages its assets, Common Shareholders bear the fees associated with the credit facility and

6


 

     
 
  have the potential to benefit or be disadvantaged from the use of leverage. In addition, the fee paid to the Adviser is calculated on the basis of the Fund’s average daily managed assets, including proceeds from borrowings and/or the issuance of preferred shares, so the fee will be higher when leverage is utilized, which may create an incentive for the Adviser to employ financial leverage. Consequently, the Fund and the Adviser may have differing interests in determining whether to leverage the Fund’s assets. Leverage creates risks that may adversely affect the return for the Common Shareholders, including:
    the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and market price of Common Shares;
 
    fluctuations in the interest rate paid for the use of the credit facility;
 
    increased operating costs, which may reduce the Fund’s total return;
 
    the potential for a decline in the value of an investment acquired through leverage, while the Fund’s obligations under such leverage remains fixed; and
 
    the Fund is more likely to have to sell securities in a volatile market in order to meet asset coverage or other debt compliance requirements.
     
 
  To the extent the returns derived from securities purchased with proceeds received from leverage exceeds the cost of leverage, the Fund’s distributions may be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the returns from the securities purchased with such proceeds are not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage, the amount available for distribution to Common Shareholders will be less than if leverage had not been used. In the latter case, the Adviser, in its best judgment, may nevertheless determine to maintain the Fund’s leveraged position if it deems such action to be appropriate. The costs of a borrowing program and/or an offering of preferred shares would be borne by Common Shareholders and consequently would result in a reduction of the NAV of Common Shares.
 
   
 
  In addition to the risks created by the Fund’s use of leverage, the Fund is subject to the risk that it would be unable to timely, or at all, obtain replacement financing if the CFA is terminated. Were this to happen, the Fund would be required to de-leverage, selling securities at a potentially inopportune time and incurring tax consequences. Further, the Fund’s ability to generate income from the use of leverage would be adversely affected.
 
   
 
  Secondary Market for the Common Shares. The issuance of new Common Shares may have an adverse effect on the secondary market for the Common Shares. When the Common Shares are trading at a premium, the Fund may issue Common Shares of the Fund that are sold through transactions effected on the NYSE. The increase in the amount of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares resulting from the offering of new Common Shares may put downward pressure on the market price for the Common Shares of the Fund. Common Shares will not be issued at any time when Common Shares are trading at a price lower than a price equal to the Fund’s NAV per Common Share plus the per Common Share amount of commissions.

The Fund also issues Common Shares of the Fund through its dividend reinvestment plan. Common Shares may be issued under the plan at a discount to the market price for such Common Shares, which may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares of the Fund.
 
   
 
  The voting power of current Common Shareholders will be diluted to the extent that such shareholders do not purchase shares in any future Common Share offerings or do not purchase sufficient shares to maintain their percentage interest. In addition, if the proceeds of such offering are unable to be invested as intended, the Fund’s per Common Share distribution may decrease (or may consist of return of capital) and the Fund may not participate in market advances to the same extent as if such proceeds were fully invested as planned.

7


 

     
 
  Management Risk. The Fund is subject to management risk because it relies on the Subadviser’s ability to pursue the Fund’s investment objectives. The Subadviser applies investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that it will produce the desired results.
 
   
 
  Market Disruption Risk. Instability in the Middle East, the wars in Afghanistan, Iraq and Libya, geopolitical tensions elsewhere and terrorist attacks in the U.S. and around the world have resulted in market volatility and may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the U.S. and worldwide. The Fund does not know how long the securities markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the economy or the securities markets.
 
   
 
  Natural Disasters and Adverse Weather Conditions. Certain areas of the world historically have been prone to major natural disasters, such as hurricanes, earthquakes, typhoons, flooding, tidal waves, tsunamis, erupting volcanoes, wildfires or droughts, and have been economically sensitive to environmental events. Such disasters, and the resulting damage, could have a severe and negative impact on the Fund’s investment portfolio and, in the longer term, could impair the ability of issuers in which the Fund invests to conduct their businesses in the manner normally conducted. Adverse weather conditions also may have a particularly significant negative affect on issuers in the agricultural sector and on insurance companies that insure against the impact of natural disasters.
 
   
 
  Recent Events Risk. The debt and equity capital markets in the U.S. have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting U.S. federal government actions have led to a decline in general economic conditions, which have materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and have reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. These events have been adversely affecting the willingness of some lenders to extend credit, in general, which may make it more difficult for issuers of debt securities to obtain financings or refinancings for their investment or lending activities or operations. There is a risk that such issuers will be unable to successfully complete such financings or refinancings. In particular, because of the current conditions in the credit markets, issuers of debt securities may be subject to increased cost for debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make, securities they purchase and securities they issue.
 
   
 
  These events may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or declines in its portfolio. These events also may make it more difficult for the Fund to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis. A significant decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio likely would result in a significant decline in the value of your investment in the Fund. Prolonged continuation or further deterioration of current market conditions could adversely impact the Fund’s portfolio.
 
   
 
  Changes in U.S. Law. Changes in the state and U.S. federal laws applicable to the Fund, including changes to state and U.S. federal tax laws, or applicable to the Adviser, the Subadviser and other securities or instruments in which the Fund may invest, may negatively affect the Fund’s returns to Common Shareholders. The Fund may need to modify its investment strategy in the future in order to satisfy new regulatory requirements or to compete in a changed business environment.
 
   
 
  Anti-takeover Provisions. The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes

8


 

     
 
  provisions that could limit the ability of other persons or entities to acquire control of the Fund or to change the composition of its Board. These provisions may deprive shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares. See “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws—Anti-takeover provisions.”
     
Strategy Risks
  Issuer Risk. An issuer of a security may perform poorly and, therefore, the value of its stocks and bonds may decline. An issuer of securities held by the Fund could default or have its credit rating downgraded.
     
 
  Credit and Counterparty Risk. The issuer or guarantor of a fixed-income security, the counterparty to an over-the-counter derivatives contract or a borrower of the Fund’s securities may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise honor its obligations. Funds that invest in fixed-income securities are subject to varying degrees of risk that the issuers of the securities will have their credit rating downgraded or will default, potentially reducing the Fund’s share price and income level.
 
   
 
  Corporate Debt Securities Risk. Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and also may be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.
 
   
 
  U.S. Government Securities Risk. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support in the future to U.S. government agencies, authorities or instrumentalities that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities include: (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. government or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participations in loans made to non-U.S. governments or other entities that are so guaranteed. The secondary market for certain of these participations is limited and therefore may be regarded as illiquid.
 
   
 
  Fixed-income Securities Risk. Fixed-income securities are affected by changes in interest rates and credit quality. A rise in interest rates typically causes bond prices to fall. The longer the average maturity of the bonds held by the Fund, the more sensitive the Fund is likely to be to interest-rate changes. There is the possibility that the issuer of the security will not repay all or a portion of the principal borrowed and will not make all interest payments.
 
   
 
  Lower-rated Fixed-income Securities Risk and High-yield Securities Risk. Lower-rated fixed-income securities and high-yield fixed-income securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are subject to greater credit quality risk and risk of default than higher-rated fixed-income securities. These securities may be considered speculative and the value of these securities can be more volatile due to increased sensitivity to adverse issuer, political, regulatory, market or economic developments and can be difficult to resell.
 
   
 
  Mortgage-backed and Asset-backed Securities Risk. Different types of mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities are subject to different combinations of prepayment, extension, interest-rate and/or other market risks.
    Inverse interest-only securities . Inverse interest-only securities that are mortgage-backed securities are subject to the same risks as other mortgage-backed securities. In addition, the coupon on an inverse interest-only security can be extremely sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates.
 
    Stripped mortgage securities. Stripped mortgage securities are subject to the same risks as other mortgage-backed securities, i.e. , different combinations of prepayment, extension,

9


 

      interest rate and/or other market risks.
 
    TBA mortgage contracts. TBA mortgage contracts involve a risk of loss if the value of the underlying security to be purchased declines prior to delivery date. The yield obtained for such securities may be higher or lower than yields available in the market on delivery date.
     
 
  Equity Securities Risk. The value of a company’s equity securities is subject to changes in the company’s financial condition, and overall market and economic conditions. The securities of growth companies are subject to greater price fluctuations than other types of stocks because their market prices tend to place greater emphasis on future earnings expectations. The securities of value companies are subject to the risk that the companies may not overcome the adverse business developments or other factors causing their securities to be underpriced or that the market may never come to recognize their fundamental value.
 
   
 
  Liquidity Risk. Exposure exists when trading volume, lack of a market maker or legal restrictions impair the ability to sell particular securities or close derivative positions at an advantageous price.
 
   
 
  Non-U.S. Investment Risk. As compared to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information relating to foreign companies. Non-U.S. securities may be subject to foreign taxes. The value of non-U.S. securities is subject to currency fluctuations and adverse political and economic developments. Investments in emerging-market countries are subject to greater levels of non-U.S. investment risk.
 
   
 
  Sovereign Debt Obligations Risk. An investment in debt obligations of non-U.S. governments and their political subdivisions (sovereign debt), whether denominated in U.S. dollars for a foreign currency, involves special risks that are not present in corporate debt obligations. The non-U.S. issuer of the sovereign debt or the non-U.S. governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due, and the Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt may be more volatile than prices of debt obligations of U.S. issuers. In the past, certain non-U.S. countries have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debt. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange, the relative size of the debt service burden, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward its principal international lenders and local political constraints. Sovereign debtors also may be dependent on expected disbursements from non-U.S. governments, multilateral agencies and other entities to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The failure of a sovereign debtor to implement economic reforms, achieve specified levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of third-party commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts.
 
   
 
  Brady Bonds Risk. Brady Bonds may involve a high degree of risk, may be in default or present the risk of default. Agreements implemented under the Brady Plan to date are designed to achieve debt and debt-service reduction through specific options negotiated by a debtor nation with its creditors. As a result, the financial packages offered by each country differ. The types of options have included the exchange of outstanding commercial bank debt for bonds issued at 100% of face value of such debt, bonds issued at a discount of face value of such debt, bonds bearing an interest rate which increases over time and bonds issued in exchange for the advancement of new money by existing lenders. Certain Brady Bonds have been collateralized as to principal due at maturity by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds with a maturity equal to the final maturity of such Brady Bonds, although the collateral is not available to investors until the final maturity of the Brady Bonds. Collateral purchases are financed by the IMF, the World

10


 

     
 
  Bank and the debtor nations’ reserves. In addition, the first two or three interest payments on certain types of Brady Bonds may be collateralized by cash or securities agreed upon by creditors. Although Brady Bonds may be collateralized by U.S. government securities, repayment of principal and interest is not guaranteed by the U.S. government.
 
   
 
  Reverse Repurchase Agreement Risk. Reverse repurchase agreement transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under such agreements may decline below the repurchase price. Any fluctuations in the market value of either the securities transferred to the other party or the securities in which the proceeds may be invested would affect the market value of the Fund’s assets, thereby potentially increasing fluctuations in the market value of the Fund’s assets. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of proceeds received under the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities.
 
   
 
  Hedging, Derivatives and Other Strategic Transactions Risk. Hedging and other strategic transactions may increase the volatility of the Fund and, if the transaction is not successful, could result in a significant loss to the Fund. The use of derivative instruments could produce disproportionate gain or loss, more than the principal amount invested. Investing in derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments and, in a down market, could become harder to value or sell at a fair price. The following is a list of certain derivatives and other strategic transactions in which the Fund may invest and the main risks associated with each of them:
    Currency options. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions) and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving options.
 
    Credit default swaps. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions), interest-rate risk, risk of default of the underlying reference obligation and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving credit default swaps.
 
    Equity-linked notes are subject to risks similar to those related to investing in the underlying securities. An equity-linked note is dependent on the individual credit of the note’s issuer. Equity-linked notes often are privately placed and may not be rated. The secondary market for equity-linked notes may be limited.
 
    Foreign currency forward contracts. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions), foreign currency risk and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving foreign currency forward contracts.
 
    Foreign currency swaps. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions), foreign currency risk and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving foreign currency swaps.
 
    Futures contracts. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions) and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving futures contracts.
 
    Interest-rate swaps. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions), interest-rate risk and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving interest-rate swaps.

11


 

    Options. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions) and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving options. Counterparty risk does not apply to exchange-traded options.
 
    Swaps. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions), interest-rate risk, settlement risk, risk of default of the underlying reference obligation and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving swaps, including credit default swaps and total return swaps.
     
 
  Given the risks described above, an investment in Common Shares may not be appropriate for all investors. You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Fund.

12


 

Summary of Fund Expenses
The purpose of the table below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. In accordance with SEC requirements, the table below shows the Fund’s expenses as a percentage of its average net assets as of [DATE], and not as a percentage of total assets. By showing expenses as a percentage of average net assets, expenses are not expressed as a percentage of all of the assets the Fund invests. The offering costs to be paid or reimbursed by the Fund are not included in the Annual Expenses table below. However, these expenses will be borne by Common Shareholders and may result in a reduction in the NAV of the Common Shares. See “Management of the Fund” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” The table and example are based on the Fund’s capital structure as of [DATE].
     
Shareholder Transaction Expenses    
   Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price) (1)
    —%
   Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price) (1)
    —%
   Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees (2)
None         
         
Annual Expenses (Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares)        
   Management fees (3)
    [___] %
   Interest payments on borrowed funds
    [___] % (4)
   Other expenses
    [___] % (5)
   [ Acquired fees and expenses ]
    [___] %
   Total Annual Expenses
    [___] %
 
(1)   If Common Shares are sold to or through underwriters, the Prospectus Supplement will set forth any applicable sales load and the estimated offering expenses.
 
(2)   Participants in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan do not pay brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Fund. However, whenever Common Shares are purchased or sold on the NYSE or otherwise on the open market, each participant will pay a pro rata portion of brokerage trading fees, currently $0.05 per share purchased or sold. Brokerage trading fees will be deducted from amounts to be invested. Shareholders participating in the Plan may buy additional Common Shares of the Fund through the Plan at any time and will be charged a $5 transaction fee plus $0.05 per share brokerage trading fee for each order. See “Distribution Policy” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
(3)   See “Management of the Fund—The Adviser.”
 
(4)   The Fund may use leverage through borrowings. The Fund currently borrows under a credit facility.
 
(5)   Estimated expenses based on the current fiscal year.
EXAMPLE
The following example illustrates the expenses that Common Shareholders would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (i) total annual expenses of [___]% of net assets attributable to Common Shares in years 1 through 10; (ii) a 5% annual return; and (iii) all distributions are reinvested at NAV:
                                 
    1 Year   3 Year   5 Year   10 Year
Total Expenses
  $ [___]     $ [___]     $ [___]     $ [___]  
The above table and example and the assumption in the example of a 5% annual return are required by regulations of the SEC that are applicable to all investment companies; the assumed 5% annual return is not a prediction of, and does not represent, the projected or actual performance of the Fund’s Common Shares. For more complete descriptions of certain of the Fund’s costs and expenses, see “Management of the Fund.” In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at NAV, participants in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan may receive Common Shares purchased or issued at a price or value different from NAV. See

13


 

“Distribution Policy” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” The example does not include sales load or estimated offering costs, which would cause the expenses shown in the example to increase.
The example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses, and the Fund’s actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.
Financial Highlights
This table details the financial performance of the Common Shares, including total return information showing how much an investment in the Fund has increased or decreased each period.
[TO BE ADDED BY AMENDMENT]
Market and Net Asset Value Information
The Fund’s Common Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “JHI.” The Fund’s Common Shares commenced trading on the NYSE in 1971.
The Fund’s Common Shares have traded both at a premium and a discount to its net asset value (“NAV”). The Fund cannot predict whether its shares will trade in the future at a premium or discount to NAV. The provisions of the 1940 Act generally require that the public offering price of common shares (less any underwriting commissions and discounts) must equal or exceed the NAV per share of a company’s common stock (calculated within 48 hours of pricing). The Fund’s issuance of Common Shares may have an adverse effect on prices in the secondary market for Common Shares by increasing the number of Common Shares available, which may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. Shares of common stock of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from NAV. See “Risk Factors—General Risks—Market Discount Risk.”
The following table sets forth for each of the periods indicated the high and low closing market prices for Common Shares on the NYSE, and the corresponding NAV per share and the premium or discount to NAV per share at which the Fund’s Common Shares were trading as of such date. NAV is determined once daily as of the close of regular trading of the NYSE (typically 4:00 P.M., Eastern Time). See “Determination of Net Asset Value” for information as to the determination of the Fund’s NAV.
                                                 
                    NAV per Share on   Premium/(Discount) on
                    Date of Market Price   Date of Market Price
    Market Price   High and Low   High and Low
Fiscal Quarter Ended   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low
January 31, 2010
  $ 18.89     $ 17.22     $ 18.79     $ 18.13       0.53 %     (5.02) %
April 30, 2010
  $ 20.70     $ 18.20     $ 19.30     $ 18.39       7.25 %     (1.03) %
July 31, 2010
  $ 21.94     $ 19.35     $ 18.58     $ 18.72       18.08 %     3.37 %
October 31, 2010
  $ 22.35     $ 20.35     $ 19.63     $ 19.95       13.86 %     2.01 %
January 31, 2011
  $ 21.53     $ 18.75     $ 20.29     $ 19.45       6.11 %     (3.60) %
April 30, 2011
  $ 22.42     $ 20.55     $ 20.20     $ 20.40       10.99 %     0.74 %
July 31, 2011
  $ 22.50     $ 20.65     $ 20.83     $ 20.45       8.02 %     0.98 %
October 31, 2011
  $ 22.04     $ 19.12     $ 19.61     $ 19.87       12.39 %     (3.77) %
January 31, 2012
  $ 23.35     $ 20.80     $ 19.17     $ 18.64       21.80 %     11.59 %
April 30, 2012
  $ 23.45     $ 22.37     $ 19.77     $ 19.60       18.61 %     14.13 %
The last reported sale price, NAV per share and percentage premium to NAV per share of the Common Shares as of May 15, 2012 were $23.48, $19.51 and 20.35%, respectively. As of April 30, 2012, the Fund had 8,587,158 Common Shares outstanding and net assets of the Fund were $168,084,111.

14


 

The Fund
The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund was organized on October 26, 1970 as a Delaware corporation and was reorganized on October 5, 1984 as a Massachusetts business trust pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which was amended and restated on August 26, 2003, as amended (the “Declaration of Trust”). The Fund commenced operations following an initial public offering on January 29, 1971, pursuant to which the Fund issued an aggregate of 5,500,000 Common Shares of beneficial interest, $1.00 par value. The Fund’s principal office is located at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210 and its phone number is 800-225-6020.
The following provides information about the Fund’s outstanding securities as of April 30, 2012.
                         
            Amount Held by    
    Amount   the Fund or for    
Title of Class   Authorized   its Account   Amount Outstanding
Common Shares, no par value
  unlimited     0       8,587,158  
Use of Proceeds
Subject to the remainder of this section, and unless otherwise specified in a Prospectus Supplement, the Fund currently intends to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of any sales of Common Shares pursuant to this Prospectus in accordance with its investment objectives and policies as described under “Investment Objectives” and “Investment Strategies” within three months of receipt of such proceeds. Such investments may be delayed if suitable investments are unavailable at the time or for other reasons. Pending such investment, the Fund anticipates that it will invest the proceeds in short-term money market instruments securities with remaining maturities of less than one year, cash or cash equivalents. A delay in the anticipated use of proceeds could lower returns and reduce the Fund’s distribution to Common Shareholders or result in a distribution consisting principally of a return of capital.
Investment Objectives
The Fund’s primary investment objective is to generate income for distribution to its shareholders, with capital appreciation as a secondary objective. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. The Fund’s investment objectives are not fundamental policies and may be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund.
Investment Strategies
The preponderance of the Fund’s assets are invested in a diversified portfolio of debt securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporations and governments, some of which may carry equity features. The Fund emphasizes corporate debt securities which pay interest on a fixed or contingent basis and which may possess certain equity features, such as conversion or exchange rights, warrants for the acquisition of the stock of the same or different issuers, or participations based on revenues, sales or profits. The Fund also may purchase preferred securities and may acquire common stock through the exercise of conversion or exchange rights acquired in connection with other securities owned by the Fund. The Fund will not acquire any additional preferred securities or common stock if as a result of that acquisition the value of all preferred securities and common stocks in the Fund’s portfolio would exceed 20% of its total assets. Up to 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets may be invested in restricted securities acquired through private placements. The Fund also may invest in repurchase agreements.
At least 30% of Fund’s total assets will be represented by (a) debt securities which are rated, at the time of acquisition, investment grade ( i.e. , at least “Baa” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or “BBB” by

15


 

Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”)) or in unrated securities determined by the Subadviser to be of comparable credit quality, (b) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies and instrumentalities, and (c) cash or cash equivalents. The remaining 70% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in debt securities of any credit quality, including securities rated below investment grade ( i.e. , rated “Ba” or lower by Moody’s or “BB” or lower by S&P). Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s ability to pay interest and repay principal and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” or “high yield securities.” While the Fund focuses on intermediate and longer-term debt securities, the Fund may acquire securities of any maturity and is not subject to any limits as to the average maturity of its overall portfolio.
Securities rated “BBB” by S&P are regarded by S&P as having an adequate capacity to pay interest or dividends and repay capital or principal, as the case may be; whereas such securities normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely, in the opinion of S&P, to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest or dividends and repay capital or principal for securities in this category than in higher rating categories. Securities rated “Baa” by Moody’s are considered by Moody’s as medium to lower medium grade securities; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured; interest or dividend payments and capital or principal security, as the case may be, appear to Moody’s to be adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over time; and, in the opinion of Moody’s, securities in this rating category lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. Below investment grade securities and comparable unrated securities involve substantial risk of loss, are considered highly speculative with respect to the issuer’s ability to pay interest and any required redemption or principal payments and are susceptible to default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments. Securities rated Ba or BB may face significant ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions that could lead to the issuer being unable to meet its financial commitments. The protection of interest and principal may be moderate and not well safeguarded during both good and bad times. Securities rated B generally lack the characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments over the long term may be low, and such securities are more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB or Ba. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the issuer’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments. The descriptions of the investment grade rating categories by Moody’s and S&P, including a description of their speculative characteristics, are set forth in the SAI. All references to securities ratings by Moody’s and S&P in this Prospectus shall, unless otherwise indicated, include all securities within each such rating category ( e.g. , “Baa1”, “Baa2” and “Baa3” in the case of Moody’s and “BBB+”, “BBB” and “BBB-” in the case of S&P). All percentage and ratings limitations on securities in which the Fund may invest apply at the time of making an investment and shall not be considered violated if an investment rating is subsequently downgraded to a rating that would have precluded the Fund’s initial investment in such security. In the event of such security downgrade, the Fund will sell the portfolio security as soon as the Subadviser believes it to be prudent to do so in order to again cause the Fund to be within the percentage and ratings limitations set forth in this Prospectus. In the event that the Fund disposes of a portfolio security subsequent to its being downgraded, the Fund may experience a greater risk of loss than if such security had been sold prior to such downgrading.
In managing the Fund’s portfolio, the Subadviser concentrates first on sector selection by deciding which types of bonds and industries to emphasize at a given time, and then which individual bonds to buy. When making sector and industry allocations, the Subadviser tries to anticipate shifts in the business cycle, using top-down analysis to determine which sectors and industries may benefit over the next 12 months. In choosing individual securities, the Subadviser uses bottom-up research to find securities that appear comparatively undervalued. The Subadviser looks at bonds of all quality levels and maturities from many different issuers, potentially including U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign corporations and governments. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.
PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS
Corporate debt securities
The Fund invests in corporate debt obligations. Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and also may be subject to price volatility due to

16


 

such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.
U.S. government and foreign government securities
U.S. government securities in which the Fund invests include debt obligations of varying maturities issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government. U.S. government securities include securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its authorities, agencies, or instrumentalities. Foreign government securities include securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments (including political subdivisions) or their authorities, agencies, or instrumentalities or by supra-national agencies. Different kinds of U.S. government securities and foreign government securities have different kinds of government support. For example, some U.S. government securities ( e.g. , U.S. Treasury bills, Treasury notes and Treasury bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance) are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Other U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by federal agencies or government-chartered or -sponsored enterprises, but are neither guaranteed nor insured by the U.S. government ( e.g. , debt securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), Federal National Mortgage Association Bonds (“Fannie Mae”), and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”)). Others may be supported by: (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations; or (iii) only the credit of the issuer. Similarly, some foreign government securities are supported by the full faith and credit of a foreign national government or political subdivision and some are not. Foreign government securities of some countries may involve varying degrees of credit risk as a result of financial or political instability in those countries and the possible inability of a Fund to enforce its rights against the foreign government issuer. As with other fixed-income securities, sovereign issuers may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal or interest payments.
Supra-national agencies are agencies whose member nations make capital contributions to support the agencies’ activities, and include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”), the Asian Development Bank, the European Coal and Steel Community, and the Inter-American Development Bank.
Like other fixed-income securities, U.S. government securities are subject to market risk and their market values typically will change as interest rates fluctuate. For example, the value of a Fund’s investment in U.S. government securities may fall during times of rising interest rates. Yields on U.S. government securities tend to be lower than those of corporate securities of comparable maturities.
In addition to investing directly in U.S. government securities and foreign government securities, a Fund may purchase certificates of accrual or similar instruments evidencing undivided ownership interests in interest payments and/or principal payments of U.S. government securities and foreign government securities. Certificates of accrual and similar instruments may be more volatile than other government securities.
Mortgage-backed securities
The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities which represent participation interests in pools of adjustable and fixed rate mortgage loans which are guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government. Unlike conventional debt obligations, mortgage-backed securities provide monthly payments derived from the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans. The mortgage loans underlying mortgage-backed securities are generally subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining interest rate environment and to a lesser rate of principal prepayments in an increasing interest rate environment. Under certain interest and prepayment scenarios, the Fund may fail to recover the full amount of its investment in mortgage-backed securities notwithstanding any direct or indirect governmental or agency guarantee. Since faster than expected prepayments must usually be invested in lower yielding securities, mortgage-backed securities are less effective than conventional bonds in “locking in” a specified interest rate. In a rising interest rate environment, a declining prepayment rate may extend the average life of many mortgage-backed securities. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. Government sponsored entities such as the FHLMC, FNMA and FHLB, although chartered or sponsored by Congress, are not funded by congressional appropriations and the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by them are neither guaranteed nor issued by the U.S. government.

17


 

The Fund’s investments in mortgage-backed securities may include conventional mortgage pass through securities and certain classes of multiple class collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). In order to reduce the risk of prepayment for investors, CMOs are issued in multiple classes, each having different maturities, interest rates, payment schedules and allocations of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages. Senior CMO classes will typically have priority over residual CMO classes as to the receipt of principal and/or interest payments on the underlying mortgages. The CMO classes in which the Fund may invest include but are not limited to sequential and parallel pay CMOs, including planned amortization class (“PAC”) and target amortization class (“TAC”) securities.
Different types of mortgage-backed securities are subject to different combinations of prepayment, extension, interest rate and/or other market risks. Conventional mortgage pass through securities and sequential pay CMOs are subject to all of these risks, but are typically not leveraged. PACs, TACs and other senior classes of sequential and parallel pay CMOs involve less exposure to prepayment, extension and interest rate risk than other mortgage-backed securities, provided that prepayment rates remain within expected prepayment ranges or “collars.”
Illiquid securities
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in illiquid securities ( i.e. , securities that are not readily marketable). For this purpose, “illiquid securities” may include certain securities that are not registered (“restricted securities”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), including commercial paper issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act and securities offered and sold to “qualified institutional buyers” under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. If the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) determines, based upon a continuing review of the trading markets for specific Section 4(2) commercial paper or Rule 144A securities, that these instruments are liquid, they will not be subject to the 20% limit on illiquid investments. The Board has adopted guidelines and delegated to the Adviser the daily function of determining the monitoring and liquidity of restricted securities. The Board will, however, retain sufficient oversight and be ultimately responsible for these determinations. The Board will carefully monitor the Fund’s investments in these securities, focusing on such important factors, among others, as valuation, liquidity and availability of information. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in the Fund if qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities.
Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered illiquid, unless an agreement can be terminated after a notice period of seven days or less.
As long as the SEC maintains the position that most swap contracts, caps, floors, and collars are illiquid, the Fund will continue to designate these instruments as illiquid for purposes of its 20% illiquid limitation unless the instrument includes a termination clause or has been determined to be liquid based on a case-by-case analysis pursuant to procedures approved by the Board.
Equity securities
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in preferred securities and common stocks. The Fund may purchase preferred securities and may acquire common stock through the exercise of conversion or exchange rights acquired in connection with other securities owned by the Fund. The Fund normally will invest in such securities when the Subadviser believes that they will provide a sufficiently high yield to attain the Fund’s investment objectives. The Fund also may purchase income producing securities which are convertible into or come with rights to purchase preferred securities and common stocks.
Fixed rate preferred securities have fixed dividend rates. They can be perpetual, with no mandatory redemption date, or issued with a fixed mandatory redemption date. Certain issues of preferred securities are convertible into other equity securities. Perpetual preferred securities provide a fixed dividend throughout the life of the issue, with no mandatory retirement provisions, but may be callable. Sinking fund preferred securities provide for the redemption of a portion of the issue on a regularly scheduled basis with, in most cases, the entire issue being retired as of a future date. The value of fixed rate preferred securities can be expected to vary inversely with interest rates.
Adjustable rate preferred securities have a variable dividend rate which is determined periodically, typically quarterly, according to a formula based on a specified premium or discount to the yield on particular U.S. Treasury securities, typically the highest base-rate yield of one of three U.S. Treasury securities: the 90-day Treasury bill; the 10-year Treasury note; and either the 20-year or 30-year Treasury bond or other index. The premium or discount to

18


 

be added to or subtracted from this base-rate yield is fixed at the time of issuance and cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of the adjustable rate preferred securities. Some adjustable rate preferred securities have a maximum and a minimum rate and in some cases are convertible into common stock.
Auction rate preferred securities pay dividends that adjust based upon periodic auctions. Such preferred securities are similar to short-term corporate money market instruments in that an auction rate preferred stockholder has the opportunity to sell the preferred securities at its liquidation value in an auction, normally conducted at least every 49 days, through which buyers set the dividend rate in a bidding process for the next period. The dividend rate set in the auction depends upon market conditions and the credit quality of the particular issuer. Typically, the auction rate preferred securities’ dividend rate is limited to a specified maximum percentage of an external commercial paper index as of the auction date. Further, the terms of auction rate preferred securities generally provide that they are redeemable by the issuer at certain times or under certain conditions.
Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits, if any, of the corporation without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of such entity’s preferred securities and other senior equity securities. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so. In selecting common stocks for investment, the Fund expects generally to focus more on the security’s dividend paying capacity than on its potential for capital appreciation.
Non-U.S. securities
While the Fund primarily invests in the securities of U.S. issuers, the Fund may invest in securities of corporate and governmental issuers located outside the U.S., including emerging market issuers. The Fund may invest up to 30% of its total assets in securities that are denominated in foreign currencies.
Sovereign debt obligations
The Fund may invest in sovereign debt obligations, which involve special risks that are not present in corporate debt obligations. The foreign issuer of the sovereign debt or the foreign governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and a fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt, and the Fund’s NAV, to the extent it invests in such securities, may be more volatile than prices of debt obligations of U.S. issuers. In the past, certain foreign countries have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debt.
Money market instruments
Money market instruments include short-term U.S. government securities, U.S. dollar-denominated, high quality commercial paper (unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance their short-term credit needs), certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and repurchase agreements relating to any of the foregoing. U.S. government securities include Treasury notes, bonds and bills, which are direct obligations of the U.S. government backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S., and securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government, which may be guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, may be supported by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or may be backed only by the credit of the U.S. federal agency or instrumentality itself.
Hedging and interest rate transactions
The Fund may, but is not required to, use various hedging and interest rate transactions described below to mitigate risks or facilitate portfolio management. Such transactions are generally accepted under modern portfolio management and are regularly used by many mutual funds and other institutional investors. Although the Subadviser seeks to use these practices to further the Fund’s investment objectives, no assurance can be given that these practices will achieve this result.
The Fund may purchase and sell derivative instruments such as exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, financial futures, fixed-income, interest rate and equity indices, and other financial instruments, purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options thereon, and enter into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars or credit transactions and credit default swaps. The Fund also may purchase derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. Collectively, all of the above are referred to as “Strategic Transactions.” The Fund generally seeks to use Strategic Transactions as a portfolio

19


 

management or hedging technique to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the Fund’s portfolio, protect the value of the Fund’s portfolio, facilitate the sale of certain securities for investment purposes, manage the effective interest rate exposure of the Fund, including the effective yield paid on any preferred shares issued by the Fund, manage the effective maturity or duration of the Fund’s portfolio or establish positions in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. The Fund does not engage in these transactions for speculative purposes.
Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to use successfully Strategic Transactions depends on the Subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of Strategic Transactions may result in a loss greater than if they had not been used, may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, amounts paid by the Fund as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Fund for investment purposes.
A more complete discussion of Strategic Transactions and their risks is contained in the SAI.
TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE STRATEGIES
There may be times when, in the Subadviser’s judgment, conditions in the securities market would make pursuit of the Fund’s investment strategy inconsistent with achievement of the Fund’s investment objectives. At such times, the Subadviser may employ alternative strategies primarily to seek to reduce fluctuations in the value of the Fund’s assets. In implementing these temporary defensive strategies, depending on the circumstances, the Fund may invest an unlimited portion of its portfolio in short-term money market instruments, securities with remaining maturities of less than one year, cash or cash equivalents. It is impossible to predict when, or for how long, the Fund may use these alternative strategies.
ADDITIONAL PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS
Structured securities
The Fund may invest in structured securities including notes, bonds or debentures, the value of the principal of and/or interest on which is to be determined by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, interest rates, commodities, indices or other financial indicators (the “Reference”) or the relative change in two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. The terms of the structured securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, may result in the loss of the Fund’s investment. Structured securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition, the change in interest rate or the value of the security at maturity may be a multiple of the change in the value of the Reference. Consequently, structured securities entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt obligations. Structured securities also may be more volatile, less liquid and more difficult to price accurately than less complex fixed-income investments.
When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities
The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis. “When-issued” refers to securities whose terms are available and for which a market exists, but which have not been issued. The Fund will engage in when-issued transactions with respect to securities purchased for its portfolio in order to obtain what is considered to be an advantageous price and yield at the time of the transaction. For when-issued transactions, no payment is made until delivery is due, often a month or more after the purchase. In a forward commitment transaction, the Fund contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time.
When the Fund engages in a forward commitment or when-issued transaction, the Fund relies on the issuer or seller to consummate the transaction. The failure of the issuer or seller to consummate the transaction may result in the

20


 

Fund’s losing the opportunity to obtain a price and yield considered to be advantageous. The purchase of securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis also involves a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date.
On the date that the Fund enters into an agreement to purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, the Fund will segregate in a separate account cash or liquid securities, of any type or maturity, equal in value to the Fund’s commitment. These assets will be valued daily at market, and additional cash or securities will be segregated in a separate account to the extent that the total value of the assets in the account declines below the amount of the when-issued commitments. Alternatively, the Fund may enter into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other securities that it owns.
Repurchase agreements
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement the Fund would buy a security for a relatively short period (usually not more than 7 days) subject to the obligation to sell it back to the seller at a fixed time and price plus accrued interest. The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with member banks of the Federal Reserve System and with “primary dealers” in U.S. government securities. When the Fund enters into a repurchase agreement, it receives collateral which is held in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. The collateral amount is marked-to-market and monitored on a daily basis to ensure that the collateral held is in an amount not less than the principal amount of the repurchase agreement plus any accrued interest. In the event of a default by the counterparty, realization of the collateral proceeds could be delayed, during which time the collateral value may decline.
Reverse repurchase agreements
The Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreement transactions to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, and related guidance of the SEC and its staff. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of U.S. government securities held in its portfolio to a bank with an agreement that the Fund will buy back the securities at a fixed future date at a fixed price plus an agreed amount of “interest” which may be reflected in the repurchase price. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings by the Fund.
The Fund intends to use reverse repurchase agreements to obtain investment leverage either alone and/or in combination with other forms of investment leverage. The Fund also may use reverse repurchase agreement transactions for temporary or emergency purposes. In a reverse repurchase agreement transaction, the Fund temporarily transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another party in return for cash. At the same time, the Fund agrees to repurchase the instrument at an agreed upon time and price, which reflects an interest payment. The value of the portfolio securities transferred may substantially exceed the purchase price received by the Fund under the reverse repurchase agreement transaction and, during the life of the reverse repurchase agreement transaction, the Fund may be required to transfer additional securities if the market value of those securities initially transferred declines. In engaging in a reverse repurchase transaction, the Fund may transfer (“sell”) any of its portfolio securities to a broker-dealer, bank or another financial institution counterparty as determined by the Subadviser to be appropriate. In accordance with guidance from the SEC and its staff from time to time in effect, the Fund will earmark or segregate liquid assets equal to repayment obligations under the reverse repurchase agreements.
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of securities purchased by the Fund with proceeds of the transaction may decline below the repurchase price of the securities sold by the Fund which it is obligated to repurchase. The Fund also will continue to be subject to the risk of a decline in the market value of the securities sold under the agreements because it will reacquire those securities upon effecting their repurchase. To minimize various risks associated with reverse repurchase agreements, the Fund will establish and maintain a separate account consisting of liquid securities, of any type or maturity, in an amount at least equal to the repurchase prices of the securities (plus any accrued interest thereon) under such agreements. In addition, the Fund will not enter into reverse repurchase agreements, except from banks as a temporary measure for extraordinary emergency purposes in amounts not to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) taken at market value immediately after giving effect to the reverse repurchase agreement. The Fund will enter into reverse repurchase agreements only with federally insured banks which are approved in advance as being creditworthy by the Trustees. Under the procedures established by the Trustees, the Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the banks involved.

21


 

Mortgage “dollar roll” transactions
The Fund may enter into mortgage “dollar roll” transactions with selected banks and broker-dealers pursuant to which the Fund sells mortgage-backed securities and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date. The Fund will only enter into covered rolls. A “covered roll” is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash position or a cash equivalent security position which matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar roll transaction. Covered rolls are not treated as a borrowing or other senior security and will be excluded from the calculation of the Fund’s borrowings and other senior securities. For financial reporting and tax purposes, the Fund treats mortgage dollar rolls as two separate transactions; one involving the purchase of a security and a separate transaction involving a sale.
Asset-backed securities
The Fund may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are often subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying loans. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of loans underlying asset-backed securities can be expected to accelerate. Accordingly, the Fund’s ability to maintain positions in these securities will be affected by reductions in the principal amount of such securities resulting from prepayments, and its ability to reinvest the returns of principal at comparable yields is subject to generally prevailing interest rates at that time.
Brady bonds
The Fund may invest in Brady Bonds and other sovereign debt securities of countries that have restructured or are in the process of restructuring sovereign debt pursuant to the Brady Plan. Brady Bonds are debt securities described as part of a restructuring plan created by U.S. Treasury Secretary Nicholas F. Brady in 1989 as a mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness (generally, commercial bank debt). In restructuring its external debt under the Brady Plan framework, a debtor nation negotiates with its existing bank lenders as well as multilateral institutions such as the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”). The Brady Plan facilitates the exchange of commercial bank debt for newly issued bonds (known as Brady Bonds). The World Bank and the IMF provide funds pursuant to loan agreements or other arrangements which enable the debtor nation to collateralize the new Brady Bonds or to repurchase outstanding bank debt at a discount. Under these arrangements the IMF debtor nations are required to implement domestic monetary and fiscal reforms. These reforms have included the liberalization of trade and foreign investment, the privatization of state-owned enterprises and the setting of targets for public spending and borrowing. These policies and programs seek to promote the debtor country’s ability to service its external obligations and promote its economic growth and development. The Brady Plan only sets forth general guiding principles for economic reform and debt reduction, emphasizing that solutions must be negotiated on a case-by-case basis between debtor nations and their creditors.
REITs
The Fund may invest in common and preferred interests in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs primarily invest in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs also can realize capital gain by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. The Fund will in some cases indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund. Debt securities issued by REITs are, for the most part, general and unsecured obligations and are subject to risks associated with REITs.
Other investment companies
The Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies and permissible under the 1940 Act. As a stockholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s investment management fees and other expenses with respect to the assets so invested. Common Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. In addition, these other investment companies may utilize leverage, in which case an investment would subject the Fund to additional risks associated with leverage. See “Risk Factors—

22


 

Leverage Risk.” The Fund, as a holder of the securities of other investment companies, will bear its pro rata portion of the other investment companies’ expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses are in addition to the direct expenses of the Fund’s own operations.
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES
Borrowing
The Fund has entered into a Committed Facility Agreement (“CFA”) that allows it to borrow up to $91 million and to invest the borrowings in accordance with its investment practices.
Borrowings under the CFA are secured by certain assets of the Fund as disclosed in the Fund’s investments. Interest charged is at the rate of one-month LIBOR plus 0.70%. Prior to April 29, 2011, the interest rate was one-month LIBOR plus 0.95%. See “—Use of Leverage by the Fund.”
The Fund may terminate the agreement with 30 days’ notice. In addition, if certain asset coverage and collateral requirements, minimum net assets or other covenants are not met, the CFA could be deemed in default and result in termination. Absent a default or a facility termination event, the lender is required to provide the Fund with 360 days’ notice prior to terminating or amending the CFA.
Portfolio turnover
The Fund may engage in short-term trading strategies, and securities may be sold without regard to the length of time held when, in the opinion of the Subadviser, investment considerations warrant such action. Short term trading may have the effect of increasing portfolio turnover rate. A high turnover rate (100% or more) necessarily involves greater trading costs to the Fund and may result in the realization of net short term capital gain. The portfolio turnover rate for the Fund for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010 was 45% and 71%, respectively. The success of short-term trading will depend upon the ability of the Subadviser to evaluate particular securities, to anticipate relevant market factors, including trends of interest rates and earnings and variations from such trends, to obtain relevant information, to evaluate it promptly, and to take advantage of its evaluations by completing transactions on a favorable basis. There can be no assurance that the Subadviser will be successful in that evaluation. If securities are not held for the applicable holding periods, dividends paid on them will not qualify for the advantageous U.S. federal tax rates. See “Investment Strategies” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
Lending of securities
The Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions if the loan is collateralized by cash or U.S. government securities according to applicable regulatory requirements. The Fund may reinvest any cash collateral in short-term securities and money market funds. When the Fund lends portfolio securities, there is a

23


 

risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities involved in the transaction. As a result, the Fund may incur a loss or, in the event of the borrower’s bankruptcy, the Fund may be delayed in or prevented from liquidating the collateral. The Fund may not lend portfolio securities having a total value exceeding 33 1 / 3 % of its total assets.
Foreign currency transactions
The value of non-U.S. assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in foreign currency rates and exchange control regulations. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by intervention by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or the failure to intervene, or by currency controls or political developments in the U.S. or abroad. The Fund may (but is not required to) engage in transactions to hedge against changes in foreign currencies, and will use such hedging techniques when the Adviser or the Subadviser deems appropriate. Foreign currency exchange transactions may be conducted on a spot ( i.e. , cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or through entering into derivative currency transactions. Currency futures contracts are exchange-traded and change in value to reflect movements of a currency or a basket of currencies. Settlement must be made in a designated currency.
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts are individually negotiated and privately traded so they are dependent upon the creditworthiness of the counterparty. Such contracts may be used when a security denominated in a foreign currency is purchased or sold, or when the receipt in a foreign currency of dividend or interest payments on such a security is anticipated. A forward contract can then “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such dividend or interest payment, as the case may be.
Additionally, when the Adviser or the Subadviser believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of dollars, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the securities held that are denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge against long-term currency changes. Cross-hedging may be performed by using forward contracts in one currency (or basket of currencies) to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the Adviser or the Subadviser determines that there is an established historical pattern of correlation between the two currencies (or the basket of currencies and the underlying currency). Use of a different foreign currency magnifies exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Forward contracts also may be used to shift exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes from one currency to another. Short-term hedging provides a means of fixing the dollar value of only a portion of portfolio assets. Income or gain earned on any of the Fund’s foreign currency transactions generally will be treated as fully taxable income ( i.e. , income other than tax-advantaged dividends).
Currency transactions are subject to the risk of a number of complex political and economic factors applicable to the countries issuing the underlying currencies. Furthermore, unlike trading in most other types of instruments, there is no systematic reporting of last sale information with respect to the foreign currencies underlying the derivative currency transactions. As a result, available information may not be complete. In an over-the-counter trading environment, there are no daily price fluctuation limits. There may be no liquid secondary market to close out options purchased or written, or forward contracts entered into, until their exercise, expiration or maturity. There also is the risk of default by, or the bankruptcy of, the financial institution serving as counterparty.
USE OF LEVERAGE BY THE FUND
The Fund may use leverage to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. The Fund currently utilizes leverage by borrowing pursuant the CFA as described above in “—Other Investment Policies—Borrowing.” In addition, the Fund may use leverage by borrowing from other financial institutions or through the issuance of preferred shares, reverse repurchase agreements or other leverage financing which, together with borrowings, may be in an amount equal to 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s managed assets immediately after giving effect to the borrowing, issuance or transaction. The Fund also may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act. Any such indebtedness would be in addition to the combined effective leverage ratio of 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s managed assets immediately after giving effect to the borrowing. The Fund’s leverage strategy may not be successful. By leveraging its investment portfolio, the Fund creates an opportunity for increased net income or capital appreciation. However, the use of leverage also involves risks, which can be significant. These risks include the possibility that the value of the assets acquired with such borrowing decreases although the Fund’s liability is

24


 

fixed, greater volatility in the Fund’s NAV and the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares and higher expenses. Because the Adviser’s fee is based upon a percentage of the Fund’s managed assets, the Adviser’s fee will be higher if the Fund is leveraged and the Adviser will have an incentive to leverage the Fund. The Adviser intends only to leverage the Fund when it believes that the potential return on the additional investments acquired through the use of leverage is likely to exceed the costs incurred in connection with the offering.
At October 31, 2011, the Fund had loans outstanding under the Fund’s CFA of $87,700,000. During the year ended October 31, 2011, the Fund had borrowings under the CFA as follows:
         
Average Daily Loan Balance   Weighted Average Interest Rate%   Maximum Daily Loan Outstanding
$83,752,055
  1.05%   [___]
The Fund’s borrowings under its credit facility at October 31, 2011 equaled approximately [___]% of the Fund’s total assets (including the proceeds of such leverage). The Fund’s asset coverage ratio as of October 31, 2011 was [___]%. See “—Other Investment Policies—Borrowing” for a brief description of the Fund’s CFA.
Assuming the utilization of leverage in the amount of [___]% of the Fund’s total assets and an annual interest rate of [___]% payable on such leverage based on market rates as of the date of this Prospectus, the additional income that the Fund must earn (net of expenses) in order to cover such leverage is approximately $[__________]. Actual costs of leverage may be higher or lower than that assumed in the previous example.
Following an offering of additional Common Shares from time to time, the Fund may increase the amount of leverage outstanding. The Fund may engage in additional borrowings in order to maintain the Fund’s desired leverage ratio. Leverage creates a greater risk of loss, as well as a potential for more gain, for the Common Shares than if leverage were not used. Interest on borrowings may be at a fixed or floating rate and generally will be based on short-term rates. The costs associated with the Fund’s use of leverage, including the issuance of such leverage and the payment of dividends or interest on such leverage, will be borne entirely by the Common Shareholders. As long as the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the Fund’s investment portfolio investments purchased with leverage exceeds the costs associated with such leverage, the Fund will generate more return or income than will be needed to pay such costs. In this event, the excess will be available to pay higher dividends to Common Shareholders. Conversely, if the Fund’s return on such assets is less than the cost of leverage and other Fund expenses, the return to the Common Shareholders will diminish. To the extent that the Fund uses leverage, the NAV and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. The Fund’s leveraging strategy may not be successful. See “Risk Factors—Leverage Risk.”
The following table is designed to illustrate the effect on the return to a holder of the Fund’s Common Shares of leverage in the amount of approximately [___]% of the Fund’s total assets, assuming hypothetical annual returns of the Fund’s investment portfolio of minus 10% to plus 10%. As the table shows, leverage generally increases the return to Common Shareholders when portfolio return is positive and greater than the cost of leverage and decreases the return when the portfolio return is negative or less than the cost of leverage. The figures appearing in the table are hypothetical. Actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table.
                                         
Assumed Portfolio Return   (10.00)%   (5.00)%   0.00%   5.00%   10.00%
Corresponding Common Shares Total Return
    [___] %     [___] %     [___] %     [___] %     [___] %
Risk Factors
Below are descriptions of the main factors that may play a role in shaping the Fund’s overall risk profile. The descriptions of are grouped by general risks and strategy risks. For further details about Fund risks, including additional risk factors that are not discussed in this Prospectus because they are not considered primary factors, see the Fund’s SAI.

25


 

General Risks
INVESTMENT AND MARKET RISK
An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund, which generally are traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter markets. The value of these securities, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than the original investment, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
TAX RISK
To qualify for the special tax treatment available to regulated investment companies, the Fund must: (i) derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from certain kinds of investment income; (ii) meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter, and (iii) distribute in each taxable year at least 90% of its net investment income (including net interest income and net short term capital gain). If the Fund failed to meet any of these requirements, subject to the opportunity to cure such failures under applicable provisions of the Code, the Fund would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income, including its net capital gain, even if such income were distributed to its shareholders. All distributions by the Fund from earnings and profits, including distributions of net capital gain (if any), would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income. In addition, in order to requalify for taxation as a regulated investment company, the Fund might be required to recognize unrealized gain, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make certain distributions. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time due to the nature of the Fund’s investments. The ultimate tax characterization of the Fund’s distributions in a calendar year may not finally be determined until after the end of that calendar year. The Fund may make distributions during a calendar year that exceed the Fund’s net investment income and net realized capital gain for that year. In such a situation, the amount by which the Fund’s total distributions exceed net investment income and net realized capital gain generally would be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Common Shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of his or her Common Shares. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
No assurance can be given as to what percentage of the distributions paid on Common Shares, if any, will consist of long-term capital gain or what the tax rates on various types of income will be in future years. See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
DISTRIBUTION RISK
There can be no assurance that quarterly distributions paid by the Fund to shareholders will be maintained at current levels or increase over time. The quarterly distributions shareholders receive from the Fund are derived from the Fund’s dividends and interest income after payment of Fund expenses, net option premiums and net realized gain on equity securities investments. If stock market volatility and/or stock prices decline, the premiums available from writing call options and writing put options on individual stocks likely will decrease as well. Payments to purchase put options and to close written call and put options will reduce amounts available for distribution. Net realized gain on the Fund’s stock investments will be determined primarily by the direction and movement of the stock market and the equity securities held. The Fund’s cash available for distribution may vary widely over the short- and long-term. If, for any calendar year, the total distributions made exceed the Fund’s net investment taxable income and net capital gain, the excess generally will be treated as a return of capital to each Common Shareholder (up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares) and thereafter as gain from the sale of Common Shares. The amount treated as a return of capital reduces the Common Shareholder’s adjusted basis in his or her Common Shares, thereby increasing his or her potential gain or reducing his or her potential loss on the subsequent sale of his or her Common Shares. Distributions in any year may include a substantial return of capital component. Dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors.

26


 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RISK
The Fund may engage in short-term trading strategies, and securities may be sold without regard to the length of time held when, in the opinion of the Subadviser, investment considerations warrant such action. Higher rates of portfolio turnover likely would result in higher brokerage commissions and may generate short-term capital gain taxable as ordinary income, which may have a negative impact on the Fund’s performance over time. The portfolio turnover rate of the Fund may vary from year to year, as well as within a year.
DEFENSIVE POSITIONS RISK
During periods of adverse market or economic conditions, the Fund may temporarily invest all or a substantial portion of its total assets in short-term money market instruments, securities with remaining maturities of less than one year, cash or cash equivalents. The Fund will not be pursuing its investment objectives in these circumstances and could miss favorable market developments.
INTEREST RATE RISK
Interest rate risk is the risk that fixed-income securities such as debt securities and preferred securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of such securities generally will fall. The Fund’s investments in debt securities and preferred securities means that the NAV and market price of the Common Shares will tend to decline if market interest rates rise. Given the historically low level of interest rates in recent years and the likelihood that interest rates will increase when the national economy strengthens, the risk of the potentially negative impact of rising interest rates on the value of the Fund’s portfolio may be significant. In addition, the longer the average maturity of the Fund’s portfolio of debt securities, the greater the potential impact of rising interest rates on the value of the Fund’s portfolio and the less flexibility the Fund may have to respond to the decreasing spread between the yield on its portfolio securities.
During periods of declining interest rates, an issuer may exercise its option to prepay principal of debt securities or to redeem preferred securities earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may be extended because of slower than expected principal payments. This may lock in a below market interest rate, increase the security’s duration and reduce the value of the security. This is known as extension risk.
INFLATION RISK
Inflation risk is the risk that the purchasing power of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of Common Shares and distributions thereon can decline.
LEVERAGE RISK
The Fund is authorized to utilize leverage through borrowings and/or the issuance of preferred shares, including the issuance of debt securities. The Fund currently utilizes leverage through borrowings under a credit facility. The Fund reserves the flexibility to utilize leverage by borrowing from other financial institutions or through the issuance of preferred shares. There can be no assurance that such a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.
The Fund utilizes a CFA to increase its assets available for investment. When the Fund leverages its assets, Common Shareholders bear the fees associated with the credit facility and have the potential to benefit or be disadvantaged from the use of leverage. In addition, the fee paid to the Adviser is calculated on the basis of the Fund’s average daily managed assets, including proceeds from borrowings and/or the issuance of preferred shares, so the fee will be higher when leverage is utilized, which may create an incentive for the Adviser to employ financial leverage. Consequently, the Fund and the Adviser may have differing interests in determining whether to leverage the Fund’s assets. Leverage creates risks that may adversely affect the return for the Common Shareholders, including:

27


 

    the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and market price of Common Shares;
 
    fluctuations in the interest rate paid for the use of the credit facility;
 
    increased operating costs, which may reduce the Fund’s total return;
 
    the potential for a decline in the value of an investment acquired through leverage, while the Fund’s obligations under such leverage remains fixed; and
 
    the Fund is more likely to have to sell securities in a volatile market in order to meet asset coverage or other debt compliance requirements.
To the extent the returns derived from securities purchased with proceeds received from leverage exceeds the cost of leverage, the Fund’s distributions may be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the returns from the securities purchased with such proceeds are not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage, the amount available for distribution to Common Shareholders will be less than if leverage had not been used. In the latter case, the Adviser, in its best judgment, may nevertheless determine to maintain the Fund’s leveraged position if it deems such action to be appropriate. The costs of a borrowing program and/or an offering of preferred shares would be borne by Common Shareholders and consequently would result in a reduction of the NAV of Common Shares.
In addition to the risks created by the Fund’s use of leverage, the Fund is subject to the risk that it would be unable to timely, or at all, obtain replacement financing if the CFA is terminated. Were this to happen, the Fund would be required to de-leverage, selling securities at a potentially inopportune time and incurring tax consequences. Further, the Fund’s ability to generate income from the use of leverage would be adversely affected.
MARKET DISCOUNT RISK
The Fund’s Common Shares will be offered only when Common Shares of the Fund are trading at a price equal to or above the Fund’s NAV per Common Share plus the per Common Share amount of commissions. As with any security, the market value of the Common Shares may increase or decrease from the amount initially paid for the Common Shares. The Fund’s Common Shares have traded at both a premium and at a discount to NAV. The shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s NAV could decrease as a result of investment activities. Investors bear a risk of loss to the extent that the price at which they sell their shares is lower in relation to the Fund’s NAV than at the time of purchase, assuming a stable NAV.
SECONDARY MARKET FOR THE COMMON SHARES
The issuance of new Common Shares may have an adverse effect on the secondary market for the Common Shares. When the Common Shares are trading at a premium, the Fund may issue Common Shares of the Fund that are sold through transactions effected on the NYSE. The increase in the amount of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares resulting from the offering of new Common Shares may put downward pressure on the market price for the Common Shares of the Fund. Common Shares will not be issued at any time when Common Shares are trading at a price lower than a price equal to the Fund’s NAV per Common Share plus the per Common Share amount of commissions.
The Fund also issues Common Shares of the Fund through its dividend reinvestment plan. Common Shares may be issued under the plan at a discount to the market price for such Common Shares, which may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares of the Fund.
The voting power of current Common Shareholders will be diluted to the extent that such shareholders do not purchase shares in any future Common Share offerings or do not purchase sufficient shares to maintain their percentage interest. In addition, if the proceeds of such offering are unable to be invested as intended, the Fund’s per Common Share distribution may decrease (or may consist of return of capital) and the Fund may not participate in market advances to the same extent as if such proceeds were fully invested as planned.

28


 

MANAGEMENT RISK
The Fund is subject to management risk because it relies on the Subadviser’s ability to pursue the Fund’s investment objectives. The Subadviser applies investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that it will produce the desired results. The Subadviser’s securities selections and other investment decisions might produce a loss or cause the Fund to underperform when compared to other funds with similar investment goals. If one or more key individuals leave the employ of the Subadviser, then the Subadviser may not be able to hire qualified replacements, or may require an extended time to do so. This could prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objectives.
MARKET DISRUPTION RISK
Instability in the Middle East, the wars in Afghanistan, Iraq and Libya, geopolitical tensions elsewhere and terrorist attacks in the U.S. and around the world have resulted in market volatility and may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the U.S. and worldwide. The Fund does not know how long the securities markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the economy or the securities markets.
NATURAL DISASTERS AND ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS
Certain areas of the world historically have been prone to major natural disasters, such as hurricanes, earthquakes, typhoons, flooding, tidal waves, tsunamis, erupting volcanoes, wildfires or droughts, and have been economically sensitive to environmental events. Such disasters, and the resulting damage, could have a severe and negative impact on the Fund’s investment portfolio and, in the longer term, could impair the ability of issuers in which the Fund invests to conduct their businesses in the manner normally conducted. Adverse weather conditions also may have a particularly significant negative affect on issuers in the agricultural sector and on insurance companies that insure against the impact of natural disasters.
RECENT EVENTS RISK
The debt and equity capital markets in the U.S. have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting U.S. federal government actions have led to a decline in general economic conditions, which have materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and have reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. These events have been adversely affecting the willingness of some lenders to extend credit, in general, which may make it more difficult for issuers of debt securities to obtain financings or refinancings for their investment or lending activities or operations. There is a risk that such issuers will be unable to successfully complete such financings or refinancings. In particular, because of the current conditions in the credit markets, issuers of debt securities may be subject to increased cost for debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make, securities they purchase and securities they issue.
These events may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or declines in its portfolio. These events also may make it more difficult for the Fund to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis. A significant decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio likely would result in a significant decline in the value of your investment in the Fund. Prolonged continuation or further deterioration of current market conditions could adversely impact the Fund’s portfolio.
CHANGES IN U.S. LAW
Changes in the state and U.S. federal laws applicable to the Fund, including changes to state and U.S. federal tax laws, or applicable to the Adviser, the Subadviser and other securities or instruments in which the Fund may invest, may negatively affect the Fund’s returns to Common Shareholders. The Fund may need to modify its investment strategy in the future in order to satisfy new regulatory requirements or to compete in a changed business environment.

29


 

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
The Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other persons or entities to acquire control of the Fund or to change the composition of its Board. These provisions may deprive shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares. See “Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws—Anti-takeover provisions.”
Strategy Risks
ISSUER RISK
An issuer of a security purchased by the Fund may perform poorly and, therefore, the value of its stocks and bonds may decline and the issuer may default on its obligations. Poor performance may be caused by poor management decisions, competitive pressures, breakthroughs in technology, reliance on suppliers, labor problems or shortages, corporate restructurings, fraudulent disclosures or other factors.
CREDIT AND COUNTERPARTY RISK
The issuer or guarantor of a fixed-income security, the counterparty to an over-the-counter derivatives contract or a borrower of the Fund’s securities may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal, interest or settlement payments, or otherwise honor its obligations. Funds that invest in fixed-income securities are subject to varying degrees of risk that the issuers of the securities will have their credit rating downgraded or will default, potentially reducing the Fund’s share price and income level.
CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES RISK
Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and also may be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES RISK
No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support in the future to U.S. government agencies, authorities or instrumentalities that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities include: (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. government or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participations in loans made to non-U.S. governments or other entities that are so guaranteed. The secondary market for certain of these participations is limited and therefore may be regarded as illiquid.
FIXED-INCOME SECURITIES RISK
Fixed-income securities are generally subject to two principal types of risks: (i) interest-rate risk and (ii) credit quality risk.
Interest-rate Risk. Fixed-income securities are affected by changes in interest rates. When interest rates decline, the market value of fixed-income securities generally can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the market value of fixed-income securities generally can be expected to decline. The longer the duration or maturity of a fixed-income security, the more susceptible it is to interest-rate risk.
Credit Quality Risk. Fixed-income securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security will not repay all or a portion of the principal borrowed and will not make all interest payments. If the credit quality of a fixed-income security deteriorates after the Fund has purchased the security, the market value of the security may decrease and lead to a decrease in the value of the Fund’s investments. Funds that may invest in lower-rated fixed-income

30


 

securities, commonly referred to as “junk” securities, are riskier than funds that may invest in higher-rated fixed-income securities. Additional information on the risks of investing in investment-grade fixed-income securities in the lowest rating category and lower-rated fixed-income securities is set forth below.
Investment-grade Fixed-income Securities in the Lowest Rating Category Risk. Investment-grade fixed-income securities in the lowest rating category (rated “Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P and comparable unrated securities) involve a higher degree of risk than fixed-income securities in the higher rating categories. While such securities are considered investment-grade quality and are deemed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, such securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher-grade securities.
Prepayment of Principal. Many types of debt securities, including floating-rate loans, are subject to prepayment risk. Prepayment risk occurs when the issuer of a security can repay principal prior to the security’s maturity. Securities subject to prepayment risk can offer less potential for gain when the credit quality of the issuer improves.
LOWER-RATED FIXED-INCOME SECURITIES RISK AND HIGH-YIELD SECURITIES RISK
Lower-rated fixed-income securities are defined as securities rated below investment grade (rated “Ba” and below by Moody’s, and “BB” and below by S&P) (also called “junk bonds”). The general risks of investing in these securities are as follows:
    Risk to principal and income. Investing in lower-rated fixed-income securities is considered speculative. While these securities generally provide greater income potential than investments in higher-rated securities, there is a greater risk that principal and interest payments will not be made. Issuers of these securities may even go into default or become bankrupt.
 
    Price volatility. The price of lower-rated fixed-income securities may be more volatile than securities in the higher-rating categories. This volatility may increase during periods of economic uncertainty or change. The price of these securities is affected more than higher-rated fixed-income securities by the market’s perception of their credit quality, especially during times of adverse publicity. In the past, economic downturns or increases in interest rates have, at times, caused more defaults by issuers of these securities and may do so in the future. Economic downturns and increases in interest rates have an even greater effect on highly leveraged issuers of these securities.
 
    Liquidity. The market for lower-rated fixed-income securities may have more limited trading than the market for investment-grade fixed-income securities. Therefore, it may be more difficult to sell these securities, and these securities may have to be sold at prices below their market value in order to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in market conditions.
 
    Dependence on Subadviser’s own credit analysis. While the Subadviser may rely on ratings by established credit-rating agencies, it also will supplement such ratings with its own independent review of the credit quality of the issuer. Therefore, the assessment of the credit risk of lower-rated fixed-income securities is more dependent on the Subadviser’s evaluation than the assessment of the credit risk of higher-rated securities.
Additional Risks Regarding Lower-rated Corporate Fixed-income Securities. Lower-rated corporate fixed-income securities (and comparable unrated securities) tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated corporate fixed-income securities. Issuers of lower-rated corporate fixed-income securities also may be highly leveraged, increasing the risk that principal and income will not be repaid.
Additional Risks Regarding Lower-rated Foreign Government Fixed-income Securities. Lower-rated non-U.S. government fixed-income securities are subject to the risks of investing in foreign countries described under “—Non-U.S. Investment Risk.” In addition, the ability and willingness of a non-U.S. government to make payments on debt when due may be affected by the prevailing economic and political conditions within the country. Emerging-

31


 

market countries may experience high inflation, interest rates and unemployment, as well as exchange-rate trade difficulties and political uncertainty or instability. These factors increase the risk that a non-U.S. government will not make payments when due.
MORTGAGE-BACKED AND ASSET BACKED SECURITIES RISK
Mortgage-backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent participating interests in pools of residential mortgage loans, which are guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. However, the guarantee of these types of securities relates to the principal and interest payments, and not to the market value of such securities. In addition, the guarantee only relates to the mortgage-backed securities held by the Fund and not the purchase of shares of the Fund.
Mortgage-backed securities are issued by lenders, such as mortgage bankers, commercial banks and savings and loan associations. Such securities differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for the periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semiannually) with principal payments at maturity or on specified dates. Mortgage-backed securities provide periodic payments which are, in effect, a “pass-through” of the interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans. A mortgage-backed security will mature when all the mortgages in the pool mature or are prepaid. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities do not have a fixed maturity and their expected maturities may vary when interest rates rise or fall.
When interest rates fall, homeowners are more likely to prepay their mortgage loans. An increased rate of prepayments on the Fund’s mortgage-backed securities will result in an unforeseen loss of interest income to the Fund as the Fund may be required to reinvest assets at a lower interest rate. Because prepayments increase when interest rates fall, the prices of mortgage-backed securities do not increase as much as other fixed-income securities when interest rates fall.
When interest rates rise, homeowners are less likely to prepay their mortgage loans. A decreased rate of prepayments lengthens the expected maturity of a mortgage-backed security. Therefore, the prices of mortgage-backed securities may decrease more than prices of other fixed-income securities when interest rates rise.
The yield of mortgage-backed securities is based on the average life of the underlying pool of mortgage loans. The actual life of any particular pool may be shortened by unscheduled or early payments of principal and interest. Principal prepayments may result from the sale of the underlying property, or the refinancing or foreclosure of underlying mortgages. The occurrence of prepayments is affected by a wide range of economic, demographic and social factors and, accordingly, it is not possible to accurately predict the average life of a particular pool. The actual prepayment experience of a pool of mortgage loans may cause the yield realized by the Fund to differ from the yield calculated on the basis of the average life of the pool. In addition, if the Fund purchases mortgage-backed securities at a premium, the premium may be lost in the event of early prepayment, which may result in a loss to the Fund.
Prepayments tend to increase during periods of falling interest rates, while during periods of rising interest rates, prepayments are likely to decline. Monthly interest payments received by the Fund have a compounding effect, which will increase the yield to shareholders as compared to debt obligations that pay interest semiannually. Because of the reinvestment of prepayments of principal at current rates, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than Treasury bonds of similar maturity at maintaining yields during periods of declining interest rates. Also, although the value of debt securities may increase as interest rates decline, the value of these pass-through type of securities may not increase as much, due to their prepayment feature.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities called collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are issued in separate classes with different stated maturities. As the mortgage pool experiences prepayments, the pool pays off investors in classes with shorter maturities first. By investing in CMOs, the Fund may manage the prepayment risk of mortgage-backed securities. However, prepayments may cause the actual maturity of a CMO to be substantially shorter than its stated maturity.

32


 

Asset-backed Securities. Asset-backed securities include interests in pools of debt securities, commercial or consumer loans, or other receivables. The value of these securities depends on many factors, including changes in interest rates, the availability of information concerning the pool and its structure, the credit quality of the underlying assets, the market’s perception of the servicer of the pool and any credit enhancement provided. In addition, asset-backed securities have prepayment risks similar to mortgage-backed securities.
EQUITY SECURITIES RISK
Common and preferred stocks represent equity ownership in a company. Stock markets are volatile. The price of equity securities will fluctuate, and can decline and reduce the value of the Fund investing in equities. The price of equity securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition, and overall market and economic conditions. The value of equity securities purchased by the Fund could decline if the financial condition of the companies in which the Fund is invested declines, or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. Even a fund that invests in high-quality or “blue chip” equity securities, or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics), can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with large market capitalizations also may have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be less able to react quickly to changes in the marketplace.
The Fund may maintain substantial exposure to equities and generally does not attempt to time the market. Because of this exposure, the possibility that stock market prices in general will decline over short or extended periods subjects the Fund to unpredictable declines in the value of its investments, as well as periods of poor performance.
Preferred and Convertible Securities Risk. Unlike interest on debt securities, preferred securities dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board. Also, preferred securities may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions. The value of convertible preferred securities can depend heavily upon the value of the security into which such convertible preferred securities is converted, depending on whether the market price of the underlying security exceeds the conversion price.
LIQUIDITY RISK
The Fund is exposed to liquidity risk when trading volume, lack of a market maker or legal restrictions impair the Fund’s ability to sell particular securities or close derivative positions at an advantageous market price. Funds with principal investment strategies that involve investments in securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations, foreign securities, derivatives or securities with substantial market and/or credit risk tend to have the greatest exposure to liquidity risk. Exposure to liquidity risk may be heightened for funds that invest in emerging markets and related derivatives that are not widely traded, and that may be subject to purchase and sale restrictions.
NON-U.S. INVESTMENT RISK
Funds that invest in securities traded principally in securities markets outside the U.S. are subject to additional and more varied risks, as the value of non-U.S. securities may change more rapidly and extremely than the value of U.S. securities. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Additionally, issuers of non-U.S. securities may not be subject to the same degree of regulation as U.S. issuers. Reporting, accounting and auditing standards of foreign countries differ, in some cases significantly, from U.S. standards. There generally are higher commission rates on non-U.S. portfolio transactions, transfer taxes, higher custodial costs and the possibility that non-U.S. taxes will be charged on dividends and interest payable on non-U.S. securities, some or all of which may not be reclaimable. Also, for lesser-developed countries, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations (which may include suspension of the ability to transfer currency or assets from a country), political changes or diplomatic developments could adversely affect the Fund’s investments. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, the Fund could lose its entire investment in a non-U.S. security. All funds that invest in non-U.S. securities are subject to these risks. Some of the non-U.S. investment risks also are applicable to funds that invest a material portion of their assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers traded in the U.S.

33


 

Currency Risk. Currency risk is the risk that fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s investments. Currency risk includes both the risk that currencies in which the Fund’s investments are traded, or currencies in which the Fund has taken an active investment position, will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar and, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly for a number of reasons, including the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets, actual or perceived changes in interest rates and intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks or by currency controls or political developments in the U.S. or abroad. All funds with foreign currency holdings and/or that invest or trade in securities denominated in foreign currencies or related derivative instruments may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Derivative foreign currency transactions (such as futures, forwards and swaps) also may involve leveraging risk, in addition to currency risk. Leverage may disproportionately increase the Fund’s portfolio loss and reduce opportunities for gain when interest rates, stock prices or currency rates are changing.
SOVEREIGN DEBT OBLIGATIONS RISK
An investment in debt obligations of non-U.S. governments and their political subdivisions (sovereign debt), whether denominated in U.S. dollars for a foreign currency, involves special risks that are not present in corporate debt obligations. The non-U.S. issuer of the sovereign debt or the non-U.S. governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due, and the Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt may be more volatile than prices of debt obligations of U.S. issuers. In the past, certain non-U.S. countries have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debt. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange, the relative size of the debt service burden, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward its principal international lenders and local political constraints. Sovereign debtors also may be dependent on expected disbursements from non-U.S. governments, multilateral agencies and other entities to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The failure of a sovereign debtor to implement economic reforms, achieve specified levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of third-party commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts.
BRADY BONDS RISK
Brady Bonds may involve a high degree of risk, may be in default or present the risk of default. Agreements implemented under the Brady Plan to date are designed to achieve debt and debt-service reduction through specific options negotiated by a debtor nation with its creditors. As a result, the financial packages offered by each country differ. The types of options have included the exchange of outstanding commercial bank debt for bonds issued at 100% of face value of such debt, bonds issued at a discount of face value of such debt, bonds bearing an interest rate which increases over time and bonds issued in exchange for the advancement of new money by existing lenders. Certain Brady Bonds have been collateralized as to principal due at maturity by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds with a maturity equal to the final maturity of such Brady Bonds, although the collateral is not available to investors until the final maturity of the Brady Bonds. Collateral purchases are financed by the IMF, the World Bank and the debtor nations’ reserves. In addition, the first two or three interest payments on certain types of Brady Bonds may be collateralized by cash or securities agreed upon by creditors. Although Brady Bonds may be collateralized by U.S. government securities, repayment of principal and interest is not guaranteed by the U.S. government.
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENT RISK
Reverse repurchase agreement transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under such agreements may decline below the repurchase price. Any fluctuations in the market value of either the securities transferred to the other party or the securities in which the proceeds may be invested would affect the market value of the Fund’s assets, thereby potentially increasing fluctuations in the market value of the Fund’s assets. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of proceeds received under the agreement may be restricted

34


 

pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities.
HEDGING, DERIVATIVES AND OTHER STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS RISK
The ability of the Fund to utilize hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions successfully will depend in part on the Subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements and market risk, counterparty risk, credit risk, interest-rate risk and other risk factors, none of which can be assured. The skills required to successfully utilize hedging and other strategic transactions are different from those needed to select the Fund’s securities. Even if the Subadviser only uses hedging and other strategic transactions in the Fund primarily for hedging purposes or to gain exposure to a particular securities market, if the transaction is not successful, it could result in a significant loss to the Fund. The amount of loss could be more than the principal amount invested. These transactions also may increase the volatility of the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risks assumed, thereby magnifying the impact of any resulting gain or loss. For example, the potential loss from the use of futures can exceed the Fund’s initial investment in such contracts. In addition, these transactions could result in a loss to the Fund if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised.
The Fund may invest in derivatives, which are financial contracts with a value that depends on, or is derived from, the value of underlying assets, reference rates or indexes. Examples of derivative instruments include options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, foreign currency forward contracts and swap agreements (including, but not limited to, interest-rate swaps, credit default swaps and swaps on exchange-traded funds). Examples of derivative instruments include currency forwards, currency futures, credit default swaps and options. Examples of derivative instruments include options, futures, currency forwards and market access products including zero strike options and zero strike warrants. Examples of derivative instruments include currency forwards and currency options. Derivatives may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates and related indexes. The Fund may use derivatives for many purposes, including for hedging, and as a substitute for direct investment in securities or other assets. Derivatives may be used in a way to efficiently adjust the exposure of the Fund to various securities, markets and currencies without the Fund actually having to sell existing investments and make new investments. This generally will be done when the adjustment is expected to be relatively temporary or in anticipation of effecting the sale of fund assets and making new investments over time. Further, since many derivatives have a leverage component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, reference rate or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment. When the Fund uses derivatives for leverage, investments in the Fund will tend to be more volatile, resulting in larger gain or loss in response to market changes. To limit leverage risk, the Fund may segregate assets determined to be liquid or, as permitted by applicable regulation, enter into certain offsetting positions to cover its obligations under derivative instruments. For a description of the various derivative instruments the Fund may utilize, refer to the SAI.
The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or potentially greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets. In particular, the use of derivative instruments exposes the Fund to the risk that the counterparty to an over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives contract will be unable or unwilling to make timely settlement payments or otherwise to honor its obligations. OTC derivatives transactions typically can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction, although either party may engage in an offsetting transaction that puts that party in the same economic position as if it had closed out the transaction with the counterparty or may obtain the other party’s consent to assign the transaction to a third party. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that the counterparty will meet its contractual obligations or that, in the event of default, the Fund will succeed in enforcing them. For example, because the contract for each OTC derivatives transaction is individually negotiated with a specific counterparty, the Fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty may interpret contractual terms ( e.g. , the definition of default) differently than the Fund when the Fund seeks to enforce its contractual rights. If that occurs, the cost and unpredictability of the legal proceedings required for the Fund to enforce its contractual rights may lead it to decide not to pursue its claims against the counterparty. The Fund, therefore, assumes the risk that it may be unable to obtain payments owed to it under OTC derivatives contracts or that those payments may be delayed or made only after the Fund has incurred the costs of litigation. While the Subadviser intends to monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties, there can be no assurance that a counterparty will meet its obligations, especially during unusually adverse market conditions. To the extent the Fund contracts with a limited number of counterparties, the Fund’s risk

35


 

will be concentrated and events that affect the creditworthiness of any of those counterparties may have a pronounced effect on the Fund. Derivatives also are subject to a number of other risks, including market risk and liquidity risk. Since the value of derivatives is calculated and derived from the value of other assets, instruments or references, there is a risk that they will be improperly valued. Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in their value may not correlate perfectly with the assets, rates or indexes they are designed to hedge or closely track. Suitable derivatives transactions may not be available in all circumstances. The Fund also is subject to the risk that the counterparty closes out the derivatives transactions upon the occurrence of certain triggering events. In addition, the Subadviser may determine not to use derivatives to hedge or otherwise reduce risk exposure. A detailed discussion of various hedging and other strategic transactions appears in the SAI. To the extent the Fund utilizes hedging and other strategic transactions, it will be subject to the same risks. The following is a list of certain derivatives and other strategic transactions in which the Fund may invest and the main risks associated with each of them:
    Credit default swaps. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions), interest-rate risk, risk of default of the underlying reference obligation and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving credit default swaps.
 
    Currency options. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions) and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving options.
 
    Foreign currency forward contracts . Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions), foreign currency risk and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving foreign currency forward contracts.
 
    Foreign currency swaps. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions), foreign currency risk and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving foreign currency swaps.
 
    Futures contracts. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions) and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving futures contracts.
 
    Interest-rate swaps. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions), interest-rate risk and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving interest-rate swaps.
 
    Options. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions) and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving options. Counterparty risk does not apply to exchange-traded options.
 
    Swaps. Counterparty risk, liquidity risk ( i.e. , the inability to enter into closing transactions), interest-rate risk, settlement risk, risk of default of the underlying reference obligation and risk of disproportionate loss are the principal risks of engaging in transactions involving swaps, including credit default swaps and total return swaps.
Given the risks described above, an investment in Common Shares may not be appropriate for all investors. You should carefully consider your ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Fund.
Management of the Fund
TRUSTEES
The overall management of the Fund, including supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser and the Subadviser, is the responsibility of the Board, under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the 1940 Act. The Trustees are responsible for the Fund’s overall management, including adopting the investment and other policies of the Fund, electing and replacing officers and selecting and supervising the Fund’s Adviser and

36


 

Subadviser. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, as well as a description of committees of the Board, are set forth under “Those Responsible for Management” in the SAI.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Trustees’ approval of the Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreements (each, as defined below) is available in the Fund’s October 31, 2011 annual shareholder report.
THE ADVISER
The Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company whose principal offices are located at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210 and serves as the Fund’s investment adviser. The Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).
Founded in 1968, the Adviser is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.), a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“Manulife Financial” or the “Company”). Manulife Financial is the holding company of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (the “Life Company”) and its subsidiaries. John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) and its subsidiaries (“John Hancock”) today offer a broad range of financial products and services, including whole, term, variable, and universal life insurance, as well as college savings products, mutual funds, fixed and variable annuities, long-term care insurance and various forms of business insurance.
The Adviser’s parent company has been helping individuals and institutions work toward their financial goals since 1862. The Adviser offers investment solutions managed by institutional money managers, taking a disciplined team approach to portfolio management and research, leveraging the expertise of seasoned investment professionals. The Adviser has been managing closed-end funds since 1971. As of December 31, 2011, the Adviser had total assets under management of approximately $20.3 billion.
Established in 1887, Manulife Financial is a Canada-based financial services group with principal operations in Asia, Canada and the U.S. Its international network of employees, agents and distribution partners offers financial protection and wealth management products and services to millions of clients. It also provides asset management services to institutional customers. Funds under management by Manulife Financial and its subsidiaries were C$500 billion (US$491 billion) as of December 31, 2011. The Company operates as Manulife Financial in Canada and Asia and primarily as John Hancock in the U.S.
Advisory Agreement. The Fund entered into an investment management contract dated July 1, 2009 (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser. As compensation for its advisory services under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser receives a fee from the Fund, calculated and paid daily, at an annual rate of the Fund’s average daily managed assets.
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and subject to the general supervision of the Trustees, the Adviser selects, contracts with, and compensates the Subadviser to manage the investments and determine the composition of the assets of the Fund. The Adviser does not itself manage any of the Fund’s portfolio assets but has ultimate responsibility to oversee the Subadviser and recommend their hiring, termination and replacement. In this connection, the Adviser monitors the Subadviser’s management of the Fund’s investment operations in accordance with the investment objectives and related investment policies of the Fund, reviews the performance of the Subadviser and reports periodically on such performance to the Board.
Service Agreement. The Fund entered into a management-related service contract dated July 1, 2009 (the “Service Agreement”) with JHA, under which the Fund receives Non-Advisory Services. These “Non-Advisory Services” include, but are not limited to, legal, tax, accounting, valuation, financial reporting and performance, compliance, service provider oversight, portfolio and cash management, project management office, EDGAR conversion and filing, graphic design, and other services that are not investment advisory in nature. JHA is reimbursed for its costs in providing Non-Advisory Services to the Fund under the Service Agreement.

37


 

THE SUBADVISER
Subadvisory Agreement. The Adviser entered into a Subadvisory Agreement dated December 31, 2005 with the Subadviser (the “Subadvisory Agreement”). The Subadviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio investments. The Subadviser, organized in 1968, is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (a subsidiary of Manulife Financial, a publicly held, Canadian-based company). As of December 31, 2011, the Subadviser had total assets under management of approximately $116.4 billion. The Subadviser is located at 101 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199.
Under the terms of the Subadvisory Agreement, the Subadviser is responsible for managing the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Fund, subject to the supervision and control of the Board and the Adviser. For services rendered by the Subadviser under the Subadvisory Agreement, the Adviser (and not the Fund) pays the Subadviser a fee.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Below is a list of the Fund’s investment management team at the Subadviser, listed in alphabetical order, which includes a brief summary of their business careers during the past five years. These managers share portfolio management responsibilities. For more details about these individuals, including information about their compensation, other accounts they manage and any investments they may have in the Fund, see the SAI.
Barry H. Evans, CFA
President, Chief Fixed Income Officer and Chief Operating Officer, John Hancock Asset Management since 2005
Senior Vice President, Chief Fixed Income Officer and Chief Operating Officer, John Hancock Advisers LLC (1986—2005)
Began business career in 1986
Joined Fund team in 2002
Jeffrey N. Given, CFA
Vice President, John Hancock Asset Management since 2005
Second Vice President, John Hancock Advisers LLC (1993—2005)
Began business career in 1993
Joined Fund team in 1999
John F. Iles
Vice President, John Hancock Asset Management since 2005
Vice President, John Hancock Advisers LLC (1999—2005)
Began business career in 1984
Joined Fund team in 2005
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
The Fund’s portfolio securities are held pursuant to a custodian agreement between the Fund and State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), Lafayette Corporate Center, Two Avenue de Lafayette, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. Under the custodian agreement, State Street performs custody, foreign custody manager and fund accounting services.
Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, 480 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey, 07310-1900, is the transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent of the Fund.

38


 

Determination of Net Asset Value
The NAV of the Common Shares is determined once daily as of the close of regular trading of the NYSE (typically 4:00 P.M., Eastern Time) on each business day that the NYSE is open. On holidays or other days when the NYSE is closed, the NAV is not calculated.
The NAV is computed by dividing the total assets, minus liabilities by the number of Fund shares outstanding.
Distribution Policy
The Fund makes regular quarterly distributions to Common Shareholders sourced from the Fund’s cash available for distribution. “Cash available for distribution” consists of the Fund’s (i) investment company taxable income, which includes among other things, dividend and ordinary income after payment of Fund expenses, the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions and (ii) net long-term capital gain (gain from the sale of capital assets held longer than one year). The Board may modify this distribution policy at any time without obtaining the approval of Common Shareholders.
Expenses of the Fund are accrued each day. To the extent that the Fund’s net investment income for any year exceeds the total quarterly distributions paid during the year, the Fund may make a special distribution at or near year-end of such excess amount as may be required. If it does, over time, all of the Fund’s investment company taxable income will be distributed.
If, for any calendar year, as discussed above, the total distributions made exceed the Fund’s net investment taxable income and net capital gain, the excess generally will be treated as a return of capital to each Common Shareholder (up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares) and thereafter as gain from the sale of Common Shares. The amount treated as a return of capital reduces the Common Shareholder’s adjusted basis in his or her Common Shares, thereby increasing his or her potential gain or reducing his or her potential loss on the subsequent sale of his or her Common Shares. Distributions in any year may include a substantial return of capital component.
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, in the event the Fund makes distributions from sources other than income, a notice will accompany each quarterly distribution with respect to the estimated source of the distribution made. Such notices will describe the portion, if any, of the quarterly dividend which, in the Fund’s good faith judgment, constitutes long-term capital gain, short-term capital gain, net investment income or a return of capital. The actual character of such dividend distributions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, however, will only be determined finally by the Fund at the close of its fiscal year, based on the Fund’s full year performance and its actual net investment company taxable income and net capital gain for the year, which may result in a recharacterization of amounts distributed during such fiscal year from the characterization in the quarterly estimates.
At least annually, the Fund intends to distribute any net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) or, alternatively, to retain all or a portion of the year’s net capital gain and pay U.S. federal income tax on the retained gain. As provided under U.S. federal tax law, Common Shareholders of record as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year will include their attributable share of the retained gain in their income for the year as a long-term capital gain, and will be entitled to a tax credit or refund for the tax deemed paid on their behalf by the Fund. The Fund may treat the cash value of tax credit and refund amounts in connection with retained capital gain as a substitute for equivalent cash distributions.
The tax treatment and characterization of the Fund’s distributions may vary substantially from time to time because of the varied nature of the Fund’s investments. If the Fund’s total quarterly distributions in any year exceed the amount of its net investment taxable income for the year, any such excess would be characterized as a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent not designated as a capital gain dividend. Distributions in any year may include a substantial return of capital component. Under the 1940 Act, for any distribution that includes amounts from sources other than net income (calculated on a book basis), the Fund is required to provide Common Shareholders a written statement regarding the components of such distribution. Such a statement will be provided at the time of any distribution believed to include any such amounts. A return of capital is a distribution to

39


 

Common Shareholders that is not attributable to the Fund’s earnings but, represents a return of part of the Common Shareholder’s investment. If the Fund’s distributions exceed the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s tax basis in Common Shares (thus reducing a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her Common Shares), and thereafter as capital gain assuming Common Shares are held as a capital asset. Upon the sale of Common Shares, a shareholder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in Common Shares sold. For example, in year one, a Common Shareholder purchased 100 shares of the Fund at $10 per Share. In year two, the Common Shareholder received a $1-per-share return of capital distribution, which reduced the basis in each share by $1, to give the Common Shareholder an adjusted basis of $9 per share. In year three, the Common Shareholder sells the 100 shares for $15 per Share. Assuming no other transactions during this period, a Common Shareholder would have a capital gain in year three of $6 per share ($15 minus $9) for a total capital gain of $600.
The 1940 Act currently limits the number of times the Fund may distribute long-term capital gain in any tax year, which may increase the variability of the Fund’s distributions and result in certain distributions being comprised more heavily of long-term capital gain eligible for favorable income tax rates. In the future, the Adviser may seek Board approval to implement a managed distribution plan for the Fund. The managed distribution plan would be implemented pursuant to an exemptive order already granted by the SEC, which provides an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder to permit the Fund to include long-term capital gain as a part of its regular distributions to Common Shareholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once or twice per year). If the Fund implements a managed distribution plan, it would do so without a vote of the Common Shareholders.
Distribution rates are based on projected quarterly cash available for distribution, which may result in fluctuations in quarterly rates. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular quarter may be more or less than the amount of cash available for distribution from that quarterly period. In certain circumstances, the Fund may be required to sell a portion of its investment portfolio to fund distributions. Distributions will reduce the Common Shares’ NAV.
Common Shareholders may automatically reinvest some or all of their distributions in additional Common Shares under the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
Pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), distributions of dividends and capital gain are automatically reinvested in Common Shares by Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Plan Agent”). Every shareholder holding at least one full share of the Fund is automatically enrolled in the Plan. Shareholders who do not participate in the Plan will receive all distributions in cash.
If the Fund declares a dividend or distribution payable either in cash or in Common Shares and the market price of shares on the payment date for the distribution or dividend equals or exceeds the Fund’s NAV per share, the Fund will issue Common Shares to participants at a value equal to the higher of NAV or 95% of the market price. The number of additional Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the distribution or dividend by the higher of NAV or 95% of the market price. If the market price is lower than NAV, or if dividends or distributions are payable only in cash, then participants will receive Common Shares purchased by the Plan Agent on participants’ behalf on the NYSE or otherwise on the open market. If the market price exceeds NAV before the Plan Agent has completed its purchases, the average per share purchase price may exceed NAV, resulting in fewer Common Shares being acquired than if the Fund had issued new Common Shares.
There are no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Fund. However, whenever shares are purchased or sold on the NYSE or otherwise on the open market, each participant will pay a pro rata portion of brokerage trading fees, currently $0.05 per share purchased or sold. Brokerage trading fees will be deducted from amounts to be invested.

40


 

The reinvestment of dividends and net capital gain distributions does not relieve participants of any income tax that may be payable on such dividends or distributions even though cash is not received by the participant.
Shareholders participating in the Plan may buy additional Common Shares of the Fund through the Plan at any time in amounts of at least $50 per investment, up to a maximum of $10,000, with a total calendar year limit of $100,000. Shareholders will be charged a $5 transaction fee plus $0.05 per share brokerage trading fee for each order. Purchases of additional shares of the Fund will be made on the open market. Shareholders who elect to utilize monthly electronic fund transfers to buy additional shares of the Fund will be charged a $2 transaction fee plus $0.05 per share brokerage trading fee for each automatic purchase. Shareholders also can sell Fund shares held in the Plan account at any time by contacting the Plan Agent by telephone, in writing or by visiting the Plan Agent’s website at www.computershare.com and clicking “EquityAccess & More.” The Plan Agent will mail a check to you (less applicable brokerage trading fees) on settlement date, which is three business days after your shares have been sold. If you choose to sell your shares through your stockbroker, you will need to request that the Plan Agent electronically transfer your shares to your stockbroker through the Direct Registration System.
Shareholders participating in the Plan may withdraw from the Plan at any time by contacting the Plan Agent by telephone, in writing or by visiting the Plan Agent’s website at www.computershare.com and clicking “EquityAccess & More.” Such termination will be effective immediately if the notice is received by the Plan Agent prior to any dividend or distribution record date; otherwise, such termination will be effective on the first trading day after the payment date for such dividend or distribution, with respect to any subsequent dividend or distribution. If you withdraw, your shares will be credited to your account; or, if you wish, the Plan Agent will sell your full and fractional shares and send you the proceeds, less a transaction fee of $5.00 and less brokerage trading fees of $0.05 per share. If a shareholder does not maintain at least one whole share of common stock in the Plan account, the Plan Agent may terminate such shareholder’s participation in the Plan after written notice. Upon termination, shareholders will be sent a check for the cash value of any fractional share in the Plan account, less any applicable broker commissions and taxes.
Shareholders who hold at least one full share of the Fund may join the Plan by notifying the Plan Agent by telephone, in writing or by visiting the Plan Agent’s website at www.computershare.com and clicking “EquityAccess & More.” If received in proper form by the Plan Agent before the record date of a dividend, the election will be effective with respect to all dividends paid after such record date. If you wish to participate in the Plan and your shares are held in the name of a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, please contact your nominee to see if it will participate in the Plan for you. If you wish to participate in the Plan, but your brokerage firm, bank or other nominee is unable to participate on your behalf, you will need to request that your shares be re-registered in your own name, or you will not be able to participate. The Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of shares certified from time to time by you as representing the total amount registered in your name and held for your account by your nominee.
Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, the Fund and the Plan Agent reserve the right to amend or terminate the Plan. Participants generally will receive written notice at least 90 days before the effective date of any amendment. In the case of termination, participants will receive written notice at least 90 days before the record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund.
All correspondence or additional information about the Plan should be directed to Computershare Trust Company, N.A., (Telephone: 1-800-852-0218 (within the U.S. and Canada), 1-201-680-6578 (International Telephone Inquiries), and 1-201-680-6610 (For the Hearing Impaired (TDD)).
Closed-End Fund Structure
Closed-end funds differ from traditional, open-end management investment companies (which generally are referred to as “mutual funds”) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the shareholder. Mutual funds do not trade on securities exchanges and issue securities redeemable at the option of the shareholder. The continuous outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage the fund’s investments. Closed-end funds generally are able to stay more fully invested in

41


 

securities that are consistent with their investment objectives and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities. The Fund’s Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors; you should not purchase Common Shares if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase.
Common shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at prices lower than their NAV. Since inception, the market price of the Common Shares has fluctuated and at times has traded below the Fund’s NAV and at times has traded above the Fund’s NAV. The Fund cannot predict whether in the future the Common Shares will trade at, above or below NAV. In addition to NAV, the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares may be affected by such factors as the Fund’s dividend stability, dividend levels, which are in turn affected by expenses, and market supply and demand.
In recognition of the possibility that Common Shares may trade at a discount from their NAV, and that any such discount may not be in the best interest of Common Shareholders, the Board, in consultation with the Adviser, from time to time may review possible actions to reduce any such discount. There can be no assurance that the Board will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to NAV per Common Share. In the event that the Fund conducts an offering of new Common Shares and such offering constitutes a “distribution” under Regulation M, the Fund and certain of its affiliates may be subject to an applicable restricted period that could limit the timing of any repurchases by the Fund.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters
The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax matters is based on the advice of [_____]. The Fund has elected to be treated and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the Code. Accordingly, the Fund intends to satisfy certain requirements relating to sources of its income and diversification of its total assets and to distribute substantially all of its net income and net short-term capital gain (after reduction by net long-term capital loss and any available capital loss carryforwards) in accordance with the timing requirements imposed by the Code, so as to maintain its RIC status and to avoid paying U.S. federal income or excise tax thereon. To the extent it qualifies for treatment as a RIC and satisfies the above-mentioned distribution requirements, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income paid to its shareholders in the form of dividends or capital gain distributions.
At least annually, the Fund intends to distribute any net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) or, alternatively, to retain all or a portion of the year’s net capital gain and pay U.S. federal income tax on the retained gain. As provided under U.S. federal tax law, Common Shareholders of record as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year will include their attributable share of the retained gain in their income for the year as long-term capital gain (regardless of holding period in Common Shares), and will be entitled to a tax credit or refund for the tax paid on their behalf by the Fund. Common Shareholders of record for the retained capital gain also will be entitled to increase their tax basis in their Common Shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit. Distributions of the Fund’s net capital gain (“capital gain distributions”), if any, are taxable to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of their holding period in Common Shares. Distributions of the Fund’s net realized short-term capital gain will be taxable as ordinary income.
If, for any calendar year, the Fund’s total distributions exceed the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a return of capital to each Common Shareholder (up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s basis in his or her Common Shares) and thereafter as gain from the sale of Common Shares (assuming Common Shares are held as a capital asset). The amount treated as a return of capital reduces the Common Shareholder’s adjusted basis in his or her Common Shares, thereby increasing his or her potential gain or reducing his or her potential loss on the subsequent sale or other disposition of his or her Common Shares. See below for a summary of the current maximum tax rates applicable to long-term capital gain (including capital gain distributions).

42


 

To qualify as a RIC for income tax purposes, the Fund must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gain from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gain from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in stock, securities and currencies, and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. A “qualified publicly traded partnership” is a publicly traded partnership that meets certain requirements with respect to the nature of its income. To qualify as a RIC, the Fund must also satisfy certain requirements with respect to the diversification of its assets. The Fund must have, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets represented by cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities that, in respect of any one issuer, do not represent more than 5% of the value of the assets of the Fund nor more than 10% of the voting securities of that issuer. In addition, at those times not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets can be invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, or of two or more issuers, which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. If the Fund fails to meet the annual gross income test described above, the Fund will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the test if (i) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) the Fund reports the failure pursuant to Treasury Regulations to be adopted, and (ii) the Fund pays an excise tax equal to the excess non-qualifying income. If the Fund fails to meet the asset diversification test described above with respect to any quarter, the Fund will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the requirements for such quarter if the Fund cures such failure within 6 months and either (i) such failure is de minimis or (ii) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) the Fund reports the failure under Treasury Regulations to be adopted and pays an excise tax.
As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deductions for dividend paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income for such taxable year. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income, net tax-exempt income and net capital gain. In order to avoid incurring a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax obligation, the Code requires that the Fund distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain net income (which is the excess of its realized net long-term capital gain over its realized net short-term capital loss), generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year, after reduction by any available capital loss carryforwards and (iii) 100% of any ordinary income and capital gain net income from the prior year (as previously computed) that were not paid out during such year and on which the Fund paid no U.S. federal income tax.
If the Fund does not qualify as a RIC for any taxable year, the Fund’s taxable income will be subject to corporate income taxes, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including distributions of net capital gain (if any), will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of individual and other non-corporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction (“DRD”) in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, in order to requalify for taxation as a RIC, the Fund may be required to recognize unrealized gain, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make certain distributions.
Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) convert dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income into ordinary income, (ii) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate DRD as ineligible for such treatment, (iii) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain loss or deductions, (iv) convert long-term capital gain into short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (v) convert an ordinary loss or deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (vi) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (vii) adversely affect when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (viii) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, and (ix) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the income requirement that applies to RICs. While it may not always be successful in doing so, the Fund will seek to avoid or minimize the adverse tax consequences of its investment practices.

43


 

The Fund may recognize gain (but not loss) from a constructive sale of certain “appreciated financial positions” if the Fund enters into a short sale, offsetting notional principal contract, or forward contract transaction with respect to the appreciated position or substantially identical property. Appreciated financial positions subject to this constructive sale treatment include interests (including options and forward contracts and short sales) in stock and certain other instruments. Constructive sale treatment does not apply if the transaction is closed out not later than thirty days after the end of the taxable year in which the transaction was initiated, and the underlying appreciated securities position is held unhedged for at least the next sixty days after the hedging transaction is closed.
Gain or loss from a short sale of property generally is considered as capital gain or loss to the extent the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the Fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date the short sale is entered into, gain on short sales generally are short-term capital gain. A loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the Fund for more than one year. In addition, entering into a short sale may result in suspension of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the Fund.
Gain or loss on a short sale generally will not be realized until such time as the short sale is closed. However, as described above in the discussion of constructive sales, if the Fund holds a short sale position with respect to securities that have appreciated in value, and it then acquires property that is the same as or substantially identical to the property sold short, the Fund generally will recognize gain on the date it acquires such property as if the short sale were closed on such date with such property. Similarly, if the Fund holds an appreciated financial position with respect to securities and then enters into a short sale with respect to the same or substantially identical property, the Fund generally will recognize gain as if the appreciated financial position were sold at its fair market value on the date it enters into the short sale. The subsequent holding period for any appreciated financial position that is subject to these constructive sale rules will be determined as if such position were acquired on the date of the constructive sale.
The Fund will inform Common Shareholders of the source and tax status of all distributions promptly after the close of each calendar year.
Selling Common Shareholders generally will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the Common Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares sold. If Common Shares are held as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss. The maximum tax rate applicable to net capital gain recognized by individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers is (i) the same as the maximum ordinary income tax rate for gain recognized on the sale of capital assets held for one year or less (in 2012, 35%), or (ii) 15% for gain recognized on the sale of capital assets held for more than one year (as well as any capital gain distributions) (currently 0% for individuals in the 10% or 15% tax brackets). The maximum individual tax rate for long-term capital gain is scheduled to increase to 20% for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Any loss on a disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain distributions received with respect to those Common Shares. For purposes of determining whether Common Shares have been held for six months or less, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the Common Shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property, or through certain options or short sales. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of Common Shares will be disallowed to the extent those Common Shares are replaced by other Common Shares within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of Common Shares (whether through the reinvestment of distributions or otherwise). In that event, the basis of the replacement Common Shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
An investor should be aware that, if Common Shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any taxable distribution (including a capital gain distribution), the purchase price likely will reflect the value of the distribution and the investor then would receive a taxable distribution that is likely to reduce the trading value of such Common Shares, in effect resulting in a taxable return of some of the purchase price.
Taxable distributions to certain individuals and certain other non-corporate Common Shareholders, including those who have not provided their correct taxpayer identification number and other required certifications, may be subject

44


 

to “backup” U.S. federal income tax withholding at the fourth lowest rate of tax applicable to a single individual (in 2012, 28%, but scheduled to increase to 31% in 2013). Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against such shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
An investor also should be aware that the benefits of the reduced tax rate applicable to long-term capital gain and qualified dividend income may be impacted by the application of the alternative minimum tax to individual shareholders.
The Fund’s investments in non-U.S. securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on dividends, interest, or capital gain, which will decrease the Fund’s yield. Foreign withholding taxes may be reduced under income tax treaties between the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions.
Depending on the number of non-U.S. shareholders in the Fund, however, such reduced foreign withholding tax rates may not be available for investments in certain jurisdictions.
The foregoing briefly summarizes some of the important U.S. federal income tax consequences to Common Shareholders of investing in Common Shares, reflects the U.S. federal tax law as of the date of this Prospectus, and does not address special tax rules applicable to certain types of investors, such as corporate and non-U.S. investors. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Fund and the Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion assumes that an investor is a U.S. person and holds Common Shares as a capital asset. This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the IRS retroactively or prospectively. Investors should consult their tax advisors regarding other U.S. federal, state or local tax considerations that may be applicable in their particular circumstances, as well as any proposed tax law changes.
Plan of Distribution
The Fund may sell the Common Shares being offered under this Prospectus in any one or more of the following ways: (i) directly to purchasers; (ii) through agents; (iii) to or through underwriters; or (iv) through dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents, underwriters or dealers involved in the offer or sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable offering price, sales load, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and its agents or underwriters, or among its underwriters, or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated, net proceeds and use of proceeds, and the terms of any sale.
The Fund may distribute Common Shares from time to time in one or more transactions at: (i) a fixed price or prices, which may be changed; (ii) market prices prevailing at the time of sale; (iii) prices related to prevailing market prices; or (iv) negotiated prices; provided, however, that in each case the offering price per Common Share (less any underwriting commission or discount) must equal or exceed the NAV per Common Share.
The Fund from time to time may offer its Common Shares through or to certain broker-dealers, including UBS Securities LLC, that have entered into selected dealer agreements relating to at-the-market offerings.
The Fund may directly solicit offers to purchase Common Shares, or the Fund may designate agents to solicit such offers. The Fund will, in a Prospectus Supplement relating to such offering, name any agent that could be viewed as an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and describe any commissions the Fund must pay. Any such agent will be acting on a best efforts basis for the period of its appointment or, if indicated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement or other offering materials, on a firm commitment basis. Agents, dealers and underwriters may be customers of, engage in transactions with, or perform services for the Fund in the ordinary course of business.
If any underwriters or agents are used in the sale of Common Shares in respect of which this Prospectus is delivered, the Fund will enter into an underwriting agreement or other agreement with them at the time of sale to them, and the

45


 

Fund will set forth in the Prospectus Supplement relating to such offering their names and the terms of the Fund’s agreement with them.
If a dealer is utilized in the sale of Common Shares in respect of which this Prospectus is delivered, the Fund will sell such Common Shares to the dealer, as principal. The dealer may then resell such Common Shares to the public at varying prices to be determined by such dealer at the time of resale.
The Fund may engage in at-the-market offerings to or through a market maker or into an existing trading market, on an exchange or otherwise, in accordance with Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act. An at-the-market offering may be through an underwriter or underwriters acting as principal or agent for the Fund.
Agents, underwriters and dealers may be entitled under agreements which they may enter into with the Fund to indemnification by the Fund against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and may be customers of, engage in transactions with or perform services for the Fund in the ordinary course of business.
In order to facilitate the offering of Common Shares, any underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of Common Shares or any other Common Shares the prices of which may be used to determine payments on the Common Shares. Specifically, any underwriters may over-allot in connection with the offering, creating a short position for their own accounts. In addition, to cover over-allotments or to stabilize the price of Common Shares or of any such other Common Shares, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, Common Shares or any such other Common Shares in the open market. Finally, in any offering of Common Shares through a syndicate of underwriters, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing Common Shares in the offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed Common Shares in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of Common Shares above independent market levels. Any such underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
The Fund may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell Common Shares not covered by this Prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable Prospectus Supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell Common Shares covered by this Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement or other offering materials, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third parties may use Common Shares pledged by the Fund or borrowed from the Fund or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of securities, and may use Common Shares received from the Fund in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of securities. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this Prospectus, will be identified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement or other offering materials (or a post-effective amendment).
The Fund or one of the Fund’s affiliates may loan or pledge Common Shares to a financial institution or other third party that in turn may sell Common Shares using this Prospectus. Such financial institution or third party may transfer its short position to investors in Common Shares or in connection with a simultaneous offering of other Common Shares offered by this Prospectus or otherwise.
The maximum amount of compensation to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. will not exceed 8% of the initial gross proceeds from the sale of any security being sold with respect to each particular offering of Common Shares made under a single Prospectus Supplement.
Any underwriter, agent or dealer utilized in the initial offering of Common Shares will not confirm sales to accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior specific written approval of its customer.
Description of Capital Structure
The Fund was reorganized as a business trust established under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts by the Declaration of Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Board may authorize separate classes of shares

46


 

of beneficial interest. The Board has authorized an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Fund holds annual meetings of Common Shareholders in compliance with the requirements of the NYSE.
COMMON SHARES
The Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional Common Shares of beneficial interest, with or without par value. Each Common Share represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets of the Fund with each other Common Share in the Fund. Common Shareholders will be entitled to the payment of distributions when, and if declared by the Board. The 1940 Act or the terms of any future borrowings or issuance of preferred shares may limit the payment of distributions to the Common Shareholders. Each whole Common Share is entitled to one vote and each fractional Common Share is entitled to a proportionate fractional vote as to matters on which it is entitled to vote pursuant to the terms of the Declaration of Trust. Upon liquidation of the Fund, after paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities of the Fund and the liquidation preference with respect to any outstanding preferred shares, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and refunding agreements as they deem necessary for their protection, the Board may distribute the remaining assets of the Fund among the Common Shareholders. The Declaration of Trust provides that Common Shareholders are not liable for any liabilities of the Fund, and requires inclusion of a clause to that effect in agreements entered into by the Fund and indemnifies shareholders against any such liability. Although shareholders of a business trust established under Massachusetts law, in certain limited circumstances, may be held personally liable for the obligations of the business trust as though they were general partners, the provisions of the Declaration of Trust and By-laws described in the foregoing sentence make the likelihood of such personal liability remote. The Fund will not issue Common Share certificates.
The Fund has no current intention to issue preferred shares. However, if at some future time there are any preferred shares outstanding, subject to certain exceptions, the Fund might not be permitted to declare any cash distribution on its Common Shares, unless at the time of such declaration, (i) all accrued distributions on preferred shares or accrued interest on borrowings have been paid and (ii) the value of the Fund’s total assets (determined after deducting the amount of such distribution), less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund not represented by senior securities, is at least 300% of the aggregate amount of such securities representing indebtedness and at least 200% of the aggregate amount of securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares. In addition to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund may be required to comply with other asset coverage requirements under a credit facility as a condition of the Fund obtaining a rating of preferred shares from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (a “Rating Agency”). These requirements may include an asset coverage test more stringent than under the 1940 Act. This limitation on the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its Common Shares could in certain circumstances impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification for taxation as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the Fund were in the future to issue preferred shares, it would intend, however, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem preferred shares from time to time to maintain compliance with such asset coverage requirements and may pay special distributions to the holders of the preferred shares in certain circumstances in connection with any potential impairment of the Fund’s status as a RIC. Depending on the timing of any such redemption or repayment, the Fund may be required to pay a premium in addition to the liquidation preference of the preferred shares to the holders thereof.
The Fund has no present intention of offering additional Common Shares, except as described herein. Other offerings of its Common Shares, if made, will require approval of the Board. Any additional offering will not be sold at a price per Common Share below the then current NAV (exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions) except in connection with an offering to existing Common Shareholders or with the consent of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding Common Shares. Common Shares have no preemptive rights.
CREDIT FACILITY
The Fund currently utilizes leverage by borrowing pursuant to the CFA as described in “—Other Investment Policies—Borrowing.” In addition, the Fund may use leverage by borrowing from other financial institutions or through the issuance of preferred shares, reverse repurchase agreements or other leverage financing. The Fund intends to limit its combined effective leverage ratio (measured by the aggregate dollar amount of all leverage facilities to managed assets) to 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s managed assets at the time of borrowing. In addition, the Fund may borrow for temporary, emergency or other purposes as permitted under the 1940 Act. Any such

47


 

indebtedness would be in addition to the combined effective leverage ratio of 33 1 / 3 % of managed assets immediately after giving effect to the borrowing.
The Fund’s leverage strategy may not be successful. By leveraging its investment portfolio, the Fund creates an opportunity for increased net income or capital appreciation. However, the use of leverage also involves risks, which can be significant. These risks include the possibility that the value of the assets acquired with such borrowing decreases although the Fund’s liability is fixed, greater volatility in the Fund’s NAV and the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares and higher expenses. Since the Adviser’s fee is based upon a percentage of the Fund’s managed assets, the Adviser’s fee will be higher if the Fund is leveraged and the Adviser will have an incentive to leverage the Fund. The Board will monitor this potential conflict. The Adviser intends to leverage the Fund only when it believes that the potential return on the additional investments acquired through the use of leverage is likely to exceed the costs incurred in connection with the offering.
Leverage creates risks which may adversely affect the return for the Common Shareholders, including:
    the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV and market price of Common Shares;
 
    fluctuations in the dividend rates on any preferred shares or in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt;
 
    increased operating costs, which may reduce the Fund’s total return to the Common Shareholders. The fees and expenses attributed to leverage, including all offering and operating expenses relating to any preferred shares, will be borne by Common Shareholders; and
 
    the potential for a decline in the value of an investment acquired through leverage, while the Fund’s obligations under such leverage remains fixed.
To the extent the income or capital appreciation derived from securities purchased with funds received from leverage exceeds the cost of leverage, the Fund’s return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or capital appreciation from the securities purchased with such funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage or if the Fund incurs capital loss, the return of the Fund will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to shareholders as dividends and other distributions will be reduced or potentially eliminated. The Adviser may determine to maintain the Fund’s leveraged position if it expects that the long-term benefits to the Fund’s shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return. The Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with borrowings or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements will increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. To the extent that the Fund borrows through the use of reverse repurchase agreements, it would be subject to a risk that the value of the portfolio securities transferred may substantially exceed the purchase price received by the Fund under the reverse repurchase agreement transaction. Alternatively, during the life of any reverse repurchase agreement transaction, the Fund may be required to transfer additional securities if the market value of those securities initially transferred declines. In addition, capital raised through borrowing or the issuance of preferred shares will be subject to interest costs or dividend payments that may or may not exceed the income and appreciation on the assets purchased. The issuance of additional classes of preferred shares involves offering expenses and other costs, which will be borne by the Common Shareholders, and may limit the Fund’s freedom to pay dividends on Common Shares or to engage in other activities.
The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations which may issue ratings for the preferred shares or short-term debt instruments issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. Certain types of borrowings may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements, including those relating to asset coverage, borrowing base and portfolio composition requirements and additional covenants that may affect the Fund’s ability to pay dividends and distributions on Common Shares in certain instances. The Fund also may be required to pledge its assets to the lenders in connection with certain types of borrowing. The Adviser does not anticipate that these covenants or restrictions will adversely affect its ability to manage the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment

48


 

objectives and principal investment strategies. Due to these covenants or restrictions, the Fund may be forced to liquidate investments at times and at prices that are not favorable to the Fund, or the Fund may be forced to forego investments that the Adviser otherwise views as favorable.
The extent that the Fund employs leverage, if any, will depend on many factors, the most important of which are investment outlook, market conditions and interest rates. Successful use of a leveraging strategy depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly interest rates and market movements. There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.
REPURCHASE OF SHARES AND OTHER DISCOUNT MEASURES
Because shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their NAVs, the Board has determined that from time to time it may be in the interest of the Common Shareholders to take certain actions intended to reduce such discount. The Board, in consultation with the Adviser, review at least annually the possibility of open market repurchases and/or tender offers for the Common Shares and consider such factors as the market price of the Common Shares, the NAV of the Common Shares, the liquidity of the assets of the Fund, effect on the Fund’s expenses, whether such transactions would impair the Fund’s status as a RIC or result in a failure to comply with applicable asset coverage requirements, general economic conditions and such other events or conditions, which may have a material effect on the Fund’s ability to consummate such transactions. There are no assurances that the Board will, in fact, decide to undertake either of these actions or, if undertaken, that such actions will result in the Fund’s Common Shares trading at a price which is equal to or approximates their NAV.
In recognition of the possibility that Common Shares might trade at a discount to NAV and that any such discount may not be in the interest of the Fund’s shareholders, the Board, in consultation with the Adviser, from time to time may review possible actions to reduce any such discount. In the event that the Fund conducts an offering of new Common Shares and such offering constitutes a “distribution” under Regulation M, the Fund and certain of its affiliates may be subject to an applicable restricted period that could limit the timing of any repurchases by the Fund.
PREFERRED SHARES
The Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest with preference rights, including preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”), having no par value per share or such other amount as the Board may establish, in one or more series, with rights as determined by the Board, by action of the Board without the approval of the Common Shareholders. The Board has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares.
Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund must, immediately after the issuance of any Preferred Shares, have an “asset coverage” of at least 200%. Asset coverage means the ratio which the value of the total assets of the Fund, less all liability and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness of the Fund, if any, plus the aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares. If the Fund seeks a rating of the Preferred Shares, asset coverage requirements, in addition to those set forth in the 1940 Act, may be imposed. The liquidation value of the Preferred Shares is expected to equal their aggregate original purchase price plus redemption premium, if any, together with any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (on a cumulative basis), whether or not earned or declared. The terms of the Preferred Shares, including their dividend rate, voting rights, liquidation preference and redemption provisions, will be determined by the Board (subject to applicable law and the Declaration of Trust) if and when it authorizes the Preferred Shares. The Fund may issue Preferred Shares that provide for the periodic redetermination of the dividend rate at relatively short intervals through an auction or remarketing procedure, although the terms of the Preferred Shares also may enable the Fund to lengthen such intervals. At times, the dividend rate as redetermined on the Fund’s Preferred Shares may approach or exceed the Fund’s return after expenses on the investment of proceeds from the Preferred Shares and the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so structured.
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund, the terms of any Preferred Shares may entitle the holders of Preferred Shares to receive a preferential liquidating distribution

49


 

(expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus redemption premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not earned or declared and on a cumulative basis) before any distribution of assets is made to Common Shareholders. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of Preferred Shares would not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund.
Under the 1940 Act, if at any time dividends on the Preferred Shares are unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends thereon, the holders of all outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a class, will be allowed to elect a majority of the Fund’s Trustees until all dividends in default have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. In addition, if required by the Rating Agency rating the Preferred Shares or if the Board determines it to be in the best interests of the Common Shareholders, issuance of the Preferred Shares may result in more restrictive provisions than required by the 1940 Act being imposed. In this regard, holders of the Preferred Shares may be entitled to elect a majority of the Board in other circumstances, for example, if one payment on the Preferred Shares is in arrears.
If the Fund were to issue Preferred Shares, it is expected that the Fund would seek a credit rating for the Preferred Shares from a Rating Agency. In that case, as long as Preferred Shares are outstanding, the composition of its portfolio would reflect guidelines established by such Rating Agency. Although, as of the date hereof, no such Rating Agency has established guidelines relating to any such Preferred Shares, based on previous guidelines established by such Rating Agencies for the securities of other issuers, the Fund anticipates that the guidelines with respect to the Preferred Shares would establish a set of tests for portfolio composition and asset coverage that supplement (and in some cases are more restrictive than) the applicable requirements under the 1940 Act. Although, at this time, no assurance can be given as to the nature or extent of the guidelines, which may be imposed in connection with obtaining a rating of the Preferred Shares, the Fund currently anticipates that such guidelines will include asset coverage requirements, which are more restrictive than those under the 1940 Act, restrictions on certain portfolio investments and investment practices, requirements that the Fund maintain a portion of its total assets in short-term, high-quality, fixed-income securities and certain mandatory redemption requirements relating to the Preferred Shares. No assurance can be given that the guidelines actually imposed with respect to the Preferred Shares by such Rating Agency will be more or less restrictive than as described in this Prospectus.
Certain Provisions in the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders, in certain circumstances, could be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability in connection with Fund property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Fund and requires that notice of such limited liability be given in each note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made or issued by the Fund or the Board. The Declaration of Trust further provides for indemnification out of the assets of the Fund for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations. The Fund believes that the likelihood of such circumstances is remote.
The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees may amend the Declaration of Trust when authorized by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (“Majority Shareholder Vote”). The Declaration of Trust does not permit amendments that impair the exemption from personal liability of the shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Fund or permit assessments upon shareholders.
The Declaration of Trust and By-laws provide that the Trustees have the power, to the exclusion of shareholders, to make, alter, amend or repeal any of the By-laws, except for any By-law that requires a vote of the shareholders to be amended, adopted or repealed by the terms of the Declaration of Trust, By-laws or applicable law.
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
The Declaration of Trust and By-laws include provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to change the composition of its Board and could have the effect of depriving Common Shareholders of an opportunity to sell their Common Shares at a premium over prevailing

50


 

market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund. These provisions may have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire control of the Fund, which attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Fund and interfering with the normal operation of the Fund. They provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. The Board has considered the following anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund. The following is only a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Declaration of Trust and By-laws on file with the SEC.
The number of Trustees is currently nine, but by action of a majority of the Trustees, the Board may from time to time be increased or decreased. If the Fund issues Preferred Shares, the Fund may establish a separate class for the Trustees elected by the holders of the Preferred Shares. Subject to applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, vacancies on the Board may be filled by a majority action of the remaining Trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides that Trustees and officers are entitled to indemnification and that the Fund may pay or reimburse expenses of Trustees and officers. Such provisions may work to delay a change in the majority of the Board.
Generally, the shareholders have power to vote only: (a) for the election of Trustees; (b) with respect to any investment advisory or management contract entered into; (c) with respect to any termination of the Fund; (d) with respect to any amendment of the Declaration of Trust; (e) with respect to any merger, consolidation or sale of assets of the Fund; (f) with respect to incorporation of the Fund; (g) to the same extent as the stockholders of a Massachusetts business corporation as to whether or not a court action, proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively or as a class action on behalf of the Fund or the shareholders; and (h) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Fund as may be required by the Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws or by reason of the registration of the Fund or the shares with the SEC or any State or by any applicable law or any regulation or order of the SEC or any State or as the Trustees may consider necessary or desirable. On any matter required or permitted to be voted on by the shareholders, all shares then entitled to vote shall be voted in the aggregate as a single class without regard to class, except (i) when required by the Declaration of Trust, the By-Laws, the 1940 Act, or when the Trustees have determined that any matter to be submitted to a vote of the shareholders affects the rights or interests of the shareholders of one or more classes, if any, materially differently, shares shall be voted by each such affected class individually; and (ii) when the Trustees shall have determined that the matter affects only the interests of one or more classes, then only the shareholders of such affected class shall be entitled to vote thereon.
Additionally, the Fund’s By-laws contain certain provisions that may tend to make a change of control of the Fund more difficult. For example, the By-laws (i) require a shareholder to give written advance notice and other information to the Fund of the shareholder’s nominees for Trustees and proposals for other business to be considered at shareholders meetings; (ii) require any notice by a shareholder be accompanied by certain information as provided in the By-laws; and (iii) reserve to the Trustees the exclusive power to alter, amend or repeal any provision of the By-laws or to make new By-laws.
POTENTIAL CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND
Conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company would require an amendment to the Fund’s Declaration of Trust. Such amendment would require approval by each of the following: (i) a majority of the Trustees then in office, (ii) a majority of the outstanding voting securities, and (iii) by such vote or votes of the holders of any class or classes or series of shares as may be required by the 1940 Act. In the event of conversion, the Common Shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange or market system. The Board believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable, given the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board would vote to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company. Shareholders of an open-end management investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their NAV, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Fund would expect to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but intends to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Fund were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new Common Shares would be sold at NAV plus a sales load.

51


 

Reports to Shareholders
The Fund sends to its shareholders unaudited semi-annual and audited annual reports, including a list of investments held.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[FIRM], Boston, Massachusetts, is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund and audits the Fund’s financial statements.
Additional Information
This Prospectus and the SAI do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement that the Fund has filed with the SEC (file No. 333-108637). The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC at www.sec.gov. See the cover page of this Prospectus for information about how to obtain a paper copy of the Registration Statement or SAI without charge.
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information
         
    Page
Organization of the Fund
    [___]  
Additional Investment Policies and Risks
    [___]  
Investment Restrictions
    [___]  
Portfolio Turnover
    [___]  
Those Responsible for Management
    [___]  
Shareholders of the Fund
    [___]  
Investment Advisory and Other Services
    [___]  
Determination of Net Asset Value
    [___]  
Brokerage Allocation
    [___]  
Additional Information Concerning Taxes
    [___]  
Other Information
    [___]  
Custodian and Transfer Agent
    [___]  
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    [___]  
Reports to Shareholders
    [___]  
Legal and Regulatory Matters
    [___]  
Codes of Ethics
    [___]  
Additional Information
    [___]  
Appendix A: Description of Ratings
    A-1   
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
    B-1   
The Fund’s Privacy Policy
The Fund is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Fund

52


 

collects, how the Fund protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Fund may share information with select other parties.
Generally, the Fund does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Fund. The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law (which includes disclosure to employees necessary to service your account). The Fund may share information with unaffiliated third parties that perform various required services, such as transfer agents, custodians and broker/dealers.
The Fund restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Fund’s investment adviser and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.

53


 

(JOHNHANCOCK)
[                                ] Shares
John Hancock Investors Trust
Common Shares
PROSPECTUS
[                          ], 2012
Until [DATE+25], 2012 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the Common Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


 

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 18, 2012
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
Statement of Additional Information
[SAI DATE]
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
1-800-225-6020
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
    2  
    2  
    12  
    14  
    14  
    24  
    24  
    31  
    31  
    35  
    41  
    41  
    41  
    42  
    42  
    42  
    42  
    A-1  
    B-1  
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and is authorized for distribution to prospective investors only if preceded or accompanied by the prospectus of John Hancock Investors Trust (the “Fund”) dated [PROSPECTUS DATE] (the “Prospectus”) and any related supplement thereto (“Prospectus Supplements”), which are incorporated herein by reference. This SAI should be read in conjunction with such Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplements, copies of which may be obtained without charge by contacting your financial intermediary or calling the Fund at 1-800-225-6020.

 


 

Capitalized terms used in this SAI and not otherwise defined have the meanings given them in the Fund’s Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplements.
Organization of the Fund
The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund was organized on October 26, 1970 as a Delaware corporation and was reorganized on October 5, 1984 as a Massachusetts business trust pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which was amended and restated on August 26, 2003, as amended (the “Declaration of Trust”).
John Hancock Advisers, LLC (the “Adviser” or “JHA”) is the Fund’s investment adviser and is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). The Adviser is responsible for overseeing the management of the Fund, including its day-to-day business operations and monitoring the subadviser. The Adviser has been managing closed-end funds since 1971.
Founded in 1968, the Adviser is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.), a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“Manulife Financial” or the “Company”). John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) and its subsidiaries (“John Hancock”) today offer a broad range of financial products and services, including whole, term, variable, and universal life insurance, as well as college savings products, mutual funds, fixed and variable annuities, long-term care insurance and various forms of business insurance.
The Adviser’s parent company has been helping individuals and institutions work toward their financial goals since 1862. The Adviser offers investment solutions managed by institutional money managers, taking a disciplined team approach to portfolio management and research, leveraging the expertise of seasoned investment professionals.
Established in 1887, Manulife Financial is a Canada-based financial services group with principal operations in Asia, Canada and the United States. Its international network of employees, agents and distribution partners offers financial protection and wealth management products and services to millions of clients. It also provides asset management services to institutional customers.
The Fund’s subadviser is John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (the “Subadviser”), formerly MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC and Sovereign Asset Management LLC. The Subadviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio investments. The Subadviser, organized in 1968, is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (a subsidiary of Manulife Financial).
Additional Investment Policies and Risks
The Fund’s primary investment strategies are described in the Prospectus. The following is a description of the various investment policies that may be engaged in, whether as a primary or secondary strategy, and a summary of certain attendant risks. The Subadviser may not buy any of the following instruments or use any of the following techniques unless they believe that doing so will help to achieve the Fund’s investment objective.
Ratings as Investment Criteria. In general, the ratings of Moody’s and S&P represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of the securities which they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. There is no guarantee that these institutions will continue to provide ratings. These ratings will be used by the Fund as initial criteria for the selection of debt securities. Among the factors which will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends. Appendix A contains further information concerning the rating of Moody’s and S&P and their significance. Subsequent to its purchase by the Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither of these events will require the sale of the securities by the Fund.

2


 

Short-Term Bank and Corporate Obligations. The Fund may invest in depository-type obligations of banks and savings and loan associations and other high quality money market instruments consisting of short-term obligations of the U.S. government or its agencies and commercial paper. Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by banks or bank holding companies, corporations and finance companies. Depository-type obligations in which the Fund may invest include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return.
Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument at maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. Bank notes and bankers’ acceptances rank junior to domestic deposit liabilities of the bank and pari passu with other senior, unsecured obligations of the bank. Bank notes are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other insurer. Deposit notes are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation only to the extent of $100,000 per depositor per bank.
Preferred Securities. The Fund may invest in preferred securities. Preferred securities, like common stock, represent an equity ownership in an issuer. Generally, preferred securities have a priority of claim over common stock in dividend payments and upon liquidation of the issuer. Unlike common stock, preferred securities do not usually have voting rights. Preferred securities in some instances are convertible into common stock. Although they are equity securities, preferred securities have characteristics of both debt and common stock. Like debt, their promised income is contractually fixed. Like common stock, they do not have rights to precipitate bankruptcy proceedings or collection activities in the event of missed payments. Other equity characteristics are their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and that their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows.
Distributions on preferred securities must be declared by the board of directors and may be subject to deferral, and thus they may not be automatically payable. Income payments on preferred securities may be cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accrue even if not declared by the board or otherwise made payable, or they may be non-cumulative, so that skipped dividends and distributions do not continue to accrue. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred securities in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. The Fund may invest in non-cumulative preferred securities.
Shares of preferred securities have a liquidation value that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market values of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting the issuers’ industries or sectors, including companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities. They may also be affected by actual and anticipated changes or ambiguities in the tax status of the security and by actual and anticipated changes or ambiguities in tax laws, such as changes in corporate and individual income tax rates, and in the dividends received deduction for corporate taxpayers or the characterization of dividends as tax-advantaged as described herein.
Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on the stock or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem preferred securities, generally after an initial period of call protection during which the stock is not redeemable. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Fund’s holdings of higher dividend-paying preferred securities may be reduced and the Fund may be unable to acquire securities paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.
Investments in Non-U.S. Securities. The Fund may invest directly in the securities of non-U.S. issuers as well as securities in the form of sponsored or unsponsored American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depository Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depository Receipts (“GDRs”) or other securities convertible into non-U.S. securities. The Fund may invest up to 30% of its total assets in securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company which evidence ownership of underlying

3


 

securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs are receipts issued in Europe which evidence a similar ownership arrangement. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information, including financial information, in the United States. Generally, ADRs are designed for use in the United States securities markets and EDRs are designed for use in European securities markets.
An investment in non-U.S. securities including ADRs may be affected by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information, including financial information, in the United States and, therefore, there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the unsponsored ADR. Non-U.S. companies may not be subject to accounting standards or government supervision comparable to U.S. companies, and there is often less publicly available information about their operations. Non-U.S. companies may also be affected by political or financial instability abroad. These risk considerations may be intensified in the case of investments in ADRs of non-U.S. companies that are located in emerging market countries. ADRs of companies located in these countries may have limited marketability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements.
Risks of Non-U.S. Securities . Investments in non-U.S. securities may involve a greater degree of risk than those in domestic securities. There is generally less publicly available information about non-U.S. companies in the form of reports and ratings similar to those that are published about issuers in the United States. Also, non-U.S. issuers generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting requirements comparable to those applicable to United States issuers.
Because non-U.S. securities may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”), the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities, and any net investment income and gains that the Fund distributes to shareholders. Securities transactions undertaken in some non-U.S. markets may not be settled promptly so that the Fund’s investments on non-U.S. exchanges may be less liquid and subject to the risk of fluctuating currency exchange rates pending settlement.
Non-U.S. securities will be purchased in the best available market, whether through OTC markets or exchanges located in the countries where principal offices of the issuers are located. Non-U.S. securities markets generally are not as developed or efficient as those in the United States. While growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than the NYSE, and securities of some non-U.S. issuers are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable United States issuers. Fixed commissions on non-U.S. exchanges generally are higher than negotiated commissions on United States exchanges; nevertheless, the Fund will endeavor to achieve the most favorable net results on its portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and listed issuers than in the United States.
With respect to certain non-U.S. countries, there is the possibility of adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, expropriation, nationalization or confiscatory taxation limitations on the removal of funds or other assets of the Fund, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments, which could affect United States investments in those countries. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the United States’ economy in terms of growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
The dividends, in some cases capital gains and interest payable on certain of the Fund’s non-U.S. portfolio securities, may be subject to non-U.S. withholding or other non-U.S. taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income or gains available for distribution to the Fund’s shareholders.
These risks may be intensified in the case of investments in emerging markets or countries with limited or developing capital markets. See “Securities of Emerging Market Issuers or Countries” below.
The Fund’s ability and decision to purchase or sell portfolio securities may be affected by laws or regulations relating to the convertibility and repatriation of assets. Under present conditions, it is not believed that this consideration will have any significant effect on the Fund’s portfolio strategies.

4


 

European Markets Risk . Countries in Europe may be significantly affected by fiscal and monetary controls implemented by the European Union (“EU”) and European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”), which require member countries to comply with restrictions on inflation rates, deficits, interest rates, debt levels and fiscal and monetary controls. Decreasing imports or exports, changes in governmental or other regulations on trade, changes in the exchange rate of the Euro, the default or threat of default by one or more EU member countries on its sovereign debt, and/or an economic recession in one or more EU member countries may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of these and other EU member countries and major trading partners outside Europe.
The European financial markets have recently experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain. Several countries, including Greece and Italy, have agreed to multi-year bailout loans from the European Central Bank, International Monetary Fund, and other institutions. A default or debt restructuring by any European country, such as the recent restructuring of Greece’s outstanding sovereign debt, can adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above, and can affect exposures to other EU countries and their financial companies as well. The manner in which the EU and EMU responded to the global recession and sovereign debt issues raised questions about their ability to react quickly to rising borrowing costs and the potential default by Greece and other countries of their sovereign debt and revealed a lack of cohesion in dealing with the fiscal problems of member states. To address budget deficits and public debt concerns, a number of European countries have imposed strict austerity measures and comprehensive financial and labor market reforms, which could increase political or social instability. Many European countries continue to suffer from high unemployment rates and are projected to experience similar, double-digit unemployment rates in 2012.
Investing in the securities of Eastern European issuers is highly speculative and involves risks not usually associated with investing in the more developed markets of Western Europe. Securities markets of Eastern European countries typically are less efficient and have lower trading volume, lower liquidity, and higher volatility than more developed markets. Eastern European economies also may be particularly susceptible to the international credit market due to their reliance on bank related inflows of capital.
The Fund may be exposed to these risks through its direct investments in European securities, including sovereign debt, or indirectly through investments in money market funds and financial institutions with significant investments in such securities.
Emerging Markets Risk. In addition, the Fund may invest in the securities of issuers based in countries with “emerging market” economies. Funds that invest a significant portion of their assets in the securities of issuers based in countries with “emerging market” economies are subject to greater levels of foreign investment risk than funds investing primarily in more-developed foreign markets, since emerging market securities may present market, credit, currency, liquidity, legal, political and other risks greater than, or in addition to, the risks of investing in developed foreign countries. These risks include: high currency exchange-rate fluctuations; increased risk of default (including both government and private issuers); greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability (including the risk of war); more substantial governmental involvement in the economy; less governmental supervision and regulation of the securities markets and participants in those markets; controls on foreign investment and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on the Fund’s ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; unavailability of currency hedging techniques in certain emerging market countries; the fact that companies in emerging market countries may be newly organized, smaller and less seasoned; the difference in, or lack of, auditing and financial reporting standards, which may result in the unavailability of material information about issuers; different clearance and settlement procedures, which may be unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions or otherwise make it difficult to engage in such transactions; difficulties in obtaining and/or enforcing legal judgments in foreign jurisdictions; and significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers.
Hedging and Other Strategies. Hedging is an attempt to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price or rate of return on portfolio securities or securities that the Fund proposes to acquire or the exchange rate of currencies in which the portfolio securities are quoted or denominated. When securities prices are falling, the Fund can seek to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities through the sale of

5


 

futures contracts. When securities prices are rising, the Fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, can attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases.
If, in the opinion of the Adviser, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for the Fund’s portfolio securities and futures contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, the Fund may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of securities in the Fund’s portfolio may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Adviser will attempt to estimate the extent of this volatility difference based on historical patterns and compensate for any differential by having the Fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting the Fund’s portfolio securities.
When a short hedging position is successful, any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position. On other occasions, the Fund may take a “long” position by purchasing futures contracts.
Options on Securities and Securities Indices. The Fund may purchase and write (sell) call and put options on any securities and securities indices. These options may be listed on national domestic securities exchanges or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. The Fund may write covered put and call options and purchase put and call options as a substitute for the purchase or sale of securities or to protect against declines in the value of portfolio securities and against increases in the cost of securities to be acquired.
Writing Covered Options. A call option on securities written by the Fund obligates the Fund to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. A put option on securities written by the Fund obligates the Fund to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security. Writing covered call options may deprive the Fund of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the securities in its portfolio. Writing covered put options may deprive the Fund of the opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities to be acquired for its portfolio.
All call and put options written by the Fund are covered. A written call option or put option may be covered by (i) maintaining cash or liquid securities in a segregated account with a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the option, (ii) entering into an offsetting forward commitment and/or (iii) purchasing an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund’s net exposure on its written option position. A written call option on securities is typically covered by maintaining the securities that are subject to the option in a segregated account. The Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index.
The Fund may terminate its obligations under an exchange traded call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Obligations under over-the-counter options may be terminated only by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.”
Purchasing Options. The Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase, or put options in anticipation of a decrease (“protective puts”), in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. The Fund may also sell call and put options to close out its purchased options.
The purchase of a call option would entitle the Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified securities or currency at a specified price during the option period. The Fund would ordinarily realize a gain on the purchase of a call option if, during the option period, the value of such securities or currency exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

6


 

The purchase of a put option would entitle the Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified securities at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Put options may also be purchased by the Fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities which it does not own. The Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase of put options may be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities.
The Fund’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.
Risks Associated with Options Transactions. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on a domestic or foreign options exchange will exist for any particular exchange-traded option or at any particular time. If the Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if the Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities or currencies.
Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
The Fund’s ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. The Adviser will determine the liquidity of each over-the-counter option in accordance with guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”).
The writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The successful use of options depends in part on the Adviser’s ability to predict future price fluctuations and, for hedging transactions, the degree of correlation between the options and securities or currency markets.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on various securities (such as U.S. government securities) and securities indices, and any other financial instruments and indices and purchase and write call and put options on these futures contracts. The Fund may also enter into closing purchase and sale transactions with respect to any of these contracts and options. All futures contracts entered into by a Fund are traded on U.S. or foreign exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed, regulated or approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).

7


 

Futures Contracts. A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy and sell particular financial instruments or currencies for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract).
Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions, which may result in a profit or a loss. While futures contracts on securities will usually be liquidated in this manner, the Fund may instead make, or take, delivery of the underlying securities or currency whenever it appears economically advantageous to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures contracts are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.
A Fund may, for example, take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against an anticipated decline in market prices that would adversely affect the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Such futures contracts may include contracts for the future delivery of securities held by a Fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of the Fund’s portfolio securities.
Options on Futures Contracts. The purchase of put and call options on futures contracts will give the Fund the right (but not the obligation) for a specified price to sell or to purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures contract, the Fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the premium and transaction costs.
The writing of a call option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset a decline in the value of the Fund’s assets. By writing a call option, the Fund becomes obligated, in exchange for the premium (upon exercise of the option) to sell a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value higher than the exercise price. Conversely, the writing of a put option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset an increase in the price of securities that the Fund intends to purchase. However, a Fund becomes obligated (upon exercise of the option) to purchase a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value lower than the exercise price. The loss incurred by each Fund in writing options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received.
The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option of the same series. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market.
Other Considerations. The Fund will engage in futures and related options transactions either for bona fide hedging or to facilitate portfolio management. The Fund will not engage in futures or related options for speculative purposes. To the extent that the Fund is using futures and related options for hedging purposes, futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the price of securities that the Fund owns or futures contracts will be purchased to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of securities it intends to purchase. The Fund will determine that the price fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures used for hedging purposes are substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the Fund or securities or instruments which it expects to purchase. To the extent that the Fund engages in non-hedging transactions in futures contracts and options on futures to facilitate portfolio management, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish these nonhedging positions will not exceed 5% of the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which such options were in-the-money at the time of purchase.
Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in the case of contracts and options obligating the Fund to purchase securities, require the Fund to establish a segregated account consisting of cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options.
While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, these transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may

8


 

result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions.
Perfect correlation between the Fund’s futures positions and portfolio positions will be impossible to achieve. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position which is intended to be protected, the desired protection may not be obtained and the Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.
Some futures contracts or options on futures may become illiquid under adverse market conditions. In addition, during periods of market volatility, a commodity exchange may suspend or limit trading in a futures contract or related option, which may make the instrument temporarily illiquid and difficult to price. Commodity exchanges may also establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or related option can vary from the previous day’s settlement price. Once the daily limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. This may prevent the Fund from closing out positions and limiting its losses.
Interest Rate Swaps, Collars, Caps and Floors. In order to hedge the value of the Fund’s portfolio against interest rate fluctuations or to facilitate portfolio management, the Fund may, but is not required to, enter into various interest rate transactions such as interest rate swaps and the purchase or sale of interest rate caps and floors. To the extent that the Fund enters into these transactions, the Fund expects to do so primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date or to manage the Fund’s interest rate exposure on any debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Fund for leverage purposes. The Fund intends to use these transactions only as a hedge or to facilitate portfolio management. The Fund is not required to hedge its portfolio and may choose not to do so. The Fund cannot guarantee that any hedging strategies it uses will work.
Interest Rate Swaps. In an interest rate swap, the Fund exchanges with another party their respective commitments to pay or receive interest ( e.g. , an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments). For example, if the Fund holds a debt instrument with an interest rate that is reset only once each year, it may swap the right to receive interest at this fixed rate for the right to receive interest at a rate that is reset every week. This would enable the Fund to offset a decline in the value of the debt instrument due to rising interest rates but would also limit its ability to benefit from falling interest rates. Conversely, if the Fund holds a debt instrument with an interest rate that is reset every week and it would like to lock in what it believes to be a high interest rate for one year, it may swap the right to receive interest at this variable weekly rate for the right to receive interest at a rate that is fixed for one year. Such a swap would protect the Fund from a reduction in yield due to falling interest rates and may permit the Fund to enhance its income through the positive differential between one week and one year interest rates, but would preclude it from taking full advantage of rising interest rates.
The Fund usually will enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis ( i.e. , the two payment streams are netted out with the trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of cash or liquid instruments having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. If the interest rate swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian.
Interest Rate Collars, Caps and Floors. The Fund also may engage in interest rate transactions in the form of purchasing or selling interest rate caps or floors. The Fund will not sell interest rate caps or floors that it does not own. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest equal to the difference of the index and the predetermined rate on a notional principal amount ( i.e. , the reference amount with respect to which interest obligations are determined although no actual exchange of principal occurs) from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest at the difference of the index and the predetermined rate on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor.

9


 

Typically, the parties with which the Fund will enter into interest rate transactions will be broker-dealers and other financial institutions. The Fund will not enter into any interest rate swap, cap or floor transaction unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated investment grade quality by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization at the time of entering into such transaction or whose creditworthiness is believed by the Adviser to be equivalent to such rating. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with other similar instruments traded in the interbank market. Caps and floors, however, are less liquid than swaps. Certain federal income tax requirements may limit the Fund’s ability to engage in interest rate swaps.
Credit Default Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements. The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the reference obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund loses its investment and recovers nothing. However, if an event of default occurs, the buyer receives full notional value for a reference obligation that may have little or no value. As a seller, the Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which can run between six months and ten years but are typically structured between three and five years, provided that there is no default event. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. Credit default swaps involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly. In addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risks. The Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties who are rated investment grade by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization at the time of entering into such transaction or whose creditworthiness is believed by the Adviser to be equivalent to such rating. A buyer also will lose its investment and recover nothing should an event of default occur. If an event of default were to occur, the value of the reference obligation received by the seller, coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund.
If the Fund enters into a credit default swap, the Fund may be required to report the swap as a “listed transaction” for tax shelter reporting purposes on the Fund’s federal income tax return. If the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) were to determine that the credit default swap is a tax shelter, the Fund could be subject to penalties under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
The Fund may in the future employ new or additional investment strategies and hedging instruments if those strategies and instruments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and are permissible under applicable regulations governing the Fund.
Additional Regulatory Limitations on the Use of Futures and Related Options, Interest Rate Floors, Caps and Collars and Interest Rate and Currency Swap Contracts . The Fund has claimed an exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the CEA and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA. It should be noted, however, that the CFTC has adopted certain rules that significantly affect the exemptions available to the Fund. These rules are not yet effective and their scope of application is still uncertain. As of the date of this SAI, there is no certainty that the Fund, the Adviser, the Subadviser or other parties will be able to rely on these exclusions and exemptions in the future. Additional CFTC regulation (or a choice to no longer use strategies that trigger additional regulation) may cause the Fund to change its investment strategies or to incur additional expenses.
Risk of Potential Government Regulation of Derivatives. It is possible that government regulation of various types of derivative instruments, including futures and swap agreements, may limit or prevent the Fund from using such instruments as part of its investment strategy, which could negatively impact the Fund. For example, some legislative and regulatory proposals, such as those in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) (which was enacted in July 2010), would, upon implementation, impose limits on the

10


 

maximum position that could be held by a single trader in certain contracts and would subject some derivatives transactions to new forms of regulation that could create barriers to some types of investment activity. Other provisions would require many swaps to be cleared and traded on an exchange, expand entity registration requirements, impose business conduct requirements on dealers that enter into swaps with a pension plan, endowment, retirement plan or government entity, and require banks to move some derivatives trading units to a non-guaranteed affiliate separate from the deposit-taking bank or divest them altogether. While many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act must be implemented through future rulemaking, and any regulatory or legislative activity may not necessarily have a direct, immediate effect upon the Fund, it is possible that, upon implementation of these measures or any future measures, they could potentially limit or completely restrict the ability of the Fund to use these instruments as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using these instruments or make them less effective. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund engages in derivative transactions could also prevent the Fund from using these instruments or affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments, or may change availability of certain investments.
Short-Term Trading and Portfolio Turnover. Short-term trading means the purchase and subsequent sale of a security after it has been held for a relatively brief period of time. The Fund may engage in short-term trading in response to stock market conditions, changes in interest rates or other economic trends and developments, or to take advantage of yield disparities between various fixed-income securities in order to realize capital gains or improve income. Short-term trading may have the effect of increasing portfolio turnover rate. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or greater) involves correspondingly greater brokerage expenses. The portfolio turnover rate for the Fund for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010 was 45% and 71%, respectively.
Real estate securities. Investing in securities of companies in the real estate industry subjects the Fund to the risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate. These risks include:
    Declines in the value of real estate;
 
    Risks related to general and local economic conditions;
 
    Possible lack of availability of mortgage funds;
 
    Overbuilding;
 
    Extended vacancies of properties;
 
    Increased competition;
 
    Increases in property taxes and operating expenses;
 
    Changes in zoning laws;
 
    Losses due to costs resulting from the cleanup of environmental problems;
 
    Liability to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems;
 
    Casualty or condemnation losses;
 
    Limitations on rents;
 
    Changes in neighborhood values and the appeal of properties to tenants; and
 
    Changes in interest rates.
Therefore, for the Fund investing a substantial amount of its assets in securities of companies in the real estate industry, the value of the Fund’s shares may change at different rates compared to the value of shares of the Fund with investments in a mix of different industries.
Securities of companies in the real estate industry include equity real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REIT, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, equity and mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills and generally may not be diversified. Equity and mortgage REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidations. In addition, equity and mortgage REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code, as amended, or to maintain their exemptions form registration under the 1940 Act. The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to a REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, a REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments.

11


 

In addition, even the larger REITs in the industry tend to be small- to medium-sized companies in relation to the equity markets as a whole. Moreover, shares of REITs may trade less frequently and, therefore, are subject to more erratic price movements, than securities of larger issuers.
Gaming-Tribal Authority Investments. The Fund may invest in securities issued by gaming companies, including gaming facilities operated by Indian (Native American) tribal authorities. The value of the Fund’s investments in gaming companies is subject to legislative or regulatory changes, adverse market conditions, and/or increased competition affecting the gaming sector. Securities of gaming companies may be considered speculative, and generally exhibit greater volatility than the overall market. The market value of gaming company securities may fluctuate widely due to unpredictable earnings, due in part to changing consumer tastes and intense competition, strong reaction to technological developments, and the threat of increased government regulation.
Securities issued by Indian tribal authorities are subject to particular risks. Indian tribes enjoy sovereign immunity, which is the legal privilege by which the United States federal, state, and tribal governments cannot be sued without their consent. In order to sue an Indian tribe (or an agency or instrumentality thereof), the tribe must have effectively waived its sovereign immunity with respect to the matter in dispute. Certain Indian tribal authorities have agreed to waive their sovereign immunity in connection with their outstanding debt obligations. Generally, waivers of sovereign immunity have been held to be enforceable against Indian tribes. Nevertheless, if a waiver of sovereign immunity is held to be ineffective, claimants, including investors in Indian tribal authority securities (such as the Fund), could be precluded from judicially enforcing their rights and remedies.
Further, in most commercial disputes with Indian tribes, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain federal court jurisdiction. A commercial dispute may not present a federal question, and an Indian tribe may not be considered a citizen of any state for purposes of establishing diversity jurisdiction. The U.S. Supreme Court has held that jurisdiction in a tribal court must be exhausted before any dispute can be heard in an appropriate federal court. In cases where the jurisdiction of the tribal forum is disputed, the tribal court first must rule as to the limits of its own jurisdiction. Such jurisdictional issues, as well as the general view that Indian tribes are not considered to be subject to ordinary bankruptcy proceedings, may be disadvantageous to holders of obligations issued by Indian tribal authorities, including the Fund.
Investment Restrictions
The investment policies and strategies of the Fund described in this SAI and the Prospectus, except for the nine investment restrictions designated as fundamental policies under this caption, are not fundamental and may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.
Fundamental Investment Restrictions
As referred to above, the following nine investment restrictions of the Fund are designated as fundamental policies and as such cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities, which as used in this SAI means the lesser of (a) 67% of the shares of the Fund present or represented by proxy at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present or represented at the meeting or (b) more than 50% of outstanding shares of the Fund. As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund may not:
  (1)   Issue senior securities, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940 Act, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and the rules and interpretive positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) thereunder. Senior securities that the Fund may issue in accordance with the 1940 Act include preferred shares, borrowing, futures, when-issued and delayed delivery securities and forward foreign currency exchange transactions.
 
  (2)   Borrow money, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and interpretive positions of the SEC thereunder.
 
  (3)   Act as an underwriter, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter for the purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), in connection with the disposition of

12


 

      portfolio securities or purchase any security which is subject to legal or contractual delays in or restrictions on resale if after such purchase more than 50% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in such securities.
 
  (4)   Purchase real estate or any interest therein, except through the purchase of corporate or certain government securities (including securities secured by mortgage or a leasehold interest or other interest in real estate and securities of companies investing in real estate) in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives.
 
  (5)   Make loans except through the lending of portfolio securities and the purchase of securities in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives. The Fund does not for this purpose consider repurchase agreements and bank obligations to be the making of a loan.
 
  (6)   Invest in commodities or in commodity contracts or in puts, calls or combinations of both except options on securities and securities indices, and futures contracts on securities and securities indices and options on such futures.
 
  (7)   Invest more than 5% of its total assets taken at market value at the time of purchase in securities of any one issuer, other than obligations of the United States government and its agencies and instrumentalities and repurchase agreements collateralized by such obligations.
 
  (8)   Purchase securities of any issuer if such purchase would at the time result in more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer being held by the Fund.
 
  (9)   Purchase securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if immediately after such purchase the value of its investment in such industry would exceed 25% of its total assets taken at market value.
The Fund does not have a fundamental policy with respect to short sales and purchases on margin.
In regard to restriction (2), the Fund may borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Fund securities. The 1940 Act currently requires that the Fund have 300% asset coverage at the time of borrowing with respect to all borrowings other than temporary borrowings.
For purposes of construing restriction (9), securities of the U.S. government, its agencies, or instrumentalities are not considered to represent industries. Municipal obligations backed by the credit of a governmental entity also are not considered to represent industries.
Whenever an investment policy or investment restriction set forth in the Prospectus or this SAI states a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in any security or other asset or describes a policy regarding quality standards, such percentage limitation or standard shall be determined immediately after and as a result of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or asset. Accordingly, any later increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, assets or other circumstances or any subsequent rating change made by a rating agency (or as determined by the Subadviser if the security is not rated by a rating agency) will not compel the Fund to dispose of such security or other asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund must always be in compliance with the borrowing policies set forth above.
Non-fundamental Investment Restrictions
The Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental investment policies, which may be changed by the Board without approval of the Fund’s shareholders:
  (1)   The Fund intends to purchase securities through private placements, but no purchase will be made if as a result more than 20% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in such securities.

13


 

  (2)   If a percentage restriction on investment or utilization of assets as set forth above is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a later change in percentage resulting from changes in the value of the Fund’s assets will not be considered a violation of the restriction.
 
  (3)   The Fund may also be subject to certain restrictions and guidelines imposed by lenders if the Fund engages in borrowings. The Fund does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on its common shareholders or the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.
 
  (4)   The Fund will invest only in countries on the Adviser’s Approved Country Listing. The Approved Country Listing is a list maintained by the Adviser’s investment department that outlines all countries, including the United States, that have been approved for investment by funds managed by the Adviser.
 
  (5)   If allowed by the Fund’s other investment policies and restrictions, the Fund may invest up to 5% of its total assets in Russian equity securities and up to 10% of its total assets in Russian fixed-income securities. All Russian securities must be: (a) denominated in U.S. dollars; (b) traded on a major exchange; and (c) held physically outside of Russia.
Portfolio Turnover
The Fund’s annual rate of portfolio turnover may vary from year to year as well as within a year. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expenses, which must be borne directly by the Fund. Portfolio turnover is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of fund securities during the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the Fund’s securities. (Excluded from the computation are all securities, including options, with maturities at the time of acquisition of one year or less.) The portfolio turnover rate for the Fund for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010 was 45% and 71%, respectively.
Those Responsible for Management
The business of the Fund is managed by the Board, including certain trustees of the Fund (“Trustees”) who are not “interested persons” (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the Fund (the “Independent Trustees”). The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Fund and who execute policies formulated by the Board. Several of the officers and Trustees of the Fund also are officers or directors of the Adviser. Each Trustee serves in a similar capacity for other John Hancock funds.
The Board consists of nine members. Each Trustee holds office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until the Trustee’s death, retirement, resignation or removal.
                 
Interested Trustees
 
            Number of
            Funds in John
            Hancock Fund
            Complex
Name   Position with   Principal Occupation(s) and Other   Overseen by
(Birth Year)   the Fund   Directorships During the Past 5 Years   Trustee
Hugh McHaffie (1)
(1959)
  Trustee
(since 2010)
  Executive Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2006, including prior positions); President of John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust and John Hancock Funds II (since 2009); Trustee, John Hancock retail funds (2) (since 2010); Chairman and Director, John Hancock Advisers, LLC, John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and John Hancock Funds, LLC (since 2010).     48  

14


 

                 
Interested Trustees
 
            Number of
            Funds in John
            Hancock Fund
            Complex
Name   Position with   Principal Occupation(s) and Other   Overseen by
(Birth Year)   the Fund   Directorships During the Past 5 Years   Trustee
John G. Vrysen (1) (1955)
  Trustee
(since 2009)
  Senior Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2006); Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, John Hancock Advisers, LLC, John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and John Hancock Funds, LLC (since 2005); Chief Operating Officer, John Hancock Funds II and John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust (since 2007); Chief Operating Officer, John Hancock retail funds (2) (until 2009); Trustee, John Hancock retail funds (since 2009).     48  
                 
Independent Trustees
 
            Number of
            Funds in John
            Hancock Fund
            Complex
Name   Position with   Principal Occupation(s) and Other   Overseen by
(Birth Year)   the Fund   Directorships During the Past 5 Years   Trustee
William H. Cunningham
(1944)
  Trustee
(since 2005)
  Professor, University of Texas, Austin, Texas (since 1971); former Chancellor, University of Texas System and former President of the University of Texas, Austin, Texas; Director of the following: LIN Television (since 2009); Lincoln National Corporation (insurance) (Chairman since 2009 and Director since 2006); Resolute Energy Corporation (since 2009); Nanomedical Systems, Inc. (biotechnology company) (Chairman since 2008); Yorktown Technologies, LP (tropical fish) (Chairman since 2007); Greater Austin Crime Commission (since 2001); Southwest Airlines (since 2000); former Director of the following: Introgen (manufacturer of biopharmaceuticals) (until 2008); Hicks Acquisition Company I, Inc. (until 2007); Jefferson-Pilot Corporation (diversified life insurance company) (until 2006); and former Advisory Director, JP Morgan Chase Bank (formerly Texas Commerce Bank—Austin) (until 2009).     48  
 
               
Deborah C. Jackson (1952)
  Trustee
(since 2008)
  President, Cambridge College, Cambridge, Massachusetts (since May 2011); Chief Executive Officer, American Red Cross of Massachusetts Bay (2002-May 2011); Board of Directors of Eastern Bank Corporation (since 2001); Board of Directors of Eastern Bank Charitable Foundation (since 2001); Board of Directors of American Student Assistance Corporation (1996-2009); Board of Directors of Boston Stock Exchange (2002—2008); Board of Directors of Harvard Pilgrim Healthcare (health benefits company) (2007-2011).     48  
 
               
Stanley Martin
(1947)
  Trustee
(since 2008)
  Director, The St. Joe Company (real estate development) (since May 2012); Senior Vice President/Audit Executive, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (2004—2006); Executive Vice President/Consultant, HSBC Bank USA (2000—2003); Chief Financial Officer/Executive Vice President, Republic New York Corporation & Republic National Bank of New York (1998—2000); Partner, KPMG LLP (1971—1998).     48  

15


 

                 
Independent Trustees
 
            Number of
            Funds in John
            Hancock Fund
            Complex
Name   Position with   Principal Occupation(s) and Other   Overseen by
(Birth Year)   the Fund   Directorships During the Past 5 Years   Trustee
Patti McGill Peterson
(1943)
  Trustee
(since 1996)
  Presidential Advisor for Global Initiatives, American Council on Education (since 2011); Chairman of the Board of the Fund (2009-2010); Principal, PMP Globalinc (consulting) (2007-2011); Senior Associate, Institute for Higher Education Policy (2007-2011); Executive Director, CIES (international education agency) (until 2007); Vice President, Institute of International Education (until 2007); Former President Wells College, St. Lawrence University and the Association of Colleges and Universities of the State of New York. Director of the following: Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation (until 2003); Security Mutual Life (insurance) (until 1997); ONBANK (until 1993). Trustee of the following: Board of Visitors, The University of Wisconsin, Madison (since 2007); Ford Foundation, International Fellowships Program (until 2007); UNCF, International Development Partnerships (until 2005); Roth Endowment (since 2002); Council for International Educational Exchange (since 2003).     48
 
               
John A. Moore (3) (1939)
  Trustee
(since 1996)
Vice Chairman
(since 2012)
  President and Chief Executive Officer, Institute for Evaluating Health Risks, (nonprofit institution) (1989-2001); Senior Scientist, Sciences International (health research) (2000-2003); Former Assistant Administrator & Deputy Administrator, Environmental Protection Agency (1983-1989); Principal, Hollyhouse (consulting) (since 2000); Director, CIIT Center for Health Science Research (nonprofit research) (until 2007).     48  
 
               
Steven R. Pruchansky (1944)
  Trustee
(since 2005)
Chairman
(since 2011)
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Greenscapes of Southwest Florida, Inc. (since 2000); Director and President, Greenscapes of Southwest Florida, Inc. (until 2000); Member, Board of Advisors, First American Bank (until 2010); Managing Director, Jon James, LLC (real estate) (since 2000); Director, First Signature Bank & Trust Company (until 1991); Director, Mast Realty Trust (until 1994); President, Maxwell Building Corp. (until 1991).     48  
 
               
Gregory A. Russo (1949)
  Trustee
(since 2008)
  Member, Audit Committee and Finance Committee of NCH Healthcare System, Inc. (since 2011); Vice Chairman, Risk & Regulatory Matters, KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) (2002—2006); Vice Chairman, Industrial Markets, KPMG (1998—2002).     48  
 
(1)   The Trustee is an Interested Trustee due to his position with the Adviser and certain of its affiliates.
 
(2)   “John Hancock retail funds” is comprised of ten closed-end funds (including the Fund), as well as the series of John Hancock Funds III and 12 other investment companies.
 
(3)   Dr. Moore’s term of office will end when he retires as a Trustee on December 31, 2012.
Correspondence intended for any of the Trustees may be sent to the attention of the individual Trustee or to the Board c/o the Secretary of the Fund at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. All communications addressed to the Board or individual Trustee will be logged and sent to the Board or individual Trustee. The Secretary may determine not to forward any letter to Trustees that does not relate to the business of the Fund.

16


 

                 
Principal Officers who are not Trustees
 
Name,   Position(s) with   Officer    
(Birth Year)   the Fund   since   Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Keith F. Hartstein (1956)
  President and Chief Executive Officer     2005     Senior Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2004); Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Funds, LLC (since 2005); Director, John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US), LLC (since 2005); Director, John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (since 2006); President and Chief Executive Officer, John Hancock retail funds (since 2005); Member, Investment Company Institute Sales Force Marketing Committee (since 2003).
 
               
Thomas M. Kinzler (1955)
  Secretary and Chief Legal Officer     2006     Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel, John Hancock Advisers, LLC, John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and John Hancock Funds, LLC (since 2007); and Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, John Hancock retail funds, John Hancock Funds II and John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust (since 2006).
 
               
Francis V. Knox, Jr. (1947)
  Chief Compliance Officer     2005     Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer, John Hancock retail funds, John Hancock Funds II, John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust, John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (since 2005); Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC(2005—2008).
 
               
Andrew G. Arnott (1971)
  Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer     2009     Senior Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2009); Executive Vice President, John Hancock Advisers, LLC (since 2005); Executive Vice President, John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (since 2006); Executive Vice President, John Hancock Funds, LLC (since 2004); Chief Operating Officer, John Hancock retail funds (since 2009); Senior Vice President, John Hancock retail funds (since 2010); Vice President, John Hancock Funds II and John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust (since 2006); Senior Vice President, Product Management and Development, John Hancock Funds, LLC (until 2009).
 
               
Charles A. Rizzo (1957)
  Chief Financial Officer     2007     Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2008); Senior Vice President, John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (since 2008); Chief Financial Officer, John Hancock retail funds, John Hancock Funds II and John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust (since 2007); Assistant Treasurer, Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (2005—2007); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (2005—2007).

17


 

                 
Principal Officers who are not Trustees
 
Name,   Position(s) with   Officer    
(Birth Year)   the Fund   since   Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Salvatore Schiavone
(1965)
  Treasurer     2009     Assistant Vice President, John Hancock Financial Services (since 2007); Vice President, John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (since 2007); Treasurer, John Hancock retail funds (since 2010); Treasurer, John Hancock closed-end funds (since 2009); Assistant Treasurer, John Hancock Funds II and John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust (since 2010) and (2007-2009); Assistant Treasurer, John Hancock retail funds (2007-2009); Assistant Treasurer, Fidelity Group of Funds (2005—2007); Vice President, Fidelity Management Research Company (2005—2007).
All of the officers listed are officers or employees of the Adviser or affiliated companies. Some of the Trustees and officers also may be officers and/or directors and/or trustees of one or more of the other funds for which the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser serves as investment adviser.
Additional Information about the Trustees
In addition to the description of each Trustee’s Principal Occupation(s) and Other Directorships set forth above, the following provides further information about each Trustee’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills. The information in this section should not be understood to mean that any of the Trustees is an “expert” within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws.
Although the Board’s Nominating, Governance and Administration Committee has general criteria that guides its choice of candidates to serve on the Board (as discussed below under “—Board Committees”), there are no specific required qualifications for Board membership. In considering nominees, although this Committee does not have a formal policy to consider diversity when identifying candidates for the position of Independent Trustee, as a matter of practice, this Committee considers the overall diversity of the Board with respect to backgrounds, professional experience, education, skill, and viewpoint. In addition, as part of its annual self-evaluation, the Board has an opportunity to consider the diversity of its members, including specifically whether the Board’s members have the right mix of characteristics, experiences and skills. The results of the self-evaluation are considered by this Committee in its decision-making process with respect to candidates for the position of Independent Trustee. The Board believes that the different perspectives, viewpoints, professional experience, education, and individual qualities of each Trustee represent a diversity of experiences and a variety of complementary skills. Each Trustee has experience as a Trustee of the Fund, as well as experience as a Trustee of other John Hancock funds. It is the Trustees’ belief that this allows the Board, as a whole, to oversee the business of the Fund in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. When considering potential nominees to fill vacancies on the Board, and as part of its annual self-evaluation, the Board reviews the mix of skills and other relevant experiences of the Trustees.
William H. Cunningham — Mr. Cunningham has management and operational oversight experience as a former Chancellor and President of a major university. Mr. Cunningham has expertise in corporate governance as a Professor of business ethics. He also has oversight and corporate governance experience as a current and former director of a number of operating companies, including an insurance company.
Deborah C. Jackson — Ms. Jackson has management and operational oversight experience as the president of a college and as the former chief executive officer of a major charitable organization. She also has oversight and corporate governance experience as a current and former director of various corporate organizations, including a bank, an insurance company and a regional stock exchange, and nonprofit entities.
Stanley Martin — As a certified public accountant and former partner in a major independent certified public accounting firm, Mr. Martin has accounting and executive experience. Mr. Martin also has experience as a former senior officer of a federal government-sponsored entity and of two major banks.

18


 

Hugh McHaffie — Through his positions as a senior executive of Manulife Financial’s U.S. Wealth Management division, his prior position as a senior executive of MetLife, and membership in the Society of Actuaries and American Academy of Actuaries, Mr. McHaffie has experience in the development and management of registered investment companies, variable annuities and retirement products, enabling him to provide management input to the Board.
Patti McGill Peterson — Ms. McGill Peterson has planning and management advisory experience as principal of a consulting firm. She also has management and operational oversight experience as a former college and university president. She also has oversight and corporate governance experience as a current and former director of various corporate organizations, including a bank and an insurance company, and nonprofit entities.
John A. Moore — Dr. Moore has management and operational oversight experience from his current and former positions as a senior executive of scientific research organizations and as a senior administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency. He also has oversight and corporate governance experience as a director of a scientific research organization. Dr. Moore, an Independent Trustee, serves as the Board’s Vice Chairman.
Steven R. Pruchansky — Mr. Pruchansky has entrepreneurial, executive and financial experience as a chief executive officer of an operating services company and a current and former director of real estate and banking companies. Mr. Pruchansky, an Independent Trustee, serves as the Board’s Chairman.
Gregory A. Russo — As a certified public accountant and former partner in a major independent registered public accounting firm, Mr. Russo has accounting and executive experience.
John G. Vrysen — Through his positions as Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Adviser, position as a senior executive of Manulife Financial, the Adviser’s parent company, positions with other affiliates of the Adviser, and current and former memberships in the Society of Actuaries, Canadian Institute of Actuaries and American Academy of Actuaries, Mr. Vrysen has experience in the development and management of registered investment companies, variable annuities and retirement products, enabling him to provide management input to the Board.
Duties of Trustees
The Fund is organized as a Massachusetts business trust. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees are responsible for managing the affairs of the Fund, including the appointment of advisers and subadvisers. Each Trustee has the experience, skills, attributes or qualifications described above (see “—Principal Occupation(s) and Other Directorships” and “—Additional Information about the Trustees” above). The Board appoints officers who assist in managing the day-to-day affairs of the Fund. The Board met six times during the latest fiscal year.
The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee as Chairman. The Chairman presides at meetings of the Trustees and may call meetings of the Board and any Board committee whenever he deems it necessary. The Chairman participates in the preparation of the agenda for meetings of the Board and the identification of information to be presented to the Board with respect to matters to be acted upon by the Board. The Chairman also acts as a liaison with the Fund’s management, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Chairman may perform such other functions as may be requested by the Board from time to time. The Board has also designated a Vice Chairman to serve in the absence of the Chairman. Except for any duties specified in this SAI or pursuant to the Fund’s Declaration of Trust or By-laws, or as assigned by the Board, the designation of a Trustee as Chairman or Vice Chairman does not impose on that Trustee any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations or liability imposed on any other Trustee, generally. The Board has designated a number of standing committees as further described below, each of which has a Chairman. The Board also designates working groups or ad hoc committees as it deems appropriate.
The Board believes that this leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees or working groups of Trustees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The Board considers

19


 

leadership by an Independent Trustee as Chairman to be integral to promoting effective independent oversight of the Fund’s operations and meaningful representation of the shareholders’ interests, given the number of funds offered by the complex and the amount of assets that these funds represent. The Board also believes that having a super-majority of Independent Trustees is appropriate and in the best interest of the Fund’s shareholders. Nevertheless, the Board also believes that having interested persons serve on the Board brings corporate and financial viewpoints that are, in the Board’s view, helpful elements in its decision-making process. In addition, the Board believes that Mr. McHaffie and Mr. Vrysen, each of whom is a senior executive of the Adviser, Manulife Financial (the Adviser’s parent company), and of other affiliates of the Adviser, provide the Board with the Adviser’s perspective in managing and sponsoring the Fund. The leadership structure of the Board may be changed, at any time and in the discretion of the Board, including in response to changes in circumstances or the characteristics of the Fund.
Board Committees
The Board has five standing committees: the Audit Committee; the Compliance Committee; the Nominating, Governance and Administration Committee; Investment Performance Committee A; and the Contracts/Operations Committee.
The current membership of each committee is set forth below. As Chairman of the Board, Mr. Pruchansky is considered an ex officio member of each committee and, therefore, is able to attend and participate in any committee meeting, as appropriate. As Chairman for the two-year period ended December 31, 2010, Ms. McGill Peterson was an ex officio member of each committee.
                 
        Nominating,        
        Governance and   Investment   Contracts/
Audit   Compliance   Administration   Performance A   Operations
Mr. Martin
  Mr. Cunningham   All Independent   Ms. Jackson   All Independent
Ms. McGill Peterson
  Ms. Jackson   Trustees   Ms. McGill Peterson   Trustees
Dr. Moore
  Mr. Russo       Mr. Russo    
 
          Mr. Vrysen    
Audit Committee. Each member of this Committee is a financially literate Independent Trustee and at least one member has accounting or related financial management expertise. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Committee. This Committee recommends to the full Board independent registered public accounting firms for the Fund, oversees the work of the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with the Fund’s audit, communicates with the independent registered public accounting firm on a regular basis and provides a forum for the independent registered public accounting firm to report and discuss any matters it deems appropriate at any time. Mr. Martin serves as Chairman of this Committee. The Audit Committee held eight meetings during the last fiscal year.
Compliance Committee. The primary role of this Committee is to oversee the activities of the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer; the implementation and enforcement of the Fund’s compliance policies and procedures; and compliance with the Fund’s and the Independent Trustees’ Codes of Ethics. Mr. Russo serves as Chairman of this Committee. This Committee held four meetings during the last fiscal year.
Nominating, Governance and Administration Committee. This Committee is comprised of all of the Independent Trustees. The purpose of this Committee is to make determinations and recommendations to the Board on issues related to the composition and operation of the Board, corporate governance matters applicable to the Independent Trustees, and issues related to complex-wide matters and practices designed to facilitate uniformity and administration of the Board’s oversight of the Fund. This Committee is solely responsible for the selection and recommendation to the Board of Independent Trustee candidates. Mr. Pruchansky serves as Chairman of this Committee. This Committee held three meetings during the last fiscal year.
In reviewing a potential nominee and in evaluating the renomination of current Independent Trustees, this Committee generally will apply the following criteria: (i) the nominee’s reputation for integrity, honesty and adherence to high ethical standards; (ii) the nominee’s business acumen, experience and ability to exercise sound

20


 

judgments; (iii) a commitment to understand the Fund and the responsibilities of a trustee of an investment company; (iv) a commitment to regularly attend and participate in meetings of the Board and its committees; (v) the ability to understand potential conflicts of interest involving management of the Fund and to act in the interests of all shareholders; and (vi) the absence of a real or apparent conflict of interest that would impair the nominee’s ability to represent the interests of all the shareholders and to fulfill the responsibilities of an Independent Trustee. This Committee does not necessarily place the same emphasis on each criteria and each nominee may not have each of these qualities.
As long as a current Independent Trustee continues, in the opinion of this Committee, to satisfy these criteria, the Fund anticipates that the Committee would favor the renomination of a current Independent Trustee rather than a new candidate. Consequently, while this Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders to serve as Independent Trustees, the Committee may only act upon such recommendations if there is a vacancy on the Board or a committee determines that the selection of a new or additional Independent Trustee is in the best interests of the Fund. In the event that a vacancy arises or a change in Board membership is determined to be advisable, this Committee will, in addition to any shareholder recommendations, consider candidates identified by other means, including candidates proposed by members of this Committee. This Committee may retain a consultant to assist it in a search for a qualified candidate. The Committee has adopted Procedures for the Selection of Independent Trustees.
While this Committee is solely responsible for the selection and recommendation to the Board of Independent Trustee candidates, the Committee may consider nominees recommended by any source, including fund shareholders, management and Committee members, as it deems appropriate. Any such recommendations from shareholders shall be directed to the Secretary of the Fund at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805. Recommendations from management may be submitted to the Committee Chairman. All recommendations shall include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Board members and as specified in the Fund’s By-Laws, and must be accompanied by a written consent of the proposed candidate to stand for election if nominated for the Board and to serve if elected by shareholders.
Investment Performance Committee A. This Committee monitors and analyzes the performance of the Fund generally, consults with the Adviser as necessary if the Fund requires special attention, and reviews peer groups and other comparative standards as necessary. Ms. Jackson serves as Chairman of Investment Performance Committee A. This Committee held seven meetings during the last fiscal year.
Contracts/Operations Committee. This Committee is comprised of all of the Independent Trustees. This Committee oversees the initiation, operation, and renewal of the various contracts between the Fund and other entities. These contracts include advisory and subadvisory agreements, custodial and transfer agency agreements and arrangements with other service providers. Dr. Moore serves as Chairman of this Committee. As indicated above, Dr. Moore will retire as a Trustee on December 31, 2012. This Committee held three meetings during the last fiscal year.
Annually, the Board evaluates its performance and that of its Committees, including the effectiveness of the Board’s Committee structure.
Risk Oversight
As a registered investment company, the Fund is subject to a variety of risks, including investment risks, financial risks, compliance risks, and operational risks. As part of its overall activities, the Board oversees the management of the Fund’s risk management structure by various departments of the Adviser, including: Investment Management Services Group (which oversees the Subadviser and investment management operations) (“IMS”), Fund Administration, Legal, the Product Group (which oversees new product development and marketplace positioning), and Internal Audit; as well as by the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”). The responsibility to manage the Fund’s risk management structure on a day-to-day basis is subsumed within the Adviser’s overall investment management responsibilities. The Adviser has its own, independent interest in risk management. In this regard, the Adviser has appointed a Risk and Investment Operations Committee, consisting of senior personnel from each of the Adviser’s functional departments. The Adviser’s risk management program is part of the overall risk management

21


 

program of John Hancock, the Adviser’s parent company. John Hancock’s Chief Risk Officer supports the Adviser’s risk management program.
While the Adviser has responsibility for identifying and managing the Fund’s exposure to risk on a daily basis, the Board plays an active role in overseeing the processes established to assess, monitor and mitigate that exposure. The Board, acting through its Committees, has charged the Adviser with (i) identifying events or circumstances the occurrence of which could have adverse effects on the Funds’ business and/or reputation; (ii) implementing processes and controls to lessen the possibility that such events or circumstances occur or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur; and (iii) creating and maintaining a system designed to evaluate continuously business and market conditions in order to facilitate the identification and implementation of processes and controls described in (i) and (ii) above. The Board, directly and indirectly through its Committees, routinely discusses with management the significant risks facing the Funds and reviews the processes and controls in place to address those risks. The Board regularly receives materials and information, including in-depth and in-person presentations from third-party experts, with respect to specific areas of risk, and the Board engages in comprehensive analyses and dialogues regarding those risks. Because the day-to-day operations and activities of the Funds are carried out by or through the Adviser and other service providers, the Board recognizes that it is not possible for it to identify all of the risks that may affect a Fund or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects.
The Board discharges risk oversight as part of its overall activities, with the assistance of its Investment Performance, Audit, Compliance, and Contracts/Operations Committees. The Committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the Board, and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Funds’ activities and associated risks. In addressing issues regarding the Fund’s risk management between meetings, appropriate representatives of the Adviser communicate with the Chairman of the Board, the relevant Committee Chair or the Fund’s CCO, who is directly accountable to the Board. As appropriate, the Chairman of the Board and the Committee Chairs confer among themselves, with the Fund’s CCO, the Adviser, other service providers, external fund counsel, and counsel to the Independent Trustees, to identify and review risk management issues that may be placed on the full Board’s agenda and/or that of an appropriate Committee for review and discussion with management.
The Audit Committee assists the Board in reviewing with the independent auditors, at various times throughout the year, matters relating to financial reporting matters. In addition, this Committee oversees the process of the Fund’s valuation of its portfolio securities, with day-to-day responsibility for valuation determinations having been delegated to the Fund’s Pricing Committee (comprised of officers of the Fund).
Investment Performance Committee A assists the Board in overseeing the significant investment policies of the Fund. The Adviser monitors these policies and may recommend changes to this Committee in response to subadviser requests or other circumstances. On a quarterly basis, this Committee reviews reports from IMS and the Product Group regarding the Fund’s investment performance, which include information about investment risks and how they are managed.
The Compliance Committee assists the Board in overseeing the activities of the Fund’s CCO with respect to the compliance programs of the Fund, the Adviser, the Subadviser, and certain of the Fund’s other service providers. This Committee and the Board receive and consider the CCO’s annual written report, which, among other things, summarizes material compliance issues that arose during the previous year and any remedial action taken to address these issues, as well as any material changes to the compliance programs. This Committee and the Board also receive and consider reports from the Fund’s CCO throughout the year. As part of its oversight responsibilities, the Board has approved various compliance policies and procedures.
Each of the above Board Committees meets at least quarterly. Each Committee presents reports to the Board, which may prompt further discussion of issues concerning the oversight of the Fund’s risk management. The Board also may discuss particular risks that are not addressed in the Committee process. In addition to the Committee meetings, the Adviser’s Risk and Investment Operations Committee described above, reports periodically to the full Board on risk management matters. Finally, John Hancock’s Chief Risk Officer, who as noted above supports the Adviser’s risk management program, at the Board’s request will from time-to-time report on risk management matters.

22


 

The Contracts/Operations Committee assists the Board in overseeing the Adviser’s management of the Fund’s operational risks, particularly as it regards vendor management and the quality of services provided by various service providers. This Committee periodically reviews reports from Fund Administration on these issues and discusses its findings with the Board. Among other things, in its annual review of the Fund’s advisory and subadvisory agreements, this Committee and the Board receive and review information provided by the Adviser and the Subadviser relating to their operational capabilities, financial condition and resources.
The Board also has a Nominating, Governance and Administration Committee that, among other matters, periodically reviews the Board’s committee structure and the charters of the Board’s committees, and recommends to the Board such changes as it deems appropriate. This Committee also coordinates and administers an annual self-evaluation of the Board that includes a review of its effectiveness in overseeing the number of funds in the fund complex and the effectiveness of its committee structure. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts its risk oversight role.
As stated above, the Adviser also has its own, independent interest in risk management. In this regard, the Adviser has appointed a Risk and Investment Operations Committee, consisting of senior personnel from each of the Adviser’s functional departments. This Committee reports periodically to the Board on risk management matters. The Adviser’s risk management program is part of the overall risk management program of John Hancock, the Adviser’s parent company. John Hancock’s Chief Risk Officer supports the Adviser’s risk management program, and at the Board’s request will report on risk management matters.
Independent Trustee Compensation
The table below sets forth the compensation paid by the Fund and certain other investment companies in the John Hancock Fund Complex to the Independent Trustees of the Fund for their services for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011. These Trustees oversee 48 series in the John Hancock Fund complex, which consists of 255 series. Each Trustee is reimbursed for travel and other out of pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings. The Fund pays fees only to its Independent Trustees. The Fund does not pay any remuneration to any Trustee who is an officer or employee of the Adviser or its affiliates. Of the Fund’s officers, the President is furnished to the Fund pursuant to the Advisory Agreement described below and receives no compensation from the Fund. The other named officers receive no compensation from the Fund, and are compensated by the Adviser and/or affiliates for their services. The officers of the Fund may spend only a portion of their time on the affairs of the Fund.
                 
Independent Trustee   Fund   John Hancock Fund Complex
James F. Carlin*
  $ 5,000     $ 188,000  
William H. Cunningham
  $ 5,000     $ 218,071  
Deborah C. Jackson
  $ 5,178     $ 203,000  
Charles L. Ladner**
  $ 6,014     $ 232,500  
Stanley Martin
  $ 5,948     $ 234,624 ***
Patti McGill Peterson
  $ 5,608     $ 211,314  
John A. Moore
  $ 6,006     $ 229,000  
Steven R. Pruchansky
  $ 6,828     $ 280,149  
Gregory A. Russo
  $ 5,750     $ 227,000  
 
*   Effective February 29, 2012, Mr. Carlin no longer serves as a Trustee of the Fund.
 
**   Effective December 31, 2011, Mr. Ladner no longer serves as a Trustee of the Fund.
 
***   Mr. Martin’s John Hancock Fund Complex compensation includes $19,000 of fees contributed to the John Hancock Deferred Compensation Plan.
The Fund does not have a pension or retirement plan for any of its Trustees or officers. The Fund participates in the John Hancock Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Trustees (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, an Independent Trustee may elect to have his or her deferred fees invested in shares of one or more funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex and the amount paid to the Independent Trustees under the Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such investments. Deferral of Trustees’ fees does not obligate the Fund to retain the services of any Trustee or obligate the Fund to pay any particular level of compensation to the Trustee. Under these circumstances,

23


 

the Trustee is not the legal owner of the underlying shares, but does participate in any positive or negative return on those shares to the same extent as all other shareholders. As of October 31, 2011, the value of the aggregate accrued deferred compensation amount from all funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex for Mr. Cunningham was $247,659; Mr. Ladner was $81,197; Mr. Martin was $69,973; Ms. McGill Peterson was $270,374; Dr. Moore was $322,934; and Mr. Pruchansky was $389,739 under the Plan.
Trustee Ownership of Shares of John Hancock Funds
The table below sets forth the aggregate dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustees in the Fund and in all John Hancock funds overseen by each Trustee as of December 31, 2011. For each Trustee, the amounts reflected include share equivalents of certain John Hancock funds in which the Trustee is deemed to be invested pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Trustees, as more fully described under “—Compensation of Trustees and Officers.” The information as to beneficial ownership is based on statements furnished to the Fund by the Trustees. Each of the Trustees has all voting and investment powers with respect to the shares indicated.
             
Trustees   Fund   John Hancock Fund Complex
Independent Trustees
           
James F. Carlin *
  $ 10,001-$50,000     Over $100,000
William H. Cunningham
  $ 1-$10,000     Over $100,000
Deborah C. Jackson
  $ 10,001-$50,000     Over $100,000
Charles L. Ladner**
  $ 1-$10,000     Over $100,000
Stanley Martin
  $ 1-$10,000     Over $100,000
Patti McGill Peterson
  $ 1-$10,000     Over $100,000
John A. Moore
  $ 1-$10,000     Over $100,000
Steven R. Pruchansky
  $ 1-$10,000     Over $100,000
Gregory A. Russo
  $ 10,001-$50,000     Over $100,000
Non-Independent Trustees
           
Hugh McHaffie
  $ 10,001-$50,000     Over $100,000
John G. Vrysen
  $ 10,001-$50,000     Over $100,000
 
*   Effective February 29, 2012, Mr. Carlin no longer serves as a Trustee of the Fund.
 
**   Effective December 31, 2011, Mr. Ladner no longer serves as a Trustee of the Fund.
Shareholders of the Fund
[ As of [DATE], the officers and Trustees of the Fund as a group owned beneficially less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. ]
[ To the best knowledge of the Fund, no shareholder owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund as of the date of this SAI. ]
Investment Advisory and Other Services
A discussion regarding the basis for the Trustees’ approval of the Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreements is available in the Fund’s October 31, 2011 annual shareholder report.
THE ADVISER
The Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company whose principal offices are located at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210 and serves as the Fund’s investment adviser. The Adviser is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act.

24


 

Founded in 1968, the Adviser is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.), a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“Manulife Financial” or the “Company”). Manulife Financial is the holding company of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (the “Life Company”) and its subsidiaries. John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) and its subsidiaries (“John Hancock”) today offer a broad range of financial products and services, including whole, term, variable, and universal life insurance, as well as college savings products, mutual funds, fixed and variable annuities, long-term care insurance and various forms of business insurance.
The Adviser’s parent company has been helping individuals and institutions work toward their financial goals since 1862. The Adviser offers investment solutions managed by institutional money managers, taking a disciplined team approach to portfolio management and research, leveraging the expertise of seasoned investment professionals. The Adviser has been managing closed-end funds since 1971. As of December 31, 2011, the Adviser had total assets under management of approximately $20.3 billion.
Established in 1887, Manulife Financial is a Canada-based financial services group with principle operations in Asia, Canada and the United States. Its international network of employees, agents and distribution partners offers financial protection and wealth management products and services to millions of clients. It also provides asset management services to institutional customers. Funds under management by Manulife Financial and its subsidiaries were C$500 billion (US$491 billion) as of December 31, 2011. The Company operates as Manulife Financial in Canada and Asia and primarily as John Hancock in the United States.
The Adviser serves as investment adviser to the Fund and is responsible for monitoring the Subadviser’s services to the Fund.
Advisory Agreement. The Fund has entered into an investment management contract dated July 1, 2009 (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser. As compensation for its advisory services under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser receives a fee from the Fund, calculated and paid daily, at an annual rate of the Fund’s average daily managed assets.
The following table shows the advisory fee that the Fund incurred and paid to the Adviser for the last three fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, October 31, 2010, and October 31, 2009.
         
October 31, 2011   October 31, 2010   October 31, 2009
$1,352,247
  $1,282,090   $1,102,458*
 
*   The amount disclosed for the October 31, 2009 fiscal year includes the advisory fee in the amount of $703,563 paid to the Adviser under the previous advisory agreement for the period from November 1, 2008 to June 30, 2009 and the advisory fee in the amount of $398,895 paid to the Adviser under the current Advisory Agreement for the period from July 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009.
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and subject to the general supervision of the Trustees, the Adviser selects, contracts with, and compensates the Subadviser to manage the investments and determine the composition of the assets of the Fund; provided, that any contract with a Subadviser (a “Subadvisory Agreement”) shall be in compliance with and approved as required by the 1940 Act, except for such exemptions therefrom as may be granted to the Fund or the Adviser. The Adviser monitors the Subadviser’s management of the Fund’s investment operations in accordance with the investment objectives and related investment policies of the Fund, reviews the performance of the Subadviser and reports periodically on such performance to the Board.
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has entered into a Subadvisory Agreement with the Subadviser to provide day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund and to implement the Fund’s portfolio management strategies and investment objective. The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement entered into and directly assume any functions performed by the Subadviser, upon approval of the Board.
The Fund pays all expenses of its organization, operations and business.

25


 

The Advisory Agreement had an initial period of two years and continues from year to year so long as such continuance is approved at least annually: (i) by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees; and (ii) either by the Board or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund.
The Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time without penalty upon sixty (60) days’ written notice by the Board or the Advisor, as applicable, or by the vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment. The Subadvisory Agreement terminates automatically upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement.
The Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations or duties to the Fund under such agreements on the part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be liable to the Fund or to any shareholder for any loss sustained in connection with the purchase, holding, redemption or sale of any security on behalf of the Fund.
Service Agreement. The Fund has entered into a management-related service contract dated July 1, 2009 (the “Service Agreement”) with JHA, under which the Fund receives Non-Advisory Services. These “Non-Advisory Services” include, but are not limited to, legal, tax, accounting, valuation, financial reporting and performance, compliance, service provider oversight, portfolio and cash management, project management office, EDGAR conversion and filing, graphic design, and other services that are not investment advisory in nature.
JHA is reimbursed by the Fund for its costs in providing Non-Advisory Services to the Fund under the Service Agreement. The following table shows the expenses incurred by JHA in providing services under the Services Agreement for the last three fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, October 31, 2010, and October 31, 2009.
         
October 31, 2011   October 31, 2010   October 31, 2009
$21,564
  $26,280   $26,824*
 
*   The amount disclosed for the October 31, 2009 fiscal year includes the service fees in the amount of $16,744 paid to JHA under the previous Accounting & Legal Services Agreement, EDGAR Services Agreement and Graphic Design Agreement for the period from November 1, 2008 to June 30, 2009 and the service fee in the amount of $10,080 paid to JHA under the current Service Agreement for the period from July 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009.
The Service Agreement had an initial period of two years and continues from year to year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board and a majority of the Independent Trustees. The Fund or JHA may terminate the Service Agreement at any time without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. The Service Agreement may be amended by mutual written agreement of the parties, without obtaining shareholder approval.
JHA is not liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which the Service Agreement relates, except losses resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence by JHA in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by JHA of its obligations under the Service Agreement.
THE SUBADVISER
Subadvisory Agreement. The Adviser entered into a Subadvisory Agreement dated December 31, 2005 with the Subadviser (the “Subadvisory Agreement”). The Subadviser is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio investments. The Subadviser, organized in 1968, is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (a subsidiary of Manulife Financial, a publicly held, Canadian-based company). As of December 31, 2011, the Subadviser had total assets under management of approximately $116.4 billion. The Subadviser is located at 101 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199.
Under the terms of the Subadvisory Agreement, the Subadviser is responsible for managing the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Fund, subject to the supervision and control of the Board and the Adviser.

26


 

The Subadvisory Agreement had an initial period of two years and continues from year to year so long as such continuance is approved at least annually: (i) by the Board or by the holders of a majority of its outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Subadvisory Agreement. The Subadvisory Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment or upon termination of the Advisory Agreement and may be terminated without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice at the option of the Adviser, the Subadviser, by the Board or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares. As discussed above, the Adviser may terminate the Subadvisory Agreement and directly assume responsibility for the services provided by the Subadviser upon approval by the Board without the need for approval of the shareholders of the Fund.
The Subadvisory Agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Subadviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund.
Both the Adviser and the Subadviser are controlled by Manulife Financial. Advisory arrangements involving an affiliated subadviser may present certain potential conflicts of interest. Manulife Financial benefits not only from the net advisory fee retained by the Adviser, but also from the subadvisory fee paid by the Adviser to the Subadviser. Consequently, Manulife may be viewed as benefiting financially from the appointment of or continued service of the Subadviser to manage the Fund. However, both the Adviser, in recommending to the Board the appointment or continued service of an affiliated subadviser, and the Subadviser have a fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. The Independent Trustees are aware of and monitor these potential conflicts of interest.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Day-to-day management of the Fund is the responsibility of the investment professionals associated with the Subadviser. The individuals responsible for managing the implementation and monitoring the overall portfolio management of the Fund are listed below.
The following charts reflect information regarding accounts other than the Fund for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees based on account performance, information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investment in the Fund.
The following table reflects approximate information as of October 31, 2011:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled Investment    
    Investment Companies   Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number of           Number of           Number of    
Portfolio Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Barry H. Evans, CFA
    8     $12.0 billion     0     $ 0       27     $326 million
Jeffrey N. Given, CFA
    14     $11.6 billion     4     $279.7 million     8     $2.3 billion
John F. Iles
    6     $6.8 billion     13     $3.2 billion     2     $552.0 million
Performance-Based Fees for Other Accounts Managed
Of the accounts listed in the table above, those for which the advisory fee is based on investment performance are listed in the table below.

27


 

                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled Investment    
    Investment Companies   Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number of           Number of           Number of    
Portfolio Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Barry H. Evans, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Jeffrey N. Given, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
John F. Iles
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       1     $245.1 million
Portfolio Manager Ownership of Shares of the Fund
The table below sets forth the aggregate dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each portfolio manager in the Fund as of October 31, 2011. The information as to beneficial ownership is based on statements furnished to the Fund by the portfolio managers.
     
Portfolio Manager   Fund
Barry H. Evans, CFA
  $10,001-$50,000
Jeffrey N. Given, CFA
  $1-$10,0000
John F. Iles
  $0
Conflicts of Interest
When a portfolio manager is responsible for the management of more than one account, the potential arises for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another. The principal types of potential conflicts of interest that may arise are discussed below. For the reasons outlined below, the Fund does not believe that any material conflicts are likely to arise out of a portfolio manager’s responsibility for the management of the Fund as well as one or more other accounts. The Subadviser has adopted procedures that are intended to monitor compliance with the policies referred to in the following paragraphs. Generally, the risks of such conflicts of interests are increased to the extent that a portfolio manager has a financial incentive to favor one account over another. The Subadviser has structured its compensation arrangements in a manner that is intended to limit such potential for conflicts of interests. See “—Compensation” below.
    A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in allocating new investment opportunities that have limited supply, such as initial public offerings (“IPOs”) and private placements. If, for example, an IPO that was expected to appreciate in value significantly shortly after the offering was allocated to a single account, that account may be expected to have better investment performance than other accounts that did not receive an allocation on the IPO. The Subadviser has policies that require a portfolio manager to allocate such investment opportunities in an equitable manner and generally to allocate such investments proportionately among all accounts with similar investment objectives.
 
    A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in the order in which trades for the accounts are placed. If a portfolio manager determines to purchase a security for more than one account in an aggregate amount that may influence the market price of the security, accounts that purchased or sold the security first may receive a more favorable price than accounts that made subsequent transactions. The less liquid the market for the security or the greater the percentage that the proposed aggregate purchases or sales represent of average daily trading volume, the greater the potential for accounts that make subsequent purchases or sales to receive a less favorable price. When a portfolio manager intends to trade the same security for more than one account, the policies of the Subadviser generally require that such trades be “bunched,” which means that the trades for the individual accounts are aggregated and each account receives the same price. There are some types of accounts as to which bunching may not be possible for contractual reasons (such as directed brokerage arrangements). Circumstances also may arise where the trader believes that bunching the orders may not result in the best possible price. Where those accounts or circumstances are involved, the Subadviser will place the order in a manner intended to result in as favorable a price as possible for such client.

28


 

    A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager’s compensation is tied to the performance of that account rather than all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. If, for example, the portfolio manager receives a bonus based upon the performance of certain accounts relative to a benchmark while other accounts are disregarded for this purpose, the portfolio manager will have a financial incentive to seek to have the accounts that determine the portfolio manager’s bonus achieve the best possible performance to the possible detriment of other accounts. Similarly, if the Subadviser receives a performance-based advisory fee, the portfolio manager may favor that account, whether or not the performance of that account directly determines the portfolio manager’s compensation. The investment performance on specific accounts is not a factor in determining the portfolio manager’s compensation. See “Compensation of Portfolio Managers” below. The Subadviser does not receive a performance-based fee with respect to any of the other accounts managed by the portfolio managers of the Fund described in this SAI.
 
    A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager has a beneficial interest in the account, in order to benefit a large client or to compensate a client that had poor returns. For example, if the portfolio manager held an interest in an investment partnership that was one of the accounts managed by the portfolio manager, the portfolio manager would have an economic incentive to favor the account in which the portfolio manager held an interest. The Subadviser imposes certain trading restrictions and reporting requirements for accounts in which a portfolio manager or certain family members have a personal interest in order to confirm that such accounts are not favored over other accounts.
 
    If the different accounts have materially and potentially conflicting investment objectives or strategies, a conflict of interest may arise. For example, if a portfolio manager purchases a security for one account and sells the same security short for another account, such trading pattern could disadvantage either the account that is long or short. In making portfolio manager assignments, the Subadviser seeks to avoid such potentially conflicting situations. However, where a portfolio manager is responsible for accounts with differing investment objectives and policies, it is possible that the portfolio manager will conclude that it is in the best interest of one account to sell a portfolio security while another account continues to hold or increase the holding in such security. While these accounts have many similarities, the investment performance of each account will be different due to differences in fees, expenses and cash flows.
Compensation
The Subadviser has adopted a system of compensation for portfolio managers and others involved in the investment process that is applied systematically among investment professionals. At the Subadviser, investment professionals are compensated with a combination of base salary and performance bonuses ( e.g. , cash and deferral awards). The following describes each component of the compensation package for the individuals identified as a portfolio manager for the Fund.
    Base salaries. Base salaries are market-based and fixed. Salary ranges are reviewed and adjusted annually. Individual salary adjustments are based on individual performance against mutually-agreed-upon objectives and development of technical and experiential skills.
 
    Performance Bonuses. Performance bonuses take the form of cash and deferred incentives.
  §   Short-Term Cash Incentives . Short-term incentives take the form of annual cash awards. Individual targets are market-based and actual awards are tied to performance against various objective measures and on overall personal performance ratings. These include:
    Investment Performance. The majority of the bonus considered under the plan is based on investment performance of accounts managed by the investment professional over one, three and five year periods are considered (to the extent applicable). The pre-tax performance of each account is measured relative to an appropriate benchmark or universe. The benchmark for the Fund is Barclays Capital U.S. Government/Credit Index.

29


 

    Financial Performance of the Subadviser. The financial performance of the Subadviser and its parent corporation are also considered in determining bonus awards.
 
    Non-Investment Performance. The more intangible contributions of an investment professional to the Subadviser’s business, including new strategy idea generation, professional growth and development, and management, where applicable, are evaluated in determining the amount of any bonus award.
  §   Long-Term Incentives . All investment professionals are eligible for participation in a deferred incentive plan. 100% of the eligible awards are invested in the strategies that the team manages as well as other strategies managed by other teams at the Subadviser. The Subadviser believes that owning units in the same strategies a team manages aligns the performance goals of both client and manager giving the team added incentive to act in the best interest of the Subadviser’s clients.
As an added incentive, certain investment professionals (considered officers of Manulife Financial) may receive a portion of their award in Manulife Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) or stock options. This plan is based on the value of the underlying common shares of Manulife Financial.
Other Services
Proxy voting
The Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Fund’s Procedures”) delegate to the Subadviser the responsibility to vote all proxies relating to securities held by the Fund in accordance with the Subadviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures. The Subadviser has a duty to vote such proxies in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. Complete descriptions of the Fund’s Procedures and the proxy voting procedures of the Subadviser are set forth in Appendix A to this SAI.
It is possible that conflicts of interest could arise for the Subadviser when voting proxies. Such conflicts could arise, for example, when the Subadviser or its affiliate has a client or other business relationship with the issuer of the security being voted or with a third party that has an interest in the vote. A conflict of interest also could arise when the Fund, its investment adviser or principal underwriter or any of their affiliates has an interest in the vote.
In the event that the Subadviser becomes aware of a material conflict of interest, the Fund’s Procedures generally require the Subadviser to follow any conflicts procedures that may be included in the Subadviser’s proxy voting procedures. The conflict procedures generally will include one or more of the following:
  (a)   voting pursuant to the recommendation of a third party voting service;
 
  (b)   voting pursuant to pre-determined voting guidelines; or
 
  (c)   referring voting to a special compliance or oversight committee.
The specific conflicts procedures of the Subadviser are set forth in the Subadviser’s proxy voting procedures included in Appendix A. While these conflicts procedures may reduce, they will not necessarily eliminate, any influence on proxy voting of conflicts of interest.
Although the Subadviser has a duty to vote all proxies on behalf of the Fund, it is possible that the Subadviser may not be able to vote proxies under certain circumstances. For example, it may be impracticable to translate in a timely manner voting materials that are written in a foreign language or to travel to a foreign country when voting in person rather than by proxy is required. In addition, if the voting of proxies for shares of a security prohibits the Subadviser from trading the shares in the marketplace for a period of time, the Subadviser may determine that it is not in the best interests of the Fund to vote the proxies. The Subadviser also may choose not to recall securities that have been lent in order to vote proxies for shares of the security since the Fund would lose security lending income if the securities were recalled.

30


 

Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-225-6020 and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
Determination of Net Asset Value
The Fund’s net asset value per Common Share (“NAV”) is determined each business day at the close of regular trading on the NYSE (typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) by dividing the Fund’s net assets by the number of Common Shares outstanding. On any day the NYSE is closed, the NAV is not calculated. Trading of foreign securities may take place on Saturdays and U.S. business holidays on which the Fund’s NAV is not calculated. Consequently, the Fund’s portfolio securities may trade and the NAV of the Fund’s Common Shares may be significantly affected on days when a shareholder has no access to the Fund.
Portfolio securities are valued by various methods which are generally described below. As noted in the Prospectus, portfolio securities also may be fair valued by the Fund’s Pricing Committee in certain instances. Most equity securities that are traded on a stock exchange or in the OTC market are valued at the last sale price as of the close of the exchange in the principal market on which the security trades, or, lacking any sales, at the closing bid prices. Certain exceptions exist, for example, securities traded on the London Stock Exchange and NASDAQ are valued at the official closing price. Debt securities with remaining maturities of one year or more at the time of acquisition are valued on the using prices provided by a pricing service, or by prices furnished by recognized dealers in such securities. Debt securities with remaining maturities of less than one year at the time of acquisition are generally valued at amortized cost. Shares of open-end investment companies held by the Fund are valued based on the NAV of the underlying fund. The value of securities denominated in foreign currencies are converted into U.S. dollars at the prevailing exchange rate at the close of the NYSE. Exchange-traded options are valued at the mean of the bid and ask prices. Futures contracts are valued at the most recent settlement price. Shares of open-end investments companies held by the Fund are valued based on the NAV of the underlying fund.
In certain instances, the Fund’s Pricing Committee may determine that a reported valuation does not reflect fair value, based on additional information available or other factors, and accordingly may determine in good faith the fair value of the assets, which may differ from the reported valuation.
Brokerage Allocation
Pursuant to the Subadvisory Agreement, the Subadviser is responsible for placing all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities of the Fund. The Subadviser has no formula for the distribution of the Fund’s brokerage business; rather it places orders for the purchase and sale of securities with the primary objective of obtaining the most favorable overall results for the Fund and the Subadviser’s other clients. The cost of securities transactions for the Fund primarily consists of brokerage commissions or dealer or underwriter spreads. Fixed-income securities and money market instruments generally are traded on a net basis and normally do not involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes.
Occasionally, securities may be purchased directly from the issuer. For securities traded primarily in the OTC market, the Subadviser will, where possible, deal directly with dealers who make a market in the securities unless better prices and execution are available elsewhere. Such dealers usually act as principals for their own account.
Brokerage Commissions Paid
The following table shows the aggregate amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund for the last three fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, October 31, 2010, and October 31, 2009.
         
October 31, 2011   October 31, 2010   October 31, 2009
$649
  $534   $560

31


 

No brokerage commissions paid by the Fund during the last three fiscal years were to any broker that: (i) is an affiliated person of the Fund; (ii) is an affiliated person of an affiliated person of the Fund; or (iii) has an affiliated person that is an affiliated person of the Fund, Adviser, Subadviser, or principal underwriter.
Approved Trading Counterparties
The Subadviser maintains and periodically updates a list of approved trading counterparties. Portfolio managers may execute trades only with pre-approved broker-dealer/counterparties. A sub-group of the Subadviser’s Brokerage Practices Committee, through a delegation from the Subadviser’s Senior Investment Policy Committee, reviews and approves all broker-dealers/counterparties.
Selection of Brokers, Dealers, and Counterparties
In placing orders for purchase and sale of securities and selecting trading counterparties (including banks or broker-dealers) to effect these transactions, the Subadviser seeks prompt execution of orders at the most favorable prices reasonably obtainable. The Subadviser will consider a number of factors when selecting trading counterparties, including the overall direct net economic result to the Fund (including commissions, which may not be the lowest available, but which ordinarily will not be higher than the generally prevailing competitive range), the financial strength, reputation and stability of the counterparty, the efficiency with which the transaction is effected, the ability to effect the transaction when a large block trade is involved, the availability of the counterparty to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future, and other matters involved in the receipt of brokerage and research services.
The Subadviser periodically prepares and maintains a list of broker-dealer firms that have been deemed to provide valuable research as determined periodically by the investment staff, together with a suggested non-binding amount of brokerage commissions (“non-binding target”) to be allocated to each of these research firms, subject to certain requirements. Neither the Subadviser nor any client has an obligation to any research firm if the amount of brokerage commissions paid to the research firms is less than the applicable non-binding target.
In seeking best execution, traders have a variety of venues available for execution. Traders may, in their discretion, use algorithmic strategies through direct market access (“DMA”) tools and electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”). DMA allows the trader to act in the market without a full service or other broker. ECNs give the trader additional options when searching for liquidity and the ability to trade block positions in a more efficient manner. In selecting a broker, dealer or trading venue, traders consider the full range of available trading platforms in seeking best execution.
Best Execution
The Subadviser owes a duty to its clients to seek best execution when executing trades on behalf of clients. “Best execution” generally is understood to mean the most favorable cost or net proceeds reasonably obtainable under the circumstances. The Subadviser is not obligated to choose the broker-dealer offering the lowest available commission rate if, in the Subadviser’s reasonable judgment, there is a material risk that the total cost or proceeds from the transaction might be less favorable than may be obtained elsewhere, or, if a higher commission is justified by the trading provided by the broker-dealer, or if other considerations dictate using a different broker-dealer. Negotiated commission rates generally will reflect overall execution requirements of the transaction without regard to whether the broker may provide other services in addition to execution.
The Subadviser may pay higher or lower commissions to different brokers that provide different categories of services. Under this approach, the Subadviser periodically may classify different brokers in different categories based on execution abilities, the quality of research, brokerage services, block trading capability, speed and responsiveness, or other services provided by the brokers. Some examples of these categories may include, without limitation, full service brokers, alternative trading systems, client commission and execution-only brokers.
The reasonableness of brokerage commission is evaluated on an ongoing basis and at least annually on a formal basis.
When more than one broker-dealer is believed to be capable of providing the best combination of price and execution with respect to a particular portfolio transaction, the Subadviser often selects a broker-dealer that furnishes research and other related services or products. The amount of brokerage allotted to a particular broker-

32


 

dealer is not made pursuant to any binding agreement or commitment with any selected broker-dealer. However, the Subadviser maintain an internal allocation procedure to identify those broker-dealers who have provided us with effective research and the amount of research provided, and the Subadviser endeavor to direct sufficient commissions to them to ensure the continued receipt of research that the Subadviser believe is useful.
Soft Dollar Considerations
The Subadviser may pay for research and brokerage services with the commission dollars generated by Fund account transactions (known as “soft dollar benefits”), subject to certain conditions. Further, the Subadviser may cause the Fund to pay up in return for soft dollar benefits (pay commissions, markups or markdowns higher than those charged by other broker-dealers).
The research provided may be either proprietary (created and provided by the broker-dealer, including tangible research products as well as access to analysts, traders and issuers) or third-party (created by a third party, but provided by broker-dealer). Proprietary research is generally part of a “bundle” of brokerage and research and the research is not separately priced. In the case of third party research, the cost of products and services is generally more transparent, and payment is made by the broker to the preparer in “hard dollars.” The Subadviser may receive both proprietary and third party research and execution services.
The Subadviser considers three factors with respect to all third-party research and execution services received through soft dollars:
    Whether the product or service is eligible research or brokerage under SEC rules and regulations;
 
    Whether an eligible product or service actually provides “lawful and appropriate assistance” in the performance of the Subadviser’s investment decision-making responsibilities.
 
    Whether the amount of the commission paid is reasonable in light of the value of the product or service provided by the broker-dealer (viewed in terms of the particular transaction or the Subadviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Subadviser’s client accounts).
Research services currently purchased with soft dollars include: reports on the economy, industries, sectors and individual companies or issuers; introduction to issuers, invitations to trade conferences, statistical information; statistical models; political and country analyses; reports on legal developments affecting portfolio securities; information on technical market actions; and credit analyses.
The overriding consideration in selecting brokers to execute trade orders is the maximization of client profits through a combination of controlling transaction and securities costs and seeking the most effective use of brokers’ proprietary research and execution capabilities, while maintaining relationships with those broker-dealers who consistently provide superior service. When the Subadviser uses client brokerage commissions (or markups or markdowns) to obtain research or other products or services, the Subadviser receives a soft dollar benefit because the Subadviser does not have to produce or pay for the research, products or services. The Subadviser may have an incentive to select a broker-dealer based on the Subadviser’s interest in receiving research or other products or services, rather than on the Subadviser’s clients’ interest in receiving most favorable execution.
Any research received is used to service all clients to which it is applicable, whether or not the client’s commissions were used to obtain the research. For example, commissions of equity clients may be used to obtain research that is used with respect to fixed-income clients. The Subadviser does not attempt to allocate the relative costs or benefits of research among client accounts because the Subadviser believe that, in the aggregate, the research the Subadviser receives benefits clients and assists the Subadviser in fulfilling its overall duty to its clients.
The Subadviser does not enter into any agreement or understanding with any broker-dealer which would obligate it to direct a specific amount of brokerage transactions or commissions in return for such services. However, certain broker-dealers may state in advance the amount of brokerage commissions they expect for certain services and the applicable cash equivalent.
The Subadviser may seek to obtain client commission benefits through client commission arrangements in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Under these types of arrangements, the Subadviser can request that executing brokers allocate a portion of total commissions paid to a pool of “credits” maintained by the broker

33


 

that can be used to obtain client commission benefits. After accumulating a number of credits within the pool, the Subadviser may subsequently direct that those credits be used to pay appropriate parties in return for eligible client commission benefits provided by the broker to the Subadviser.
In summary, as noted above, the Subadviser has three types of soft dollar arrangements through which the Subadviser received soft dollar benefits in 2011:
  (1)   Full service brokers - In addition to receiving execution services, the Subadviser also received a variety of research and related services from these brokers, including, for example, proprietary research reports on companies, markets or investment related reports, meetings with senior management teams of companies, and discussions with the broker’s analysts and market experts.
 
  (2)   Client commission arrangements (“CCA”) — Through CCA arrangements with eight brokers with whom the Subadviser placed equity trades for execution, the Subadviser generated commission credits with these CCA brokers that the Subadviser can direct and use to compensate third party research providers, including other brokers, for research received. The level of compensation to such research providers is determined by the equity portfolio management teams using a quarterly voting process. The number of votes determined the level of compensation paid to a research provider.
 
  (3)   Soft dollar arrangements - The Subadviser had one soft dollar arrangement in 2011. Under the arrangement, the Subadviser identified research services that it wanted to obtain and subject to the approval of the soft dollar broker, the soft dollar broker directly contracted with the research providers for services provided to the Subadviser. The Subadviser has no financial or other contractual obligations with the research providers under this arrangement. When the Subadviser executes equity trades with the soft dollar broker, the soft dollar broker allocated and paid a portion of the commission to the research providers.
Trade Aggregation by the Subadviser
Because investment decisions often affect more than one client, the Subadviser frequently will attempt to acquire or dispose of the same security for more than one client at the same time. The Subadviser, to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulations and advisory contracts, may aggregate purchases and sales of securities on behalf of its various clients for which it has discretion, provided that in the Subadviser’s opinion, all client accounts are treated equitably and fairly and that block trading will result in a more favorable overall execution. Trades will not be combined when a client has directed transactions to a particular broker-dealer or when the Subadviser determines that combined orders would not be efficient or practical.
When appropriate, the Subadviser will allocate such block orders at the average price obtained or according to a system that the Subadviser considers to be fair to all clients over time. Generally speaking, such allocations are made on the basis of proportional capital under management in the respective client accounts.
Affiliated Underwriting Transactions by the Subadviser
The Board has approved procedures in conformity with Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act whereby the Fund may purchase securities that are offered in underwritings in which an affiliate of the Adviser or a Subadviser participates. These procedures prohibit the Fund from directly or indirectly benefiting an Adviser or Subadviser affiliate in connection with such underwritings. In addition, for underwritings where an Adviser or Subadviser affiliate participates as a principal underwriter, certain restrictions may apply that could, among other things, limit the amount of securities that the Fund could purchase.
Commission Recapture Program
The Board has approved the Fund’s participation in a commission recapture program. Commission recapture is a form of institutional discount brokerage that returns commission dollars directly to the Fund. It provides a way to gain control over the commission expenses incurred by the Subadviser, which can be significant over time and thereby reduces expenses, improves cash flow and conserves assets. The Fund can derive commission recapture dollars from both equity trading commissions and fixed-income (commission equivalent) spreads. From time to time, the Board reviews whether participation in the recapture program is in the best interests of the Fund.

34


 

Additional Information Concerning Taxes
The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax matters is based on the advice of [_____]. The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Code.
To qualify as a RIC for income tax purposes, the Fund must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in stock, securities and currencies, and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. A “qualified publicly traded partnership” is a publicly traded partnership that meets certain requirements with respect to the nature of its income. To qualify as a RIC, the Fund must also satisfy certain requirements with respect to the diversification of its assets. The Fund must have, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets represented by cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities that, in respect of any one issuer, do not represent more than 5% of the value of the assets of the Fund nor more than 10% of the voting securities of that issuer. In addition, at those times not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets can be invested in securities (other than United States government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, or of two or more issuers, which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. If the Fund fails to meet the annual gross income test described above, the Fund will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the test if (i) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) the Fund reports the failure pursuant to Treasury Regulations to be adopted, and (ii) the Fund pays an excise tax equal to the excess non-qualifying income. If the Fund fails to meet the asset diversification test described above with respect to any quarter, the Fund will nevertheless be considered to have satisfied the requirements for such quarter if the Fund cures such failure within 6 months and either (i) such failure is de minimis or (ii) (a) such failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and (b) the Fund reports the failure under Treasury Regulations to be adopted and pays an excise tax.
As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but without regard to the deductions for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders; provided that it distributes at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income for such taxable year. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income, net tax-exempt interest income and net capital gain. In order to avoid incurring a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax obligation, the Code requires that the Fund distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain net income (which is the excess of its realized net long-term capital gain over its realized net short-term capital loss), generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year, after reduction by any available capital loss carryforwards and (iii) 100% of any ordinary income and capital gain net income from the prior year (as previously computed) that were not paid out during such year and on which the Fund paid no U.S. federal income tax. Under current law, provided that the Fund qualifies as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund should not be liable for any income, corporate excise or franchise tax in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
If the Fund does not qualify as a RIC or fails to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement for any taxable year, subject to the opportunity to cure such failures under applicable provisions of the Code as described above, the Fund’s taxable income will be subject to corporate income taxes, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including distributions of net capital gain (if any), will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of individual and other noncorporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction (“DRD”) in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, in order to requalify for taxation as a RIC, the Fund may be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make certain distributions.

35


 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits will, except in the case of distributions of qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends described below, be taxable as ordinary dividend income. Certain income distributions paid by the Fund (whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Fund shares) to individual taxpayers are taxed at rates applicable to net long-term capital gains (15%, or 0% for individuals in the 10% or 15% tax brackets). This tax treatment applies only if certain holding period requirements and other requirements are satisfied by the shareholder and the dividends are attributable to qualified dividend income received by the Fund itself. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” means dividends received by the Fund from United States corporations and “qualified foreign corporations,” provided that the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations. These special rules relating to the taxation of ordinary income dividends paid by RICs generally apply to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013. Thereafter, the Fund’s dividends, other than capital gain dividends, will be fully taxable at ordinary income tax rates unless further Congressional action is taken. Thus, no assurance can be given that current law applicable to qualified dividend income will continue after December 31, 2012. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s dividend distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified dividend income.
Shareholders receiving any distribution from the Fund in the form of additional shares pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received, determined as of the reinvestment date.
Distributions of net capital gain, if any, reported as capital gains dividends are taxable to a shareholder as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long the shareholder has held Fund shares. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated by a shareholder as a return of capital which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares. Distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income.
The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who will be treated as if each received a distribution of his pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will (i) be required to report his pro rata share of such gain on his tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for his pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for his shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.
Selling shareholders generally will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares sold and the sale proceeds. If the shares are held as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss. The current maximum tax rate applicable to net capital gains recognized by individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers is (i) the same as the maximum ordinary income tax rate for gains recognized on the sale of capital assets held for one year or less, or (ii) 15% for gains recognized on the sale of capital assets held for more than one year (as well as certain capital gain distributions) (0% for individuals in the 10% or 15% tax brackets) but only for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012. Thereafter, the maximum rate will increase to 20%, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise.
Any loss realized upon the sale or exchange of Fund shares with a holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain distributions received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of a loss realized on a sale or other disposition of Fund shares may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shareholder acquires other shares of the Fund (whether through the reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the Common Shares. Any disallowed loss will result in an adjustment to the shareholder’s tax basis in some or all of the other shares acquired.
Sales charges paid upon a purchase of shares cannot be taken into account for purposes of determining gain or loss on a sale of the shares before the 91st day after their purchase to the extent a sales charge is reduced or eliminated in a subsequent acquisition of shares of the Fund (or of another fund), during the period beginning on the date of such sale and ending on January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such sale was made,

36


 

pursuant to the reinvestment or exchange privilege. Any disregarded amounts will result in an adjustment to the shareholder’s tax basis in some or all of any other shares acquired.
For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss in any year to offset net capital gains, if any, during years following the year of the loss. The carryforward is limited to eight years in the case of losses recognized during taxable years beginning on or before December 22, 2010. To the extent subsequent net capital gains are offset by such losses, they would not result in federal income tax liability to the Fund and would not be distributed to the shareholders.
If the Fund makes a distribution in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits” in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by a shareholder of its shares.
Under legislation enacted in 2010, effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain net investment income received by an individual having adjusted gross income in excess of $200,000 (or $250,000 for married individuals filing jointly) will be subject to a tax of 3.8%. Undistributed net investment income of trusts and estates in excess of a specified amount will also be subject to this tax. Dividends and capital gains distributed by the Fund, and gain realized on redemption of Fund shares, will constitute investment income of the type subject to this tax.
Only a small portion, if any, of the distributions from the Fund may qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to the limitations applicable under the Code. The qualifying portion is limited to properly designated distributions attributed to dividend income (if any) the Fund receives from certain stock in U.S. domestic corporations and the deduction is subject to holding period requirements and debt-financing limitations under the Code.
If the Fund should have dividend income that qualifies for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income, the maximum amount allowable will be designated by the Fund. This amount will be reflected on Form 1099-DIV for the current calendar year.
Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s shares generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed. Such realized gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses. Certain distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record of such month and paid in the following January will be taxed to shareholders as if received on December 31 of the year in which they were declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of a taxable year of the Fund may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Fund (except for purposes of the non-deductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, shareholders will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.
The Fund will inform shareholders of the source and tax status of all distributions promptly after the close of each calendar year.
Legislation passed by Congress in 2008 requires the Fund (or its administrative agent) to report to the IRS and furnish to shareholders the cost basis information and holding period for the Fund’s shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012, and repurchased by the Fund on or after that date. The Fund will permit shareholders to elect from among several permitted cost basis methods. In the absence of an election, the Fund will use a default cost basis method. The cost basis method a shareholder elects may not be changed with respect to a repurchase of shares after the settlement date of the repurchase. Shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best permitted cost basis method for their tax situation and to obtain more information about how the new cost basis reporting rules apply to them.
The benefits of the reduced tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income may be impacted by the application of the alternative minimum tax to individual shareholders.

37


 

Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisor to determine the suitability of shares of the Fund as an investment through such plans.
The Fund may invest in debt obligations that are in the lowest rating categories or are unrated, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or who are in default. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income, and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund if it acquires such obligations in order to reduce the risk of distributing insufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and to seek to avoid becoming subject to federal income or excise tax.
The Fund is required to accrue income on any debt securities that have more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount (or debt securities acquired at a market discount, if the Fund elects to include market discount in income currently) prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments. The mark to market or constructive sale rules applicable to certain options, futures, forwards, short sales or other transactions also may require the Fund to recognize income or gain without a concurrent receipt of cash. Additionally, some countries restrict repatriation, which may make it difficult or impossible for the Fund to obtain cash corresponding to its earnings or assets in those countries. However, the Fund must distribute to shareholders for each taxable year substantially all of its net income and net capital gains, including such income or gain, to qualify as a regulated investment company and avoid liability for any federal income or excise tax. Therefore, the Fund may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash, or borrow cash, to satisfy these distribution requirements.
The Fund may recognize gain (but not loss) from a constructive sale of certain “appreciated financial positions” if the Fund enters into a short sale, offsetting notional principal contract, or forward contract transaction with respect to the appreciated position or substantially identical property. Appreciated financial positions subject to this constructive sale treatment include interests (including options and forward contracts and short sales) in stock and certain other instruments. Constructive sale treatment does not apply if the transaction is closed out not later than thirty days after the end of the taxable year in which the transaction was initiated, and the underlying appreciated securities position is held unhedged for at least the next sixty days after the hedging transaction is closed.
Gain or loss from a short sale of property generally is considered as capital gain or loss to the extent the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the Fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date the short sale is entered into, gains on short sales generally are short-term capital gains. A loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the Fund for more than one year. In addition, entering into a short sale may result in suspension of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the Fund.
Gain or loss on a short sale generally will not be realized until such time as the short sale is closed. However, as described above in the discussion of constructive sales, if the Fund holds a short sale position with respect to securities that have appreciated in value, and it then acquires property that is the same as or substantially identical to the property sold short, the Fund generally will recognize gain on the date it acquires such property as if the short sale were closed on such date with such property. Similarly, if the Fund holds an appreciated financial position with respect to securities and then enters into a short sale with respect to the same or substantially identical property, the Fund generally will recognize gain as if the appreciated financial position were sold at its fair market value on the date it enters into the short sale. The subsequent holding period for any appreciated financial position that is subject to these constructive sale rules will be determined as if such position were acquired on the date of the constructive sale.
The Fund’s transactions in futures contracts and options will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund ( i.e. , may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital, or short-term or long-term), may accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and

38


 

may defer Fund losses. These rules could, therefore, affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio ( i.e. , treat them as if they were closed out), and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement for qualifying to be taxed as a RIC and the distribution requirement for avoiding excise taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any futures contract, option or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund from being taxed as a RIC.
For the Fund’s options and futures contracts that qualify as “section 1256 contracts,” Code Section 1256 generally will require any gain or loss arising from the lapse, closing out or exercise of such positions to be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. In addition, the Fund generally will be required to “mark to market” ( i.e. , treat as sold for fair market value) each outstanding “section 1256 contract” position at the close of each taxable year (and on October 31 of each year for excise tax purposes). If a “section 1256 contract” held by the Fund at the end of a taxable year is sold in the following year, the amount of any gain or loss realized on such sale will be adjusted to reflect the gain or loss previously taken into account under the “mark to market” rules. The Fund’s options that do not qualify as “section 1256 contracts” under the Code generally will be treated as equity options governed by Code Section 1234. Pursuant to Code Section 1234, if a written option expires unexercised, the premium received is short-term capital gain to the Fund. If the Fund enters into a closing transaction, the difference between the premium received for writing the option, and the amount paid to close out its position generally is short-term capital gain or loss. If a call option written by the Fund that is not a “section 1256 contract” is cash settled, any resulting gain or loss will be short-term.
The Code contains special rules that apply to “straddles,” defined generally as the holding of “offsetting positions with respect to personal property.” For example, the straddle rules normally apply when a taxpayer holds stock and an offsetting option with respect to such stock or substantially identical stock or securities. In general, investment positions will be offsetting if there is a substantial diminution in the risk of loss from holding one position by reason of holding one or more other positions. If two or more positions constitute a straddle, recognition of a realized loss from one position generally must be deferred to the extent of unrecognized gain in an offsetting position. In addition, long-term capital gain may be recharacterized as short-term capital gain, or short-term capital loss as long-term capital loss. Interest and other carrying charges allocable to personal property that is part of a straddle are not currently deductible but must instead be capitalized. Similarly, “wash sale” rules apply to prevent the recognition of loss by the Fund from the disposition of stock or securities at a loss in a case in which identical or substantially identical stock or securities (or an option to acquire such property) is or has been acquired within a prescribed period.
The Code allows a taxpayer to elect to offset gain and loss from positions that are part of a “mixed straddle.” A “mixed straddle” is any straddle in which one or more but not all positions are “section 1256 contracts.” The Fund may be eligible to elect to establish one or more mixed straddle accounts for certain of its mixed straddle trading positions. The mixed straddle account rules require a daily “marking to market” of all open positions in the account and a daily netting of gain and loss from all positions in the account. At the end of a taxable year, the annual net gain or loss from the mixed straddle account are recognized for tax purposes. The net capital gain or loss is treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss if attributable to the “section 1256 contract” positions, or all short-term capital gain or loss if attributable to the non-section 1256 contract positions.
Further, certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) convert dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income into short-term capital gain or ordinary income taxed at the higher rate applicable to ordinary income, (ii) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction as ineligible for such treatment, (iii) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (iv) convert long-term capital gain into short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (v) convert an ordinary loss or deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (vi) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (vii) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (viii) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, and (ix) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. While it may not always be successful in doing so, the Fund will seek to avoid or minimize any adverse tax consequences of its investment practices.
Dividends and interest received, and gains realized, by the Fund on non-U.S. securities may be subject to income, withholding or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and United States possessions (collectively “foreign taxes”) that would reduce the return on its securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States, however, may reduce or eliminate foreign taxes, and many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in respect of investments by U.S. investors. Depending on the number of non-U.S. shareholders in the Fund, however, such reduced foreign withholding tax rates may not be available for investments in certain jurisdictions.
The Fund may invest in the stock of “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”). A PFIC is any foreign corporation (with certain exceptions) that, in general, meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Under certain circumstances, the Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” received on the stock of a PFIC or of any gain from disposition of that stock (collectively “PFIC income”), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income will be included in the Fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent it distributes that income to its shareholders.
If the Fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”), then in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Fund will be required to include in income each year its pro rata share of the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain—which it may have to distribute to satisfy the distribution requirement and avoid imposition of the excise tax—even if the QEF does not distribute those earnings and gain to the Fund. In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain of its requirements.
The Fund may elect to “mark-to-market” its stock in any PFIC. “Marking-to-market,” in this context, means including in ordinary income each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a PFIC’s stock over the Fund’s adjusted basis therein as of the end of that year. Pursuant to the election, the Fund also would be allowed to deduct (as an ordinary, not capital, loss) the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in PFIC stock over the fair market value thereof as of the taxable year-end, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains (reduced by any prior deductions) with respect to that stock included by the Fund for prior taxable years under the election. The Fund’s adjusted basis in each PFIC’s stock with respect to which it has made this election will be adjusted to reflect the amounts of income included and deductions taken thereunder. The reduced rates for “qualified dividend income” are not applicable to (i) dividends paid by a foreign corporation that is a PFIC, (ii) income inclusions from a QEF election with respect to a PFIC, and (iii) ordinary income from a “mark-to-market” election with respect to a PFIC.

39


 

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on non-U.S. currency forward contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in a non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rate between the acquisition and disposition dates, also are treated as ordinary income or loss.
If a shareholder realizes a loss on disposition of the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs.
The Fund’s investments in non-U.S. securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes on dividends, interest, or capital gains, which will decrease the Fund’s yield. Foreign withholding taxes may be reduced under income tax treaties between the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions.
Amounts paid by the Fund to individuals and certain other shareholders who have not provided the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and certain certifications required by the IRS as well as shareholders with respect to whom the Fund has received certain information from the IRS or a broker may be subject to “backup” withholding of U.S. federal income tax arising from the Fund’s taxable dividends and other distributions as well as the gross proceeds of sales of shares, at a rate of 28% during 2012. An individual’s TIN generally is his or her social security number. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from payments made to a shareholder may be refunded or credited against such shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any; provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
The backup withholding tax rate currently is scheduled to increase to 31% for amounts paid after December 31, 2012. Distributions will not be subject to backup withholding to the extent they are subject to the withholding tax on foreign persons described in the next paragraph.
Dividend distributions are in general subject to a U.S. withholding tax of 30% when paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign estate or trust, a foreign corporation, or a foreign partnership (“foreign shareholder”). Persons who are resident in a country, such as the U.K., that has an income tax treaty with the U.S. may be eligible for a reduced withholding rate (upon filing of appropriate forms), and are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability and effect of such a treaty. Distributions of capital gain dividends paid by the Fund to a foreign shareholder, and any gain realized upon the sale of Fund shares by such a shareholder, will ordinarily not be subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient or seller is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year. Such distributions and sale proceeds may be subject, however, to backup withholding, unless the foreign investor certifies his non-U.S. residency status. Also, foreign shareholders with respect to whom income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder will in general be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the income derived from the Fund at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations, whether such income is received in cash or reinvested in shares, and, in the case of a foreign corporation, also may be subject to a branch profits tax. Again, foreign shareholders who are residents in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results, and are urged to consult their tax advisors.
For shareholders that are considered “foreign financial institutions” under recent legislation known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a new 30% withholding tax will be imposed on distributions paid after December 31, 2013, and on proceeds from sales of Common Shares after December 31, 2014, unless such shareholder enters into an agreement with the IRS to collect and provide substantial information regarding U.S. account holders, including certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners. The legislation also generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on distributions paid to, and on proceeds from sales of Common Shares by, a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or a certification identifying the direct or indirect substantial U.S. owners. Under proposed regulations, a foreign financial institution should enter into such an agreement with the IRS by June 30, 2013 to ensure that it will be identified as compliant in sufficient time to allow withholding agents to refrain

40


 

from withholding beginning on January 1, 2014. Non-U.S. investors including investors owning Common Shares through a foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity should consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of this recent legislation on their investment in the Fund.
The foregoing briefly summarizes some of the important U.S. federal income tax consequences to Common Shareholders of investing in Common Shares, reflects U.S. federal tax law as of the date of this SAI, and does not address special tax rules applicable to certain types of investors, such as corporate and non-U.S. investors. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion assumes that an investor is a United States person and holds Common Shares as a capital asset. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the IRS retroactively or prospectively. Investors should consult their tax advisors regarding other U.S. federal, state or local tax considerations that may be applicable to their particular circumstances, as well as any proposed tax law changes.
Other Information
The Fund is an organization of the type commonly known as a “Massachusetts business trust.” Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of such a trust may, in certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for the obligations of the trust. The Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability in connection with Fund property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Fund. The Declaration of Trust also provides for indemnification out of Fund property of any shareholder held personally liable for the claims and liabilities to which a shareholder may become subject by sole reason of being or having been a shareholder. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Fund itself is unable to meet its obligations. The Fund has been advised by its counsel that the risk of any shareholder incurring any liability for the obligations of the Fund is remote.
The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees will not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law; but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects a Trustee against any liability to the Fund or its shareholders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. Voting rights are not cumulative with respect to the election of Trustees, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of Trustees can elect 100% of the Trustees and, in such event, the holders of the remaining less than 50% of the shares voting on the matter will not be able to elect any Trustees.
Custodian and Transfer Agent
The Fund’s portfolio securities are held pursuant to a custodian agreement between the Fund and State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), Lafayette Corporate Center, Two Avenue de Lafayette, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. Under the custodian agreement, State Street performs custody, foreign custody manager and fund accounting services.
Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, 480 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey, 07310-1900, is the transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent of the Fund.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[FIRM, CITY, STATE], is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund, providing audit services, tax return preparation, and assistance and consultation with respect to the preparation of filings with the SEC.
[TO BE ADDED BY AMENDMENT]

41


 

Reports to Shareholders
[TO BE ADDED BY AMENDMENT]
Legal and Regulatory Matters
On June 25, 2007, the Adviser and John Hancock Funds, LLC (“JH Funds”) and two of their affiliates (collectively, the “John Hancock Affiliates”) reached a settlement with the SEC that resolved an investigation of certain practices relating to the John Hancock Affiliates’ variable annuity and mutual fund operations involving directed brokerage and revenue sharing. Under the terms of the settlement, each John Hancock Affiliate was censured and agreed to pay a $500,000 civil penalty to the United States Treasury. In addition, the Adviser and JH Funds agreed to pay disgorgement of $2,087,477 and prejudgment interest of $359,460 to entities, including certain John Hancock Funds, that participated in the Adviser’s directed brokerage program during the period from 2000 to October 2003. Collectively, all John Hancock Affiliates agreed to pay a total disgorgement of $16,926,420 and prejudgment interest of $2,361,460 to the entities advised or distributed by John Hancock Affiliates. The Adviser discontinued the use of directed brokerage in recognition of the sale of fund shares in October 2003.
Codes of Ethics
The Fund, the Adviser, the Subadviser and [the principal underwriter] each have adopted Codes of Ethics that comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Each Code of Ethics permits personnel subject to that Code of Ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.
These Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. These Codes of Ethics also are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these Codes of Ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: public info@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520.
Additional Information
The Fund’s Prospectus, any related Prospectus Supplements, and this SAI do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement that the Fund has filed with the SEC. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its Rules and Regulations.

42


 

John Hancock Investors Trust
Statement of Additional Information
[SAI DATE]
Investment Adviser
John Hancock Advisers, LLC
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
1-800-225-6020
Subadviser
John Hancock Asset Management
a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
101 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02199
Custodian
State Street Bank and Trust Company
Lafayette Corporate Center
Two Avenue de Lafayette
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
Transfer Agent
Computershare Shareowner Services LLC
480 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
[FIRM]
[FIRM ADDRESS]

43


 

APPENDIX A
DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS
DESCRIPTIONS OF CREDIT RATING SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS
The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) represent their respective opinions as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact as to the quality of various long-term and short-term debt instruments they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt instruments with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt instruments of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.
Ratings do not constitute recommendations to buy, sell, or hold any security, nor do they comment on the adequacy of market price, the suitability of any security for a particular investor, or the tax-exempt nature or taxability of any payments of any security.
MOODY’S LONG-TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS
Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
Aaa: Obligations rated ‘Aaa’ are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
Aa: Obligations rated ‘Aa’ are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A: Obligations rated ‘A’ are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa: Obligations rated ‘Baa’ are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba: Obligations rated ‘Ba’ are judged to have speculative elements are subject to substantial credit risk.
B: Obligations rated ‘B’ are considered speculative elements and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa: Obligations rated ‘Caa’ are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca: Obligations rated ‘Ca’ are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C: Obligations rated ‘C’ are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Addition of a Modifier 1, 2 or 3: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa”. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
S&P’S LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). They are an

A-1


 

assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy.
AAA: An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA: An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A: An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB: An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC and C: Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’ ‘CC’ and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB : An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B: An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC: An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC: An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C: The ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default.
D: An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within the shorter of the stated grace period but not longer than five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
Note: Addition of a Plus (+) or minus (-) sign: The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

A-2


 

FITCH CREDIT RATING SCALES
The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms are market conventions and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. “Investment grade” categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the “speculative” categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred.
NR: A designation of “Not Rated” or “NR” is used to denote securities not rated by Fitch where Fitch has rated some, but not all, securities comprising a capital structure.
Investment Grade
AAA: Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA: Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A: High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB: Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category.
Speculative Grade
BB: Speculative.
    ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.
B: Highly speculative.
    For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
 
    For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).
CCC : Substantial credit risk.
    For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.
 
    For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

A-3


 

CC: Very high levels of credit risk.
    For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable.
 
    For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with Recovery Raging of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).
C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk.
    For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent, or inevitable, or is at a standstill.
 
    For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).
RD: Restricted default.
    Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.
D : Default.
    Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following:
  -   failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation;
 
  -   the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or winding-up or cessation of business of an issuer/obligor; or
 
  -   the distressed exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation to avoid a probable payment default.
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distresses debt exchange.
Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ,’B’ to ‘C’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘C’ category.
Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.
Note: Addition of a Plus (+) or minus (-) sign: Fitch ratings may be appended by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to denote relative status within major rating categories.

A-4


 

CORPORATE AND TAX-EXEMPT COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS
MOODY’S SHORT-TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS
Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding 13 months, unless explicitly noted.
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
S&P’S SHORT-TERM OBLIGATION RATINGS
S&P’s short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days — including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual-rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium term notes are assigned long-term ratings. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from ‘A’ for the highest-quality obligations to ‘D’ for the lowest. These categories are as follows:
A-1: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is very strong.
A-2: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B: A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
C: A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

A-5


 

D: A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
Dual Ratings — S&P assigns “dual” rating to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.
The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the short-term rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With U. S. municipal short-term demand debt, note rating symbols are used with the short-term issue credit rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).
FITCH SHORT-TERM ISSUER OR OBLIGATION RATINGS
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
F1: Highest short-term credit quality.
Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added plus sign (“+”) to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2: Good short-term credit quality.
Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3: Fair short-term credit quality.
The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B: Speculative short-term credit quality.
Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C: High short-term default risk.
Default is a real possibility
RD: Restricted default.
Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
D: Default.
Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

A-6


 

TAX-EXEMPT NOTE RATINGS
MOODY’S U.S. MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels ‘MIG 1’ through ‘MIG 3’. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated ‘SG’, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
MIG 1: This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
S&P’S MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM NOTE RATINGS
An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in 3 years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond 3 years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:
    Amortization schedule — the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as note; and
 
    Source of payment — the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
Note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
FITCH: see FITCH CREDIT RATINGS SCALES or FITCH SHORT-TERM ISSUER OR OBLIGATIONS RATINGS above.

A-7


 

APPENDIX B
PROXY VOTING SUMMARY OF THE ADVISER AND SUBADVISER
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES, LLC
&
JOHN HANCOCK ADVISERS, LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
General
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and John Hancock Advisers, LLC (collectively the “Adviser”) is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and serves as the investment adviser to a number of management investment companies (including series thereof) (each a “Fund”) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Adviser generally retains one or more subadvisers to manage the assets of the Funds, including voting proxies with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities. From time to time, however, the Adviser may elect to manage directly the assets of a Fund, including voting proxies with respect to its portfolio securities, or a Fund’s board of trustees or directors may otherwise delegate to the Adviser authority to vote such proxies. Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires that a registered investment adviser adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it votes proxies with respect to a client’s securities in the best interest of the client. Pursuant thereto, the Adviser has adopted and implemented these proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Procedures”).
Fiduciary Duty
The Adviser has a fiduciary duty to vote proxies on behalf of a Fund in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders.
Voting of Proxies
The Adviser will vote proxies with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities when authorized to do so by the Fund and subject to the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures and any further direction or delegation of authority by the Fund’s board of trustees or directors. The decision on how to vote a proxy will be made by the person(s) to whom the Adviser has from time to time delegated such responsibility (the “Designated Person”). The Designated Person may include the Fund’s portfolio manager(s) and a Proxy Voting Committee, as described below.
When voting proxies with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities, the following standards will apply:

B-1


 

The Designated Person will vote based on what it believes to be in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders and in accordance with the Fund’s investment guidelines.
Each voting decision will be made independently. The Designated Person may enlist the services of reputable professionals (who may include persons employed by or otherwise associated with the Adviser or any of its affiliated persons) or independent proxy evaluation services such as Institutional Shareholder Services, to assist with the analysis of voting issues and/or to carry out the actual voting process. However, the ultimate decision as to how to vote a proxy will remain the responsibility of the Designated Person.
The Adviser believes that a good management team of a company will generally act in the best interests of the company. Therefore, the Designated Person will take into consideration as a key factor in voting proxies with respect to securities of a company that are held by the Fund the quality of the company’s management and, in general, will vote as recommended by such management except in situations where the Designated Person believes such recommended vote is not in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.
As a general principle, voting with respect to the same portfolio securities held by more than one Fund should be consistent among those Funds having substantially the same mandates.
The Adviser will provide the Fund, from time to time in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures and any applicable laws and regulations, a record of the Adviser’s voting of proxies with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities.
Material Conflicts of Interest
In carrying out its proxy voting responsibilities, the Adviser will monitor and resolve potential material conflicts (“Material Conflicts”) between the interests of (a) a Fund and (b) the Adviser or any of its affiliated persons. Affiliates of the Adviser include Manulife Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries. Material Conflicts may arise, for example, if a proxy vote relates to matters involving any of these companies or other issuers in which the Adviser or any of its affiliates has a substantial equity or other interest.
If the Adviser or a Designated Person becomes aware that a proxy voting issue may present a potential Material Conflict, the issue will be referred to the Adviser’s Legal and Compliance Department. If the Legal and Compliance Department determines that a potential Material Conflict does exist, a Proxy Voting Committee will be appointed to consider and resolve the issue. The Proxy Voting Committee may make any determination that it considers reasonable and may, if it chooses, request the advice of an independent, third-party proxy service on how to vote the proxy.
Voting Proxies of Underlying Funds of a Fund of Funds
The Adviser or the Designated Person will vote proxies with respect to the shares of a Fund that are held by another Fund that operates as a fund of funds (a “Fund of Funds”) in the manner provided in the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Fund of Funds (including such

B-2


 

policies and procedures relating to material conflicts of interest) or as otherwise directed by the board of trustees or directors of the Fund of Funds.
Proxy Voting Committee(s)
The Adviser will from time to time, and on such temporary or longer term basis as it deems appropriate, establish one or more Proxy Voting Committees. A Proxy Voting Committee shall include the Adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and may include legal counsel. The terms of reference and the procedures under which a Proxy Voting Committee will operate will be reviewed from time to time by the Legal and Compliance Department. Records of the deliberations and proxy voting recommendations of a Proxy Voting Committee will be maintained in accordance with applicable law, if any, and these Procedures.
Records Retention
The Adviser will retain (or arrange for the retention by a third party of) such records relating to proxy voting pursuant to these Procedures as may be required from time to time by applicable law and regulations, including the following:
  i.   these Procedures and all amendments hereto;
 
  ii.   all proxy statements received regarding Fund portfolio securities;
 
  iii.   records of all votes cast on behalf of a Fund;
 
  iv.   records of all Fund requests for proxy voting information;
 
  v.   any documents prepared by the Designated Person or a Proxy Voting Committee that were material to or memorialized the basis for a voting decision;
 
  vi.   all records relating to communications with the Funds regarding Conflicts; and
 
  vii.   all minutes of meetings of Proxy Voting Committees.
Reporting to Fund Boards
The Adviser will provide the board of trustees or directors of a Fund (the “Board”) with a copy of these Procedures, accompanied by a certification that represents that the Procedures have been adopted in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. Thereafter, the Adviser will provide the Board with notice and a copy of any amendments or revisions to the Procedures and will report quarterly to the Board all material changes to the Procedures.
The CCO’s annual written compliance report to the Board will contain a summary of material changes to the Procedures during the period covered by the report.

B-3


 

If the Adviser votes any proxies in a manner inconsistent with either these Procedures or a Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures, the Adviser will provide the CCO with a report detailing such exceptions.
In the case of proxies voted by a subadviser to a Fund (a “Subadviser”) pursuant to the Fund’s proxy voting procedures, the Adviser will request the Subadviser to certify to the Adviser that the Subadviser has voted the Fund’s proxies as required by the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures and that such proxy votes were executed in a manner consistent with these Procedures and to provide the Adviser will a report detailing any instances where the Subadviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures. The Adviser will then report to the Board on a quarterly basis regarding the Subadviser certification and report to the Board any instance where the Subadviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures.
Adopted: December 2007

B-4


 

THE DISTRIBUTOR
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
POLICY:
General
The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of each registered investment company in the John Hancock family of funds listed on Schedule A (collectively, the “Trust”), including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”)) of the Trust (the “Independent Trustees”), adopts these proxy voting policies and procedures.
Each fund of the Trust or any other registered investment company (or series thereof) (each, a “fund”) is required to disclose its proxy voting policies and procedures in its registration statement and, pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act, file annually with the Securities and NYSE Commission and make available to shareholders its actual proxy voting record. In this regard, the Trust Policy is set forth below.
Delegation of Proxy Voting Responsibilities
It is the policy of the Trust to delegate the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a fund to the fund’s investment adviser (“adviser”) or, if the fund’s adviser has delegated portfolio management responsibilities to one or more investment subadviser(s), to the fund’s subadviser(s), subject to the Board’s continued oversight. The subadviser for each fund shall vote all proxies relating to securities held by each fund and in that connection, and subject to any further policies and procedures contained herein, shall use proxy voting policies and procedures adopted by each subadviser in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).
Except as noted below under Material Conflicts of Interest, the Trust Policy with respect to a fund shall incorporate that adopted by the fund’s subadviser with respect to voting proxies held by its clients (the “Subadviser Policy”). Each Subadviser Policy, as it may be amended from time to time, is hereby incorporated by reference into the Trust Policy. Each subadviser to a fund is directed to comply with these policies and procedures in voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a fund, subject to oversight by the fund’s adviser and by the Board. Each adviser to a fund retains the responsibility, and is directed, to oversee each subadviser’s compliance with these policies and procedures, and to adopt and implement such additional policies and procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate to discharge its oversight responsibility. Additionally, the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) shall conduct such monitoring and supervisory activities as the CCO or the Board deems necessary or appropriate in order to appropriately discharge the CCO’s role in overseeing the subadvisers’ compliance with these policies and procedures.
The delegation by the Board of the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the funds is entirely voluntary and may be revoked by the Board, in whole or in part, at any time.

B-5


 

Voting Proxies of Underlying Funds of a Fund of Funds
A. Where the Fund of Funds is not the Sole Shareholder of the Underlying Fund
With respect to voting proxies relating to the shares of an underlying fund (an “Underlying Fund”) held by a fund of the Trust operating as a fund of funds (a “Fund of Funds”) in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act where the Underlying Fund has shareholders other than the Fund of Funds which are not other Fund of Funds, the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such Underlying Fund shares.
B. Where the Fund of Funds is the Sole Shareholder of the Underlying Fund
In the event that one or more Funds of Funds are the sole shareholders of an Underlying Fund, the adviser to the Fund of Funds or the Trust will vote proxies relating to the shares of the Underlying Fund as set forth below unless the Board elects to have the Fund of Funds seek voting instructions from the shareholders of the Funds of Funds in which case the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the instructions timely received from such shareholders.
1. Where Both the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds are Voting on Substantially Identical Proposals
In the event that the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds are voting on substantially identical proposals (the “Substantially Identical Proposal”), then the adviser or the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the vote of the shareholders of the Fund of Funds on the Substantially Identical Proposal.
2. Where the Underlying Fund is Voting on a Proposal that is Not Being Voted on By the Fund of Funds
a. Where there is No Material Conflict of Interest Between the Interests of the Shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the Adviser Relating to the Proposal
In the event that the Fund of Funds is voting on a proposal of the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds is not also voting on a substantially identical proposal and there is no material conflict of interest between the interests of the shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the adviser relating to the Proposal, then the adviser will vote proxies relating to the shares of the Underlying Fund pursuant to its Proxy Voting Procedures.
b. Where there is a Material Conflict of Interest Between the Interests of the Shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the Adviser Relating to the Proposal
In the event that the Fund of Funds is voting on a proposal of the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds is not also voting on a substantially identical

B-6


 

proposal and there is a material conflict of interest between the interests of the shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the adviser relating to the Proposal, then the Fund of Funds will seek voting instructions from the shareholders of the Fund of Funds on the proposal and will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the instructions timely received from such shareholders. A material conflict is generally defined as a proposal involving a matter in which the adviser or one of its affiliates has a material economic interest.
Material Conflicts of Interest
If: (1) a subadviser to a fund becomes aware that a vote presents a material conflict between the interests of: (a) shareholders of the fund; and (b) the fund’s adviser, subadviser, principal underwriter, or any of their affiliated persons, and (2) the subadviser does not propose to vote on the particular issue in the manner prescribed by its Subadviser Policy or the material conflict of interest procedures set forth in its Subadviser Policy are otherwise triggered, then the subadviser will follow the material conflict of interest procedures set forth in its Subadviser Policy when voting such proxies.
If a Subadviser Policy provides that in the case of a material conflict of interest between fund shareholders and another party, the subadviser will ask the Board to provide voting instructions, the subadviser shall vote the proxies, in its discretion, as recommended by an independent third party, in the manner prescribed by its Subadviser Policy or abstain from voting the proxies.
Securities Lending Program
Certain of the funds participate in a securities lending program with the Trust through an agent lender. When a fund’s securities are out on loan, they are transferred into the borrower’s name and are voted by the borrower, in its discretion. Where a subadviser determines, however, that a proxy vote (or other shareholder action) is materially important to the client’s account, the subadviser should request that the agent recall the security prior to the record date to allow the subadviser to vote the securities.
Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in the Trust’s SAI (“SAI”)
The Trust shall include in its SAI a summary of the Trust Policy and of the Subadviser Policy included therein. (In lieu of including a summary of these policies and procedures, the Trust may include each full Trust Policy and Subadviser Policy in the SAI.)
Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in Annual and Semi-Annual Shareholder Reports
The Trust shall disclose in its annual and semi-annual shareholder reports that a description of the Trust Policy, including the Subadviser Policy, and the Trust’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12 months ended June 30 are available on the Securities and NYSE Commission’s (“SEC”) website, and without charge, upon request, by calling a specified toll-free telephone

B-7


 

number. The Trust will send these documents within three business days of receipt of a request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery.
Filing of Proxy Voting Record on Form N-PX
The Trust will annually file its complete proxy voting record with the SEC on Form N-PX. The Form N-PX shall be filed for the twelve months ended June 30 no later than August 31 of that year.
PROCEDURES:
Review of Subadvisers’ Proxy Voting
The Trust has delegated proxy voting authority with respect to fund portfolio securities in accordance with the Trust Policy, as set forth above.
Consistent with this delegation, each subadviser is responsible for the following:
  1)   Implementing written policies and procedures, in compliance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, reasonably designed to ensure that the subadviser votes portfolio securities in the best interest of shareholders of the Trust.
 
  2)   Providing the adviser with a copy and description of the Subadviser Policy prior to being approved by the Board as a subadviser, accompanied by a certification that represents that the Subadviser Policy has been adopted in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. Thereafter, providing the adviser with notice of any amendment or revision to that Subadviser Policy or with a description thereof. The adviser is required to report all material changes to a Subadviser Policy quarterly to the Board. The CCO’s annual written compliance report to the Board will contain a summary of the material changes to each Subadviser Policy during the period covered by the report.
 
  3)   Providing the adviser with a quarterly certification indicating that the subadviser did vote proxies of the funds and that the proxy votes were executed in a manner consistent with the Subadviser Policy. If the subadviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Subadviser Policy, the subadviser will provide the adviser with a report detailing the exceptions.
Adviser Responsibilities
The Trust has retained a proxy voting service to coordinate, collect, and maintain all proxy-related information, and to prepare and file the Trust’s reports on Form N-PX with the SEC.
The adviser, in accordance with its general oversight responsibilities, will periodically review the voting records maintained by the proxy voting service in accordance with the following procedures:
  1)   Receive a file with the proxy voting information directly from each subadviser on a quarterly basis.

B-8


 

  2)   Select a sample of proxy votes from the files submitted by the subadvisers and compare them against the proxy voting service files for accuracy of the votes.
 
  3)   Deliver instructions to shareholders on how to access proxy voting information via the Trust’s semi-annual and annual shareholder reports.
Proxy Voting Service Responsibilities
Aggregation of Votes:
The proxy voting service’s proxy disclosure system will collect fund-specific and/or account-level voting records, including votes cast by multiple subadvisers or third party voting services.
Reporting:
The proxy voting service’s proxy disclosure system will provide the following reporting features:
  1)   multiple report export options;
 
  2)   report customization by fund-account, portfolio manager, security, etc.; and
 
  3)   account details available for vote auditing.
Form N-PX Preparation and Filing:
The adviser will be responsible for oversight and completion of the filing of the Trust’s reports on Form N-PX with the SEC. The proxy voting service will prepare the EDGAR version of Form N-PX and will submit it to the adviser for review and approval prior to filing with the SEC. The proxy voting service will file Form N-PX for each twelve-month period ending on June 30. The filing must be submitted to the SEC on or before August 31 of each year.

B-9


 

Schedule A
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
         
THE DISTRIBUTOR:   Adopted:   Amended:
John Hancock Trust
  September 28, 2007   March 26, 2008
The Distributor II
  September 28, 2007   March 26, 2008
The Distributor III
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Bond Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Capital Series
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Current Interest
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Equity Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investment Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investment Trust II
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investment Trust III
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Series Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Strategic Series
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock World Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Premium Dividend Fund (formerly, John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II)
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Bank & Thrift Opportunity Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Income Securities Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investors Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008

B-10


 

(MANULIFE LOGO)
Proxy Voting Policy
Executive Summary
Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (“Manulife Asset Management (US)” or the “Firm”) is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as an investment adviser.
The Firm believes that its Proxy Voting Policy is reasonably designed to ensure that proxy matters are conducted in the best interest of clients, and in accordance with Manulife Asset Management (US)’s fiduciary duties, applicable rules under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA clients set out in the U.S. Department of Labor interpretations.
Manulife Asset Management (US) seeks to vote proxies in the best economic interests of all of its clients for whom the Firm has proxy voting authority and responsibilities. In the ordinary course, this entails voting proxies in a way which Manulife Asset Management (US) believes will maximize the monetary value of each portfolio’s holdings. Manulife Asset Management (US) takes the view that this will benefit the clients.
To fulfill the Firm’s fiduciary duty to clients with respect to proxy voting, Manulife Asset Management (US) has contracted with the RiskMetrics Group (RiskMetrics), an independent third party service provider, to vote clients’ proxies according to RiskMetrics’ proxy voting recommendations. Proxies will be voted in accordance with the voting recommendations contained in the applicable domestic or global RiskMetrics Proxy Voting Manual, as in effect from time to time. Except in instances where a Manulife Asset Management (US) client retains voting authority, Manulife Asset Management (US) will instruct custodians of client accounts to forward all proxy statements and materials received in respect of client accounts to RiskMetrics.
Manulife Asset Management (US) has engaged RiskMetrics as its proxy voting agent to:
  1.   research and make voting recommendations or, for matters for which Manulife Asset Management (US) has so delegated, to make the voting determinations;
 
  2.   ensure that proxies are voted and submitted in a timely manner;
 
  3.   handle other administrative functions of proxy voting;
 
  4.   maintain records of proxy statements received in connection with proxy votes and provide copies of such proxy statements promptly upon request;
 
  5.   maintain records of votes cast; and
 
  6.   provide recommendations with respect to proxy voting matters in general.
The proxy voting function of Manulife Asset Management (US) Operations is responsible for administering and implementing the Proxy Voting Policy, including the proper oversight of any service providers hired by the Firm to assist it in the proxy voting process. Oversight of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of the Firm’s Senior Investment Policy Committee.
Introduction
Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (Manulife Asset Management (US) or the “Firm”) is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as an investment adviser. As a registered investment adviser, Manulife Asset Management (US) must comply with the requirements of the SEC Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended and the rules there under (Advisers Act). In accordance with Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act, Manulife Asset Management (US) has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Advisers Act and designated a Chief Compliance Officer to administer its compliance policies and procedures.

B-11


 

(GRAPHIC)
The Firm is a wholly owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (Manulife Financial) and is affiliated with several SEC-registered and non-SEC registered investment advisers which are also subsidiaries or affiliates of Manulife Financial. Collectively, Manulife Asset Management (US) and its advisory affiliates represent the diversified investment management division of Manulife Financial and they provide comprehensive asset management solutions for institutional investors, retirement and investment funds, and individuals, in key markets around the world. Certain of these companies within Manulife Financial offer a number of products and services designed specifically for various categories of investors in a number of different countries and regions. These products or services are only offered to such investors in those countries and regions in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
The Firm manages assets for a variety of institutional and other types of clients, including public and private pension funds, financial institutions and investment trusts. It also manages registered and private collective funds, including UCITS, US and Canadian open- and closed-end mutual funds. In particular, the Firm is affiliated with, and serves as investment manager or a sub-adviser to, a number of mutual fund families that are sponsored by affiliates (the “Funds”). This investment expertise extends across a full range of asset classes including equity, fixed income and alternative investments such as real estate, as well as asset allocation strategies.
The portfolios under management have a mix of investment objectives and may invest in, or create exposure to, a wide variety of financial instruments in different asset classes, including listed and unlisted equity and fixed income securities, commodities, fixed income instruments, derivatives and structured products, futures and options.
Proxy Voting Policy
This Proxy Voting Policy (the ”Policy”) covers the proxy activities and related disclosure obligations of Manulife Asset Management (US) and applies to all Manulife Asset Management (US) clients for whom Manulife Asset Management (US) has been delegated the authority to vote proxies.
The Proxy Voting Policy is designed to meet the needs of Manulife Asset Management (US)’s clients with strict adherence to the highest principles of fiduciary conduct, including minimizing any potential material conflict of interest between the Firm and the Firm’s clients. It is also designed to ensure compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of the various regulators to which Manulife Asset Management (US) is subject. It sets forth the general corporate governance principles of Manulife Asset Management (US) in ensuring that clear guidelines are established for voting proxies and communicating such with our clients, regulators and other relevant parties.
The structure and purpose of the Proxy Voting Policy will continually evolved in alignment with the risk profile of Manulife Asset Management (US), internal standards and requirements, roles and responsibilities of the Manulife Asset Management (US) Board and other relevant oversight committees, and regulatory requirements. The Proxy Voting Policy is not intended to cover every possible situation that may arise in the course of conducting the Firm’s business. It is meant to be subject to change and to interpretation from time to time where facts and circumstances dictate, or where new regulations or guidance become effective, or where the plain language of the Policy appears unclear in light of the particular circumstances.
All Firm employees are asked to consult with the Chief Compliance Officer of Manulife Asset Management (US) (“Chief Compliance Officer”) if they have any questions concerning this Policy, questions about the standards set forth, or questions about proxy voting in general. Where, however, such obligations are inconsistent with this Policy, then the matter should immediately be referred to the Chief Compliance Officer and the Manulife Asset Management (US) General Counsel (“General Counsel”) who have authority to interpret this Policy or to take appropriate action in accordance with the principles set forth in this Policy in a manner in any situations not specifically covered by guidelines or procedures.
The Proxy Policy has the following six sections:
  1.   General Principles
 
  2.   Standards
 
  3.   Administration
 
  4.   Conflict of Interest
 
  5.   Recordkeeping
 
  6.   Policy Administration
(MANULIFE LOGO)

B-12


 

(GRAPHIC)
General Principles
Scope
Manulife Asset Management (US) provides investment advisory services to both ERISA and non-ERISA institutional clients, the Funds, and other non-institutional clients (collectively, the “Clients”). Manulife Asset Management (US) understands that proxy voting is an integral aspect of security ownership. Accordingly, in cases where Manulife Asset Management (US) has been delegated authority to vote proxies, that function must be conducted with the same degree of prudence and loyalty accorded any fiduciary or other obligation of an investment manager.
This Policy permits Clients to:
  1.   delegate to Manulife Asset Management (US) the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on their behalf according to Manulife Asset Management (US)’s proxy voting polices and guidelines;
 
  2.   delegate to Manulife Asset Management (US) the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on their behalf according to the particular Client’s own proxy voting policies and guidelines, subject to acceptance by the Firm, as mutually agreed upon between the Firm and the Client; or
 
  3.   elect to vote proxies themselves. In instances where Clients elect to vote their own proxies, Manulife Asset Management (US) shall not be responsible for voting proxies on behalf of such Clients.
Policy Statement
Manulife Asset Management (US) seeks to vote proxies in the best economic interests of all of its Clients for whom the Firm has proxy voting authority and responsibilities. In the ordinary course, this entails voting proxies in a way which Manulife Asset Management (US) believes will maximize the monetary value of each portfolio’s holdings. Manulife Asset Management (US) takes the view that this will benefit the Clients.
The Firm believes that its Proxy Voting Policy is reasonably designed to ensure that proxy matters are conducted in the best interest of Clients, and in accordance with Manulife Asset Management (US)’s fiduciary duties, applicable rules under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA clients set out in the U.S. Department of Labor interpretations.
To fulfill the Firm’s fiduciary duty to Clients with respect to proxy voting, Manulife Asset Management (US) has contracted with the RiskMetrics Group (RiskMetrics), an independent third-party service provider, to vote Clients’ proxies according to RiskMetrics’ proxy voting recommendations. Proxies will be voted in accordance with the voting recommendations contained in the applicable domestic or global RiskMetrics Proxy Voting Manual, as in effect from time to time. Except in instances where a Manulife Asset Management (US) client retains voting authority, Manulife Asset Management (US) will instruct custodians of client accounts to forward all proxy statements and materials received in respect of client accounts to RiskMetrics.
Manulife Asset Management (US) provides copies of the current domestic and global RiskMetrics proxy voting guidelines upon request. It reserves the right to amend any of RiskMetrics’s guidelines in the future. If any such changes are made an amended Proxy Voting Policy will be made available for clients.
Therefore, the Proxy Voting Policy encompasses the following principles:
    ■■   The proxy voting function of Manulife Asset Management (US) Operations (“Proxy Operations”) shall cause the implementation of procedures, practices, and controls (collectively, the “Procedures”) sufficient to promote high quality fiduciary administration of the Proxy Voting Policy, including the proper oversight of any service providers hired by the Firm to assist it in the proxy voting process. Such Procedures shall be reasonably designed to meet all applicable regulatory requirements and highest fiduciary standards.
 
    ■■ The Chief Compliance Officer makes an annual risk-based assessment of Manulife Asset Management (US)’s compliance program, which may include proxy voting activities, and may conduct a review of the Procedures to determine that such Procedures are satisfactory to promote high-quality fiduciary administration. The Chief Compliance Officer makes periodic reports to Manulife Asset Management (US) Senior Investment Policy Committee (SIPC) that include a summary of instances where Manulife Asset Management (US) has (i) voted proxies in a manner inconsistent with the recommendation of RiskMetrics, and (ii) voted proxies in circumstances in which a material conflict of interest may exist as set forth in the Conflicts section.
(MANULIFE LOGO)

B-13


 

(GRAPHIC)
    ■■   Except as otherwise required by law, Manulife Asset Management (US) has a general policy of not disclosing to any issuer or third-party how Manulife Asset Management (US) or its voting delegate voted a Client’s proxy.
 
    ■■   Manulife Asset Management (US) endeavors to show sensitivity to local market practices when voting proxies of non-U.S. issuers. Manulife Asset Management (US) votes in all markets where it is feasible to do so.
Standards
Manulife Asset Management (US) has engaged RiskMetrics as its proxy voting agent to:
  1.   research and make voting recommendations or, for matters for which Manulife Asset Management (US) has so delegated, to make the voting determinations;
 
  2.   ensure that proxies are voted and submitted in a timely manner;
 
  3.   handle other administrative functions of proxy voting;
 
  4.   maintain records of proxy statements received in connection with proxy votes and provide copies of such proxy statements promptly upon request;
 
  5.   maintain records of votes cast; and
 
  6.   provide recommendations with respect to proxy voting matters in general.
Oversight of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of the SIPC. The SIPC reviews and approves amendments to the Proxy Voting Policy and delegates authority to vote in accordance with this Policy to RiskMetrics.
Manulife Asset Management (US) does not engage in the practice of “empty voting” ( a term embracing a variety of factual circumstances that result in a partial or total separation of the right to vote at a shareholders meeting from beneficial ownership of the shares on the meeting date). Manulife Asset Management (US) prohibits investment managers from creating large hedge positions solely to gain the vote while avoiding economic exposure to the market. Manulife Asset Management (US) will not knowingly vote borrowed shares (for example, shares borrowed for short sales and hedging transactions) that the lender of the shares is also voting.
Manulife Asset Management (US) reviews various criteria to determine whether the costs associated with voting the proxy exceed the expected benefit to Clients and may conduct a cost-benefit analysis in determining whether it is in the best economic interest to vote client proxies. Given the outcome of the cost-benefit analysis, the Firm may refrain from voting a proxy on behalf of the Clients’ accounts.
In addition, Manulife Asset Management (US) may refrain from voting a proxy due to logistical considerations that may have a detrimental effect on the Firm’s ability to vote such a proxy. These issues may include, but are not limited to:
  1.   proxy statements and ballots being written in a foreign language;
 
  2.   underlying securities have been lent out pursuant to a Client’s securities lending program;
 
  3.   untimely notice of a shareholder meeting;
 
  4.   requirements to vote proxies in person;
 
  5.   restrictions on foreigner’s ability to exercise votes;
 
  6.   restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting (“share blocking and re-registration”);
 
  7.   requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions (such proxies are voted on a best-efforts basis); or
 
  8.   inability of a Client’s custodian to forward and process proxies electronically.
Administration
Proxy Operations is responsible for administering the proxy voting process, including:
  1.   Implementing and updating the applicable domestic and global RiskMetrics proxy voting guidelines;
 
  2.   Coordinating and overseeing the proxy voting process performed by RiskMetrics; and
 
  3.   Providing periodic reports to the SIPC, the Chief Compliance Officer and Clients as requested.
(MANULIFE LOGO)

B-14


 

(GRAPHIC)
As noted, all proxies received on behalf of Clients are forwarded to RiskMetrics. Any Manulife Asset Management (US) employee that receives a client’s proxy statement should therefore notify Proxy Operations and arrange for immediate delivery to RiskMetrics.
From time to time, proxy votes will be solicited which (i) involve special circumstances and require additional research and discussion or (ii) are not directly addressed by RiskMetrics. These proxies are identified through a number of methods, including but not limited to notification from RiskMetrics, concerns of clients, and questions from consultants.
In such instances of special circumstances or issues not directly addressed by RiskMetrics, a sub-committee of SIPC (“Proxy Committee”) will be consulted for a determination of the proxy vote. The Proxy Committee comprises of no fewer than three members of SIPC. Although the Firm anticipates that such instances will be rare, The Proxy Committee’s first determination is whether there is a material conflict of interest between the interests of a Client and those of Manulife Asset Management (US). If the Proxy Committee determines that there is a material conflict, the process detailed under “Potential Conflicts” below is followed. If there is no material conflict, the Proxy Committee examines each of the issuer’s proposals in detail in seeking to determine what vote would be in the best interests of Clients. At this point, the Proxy Committee will make a voting decision based on maximizing the monetary value of all portfolios’ holdings.
There may be circumstances under which a portfolio manager or other Manulife Asset Management (US) investment professional (“Manulife Asset Management (US) Investment Professional”) believes that it is in the best interest of a Client or Clients to vote proxies in a manner inconsistent with the recommendation of RiskMetrics. In such an event, as feasible, the Manulife Asset Management (US) Investment Professional shall inform Proxy Operations of his or her decision to vote such proxy in a manner inconsistent with the recommendation of RiskMetrics. Proxy Operations will report to the Chief Compliance Officer no less than quarterly any instance where a Manulife Asset Management (US) Investment Professional has decided to vote a proxy on behalf of a Client in that manner.
In addition to voting proxies, Manulife Asset Management (US):
  1.   describes its proxy voting procedures to its clients in the relevant or required disclosure document, including Part II of its Form ADV;
 
  2.   provides clients with a copy of the Proxy Voting Policy, upon request;
 
  3.   discloses to its clients how they may obtain information on how Manulife Asset Management (US) voted the client’s proxies;
 
  4.   generally applies its Proxy Voting Policy consistently and keeps records of votes for each Client;
 
  5.   documents the reason(s) for voting for all non-routine items; and
 
  6.   keeps records of such proxy voting through RiskMetrics available for inspection by the Client or governmental agencies.
Conflict of Interest
In instances where Manulife Asset Management (US) has the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on behalf of its clients for which Manulife Asset Management (US) serves as the investment adviser, there may be instances where a material conflict of interest exists. For example, Manulife Asset Management (US) or its affiliates may provide services to a company whose management is soliciting proxies, or to another entity which is a proponent of a particular proxy proposal. Another example could arise when Manulife Asset Management (US) or its affiliates has business or other relationships with participants involved in proxy contests, such as a candidate for a corporate directorship. More specifically, if Manulife Asset Management (US) is aware that one of the following conditions exists with respect to a proxy, Manulife Asset Management (US) shall consider such event a potential material conflict of interest:
  1.   Manulife Asset Management (US) has a business relationship or potential relationship with the issuer;
 
  2.   Manulife Asset Management (US) has a business relationship with the proponent of the proxy proposal; or
 
  3.   Manulife Asset Management (US) members, employees or consultants have a personal or
(MANULIFE LOGO)

B-15


 

(GRAPHIC)
      other business relationship with the participants in the proxy contest, such as corporate directors or director candidates.
As a fiduciary to its clients, Manulife Asset Management (US) takes these potential conflicts very seriously. While Manulife Asset Management (US)’s only goal in addressing any such potential conflict is to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the clients’ best interests and are not affected by Manulife Asset Management (US)’s potential conflict, there are a number of courses Manulife Asset Management (US) may take. The final decision as to which course to follow shall be made by the Proxy Committee.
In the event of a potential material conflict of interest, the Proxy Committee will (i) vote such proxy according to the specific recommendation of RiskMetrics; (ii) abstain; or (iii) request that the Client votes such proxy. All such instances shall be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer at least quarterly.
As RiskMetrics will vote proxies in accordance with its proxy voting guidelines, Manulife Asset Management (US) believes that this process is reasonably designed to address conflicts of interest that may arise between Manulife Asset Management (US) and a Client as to how proxies are voted. When the matter falls clearly within one of the proposals enumerated in RiskMetrics proxy voting policy, casting a vote which simply follows RiskMetrics’ pre-determined policy would eliminate Manulife Asset Management (US)’s discretion on the particular issue and hence avoid the conflict.
In other cases, where the matter presents a potential material conflict and is not clearly within one of the RiskMetrics’ enumerated recommendations, or is of such a nature that the Proxy Committee believes more active involvement is necessary, the Proxy Committee shall make a decision as to the voting of the proxy. The basis for the voting decision, including the basis for the determination that the decision is in the best interests of Clients, shall be formalized in writing as a part of the minutes of the Proxy Committee. Which action is appropriate in any given scenario would be the decision of the Proxy Committee in carrying out its duty to ensure that the proxies are voted in the Clients’, and not Manulife Asset Management (US)’s, best interests.
Recordkeeping
In accordance with applicable law, Manulife Asset Management (US) shall retain the following documents for not less than five years from the end of the year in which the proxies were voted, the first two years in Manulife Asset Management (US)’s office:
    ■■   the Manulife Asset Management (US) Proxy Voting Policy and any additional procedures created pursuant to that policy;
 
    ■■ a copy of each proxy statement Manulife Asset Management (US) receives regarding securities held by Clients (this requirement will be satisfied by RiskMetrics who has agreed in writing to do so or by obtaining a copy of the proxy statement from the EDGAR database);
 
    ■■ a record of each vote cast by Manulife Asset Management (US) (this requirement will be satisfied by RiskMetrics who has agreed in writing to do so) on behalf of Clients;
 
    ■■ a copy of any document created by Manulife Asset Management (US) that was material in making its voting decision or that memorializes the basis for such decision; and
 
    ■■ a copy of each written request from a client, and response to the client, for information on how Manulife Asset Management (US) clients’ proxies were voted.
Policy Administration
The Proxy Voting Policy shall be review and approved by the Chief Compliance Officer at least annually.
The Chief Compliance Officer shall make periodic reports to the SIPC covering the effectiveness of the Policy..
Policy Edition: February 2011
(GRAPHIC)

B-16


 

PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits
(1)   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
 
    Included in Part A: not applicable
 
    Included in Part B: not applicable
(2)   EXHIBITS:
  (a)   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated October 5, 1984, as amended and restated on August 26, 2003 (“Declaration of Trust”) — previously filed as exhibit 99.(a) to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2/A (File Nos. 333-108637 and 811-04173) as to the Fund’s preferred shares of beneficial interest (“Preferred Shares”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on October 27, 2003 (Accession No. 0000950135-03-005304) (“Preferred Shares Registration Statement”).
  (1)   Amendment dated July 1, 2005 to the Declaration of Trust — FILED HEREWITH.
 
  (2)   Amendment dated June 16, 2008 to the Declaration of Trust — FILED HEREWITH.
  (b)   Amended and Restated By-Laws dated September 14, 2004 (“By-Laws”) — FILED HEREWITH.
  (1)   Amendment dated March 8, 2005 to the By-Laws — FILED HEREWITH.
 
  (2)   Amendment dated March 11, 2008 to the By-Laws — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (3)   Amendment dated October 15, 2008 to the By-Laws — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (4)   Amendment dated August 1, 2009 to the By-Laws — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (5)   Amendment dated August 31, 2010 to the By-Laws — FILED HEREWITH.
  (c)   Voting Trust Agreements. Not applicable.
 
  (d)   Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders. See exhibits (a) and (b).
 
  (e)   Dividend Reinvestment Plan . Dividend Reinvestment Plan dated July 1, 2011 — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (f)   Instruments Defining Rights of Long-term Debt Holders. Not applicable.
 
  (g)   Investment Advisory Contracts.
  (1)   Investment Advisory Agreement dated July 1, 2009 with John Hancock Advisers, LLC — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (2)   Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 31, 2005 with John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (formerly, MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC, formerly Sovereign Asset Management, LLC) — FILED HEREWITH .

C-1


 

  (h)   Underwriting or Distribution Contracts.
  (1)   Form of Underwriting Agreement — TO BE FILED BY AMENDMENT .
  (i)   Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts. Not applicable.
 
  (j)   Custodian Agreement. Master Custodian Agreement dated September 10, 2008 between the Fund and State Street Bank and Trust Company — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (k)   Other Material Contracts.
  (1)   Service Agreement dated July 1, 2009 with John Hancock Advisers, LLC — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (2)   Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services dated June 1, 2002 with Computershare Shareowner Services LLC (formerly, Mellon Investor Services, LLC) — previously filed as exhibit 99.(k)(1) to pre-effective amendment No. 1 filed on October 27, 2003, accession number 0000950135-03-005304.
  (a)   Amendment dated July 1, 2007 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (b)   Amendment dated September 25, 2007 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (c)   Amendment dated October 10, 2007 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (d)   Amendment dated July 1, 2010 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (e)   Amendment dated October 18, 2010 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (f)   Amendment dated April 6, 2011 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (g)   Amendment dated January 27, 2012 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services — FILED HEREWITH .
  (3)   Chief Compliance Officer Services Agreement dated March 10, 2009 by and among the Fund, John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC, John Hancock Advisers, LLC, and the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer — FILED HEREWITH .
  (l)   Legal Opinion.
  (1)   Opinion and Consent of K&L Gates LLP as to the Fund’s additional Common Shares — TO BE FILED BY AMENDMENT .
  (m)   Non-resident Consent to Service of Process. Not applicable.
 
  (n)   Other Opinions. Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — TO BE FILED BY AMENDMENT .
 
  (o)   Omitted Financial Statements. Fund’s audited financial statements — TO BE FILED BY AMENDMENT .
 
  (p)   Agreement Related to Initial Capital. Not applicable.
 
  (q)   Model Retirement Plan. Not applicable.

C-2


 

  (r)   Codes of Ethics.
  (1)   Code of Ethics dated January 1, 2008 (as revised January 1, 2011) of John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (each, a “John Hancock Adviser”), John Hancock Funds, LLC, John Hancock Distributors, LLC, and each open-end and closed-end fund advised by a John Hancock Adviser — FILED HEREWITH .
 
  (2)   Code of Ethics adopted by John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (formerly, MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC, formerly Sovereign Asset Management, LLC) amended as February 1, 2011 — FILED HEREWITH .
  (s)   Powers of Attorney. Power of Attorney dated March 6, 2012 for Keith F. Hartstein, Charles A. Rizzo, William H. Cunningham, Deborah C. Jackson, Stanley Martin, Patti McGill Peterson, Hugh McHaffie, John A. Moore, Steven R. Pruchansky, Gregory A. Russo and John G. Vrysen— FILED HEREWITH .
ITEM 26. MARKETING ARRANGEMENTS
See Form of Underwriting Agreement — TO BE FILED BY AMENDMENT .
ITEM 27. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The approximate expenses in connection with the offering are as follows:
         
Registration and Filing Fees
  $ [______________]  
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Fee
  $ [______________]  
New York Stock Exchange Fee
  $ [______________]  
Cost of Printing and Engraving
  $ [______________]  
Accounting Fee and Expenses
  $ [______________]  
Legal Fees and Expenses
  $ [______________]  
         
Total
  $ [______________]  
ITEM 28. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL
John Hancock Advisers, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser to the Fund. The Adviser is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.), which in turn is a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“Manulife Financial”), a publicly traded company based in Toronto, Canada. A corporate organization list is set forth below.

C-3


 

MANULIFE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES — December 31, 2011
(CHART)


 

ITEM 29. NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
Set forth below is the number of record holders as of [DATE] of each class of securities of the Fund:
     
    Number of
Title of Class   Record Holders
Shares of Common Stock, no par value
  [_____________]
ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION
Indemnification provisions relating to the Fund’s Trustees, officers, employees and agents are set forth in Section 4.3 of Article IV of Fund’s Declaration of Trust, as previously filed.
The form of Underwriting Agreement (to be filed by amendment) contains provisions limiting the liability and providing for indemnification of the Trustees and officers under certain circumstances.
The Fund’s Trustees and officers are insured under a standard investment company errors and omissions insurance policy covering loss incurred by reason of negligent errors and omissions committed in their official capacities as such. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Fund pursuant to the provisions described in this Item 30, or otherwise, the Fund has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Fund of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of the Fund in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Fund will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Article V of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Adviser provides as follows:
     “Section 5.06. Indemnity and Exculpation.
  (a)   No Indemnitee, and no shareholder, director, officer, member, manager, partner, agent, representative, employee or Affiliate of an Indemnitee, shall have any liability to the Company or to any Member for any loss suffered by the Company (or the Corporation) which arises out of any action or inaction by such Indemnitee with respect to the Company (or the Corporation) if such Indemnitee so acted or omitted to act (i) in the good faith (A) belief that such course of conduct was in, or was not opposed to, the best interests of the Company (or the Corporation), or (B) reliance on the provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) such course of conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.
 
  (b)   The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was, or has agreed to become, a Director or Officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Company (or previously at the request of the Corporation), as a director, officer, manager or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom.
 
  (c)   As a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified, the Indemnitee must notify the Company in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving him for which indemnity hereunder will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Company is so notified, the Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee.
 
  (d)   In the event that the Company does not assume the defense of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Company receives notice under this Section 5.06, the Company shall pay in advance of the final disposition of such matter any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal

C-4


 

      therefrom; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in this Section 5.06, which undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of the Indemnitee to make such repayment; and further provided that no such advancement of expenses shall be made if it is determined that (i) the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
  (e)   The Company shall not indemnify an Indemnitee seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Company shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Company makes any indemnification payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such indemnification payments to the Company to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.
 
  (f)   All determinations hereunder as to the entitlement of an Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses shall be made in each instance by (a) a majority vote of the Directors consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“Disinterested Directors”), whether or not a quorum, (b) a majority vote of a quorum of the outstanding Common Shares, which quorum shall consist of Members who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question, (c) independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Company), or (d) a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
  (g)   The indemnification rights provided in this Section 5.06 (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any law, agreement or vote of Members or Disinterested Directors or otherwise, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitees. The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification rights to other employees or agents of the Company or other persons serving the Company and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Section 5.06. Any indemnification to be provided hereunder may be provided although the person to be indemnified is no longer a Director or Officer.”
ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER
For information as to the business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of each of the directors and executive officers of the Adviser and the Subadviser, reference is made to the information set forth under: (i) the caption “Investment Advisory and Other Services” in the Statement of Additional Information; (ii) Item 6 of the Form ADV Part II of John Hancock Advisers, LLC (File No. 801-8124) filed with the SEC; and (iii) Item 6 of the Form ADV Part II of John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (File No. 801-42023) filed with the SEC, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 32. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS
All applicable accounts, books and documents required to be maintained by the Fund by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and custody of the Fund’s custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 2 Avenue de Lafayette, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, and its transfer agent, Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, 480 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, New Jersey 07310, with the exception of certain corporate documents and portfolio trading documents that are in the possession and custody of the Adviser, 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts, 02210, and the Subadviser, 101 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199-7603. The Fund is informed that all applicable accounts,

C-5


 

books and documents required to be maintained by registered investment advisers are in the custody and possession of the Adviser and the Subadviser.
ITEM 33. MANAGEMENT SERVICES
Not applicable.
ITEM 34. UNDERTAKINGS
1.   The Fund undertakes to suspend the offering of Common Shares until the Prospectus and any applicable Prospectus Supplement are amended if (a) subsequent to the effective date of this registration Statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of this Registration Statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the Prospectus and any other applicable Prospectus Supplement.
 
2.   Not applicable.
 
3.   Not applicable.
 
4.   The Common Shares being registered will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Accordingly, the Fund undertakes:
  a.   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement:
  (1)   To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
 
  (2)   To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement; and
 
  (3)   To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.
  b.   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
 
  c.   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the Common Shares being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
  d.   That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Fund is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of a Registration Statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the Registration Statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided , however, that no statement made in a Registration Statement or prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement or prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the Registration Statement or prospectus that was part of the Registration Statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
  e.   That for the purpose of determining liability of the Fund under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of Common Shares:

C-6


 

      The undersigned Fund undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Fund pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Fund will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
  (1)   any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Fund relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act;
 
  (2)   the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Fund or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Fund; and
 
  (3)   any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Fund to the purchaser.
5.   The Fund undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act:
  a.   the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Fund pursuant to 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
 
  b.   each post- effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
6.   The Fund undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of an oral or written request, its Statement of Additional Information.

C-7


 

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston and The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 18 th day of May 2012.
         
  JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ Keith F. Hartstein    
    Keith F. Hartstein   
    President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
/s/ Keith F. Hartstein
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer    May 18, 2012
Keith F. Hartstein
       
 
       
/s/ Charles A. Rizzo
 
  Chief Financial Officer    May 18, 2012
Charles A. Rizzo
  (Principal Financial Officer & Principal Accounting Officer)    
 
       
/s/ William H. Cunningham *
 
  Trustee    May 18, 2012
William H. Cunningham
       
 
       
/s/ Deborah C. Jackson *
 
  Trustee    May 18, 2012
Deborah C. Jackson
       
 
       
/s/ Stanley Martin *
 
  Trustee    May 18, 2012
Stanley Martin
       
 
       
/s/ Hugh McHaffie *
 
  Trustee    May 18, 2012
Hugh McHaffie
       
 
       
/s/ Patti McGill Peterson *
 
  Trustee    May 18, 2012
Patti McGill Peterson
       
 
       
/s/ John A. Moore *
 
  Trustee    May 18, 2012
John A. Moore
       
 
       
/s/ Steven R. Pruchansky *
 
  Trustee    May 18, 2012
Steven R. Pruchansky
       
 
       
/s/ Gregory A. Russo *
 
  Trustee    May 18, 2012
Gregory A. Russo
       
 
       
/s/ John G. Vrysen *
 
  Trustee    May 18, 2012
John G. Vrysen
       
* By: Power of Attorney
         
     
  By:   /s/ Kinga Kapuscinski    
    Kinga Kapuscinski   
    Attorney-in-Fact
* pursuant to Power of Attorney filed herewith 
 

 


 

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
(2)(a)(1)
  Amendment dated July 1, 2005 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
 
   
(2)(a)(2)
  Amendment dated June 16, 2008 to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
 
   
(2)(b)
  By-Laws dated September 14, 2004
 
   
(2)(b)(1)
  Amendment dated March 8, 2005 to the By-laws
 
   
(2)(b)(2)
  Amendment dated March 11, 2008 to the By-laws
 
   
(2)(b)(3)
  Amendment dated October 15, 2008 to the By-laws
 
   
(2)(b)(4)
  Amendment dated August 1, 2009 to the By-laws
 
   
(2)(b)(5)
  Amendment dated August 31, 2010 to the By-laws
 
   
(2)(e)
  Dividend Reinvestment Plan dated July 1, 2011
 
   
(2)(g)(1)
  Investment Advisory Agreement dated July 1, 2009 with John Hancock Advisers, LLC
 
   
(2)(g)(2)
  Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 31, 2005 with John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (formerly, MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC, formerly Sovereign Asset Management, LLC)
 
   
(2)(j)
  Master Custodian Agreement dated September 10, 2008 between the Fund and State Street Bank and Trust Company
 
   
(2)(k)(1)
  Service Agreement dated July 1, 2009 with John Hancock Advisers, LLC
 
   
(2)(k)(2)(a)
  Amendment dated July 1, 2007 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services
 
   
(2)(k)(2)(b)
  Amendment dated September 25, 2007 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services
 
   
(2)(k)(2)(c)
  Amendment dated October 10, 2007 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services
 
   
(2)(k)(2)(d)
  Amendment dated July 1, 2010 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services
 
   
(2)(k)(2)(e)
  Amendment dated October 18, 2010 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services
 
   
(2)(k)(2)(f)
  Amendment dated April 6, 2011 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services
 
   
(2)(k)(2)(g)
  Amendment dated January 27, 2012 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services
 
   
(2)(k)(3)
  Chief Compliance Officer Services Agreement dated March 10, 2009
 
   
(2)(r)(1)
  Code of Ethics dated January 1, 2008 (as revised January 1, 2011) of John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (each, a “John Hancock Adviser”), John Hancock Funds, LLC, John Hancock Distributors, LLC, and each open-end and closed-end fund advised by a John Hancock Adviser
 
   
(2)(r)(2)
  Code of Ethics adopted by John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (formerly, MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC, formerly Sovereign Asset Management, LLC)
 
   
(2)(s)
  Power of Attorney dated March 6, 2012

C-8

         
AMENDMENT TO DELARATION OF TRUST
To the Secretary of State of
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
     It is herby stated that:
          1. This document constitutes an Amendment to the Declaration of Trust (hereinafter called the “Declaration”) of John Hancock Investors Trust (hereinafter called the “business trust”).
          2. The Declaration amended by this document was filed with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on October 5, 1984.
     3. The amendment to the Declaration effected by this document is as follows:
               The principal office address has been changed effective July 1, 2005 to:
               601 Congress Street
               Boston, MA 02210
          4. The amendment herein provided for was authorized in accordance with law.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed these presents all on June 24, 2005 .
/s/ Alfred P. Ouellette    
Alfred P. Ouellette, AVP    
(This document may be executed by an officer of the business trust.)

 

AMENDMENT
TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST
DATED OCTOBER 5, 1984
AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON AUGUST 26, 2003
OF
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
     Whereas the Board of Trustees recommended and, on March 31, 2008, the shareholders approved the proposal to amend the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust as follows to permit the delegation of dividend declaration authority to the Dividend Committee:
     Now therefore, the undersigned being a majority of the members of the Board of Trustees of the Trust hereby adopt the following amendment to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust to permit the delegation of dividend declaration authority to the Dividend Committee:
Section 2.8. Committees; Delegation. The Trustees shall have the power to appoint from their own number, and terminate, any one or more committees consisting of two or more Trustees, including an executive committee which may exercise some or all of the power and authority of the Trustees as the Trustees may determine (including but not limited to the power to determine net asset value and net income), subject to any limitations contained in the By-Laws, and in general to delegate from time to time to one or more of their number or to officers, employees or agents of the Trust such power and authority and the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments, either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise, as the Trustees may deem expedient, and that, in this regard, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustees shall have the power to delegate the authority to declare dividends and other distributions on Common Shares and any Preferred Shares to a committee constituted for such purpose and the members of which consist of Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the Trust, provided only that no committee shall have the power
  (a)   to change the principal office of the Trust;
 
  (b)   to amend the By-Laws;
 
  (c)   to issue Common Shares;
 
  (d)   to elect or remove from office any Trustee or the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Trust;
 
  (e)   to increase or decrease the number of Trustees;
 
  (f)   to authorize the repurchase of Common Shares; or
 
  (g)   to authorize any merger, consolidation or sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Trust Property.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument as of the 2nd of June 2008.
     
/s/ James R. Boyle
  /s/ John A. Moore
 
   
James R. Boyle
  Dr. John A. Moore
 
   
/s/ James F. Carlin
  /s/ Patti McGill Peterson
 
   
James F. Carlin
  Patti McGill Peterson
 
   
/s/ William H. Cunningham
  /s/ Steven R. Pruchansky
 
   
William H. Cunningham
  Steven R. Pruchansky
 
   
/s/ Charles L. Ladner
 
   
Charles L. Ladner
   

- 2 -

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS
OF
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
September 14, 2004

 


 

Table of Contents
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    1  
ARTICLE II OFFICES
    1  
Section 2.1. Principal Office
    1  
Section 2.2. Other Offices
    1  
ARTICLE III SHAREHOLDERS
    1  
Section 3.1. Meetings
    1  
Section 3.2. Annual Meetings
    1  
Section 3.3. Notice of Meetings
    1  
Section 3.4. Record Date for Meetings and Other Purposes
    2  
Section 3.5. Proxies
    2  
Section 3.6. Abstentions and Broker Non-Votes
    2  
Section 3.7. Quorum
    3  
Section 3.8. Action at Meeting
    3  
Section 3.9. Action without Meeting
    3  
Section 3.10. Inspection of Records
    3  
Section 3.11. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 3.12. Nominations and Proposals by Shareholders
    6  
ARTICLE IV TRUSTEES
    8  
Section 4.1. Meetings of the Trustees
    8  
Section 4.2. Quorum and Manner of Acting
    8  
ARTICLE V COMMITTEES
    8  
Section 5.1. Executive and Other Committees
    8  
Section 5.2. Meetings, Quorum and Manner of Acting
    9  
ARTICLE VI OFFICERS
    9  
Section 6.1. General Provisions
    9  
Section 6.2. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications
    9  
Section 6.3. Removal
    9  
Section 6.4. Powers and Duties of the Chairman
    10  
Section 6.5. Powers and Duties of the Vice Chairman
    10  
Section 6.6. Powers and Duties of the President
    10  
Section 6.7. Powers and Duties of Vice Presidents
    10  
Section 6.8. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer
    10  
Section 6.9. Powers and Duties of the Secretary
    10  
Section 6.10. Powers and Duties of Assistant Treasurers
    11  
Section 6.11. Powers and Duties of Assistant Secretaries
    11  
Section 6.12. Compensation of Officers and Trustees and Members of the Advisory Board
    11  
ARTICLE VII SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST
    11  
Section 7.1. Share certificates
    11  
Section 7.2. Transfers of Pledged Shares
    11  
Section 7.3. Regulations
    12  
Section 7.4. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates
    12  

-i-


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE VIII TERMS OF AUCTION PREFERRED SHARES
    12  
Section 8.1. Designation
    12  
Section 8.2. Definitions
    13  
Section 8.3. Investment Company Act Preferred Share Asset Coverage and Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount Coverage
    39  
Section 8.4. Dividends
    41  
Section 8.5. Liquidation Rights
    48  
Section 8.6. Redemption
    49  
Section 8.7. Voting Rights
    53  
Section 8.8. Other Restrictions
    58  
Section 8.9. Auction Procedures
    60  
ARTICLE IX TERMS OF COMMON SHARES
    72  
Section 9.1. Designation
    72  
Section 9.2. Common Shares
    72  
ARTICLE X FISCAL YEAR
    73  
ARTICLE XI SEAL
    73  
ARTICLE XII SUFFICIENCY AND WAIVERS OF NOTICE
    73  
ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS
    73  

-ii-


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS OF

JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
September 14, 2004
     The Amended and Restated By-Laws (the “By-Laws”) of the John Hancock Investors Trust (the “Trust”) have been adopted pursuant to the authority granted by Section 2.10 of the Trust’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) dated August 26, 2003, as amended from time to time, and filed in the Office of the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     All capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Declaration of Trust, as amended or restated from time to time.
ARTICLE II
OFFICES
     Section 2.1. Principal Office . Until changed by the Trustees, the principal office of the Trust shall be in Boston, Massachusetts.
     Section 2.2. Other Offices. The Trust may have offices in such other places without as well as within The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as the Trustees may from time to time determine.
ARTICLE III
SHAREHOLDERS
     Section 3.1. Meetings . Meetings of the Shareholders of the Trust or a Series or Class thereof shall be held as provided in the Declaration of Trust or required by the 1940 Act at such place within or without The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as the Trustees shall designate.
     Section 3.2. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the Shareholders of the Trust for the election of Trustees and the transaction of other proper business shall be held on a date, not a legal holiday, and at a time and place to be set annually by resolution of the Trustees.
     Section 3.3. Notice of Meetings . Notice of all meetings of the Shareholders, stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Trustees by mail or telegraphic means to each Shareholder at his address as recorded on the register of the Trust mailed at least seven (7) days before the meeting, provided , however , that notice of a meeting need not be given

-1-


 

to a Shareholder to whom such notice need not be given under the proxy rules of the Commission under the 1940 Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. No notice need be given to any Shareholder who shall have failed to inform the Trust of his current address or if a written waiver of notice, executed before or after the meeting by the Shareholder or his attorney thereunto authorized, is filed with the records of the meeting.
     Section 3.4. Record Date for Meetings and Other Purposes . For the purpose of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting, or to participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action, the Trustees may from time to time close the transfer books for such period, not exceeding sixty (60) days, as the Trustees may determine; or without closing the transfer books the Trustees may fix a date not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any meeting of Shareholders or distribution or other action as a record date for the determination of the persons to be treated as Shareholders of record for such purposes, except for dividend payments which shall be governed by the Declaration of Trust.
     Section 3.5. Proxies . At any meeting of Shareholders, any holder of Shares entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the Shareholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting or telegraphic transmission) by the Shareholder or the Shareholder’s attorney-in-fact. Proxies may be solicited in the name of one or more Trustees or one or more of the officers of the Trust. Only Shareholders of record shall be entitled to vote. Each whole share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled by the Declaration of Trust to vote and fractional shares shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote. When any Share is held jointly by several persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Share, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Share. A proxy, including a photographic or similar reproduction thereof and a telegram, cablegram, wireless or similar transmission thereof, purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. If the holder of any such Share is a minor or a person of unsound mind, and subject to guardianship or the legal control of any other person as regards the charge or management of such Share, he may vote by his guardian or such other person appointed or having such control, and such vote may be given in person or by proxy. The placing of a Shareholder’s name on a proxy pursuant to telephonic or electronically transmitted instructions obtained pursuant to procedures reasonably designed to verify that such instructions have been authorized by such Shareholder shall constitute execution of such proxy by or on behalf of such Shareholder.
     Section 3.6. Abstentions and Broker Non-Votes . Outstanding Shares represented in person or by proxy (including Broker Non-Votes and Shares which abstain with respect to one or more proposals presented for Shareholder approval) will be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at a meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, abstentions will

-2-


 

be treated as Shares that are present and entitled to vote for purposes of determining the number of Shares that are present and entitled to vote with respect to any particular proposal, but will not be counted as a vote cast on such proposal. A “Broker Non-Vote” occurs if a broker or nominee holding Shares in “street name” indicates on the proxy that it does not have discretionary authority to vote as to a particular proposal. For avoidance of any doubt, Broker Non-Votes shall not include preferred shares which the broker is permitted to proportionately vote in accordance with applicable law or rules of a national securities exchange. Except as otherwise provided by law, Broker Non-Votes will be treated as present and entitled to vote for purposes of determining the number of Shares that are present and entitled to vote with respect to such proposal, but will not be counted as a vote cast on such proposal.
     Section 3.7. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust or these By-laws, the holders of a majority of the Shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Trustees in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.
     Section 3.8. Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, any matter other than the election of Trustees to be voted upon by the Shareholders at such meeting shall be decided by the vote of the holders of Shares having a majority of the votes cast by the holders of all of the Shares present or represented and voting on such matter (or if there are two or more classes of shares entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, the holders of a majority of the shares of that class present or represented and voting on such matter), except when a different vote is required by law, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust or these By-laws. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election by Shareholders of Trustees shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the Shareholders entitled to vote on the election.
     Section 3.9. Action without Meeting . For as long as there are under one hundred fifty (150) shareholders, any action which may be taken by Shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a majority of Outstanding Shares entitled to vote on the matter (or such larger proportion thereof as shall be required by law, the Declaration of Trust, or the By-laws) consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Shareholders. Such consents shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.
     Section 3.10. Inspection of Records . The records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by Shareholders to the same extent as is permitted shareholders of a Massachusetts business corporation.
     Section 3.11. Special Meetings .
     (a) Special meetings of the Shareholders may be called at any time by the Chairman, the President or the Trustees. Subject to subsection (c) of this Section 3.11, a special meeting of Shareholders shall also be called by the Secretary of the Trust upon the written request of the Shareholders entitled to cast the percentage of the outstanding votes specified in the Declaration

-3-


 

of Trust and only if the Shareholder is seeking to call a meeting on a matter with respect to which the Shareholders are entitled to vote under the Declaration of Trust without prior action by the Trustees.
     (b) Any Shareholder of record seeking to have Shareholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the Secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Trustees to fix a record date to determine the Shareholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Requested Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on, shall be signed by one or more Shareholders of record as of the date of signature (or their duly authorized agents), shall bear the date of signature of each such Shareholder (or other agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such Shareholder that must be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of trustees in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder. Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Trustees may fix a Requested Record Date. The Requested Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten (10) days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Requested Record Date is adopted by the Trustees. If the Trustees, within thirty (30) days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Requested Record Date and make a public announcement of such Requested Record Date, the Requested Record Date shall be the close of business on the 30 th after the first date on which the Record Date Request Notice is received by the Secretary.
     (c) In order for any Shareholder to request a special meeting, one or more written requests for a special meeting signed by Shareholders of record (or their duly authorized agents) as of the Requested Record Date entitled to cast the percentage of the outstanding shares specified in the Declaration of Trust (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) of all of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Request”) shall be delivered to the Secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to the matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the Secretary), shall bear the date of signature of each such Shareholder (or other agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, shall set forth the name and address, as they appear in the Trust’s books, of each Shareholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed) and the class and number of shares of the Trust which are owned of record and beneficially by each such Shareholder, shall be sent to the Secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be received by the Secretary within sixty (60) days after the Requested Record Date. Any requesting Shareholder may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the Secretary.
     (d) The Secretary shall inform the requesting Shareholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including the Trust’s proxy materials). The Secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon Shareholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 3.11, the Secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the mailing of any notice of the special meeting.

-4-


 

     (e) Except as provided in the next sentence, any special meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the President, Chairman or Trustees, whoever has called the meeting. In the case of any special meeting called by the Secretary upon the request of Shareholders (a “Shareholder Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Trustees; provided , however, that the date of any Shareholder Requested Meeting shall be not more than ninety (90) days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Trustees fail to designate, within thirty (30) days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the Secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Shareholder Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the 90 th day after the Delivery Date or, if such 90 th day is not a business day, on the first preceding business day; and provided further that in the event that the Trustees fail to designate a place for a Shareholder Requested Meeting within thirty (30) days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive offices of the Trust. In fixing a date for any special meeting, the President, Chairman or Trustees may consider such factors as he, she, or they deem(s) relevant within the good faith exercise of business judgment, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for a meeting and any plan of the Trustees to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Shareholder Requested Meeting, if the Trustees fail to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within thirty (30) days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30 th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date.
     (f) If at any time as a result of written revocations of requests for the special meeting, Shareholders of record (or their duly authorized agents) as of the Requested Record Date shall have delivered and not revoked requests for a special meeting, the Secretary may refrain from mailing the notice of the meeting or, if the notice of the meeting has been mailed, the Secretary may revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten (10) days prior to the meeting if the Secretary has first sent to all other requesting Shareholders written notice of such revocation and of intention to revoke the notice of the meeting. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the Secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.
     (g) The Chairman, the President or the Trustees may appoint regionally or nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Trust for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the Secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported request shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Secretary until the earlier of (i) five (5) business days after receipt by the Secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Trust that the valid requests received by the Secretary represent at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of stock that would be entitled to vote at such meeting. Nothing contained in this paragraph (g) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Trust or any Shareholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five (5) business day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

-5-


 

     Section 3.12. Nominations and Proposals by Shareholders .
     (a)  Annual Meetings of Shareholders . Nominations of persons for election as a Trustee and the proposal of business to be considered by the Shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of Shareholders (i) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Trustees or (iii) by any Shareholder of the Trust who was a Shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 3.12(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.12(a). For nominations for election to the Trustees or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Shareholder pursuant to this Section 3.12(a), the Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Trust and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by Shareholders. To be timely, a Shareholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust by not later than the close of business on the 90 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the mailing of the notice for the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than thirty (30) days from the anniversary date of the mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the Shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the date of mailing of the notice for such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to the date of mailing of the notice for such annual meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of mailing of the notice for such meeting is first made by the Trust. In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement of the mailing of the notice for such annual meeting or of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting to a later date or time commence a new time period for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above. A Shareholder’s notice to be proper must set forth (i) as to each person whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a trustee (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the class and number of shares of stock of the Trust that are beneficially owned or owned of record by such person and (C) all other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of trustees in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a trustee if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the Shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Shareholder (including any anticipated benefit to the Shareholder therefrom) and of each beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the Shareholder giving the notice and each beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (x) the name and address of such Shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s stock ledger and current name and address, if different, and of such beneficial owner, and (y) the class and number of shares of the Trust which are owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder and such beneficial owner. Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 3.12 to the contrary, in the event that the number of trustees to be elected to the Board of Trustees is increased and there is no public announcement by the Trust of such action

-6-


 

or specifying the size of the increased Trustees at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Shareholder’s notice required by this Section 3.8(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if the notice is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than the close of business on the 10 th day immediately following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.
     (b)  Special Meetings of Shareholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the special meeting pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Trustees may be made at a special meeting of Shareholders at which trustees are to be elected (i) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Trustees or (iii) provided that the Trustees have determined that trustees shall be elected at such special meeting, by any Shareholder of the Trust who is a Shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 3.12(b) and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.12(b). In the event the Trust calls a special meeting of Shareholders for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees, any such Shareholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting, if the Shareholder’s notice containing the information required by this Section 3.12(b) shall have been delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Trust not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such special meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and the nominees proposed by the Trustees to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting to a later date or time commence a new time period for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.
     (c)  General . Only such persons who are nominated by the Board of Trustees and in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.12 shall be eligible to serve as trustee, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.12. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.12 and, if any proposed nomination or other business is not in compliance with this Section 3.12, to declare that such nomination or proposal shall be disregarded. For purposes of this Section 3.12, (a) the “date of mailing of the notice” shall mean the date of the proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies for election of trustees and (b) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release either transmitted to the principal securities exchange on which Shares of the Trust’s common stock are traded or reported by a recognized news service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Commission.
     (d)  Compliance with State and Federal Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.12, a Shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the

-7-


 

matters set forth in this Section 3.12. Nothing in this Section 3.12 shall be deemed to affect any right of a Shareholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, nor the right of the Trust to omit a proposal from, the Trust’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.
ARTICLE IV
TRUSTEES
     Section 4.1. Meetings of the Trustees . The Trustees may in their discretion provide for regular or stated meetings of the Trustees. Notice of regular or stated meetings need not be given. Meetings of the Trustees other than regular or stated meetings shall be held whenever called by the President, the Chairman or by any one of the Trustees, at the time being in office. Notice of the time and place of each meeting other than regular or stated meetings shall be given by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by the officer or Trustee calling the meeting and shall be mailed to each Trustee at least two days before the meeting, or shall be given by telephone, cable, wireless, facsimile or electronic means to each Trustee at his business address, or personally delivered to him at least one day before the meeting. Such notice may, however, be waived by any Trustee. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Trustee if a written waiver of notice, executed by him before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Trustee who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him. A notice or waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any meeting. The Trustees may meet by means of a telephone conference circuit or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall be deemed to have been held at a place designated by the Trustees at the meeting. Participation in a telephone conference meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Trustees may be taken by the Trustees without a meeting if a majority of the Trustees consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the Trustees’ meetings. Such consents shall be treated as a vote for all purposes.
     Section 4.2. Quorum and Manner of Acting . A majority of the Trustees shall be present in person at any regular or special meeting of the Trustees in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting and (except as otherwise required by law, the Declaration of Trust or these By-laws) the act of a majority of the Trustees present at any such meeting, at which a quorum is present, shall be the act of the Trustees. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the Trustees present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present. Notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given.
ARTICLE V
COMMITTEES
     Section 5.1. Executive and Other Committees . The Trustees by vote of a majority of all the Trustees may elect from their own number an Executive Committee to consist of not less than two (2) members to hold office at the pleasure of the Trustees, which shall have the power

-8-


 

to conduct the current and ordinary business of the Trust while the Trustees are not in session, including the purchase and sale of securities and the designation of securities to be delivered upon redemption of Shares of the Trust, and such other powers of the Trustees as the Trustees may, from time to time, delegate to them except those powers which by law, the Declaration of Trust or these By-laws they are prohibited from delegating. The Trustees may also elect from their own number other Committees from time to time; the number composing such Committees, the powers conferred upon the same (subject to the same limitations as with respect to the Executive Committee) and the term of membership on such Committees to be determined by the Trustees. The Trustees may designate a chairman of any such Committee. In the absence of such designation the Committee may elect its own Chairman.
     Section 5.2. Meetings, Quorum and Manner of Acting . The Trustees may (1) provide for stated meetings of any Committee, (2) specify the manner of calling and notice required for special meetings of any Committee, (3) specify the number of members of a Committee required to constitute a quorum and the number of members of a Committee required to exercise specified powers delegated to such Committee, (4) authorize the making of decisions to exercise specified powers by written assent of the requisite number of members of a Committee without a meeting, and (5) authorize the members of a Committee to meet by means of a telephone conference circuit.
     The Executive Committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and records of decisions taken without a meeting and cause them to be recorded in a book designated for that purpose and kept in the office of the Trust.
ARTICLE VI
OFFICERS
     Section 6.1. General Provisions . The officers of the Trust shall be a President, a Treasurer and a Secretary, who shall be elected by the Trustees. The Trustees may elect or appoint such other officers or agents as the business of the Trust may require, including one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers. The Trustees may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint any subordinate officers or agents.
     Section 6.2. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications . The officers of the Trust and any Series thereof shall be elected by the Trustees. Except as provided in Sections 6.3 and 6.4 of this Article VI, each officer elected by the Trustees shall hold office at the pleasure of the Trustees. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Chairman of the Board shall be selected from among the Trustees and may hold such office only so long as he/she continues to be a Trustee. Any Trustee or officer may be but need not be a Shareholder of the Trust.
     Section 6.3. Removal . The Trustees, at any regular or special meeting of the Trustees, may remove any officer with or without cause, by a vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office. Any officer or agent appointed by an officer or committee may be removed with or without cause by such appointing officer or committee.

-9-


 

     Section 6.4. Powers and Duties of the Chairman . The Chairman shall preside at the meetings of the Shareholders and of the Trustees. He may call meetings of the Trustees and of any committee thereof whenever he deems it necessary.
     Section 6.5. Powers and Duties of the Vice Chairman . The Trustees may, but need not, appoint one or more Vice Chairman of the Trust. The Vice Chairman shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Trustees or the Chairman.
     Section 6.6. Powers and Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust and shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and Shareholders in the absence of the Chairman. Subject to the control of the Trustees and to the control of any Committees of the Trustees, within their respective spheres as provided by the Trustees, he shall at all times exercise general supervision over the business and policies of the Trust. He shall have the power to employ attorneys and counsel for the Trust or any Series or Class thereof and to employ such subordinate officers, agents, clerks and employees as he may find necessary to transact the business of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof. He shall also have the power to grant, issue, execute or sign such powers of attorney, proxies or other documents as may be deemed advisable or necessary in furtherance of the interests of the Trust or any Series thereof. The President shall have such other powers and duties, as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Trustees.
     Section 6.7. Powers and Duties of Vice Presidents . In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice President or, if there be more than one Vice President, any Vice President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all the duties and may exercise any of the powers of the President, subject to the control of the Trustees. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Trustees and the President.
     Section 6.8. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the principal financial and accounting officer of the Trust. He shall deliver all funds of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof which may come into his hands to such Custodian as the Trustees may employ. He shall render a statement of condition of the finances of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof to the Trustees as often as they shall require the same and he shall in general perform all the duties incident to the office of a Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees. The Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties, if required so to do by the Trustees, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees shall require.
     Section 6.9. Powers and Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Trustees and of the Shareholders in proper books provided for that purpose; he shall have custody of the seal of the Trust; he shall have charge of the Share transfer books, lists and records unless the same are in the charge of a transfer agent. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices by the Trust in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and as required by law; and subject to these By-laws, he shall in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees.

-10-


 

     Section 6.10. Powers and Duties of Assistant Treasurers . In the absence or disability of the Treasurer, any officer designated by the Trustees shall perform all the duties, and may exercise any of the powers, of the Treasurer. Each officer shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees. Each officer performing the duties and exercising the powers of the Treasurer, if any, and any Assistant Treasurer, shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties, if required so to do by the Trustees, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees shall require.
     Section 6.11. Powers and Duties of Assistant Secretaries . In the absence or disability of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary designated by the Trustees shall perform all the duties, and may exercise any of the powers, of the Secretary. Each Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees.
     Section 6.12. Compensation of Officers and Trustees and Members of the Advisory Board . Subject to any applicable provisions of the Declaration of Trust, the compensation of the officers and Trustees and members of an advisory board shall be fixed from time to time by the Trustees or, in the case of officers, by any Committee or officer upon whom such power may be conferred by the Trustees. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation as such officer by reason of the fact that he is also a Trustee.
ARTICLE VII
SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST
     Section 7.1. Share certificates . The Trustees may issue Shares either in certificated or uncertificated form, and if they have issued Shares in certificated form, they may, by written notice to the holders of such Shares, require the surrender of their certificates to the Trust for cancellation, which surrender and cancellation shall not affect the ownership of such Shares. For any Shares issued without certificates, the Trust or its transfer agent may either issue receipts therefor or may keep accounts upon the books of the Trust for the record holders of such Shares, who shall in either case be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be the holders of such Shares as if they had received certificates therefor and shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof and of the Declaration of Trust. For any Shares for which the Trustees shall issue certificates, each holder of such Shares shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number of Shares owned by him in such form as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees. The certificates representing Shares shall be signed by the President or a Vice-President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and sealed with the seal of the Trust. Any or all of the signatures or the seal of the Trust on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate which shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate shall be issued, it may be issued by the Trust with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still in office at the date of issue.
     Section 7.2. Transfers of Pledged Shares . Unless otherwise provided herein, a pledgee of Shares pledged as collateral security shall be entitled to a new certificate in his name as pledgee, in the case of certificated Shares, or to be registered as the holder in pledge of such

-11-


 

Shares in the case of uncertificated Shares; provided , that the instrument of pledge substantially describes the debt or duty that is intended to be secured thereby. Any such new certificate shall express on its face that it is held as collateral security, and the name of the pledgor shall be stated thereon, and any such registration of uncertificated Shares shall be in a form which indicates that the registered holder holds such Shares in pledge. After such issue or registration, and unless and until such pledge is released, such pledgee and his successors and assigns shall alone be entitled to the rights of a Shareholder, and entitled to vote such Shares.
     Section 7.3. Regulations . The Trustees may make such additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for Shares of the Trust. They may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents or one or more transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates for Shares to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 7.4. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . The holder of any certificates representing Shares of the Trust shall immediately notify the Trust of any loss, destruction or mutilation of such certificate, and the Trust may issue a new certificate in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it which the owner thereof shall allege to have been lost or destroyed or which shall have been mutilated, and the Trustees may, in their discretion, require such owner or his legal representative to give to the Trust a bond in such sum, limited or unlimited, and in such form and with such surety or sureties, as the Trustees in their absolute discretion shall determine, to indemnify the Trust against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such certificate or issuance of a new certificate.
ARTICLE VIII
TERMS OF AUCTION PREFERRED SHARES
     Section 8.1. Designation .
(a) Pursuant to authority expressly vested in the Board of Trustees by the Declaration of Trust, the Board of Trustees authorizes the establishment, designation and issuance of an unlimited number of shares of a class of the Trust’s Preferred Shares, which class is designated as the Trust’s Auction Preferred Shares (the “Auction Preferred Shares”). The Auction Preferred Shares shall be issuable in such series as are designated from time to time in these By-Laws and shall have the preferences, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, terms and conditions of redemption, and other rights and limitations set forth in this Article VIII.
  (b)   (i) Auction Preferred Shares, Series A: An unlimited number of Auction Preferred Shares, without par value, liquidation preference $25,000 per Auction Preferred Share plus accumulated but unpaid dividends, if any, thereon (whether or not earned or declared), is hereby designated “Auction Preferred Shares, Series A.” Each share of Auction Preferred Shares, Series A (sometimes referred to herein as “Series A APS”) may be issued on a date to be determined by the

-12-


 

      Board of Trustees of the Trust or pursuant to their delegated authority; have an Initial Dividend Rate and an Initial Dividend Payment Date as shall be determined in advance of the issuance thereof by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or pursuant to their delegated authority and have such other preferences as provided herein or as may be determined in advance of the issuance thereof by the Board of Trustees or pursuant to their delegated authority. The Series A APS shall constitute a separate series of Auction Preferred Shares, and each share of Series A APS shall be identical.
 
      (ii) Auction Preferred Shares, Series B: An unlimited number of Auction Preferred Shares, without par value, liquidation preference $25,000 per Auction Preferred Share plus accumulated but unpaid dividends, if any, thereon (whether or not earned or declared), is hereby designated “Auction Preferred Shares, Series B.” Each share of Auction Preferred Shares, Series B (sometimes referred to herein as “Series B APS”) may be issued on a date to be determined by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or pursuant to their delegated authority; have an Initial Dividend Rate and an Initial Dividend Payment Date as shall be determined in advance of the issuance thereof by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or pursuant to their delegated authority and have such other preferences as provided herein or as may be determined in advance of the issuance thereof by the Board of Trustees or pursuant to their delegated authority. The Series B APS shall constitute a separate series of Auction Preferred Shares, and each share of Series B APS shall be identical.
(c) The preferences, voting powers restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, terms and conditions of redemption, and other rights and limitations of the shares of the Auction Preferred Shares, Series A, Auction Preferred Shares, Series B, and each other series of APS now or hereafter described in these By-Laws are or shall be as set forth in these By-Laws. No fractional APS shall be issued.
     Section 8.2. Definitions .
     Unless the context or use indicates another or different meaning, the following terms shall have the following meanings, whether used in the singular or plural:
(a) “AA Financial Composite Commercial Paper Rate” on any date means (i) (A) the Interest Equivalent of the 30-day rate (for Dividend Periods fewer than or equal to 31 days), the 60-day rate (for Dividend Periods greater than 31 days but fewer than or equal to 61 days) and the 90-day rate (for Dividend Periods greater than 61 days but fewer than or equal to 91 days) on commercial paper on behalf of issuers whose corporate bonds are rated AA by S&P, or the equivalent of such rating by another Rating Agency, as announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such date; and (B) for Dividend Periods greater than 91 days but fewer than 184 days, the rate described in clause (ii) below; or (ii) if the Federal Reserve Bank of New York does not make available such a rate, or with respect to Dividend Periods greater than 91 days but fewer than 184 days, then the arithmetic average of the Interest Equivalent of such rates on commercial paper placed on behalf of

-13-


 

such issuers, as quoted on a discount basis or otherwise by the Commercial Paper Dealers to the Auction Agent for the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such date (rounded to the next highest one-thousandth (0.001) of 1%). If any Commercial Paper Dealer does not quote a rate required to determine the “AA Financial Composite Commercial Paper Rate”, such rate shall be determined on the basis of the quotations (or quotation) furnished by the remaining Commercial Paper Dealers (or Dealer), if any, or, if there are no such Commercial Paper Dealers, by the Auction Agent.
For purposes of this definition, (A) “Commercial Paper Dealers” shall mean (1) UBS Securities LLC; (2) in lieu of thereof, its affiliate or successor; and (3) in the event that any of the foregoing shall cease to quote rates for commercial paper of issuers of the sort described above, in substitution therefor, a nationally recognized dealer in commercial paper of such issuers then making such quotations selected by the Trust, and (B) “Interest Equivalent” of a rate stated on a discount basis for commercial paper of a given number of days’ maturity shall mean a number equal to the quotient (rounded upward to the next higher one-thousandth (0.001) of 1%) of (1) such rate expressed as a decimal, divided by (2) the difference between (x) 1.00 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the product of such rate expressed as a decimal, multiplied by the number of days in which such commercial paper shall mature and the denominator of which shall be 360.
(b) “Adviser” means the Trust’s investment adviser, John Hancock Advisers, LLC.
(c) “Affected Series” has the meaning specified in Section 8.7(b)(i).
(d) “Affiliate” means any Person known to the Auction Agent to be controlled by, in control of, or under common control with, the Trust.
(e) “Agent Member” means a member of, or participant in, the Securities Depository that will act on behalf of a Beneficial Owner of one or more APS or on behalf of a Potential Beneficial Owner.
(f) “Annual Valuation Date” means the last Business Day of each fiscal year of the Trust.
(g) “Applicable Percentage” and “Applicable Spread” mean the percentage determined based on the credit rating assigned to the series of APS on such date by Moody’s as follows:
                 
Moody’s Credit Rating   Applicable Percentage     Applicable Spread  
Aaa
    125 %   125 bps
Aa3 to Aa1
    150 %   150 bps
A3 to A1
    200 %   200 bps
Baa3 to Baa1
    250 %   250 bps
Ba1 and lower
    300 %   300 bps
The Applicable Percentage and Applicable Spread as so determined shall be further subject to upward but not downward adjustment in the discretion of the Board of Trustees

-14-


 

after consultation with the Broker-Dealers, provided that immediately following any such increase the Trust would be in compliance with the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount. The Trust shall take all reasonable action necessary to enable Moody’s to provide a rating for each series of APS. If Moody’s shall not make such a rating available, the Trust shall select another Rating Agency to act as a Substitute Rating Agency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust shall not be required to have more than one Rating Agency provide a rating for any series of the APS.
(h) “Applicable Rate” means the rate per annum at which cash dividends are payable on a series of APS for any Dividend Period.
(i) “APS” means the Series A APS and the Series B APS.
(j) “Auction” means a periodic operation of the Auction Procedures.
(k) “Auction Agent” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas unless and until another commercial bank, trust company or other financial institution appointed by a resolution of the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized committee thereof enters into an agreement with the Trust to follow the Auction Procedures for the purpose of determining the Applicable Rate and to act as transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent and redemption agent for the APS.
(l) “Auction Date” with respect to any series of APS and any Rate Period means the Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Rate Period.
(m) “Auction Procedures” means the procedures set forth in Section 8.9.
(n) “Auditor’s Confirmation” has the meaning specified in Section 8.3(d).
(o) “Available APS” has the meaning specified in Section 8.9(c)(i)(A).
(p) “Beneficial Owner” means a customer of a Broker-Dealer who is listed on the records of that Broker-Dealer (or, if applicable, the Auction Agent) as a holder of APS or a Broker-Dealer that holds APS for its own account.
(q) “Bid” and “Bids” have the respective meanings specified in Section 8.9(a)(i)(C).
(r) “Bidder” and “Bidders” have the respective meanings specified in Section 8.9(a)(i)(C); provided, however, that neither the Trust nor any affiliate thereof shall be permitted to be a Bidder in an Auction, except that any Broker-Dealer that is an affiliate of the Trust may be a Bidder in an Auction, but only if the Orders placed by such Broker-Dealer are not for its own account.
(s) “Board of Trustees” means the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
(t) “Broker-Dealer” means any broker-dealer, or other entity permitted by law to perform the functions required of a Broker-Dealer in Section 8.9, that has been selected

-15-


 

by the Trust and has entered into a Broker-Dealer Agreement with the Auction Agent that remains effective.
(u) “Broker-Dealer Agreement” means an agreement between the Auction Agent and a Broker-Dealer pursuant to which such Broker-Dealer agrees to follow the procedures specified in Section 8.9.
(v) “Business Day” means a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and which is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are required or authorized by law to close.
(w) “Closing Transactions” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.8(b)(iv)(A).
(x) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Each reference herein to a section of the Code shall be deemed to include the United States Treasury Regulations in effect thereunder and applicable to the APS or the use of proceeds thereof, and also includes all applicable amendments or successor provisions unless the context requires otherwise.
(y) “Commercial Paper Dealers” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ ‘AA’ Financial Composite Commercial Paper Rate.”
(z) “Common Shares” means the shares of beneficial interest designated as common shares, no par value, of the Trust.
(aa) “Cure Date” means the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Cure Date or the Investment Company Act Cure Date.
(bb) “Date of Original Issue” means, with respect any series of APS, the date on which the Trust first issues such share.
(cc) “Deposit Securities” means cash and portfolio securities rated at least A2 (having a remaining maturity of 12 months or less), P-1, VMIG-1 or MIG-1 by Moody’s or A (having a remaining maturity of 12 months or less), A-1+ or SP-1+ by S&P.
(dd) “Discount Factor” means a “Moody’s Discount Factor.”
(ee) “Discounted Value” of any asset of the Trust means, with respect to a Moody’s Eligible Asset, the quotient of the Market Value thereof divided by the applicable Moody’s Discount Factor.
(ff) “Dividend Payment Date” means, with respect to APS, any date on which dividends are payable for shares of such series pursuant to Section 8.4(a)(iv).
(gg) “Dividend Period” means, with respect to the APS, the period from and including the Date of Original Issue to but excluding the Initial Dividend Payment Date for such shares and any period thereafter from and including one Dividend Payment Date for such shares to but excluding the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date for such shares.

-16-


 

(hh) “Eligible Asset” means Moody’s Eligible Asset (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) and/or any asset included in the calculations used by any Rating Agency then rating the APS for purposes of determining such Rating Agency’s rating on the APS, as applicable.
(ii) “Existing Holder” means a Broker-Dealer, or any such other Person that may be permitted by the Trust, that is listed as the holder of record of APS in the Share Books.
(jj) “Exposure Period” on a Valuation Date means the period commencing on such date and ending 42 days thereafter, as such exposure period may be modified by resolution of the Board of Trustees and without amending the By-Laws of the Trust; provided, however, that the Trust shall have received confirmation in writing from the Rating Agency that any such modification shall not adversely affect such Rating Agency’s then-current rating of the APS.
(kk) “Failure to Deposit,” means, with respect to shares of a series of APS, a failure by the Trust to pay to the Auction Agent, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, (A) on the Business Day immediately preceding any Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series, in funds available on such Dividend Payment Date in the City of New York, New York, the full amount of any dividend (whether or not earned or declared) to be paid on such Dividend Payment Date on any share of such series or (B) on the Business Day immediately preceding any redemption date in funds available on such redemption date for shares of such series in the City of New York, New York, the Redemption Price to be paid on such redemption date for any share of such series after Notice of Redemption is mailed pursuant to Section 8.6; provided, however, that the foregoing clause (B) shall not apply to the Trust’s failure to pay the Redemption Price with respect to APS when the related Notice of Redemption provides that redemption of such shares is subject to one or more conditions precedent and any such condition precedent shall not have been satisfied at the time or times and in the manner specified in such Notice of Redemption.
(ll) “Holder” means an individual or entity in whose name an outstanding Share of the APS is registered on the Share Books.
(mm) “Hold Order” and “Hold Orders” have the respective meanings specified in Section 8.9(a)(i)(C).
(nn) “Independent Accountant” means a nationally recognized accounting firm that is, with respect to the Trust, an independent certified public accountant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and serving as such for the Trust.
(oo) “Initial Rate Period” with respect to shares of a series of APS, means the period from the Date of Initial Issuance to and including the day immediately prior to the Dividend Payment Date for the Initial Rate Period specified with respect to shares of such series in Section 8.4(a).
(pp) “Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

-17-


 

(qq) “Investment Company Act Cure Date,” with respect to the failure by the Trust to maintain the Investment Company Act Preferred Share Asset Coverage (as required by Section 8.3(a) as of the last Business Day of each month, means the last Business Day of the following month.
(rr) “Investment Company Act Preferred Share Asset Coverage” means asset coverage, as defined in Section 18(h) of the Investment Company Act, of at least 200% with respect to all outstanding senior securities of the Trust which are shares of beneficial interest including all outstanding APS (or such other asset coverage as may in the future be specified in or under the Investment Company Act as the minimum asset coverage for senior securities which are shares or stock of a closed-end investment company as a condition of declaring dividends on its common shares or stock).
(ss) “Late Charge” has the meaning specified in Section 8.4(b)(ii)(B).
(tt) “Liens” means any material lien, mortgage, pledge, security interest or security agreement of any kind.
(uu) “Long Term Dividend Period” means a Special Dividend Period consisting of a specific period of one whole year or more but not greater than five years.
(vv) “Market Value” means the price determined by a pricing service acceptable to the Rating Agency and which (i) with respect to an investment which is listed on an exchange or traded over-the-counter and quoted on the NASDAQ System, the last sale price on the day of valuation (using prices as of the close of trading) or, if there has been no sale that day, the last bid price reported on the day of valuation or, if not a Business Day, the last bid price reported as of the close of business on the preceding Business Day, (ii) with respect to an investment which is not listed on an exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ System, either (A) the market value thereof determined by a Pricing Service or (B) the lower of the bid prices, as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of determination, quoted (at least one of such quotes being in writing) to the Trust by two or more members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. making a market in such investment at the time. By resolution of the Board of Trustees and without amending the By-Laws of the Trust, the calculation of Market Values may be made on bases other than those set forth above if the Rating Agency has advised the Trust in writing that the revised method of calculation of Market Values would not adversely affect its then-current rating of the Preferred Shares, provided that the Trust shall cause to be made available a written statement setting forth such revised method for inspection by the Holders at the principal executive office of the Trust.
(ww) “Maximum Applicable Rate” means, with respect to APS for any Dividend Period, the higher of the Applicable Percentage of the Reference Rate or the Reference Rate plus the Applicable Spread. The Auction Agent will round each applicable Maximum Applicable Rate to the nearest one-thousandth (0.001) of one percent per annum, with any such number ending in five ten-thousandths of one percent being rounded upwards to the nearest one-thousandth (0.001) of one percent.

-18-


 

(xx) “Minimum Rate Period” means a period of seven (7) Rate Period days.
(yy) “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.
(zz) “Moody’s Discount Factor” means, for purposes of determining the Discounted Value of any Moody’s Eligible Asset, the percentage determined as follows:
(i) Preferred Stock with cumulative dividends : The Moody’s Discount Factor for preferred stock shall be: Aaa 150%, Aa 155%, A 160%, Baa 165%, Ba 196%, B 216%, < B and Not Rated 250%, for auction rate preferred stocks 350%. For investment grade DRD preferreds 165%, and non-investment grade DRD preferreds 216%. Preferred securities that have a 144A classification, the discount factor will be multiplied 120% for purposes of calculating the Discounted Value. The Moody’s Discount Factor for preferred securities shall also apply to non-cumulative preferred stocks, except that the Moody’s Discount Factor shall be multiplied by a factor of 110% for purposes of calculating the Discounted Value of such non-cumulative securities.
(ii) Corporate Debt Securities : The percentage determined by reference to the rating on such asset with reference to the remaining term to maturity of such asset, in accordance with the table set forth below.
                                                         
                    Moody’s Rating Category             Below B and  
Terms to Maturity of Corporate Debt Security (1)   Aaa     Aa     A     Baa     Ba     B     Unrated (2)  
1 year or less
    109 %     112 %     115 %     118 %     137 %     150 %     250 %
2 years or less (but longer than 1 year)
    115       118       122       125       146       160       250  
3 years or less (but longer than 2 years)
    120       123       127       131       153       168       250  
4 years or less (but longer than 3 years)
    126       129       133       138       161       176       250  
5 years or less (but longer than 4 years)
    132       135       139       144       168       185       250  
7 years or less (but longer than 5 years)
    139       143       147       152       179       197       250  
10 years or less (but longer than 7 years)
    145       150       155       160       189       208       250  
15 years or less (but longer than 10 years)
    150       155       160       165       196       216       250  

-19-


 

                                                         
                    Moody’s Rating Category             Below B and  
Terms to Maturity of Corporate Debt Security (1)   Aaa     Aa     A     Baa     Ba     B     Unrated (2)  
20 years or less (but longer than 15 years)
    150       155       160       165       196       228       250  
30 years or less (but longer than 20 years)
    150       155       160       165       196       229       250  
Greater than 30 years
    165       173       181       189       205       240       250  
 
(1)   The Moody’s Discount Factor for debt securities shall also be applied to any interest rate swap or cap, in which case the rating of the counterparty shall determine the appropriate rating category.
 
(2)   Unless conclusions regarding liquidity risk as well as estimates of both the probability and severity of default for the corporation’s assets can be derived from other sources as well as combined with a number of sources as present by the corporation to Moody’s, securities rated below B by Moody’s and unrated securities, which are securities rated by neither Moody’s, S&P nor Fitch, are limited to 10% of Moody’s Eligible Assets. If a corporate debt security is unrated by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, the Trust will use the percentage set forth under “Below B and Unrated” in the corporate debt table above. Ratings assigned by S&P or Fitch are generally accepted by Moody’s at face value. However, adjustments to face value may be made to particular categories of credits for which the S&P and/or Fitch rating does not seem to approximate a Moody’s rating equivalent. Split rated securities assigned by S&P and Fitch will be accepted at the lower of the two ratings.
For corporate debt securities that do not pay interest in U.S. dollars, the Trust will contact Moody’s to obtain the applicable currency conversion rate.
(iii) U.S. Government Securities and U.S. Treasury Strips:
                 
    U.S. Government and        
    Agency Securities     U.S. Treasury Strips  
Remaining Term to Maturity   Discount Factor     Discount Factor  
1 year or less
    107 %     107 %
2 years or less (but longer than 1 year)
    113       115  
3 years or less (but longer than 2 years)
    118       121  
4 years or less (but longer than 3 years)
    123       128  
5 years or less (but longer than 4 years)
    128       135  
7 years or less (but longer than 5 years)
    135       147  
10 years or less (but longer than 7 years)
    141       163  
15 years or less (but longer than 10 years)
    146       191  
20 years or less (but longer than 15 years)
    154       218  
30 years or less (but longer than 20 years)
    154       244  
(iv) Short-Term Instruments and Cash : The Moody’s Discount Factor applied to short-term portfolio securities, including without limitation short-term corporate debt securities, Short Term Money Market Instruments and short-term municipal debt obligations, will be (A) 100%, so long as such portfolio securities mature or have a demand feature at par exercisable within the Moody’s Exposure Period; (B) 115%, so long as such portfolio securities do not mature within the Moody’s Exposure Period or have a demand feature at par not exercisable within the Moody’s Exposure Period; and (C) 125%, if such securities are not rated by Moody’s, so long as such portfolio securities are rated at least A-1+/AA or SP-1+/AA by S&P and mature or have a demand feature at par exercisable within the Moody’s Exposure Period. A Moody’s Discount Factor of 100% will be

-20-


 

applied to cash. Moody’s rated 2a-7 money market funds will also have a Discount Factor of 100%.
(v) Rule 144A Securities : The Moody’s Discount Factor applied to Rule 144A Securities for Rule 144A Securities whose terms include rights to registration under the Securities Act within one year and Rule 144A Securities which do not have registration rights within one year will be 120% and 130%, respectively, of the Moody’s Discount Factor which would apply were the securities registered under the Securities Act.
(vi) Convertible Securities (including Convertible Preferred Securities :
                                 
Moody’s Rating   Utility     Industrial     Financial     Transportation  
Aaa
    162 %     256 %     233 %     250 %
Aa
    167 %     261 %     238 %     265 %
A
    172 %     266 %     243 %     275 %
Baa
    188 %     282 %     259 %     285 %
Ba
    195 %     290 %     265 %     290 %
B
    199 %     293 %     270 %     295 %
Below B and Unrated (1)
    300 %     300 %     300 %     300 %
 
(1)   Unless conclusions regarding liquidity risk as well as estimates of both the probability and severity of default for the corporation’s assets can be derived from other sources as well as combined with a number of sources as present by the corporation to Moody’s, securities rated below B by Moody’s and unrated securities, which are securities rated by neither Moody’s, S&P nor Fitch, are limited to 10% of Moody’s Eligible Assets. If a corporate debt security is unrated by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, the Trust will use the percentage set forth under “Below B and Unrated” in this table. Ratings assigned by S&P or Fitch are generally accepted by Moody’s at face value. However, adjustments to face value may be made to particular categories of credits for which the S&P and/or Fitch rating does not seem to approximate a Moody’s rating equivalent. Split rated securities assigned by S&P and Fitch will be accepted at the lower of the two ratings.
The Moody’s Discount Factor presented in the immediately preceding table will also apply to the non-cumulative preferred stocks, provided the Moody’s Discount Factor determined from the table shall be multiplied by a factor of 110% for purposes of calculating the Discounted Value of such securities.
(vii) Common Stock: The following Discount Factors will be applied to the Common Stock holdings:
                         
Common Stocks   Utility     Industrial     Financial  
7 week exposure period
    170 %     264 %     241 %

-21-


 

(viii) Common Stock and Preferred Stock of REITs and Other Real Estate Companies:
         
    Moody’s Discount Factor (1)(2)(3)  
Common Stock of REITs
    154 %
Preferred Stock of REITs
       
with senior implied Moody’s (or S&P) rating:
    154 %
without senior implied Moody’s (or S&P) rating:
    208 %
Preferred Stock of other real estate companies
       
with senior implied Moody’s (or S&P) rating:
    208 %
without senior implied Moody’s (or S&P) rating:
    250 %
 
(1)   A Moody’s Discount Factor of 250% will be applied to those assets in a single Moody’s real estate industry / property sector classification which exceed 30% of Moody’s Eligible Assets but are not greater than 35% of Moody’s Eligible Assets.
 
(2)   A Moody’s Discount Factor of 250% will be applied if dividends on such securities have not been paid consistently (either quarterly or annually) over the previous three years, or for such shorter time period that such securities have been outstanding.
 
(3)   A Moody’s Discount Factor of 250% will be applied if the market capitalization (including common stock and preferred stock) of an issuer is below $500 million.
The Moody’s Discount Factor presented in the immediately preceding table will also apply to the non-cumulative preferred stocks, provided the Moody’s Discount Factor determined from the table shall be multiplied by a factor of 110% for purposes of calculating the Discounted Value of such securities.
(ix) Debt Securities of REITs and Other Real Estate Companies:
                                                         
    Moody’s Rating        
                                                    Below B and  
Term to maturity   Aaa     Aa     A     Baa     Ba     B     Unrated(1)  
1 year or less
    109 %     112 %     115 %     118 %     137 %     150 %     250 %
2 years or less (but longer than 1 year)
    115       118       122       125       146       160       250  
3 years or less (but longer than 2 years)
    120       123       127       131       153       168       250  
4 years or less (but longer than 3 years)
    126       129       133       138       161       176       250  
5 years or less (but longer than 4 years)
    132       135       139       144       168       185       250  
7 years or less (but longer than 5 years)
    139       143       147       152       179       197       250  
10 years or less (but longer than 7 years)
    145       150       155       160       189       208       250  
15 years or less (but longer than 10 years)
    150       155       160       165       196       216       250  
20 years or less (but longer than 15 years)
    150       155       160       165       196       228       250  
30 years or less (but longer than 20 years)
    150       155       160       165       196       229       250  
Greater than 30 years
    165       173       181       189       205       240       250  
 
(1)   Unless conclusions regarding liquidity risk as well as estimates of both the probability and severity of default for a corporation’s assets can be derived from other sources, securities rated below B by Moody’s and unrated securities,

-22-


 

    which are securities rated by neither Moody’s, S&P nor Fitch, are limited to 10% of Moody’s Eligible Assets. If a corporate, municipal or other debt security is unrated by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, the Trust will use the percentage set forth under “Below B and Unrated” in this table. Ratings assigned by S&P or Fitch are generally accepted by Moody’s at face value. However, adjustments to face value may be made to particular categories of credits for which the S&P and/or Fitch rating does not seem to approximate a Moody’s rating equivalent. Split rated securities assigned by S&P and Fitch will be accepted at the lower of the two ratings.
(x) Bank Loans: The Moody’s Discount Factor applied to bank loans means Senior Loans 1 with outstanding amounts greater than $250 million 2 .
         
Split Baa and Ba   Split Ba, B and Split B   Caa and Split Caa incl. Distressed
136%
  149%   250%
 
(1)   Non-senior loans to be discounted using the above factors plus 10%
 
(2)   Loans with outstandings less than $250 million accorded discounts above plus incremental discounts of 20%.
(xi) Asset-Backed and Mortgage-Backed Securities: The Moody’s Discount Factor applied to asset-backed securities shall be 131%. The Moody’s Discount Factor applied to collateralized mortgage obligations, planned amortization class bonds and targeted amortization class bonds shall be determined by reference to the weighted average life of the security in accordance with the table set forth below.
         
Remaining Term to Maturity   Moody’s Discount Factor  
3 years or less
       133%
7 years or less (but longer than 3 years)
    142  
10 years or less (but longer than 7 years)
    158  
20 years or less (but longer than 10 years)
    174  
The Moody’s Discount Factor applied to residential mortgage pass-throughs (including private-placement mortgage pass-throughs) shall be determined by reference to the coupon paid by such security in accordance with the table set forth below.
         
Coupon   Moody’s Discount Factor  
5%
       166%
6%
    162  
7%
    158  
8%
    154  
9%
    151  
10%
    148  
11%
    144  
12%
    142  
13%
    139  
adjustable
    165  
The Moody’s Discount Factor applied to fixed-rate pass-through that are not rated by Moody’s and are serviced by a servicer approved by Moody’s shall be

-23-


 

determined by reference to the table in the following paragraph (relating to whole loans).
The Moody’s Discount Factor applied to whole loans shall be determined by reference to the coupon paid by such security in accordance with the table set forth below.
         
Coupon   Moody’s Discount Factor  
5%
       172%
6%
    167  
7%
    163  
8%
    159  
9%
    155  
10%
    151  
11%
    148  
12%
    145  
13%
    142  
adjustable
    170  
(xii) Municipal debt obligations : The Moody’s Discount Factor applied to municipal debt obligations shall be the percentage determined by reference to the rating on such asset and the shortest Exposure Period set forth opposite such rating that is the same length as or is longer than the Moody’s Exposure Period, in accordance with the table set forth below:
                                                         
Exposure Period   Aaa     Aa     A     Baa     MIG-1 (1)     MIG-1 (2)     Unrated (3)  
7 weeks
    151%     159%     160%     173%     135%     148%     225%
8 weeks or less (but greater than seven weeks)
    154       161       168       176       137       149       231  
9 weeks or less (but greater than eight weeks)
    158       163       170       177       138       150       240  
 
(1)   Municipal debt obligations not rated by Moody’s but rated equivalent to MIG-1, VMIG-1 or P-1 by S& P and Fitch that have a maturity less than or equal to 49 days.
 
(2)   Municipal debt obligations not rated by Moody’s but rated equivalent to MIG-1, VMIG-1 or P-1 by S&P and Fitch that have a maturity greater than 49 days.
 
(3)   Unless conclusions regarding liquidity risk as well as estimates of both the probability and severity of default for the municipal issuer’s assets can be derived from other sources as well as combined with a number of sources as presented by the Trust to Moody’s securities rated below Baa by Moody’s and unrated securities, which are securities rated by neither Moody’s, S&P nor Fitch, are limited to 10% of Moody’s Eligible Assets. If a municipal debt security is unrated by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, the Trust will use the percentage set forth under “Unrated” in this table. Ratings assigned by S&P or Fitch are generally accepted by Moody’s at face value. However, adjustments to face value may be made to particular categories of credits for which the S&P and/or Fitch rating does not seem to approximate a Moody’s rating equivalent. Split rated securities assigned by S&P and Fitch will be accepted at the lower of the two ratings.

-24-


 

     By resolution of the Board of Trustees and without amending the By-Laws of the Trust or otherwise submitting such resolution for Shareholder approval, (i) the Moody’s Discount Factors may be changed from those set forth above and (ii) additional Moody’s Discount Factors may be established for other Eligible Assets if, in each case, the Rating Agency has advised the Trust in writing that such change or addition would not adversely affect its then-current rating of the Auction Preferred Shares, provided that the Trust shall cause to be made available a written statement setting forth the Moody’s Discount Factors, as changed or as supplemented, for inspection by the Holders at the principal executive office of the Trust.
     (aaa) “Moody’s Eligible Assets” means:
(i) Cash (including interest and dividends due on assets rated (A) Baa3 or higher by Moody’s if the payment date is within five Business Days of the Valuation Date, (B) A2 or higher if the payment date is within thirty days of the Valuation Date, and (C) A1 or higher if the payment date is within Moody’s Exposure Period) and receivables for Moody’s Eligible Assets sold if the receivable is due within five Business Days of the Valuation Date, and if the trades which generated such receivables are (A) settled through clearing house firms with respect to which the Trust has received prior written authorization from Moody’s or (B) (1) with counterparties having Moody’s long-term debt rating of at least Baa3 or (2) with counterparties having a Moody’s Short Term Money Market Instrument rating of at least P-1;
(ii) Short Term Money Market Instruments, so long as (A) such securities are rated at least P-1, (B) in the case of demand deposits, time deposits and overnight funds, the supporting entity is rated at least A2, or (C) in all other cases, the supporting entity (1) is rated A2 and the security matures within one month, (2) is rated A1 and the security matures within three months or (3) is rated at least Aa3 and the security matures within six months. In addition, Moody’s rated 2a-7 money market funds are also eligible investments.
(iii) U.S. Government Securities and U.S. Treasury Strips;
(iv) Rule 144A Securities;
(v) Senior Loans and other bank loans approved by Moody’s;
(vi) Corporate debt securities if (A) such securities are rated B3 or higher by Moody’s; (B) such securities provide for the periodic payment of interest in cash in U.S. dollars or euros, except that such securities that do not pay interest in U.S. dollars or euros shall be considered Moody’s Eligible Assets if they are rated by Moody’s or S&P or Fitch; (C) for securities which provide for conversion or exchange into equity capital at some time over their lives, the issuer must be rated at least B3 by Moody’s and the discount factor will be 250%; (D) for debt securities rated Ba1 and below, no more than 10% of the original amount of such issue may constitute Moody’s Eligible Assets; (E) such securities have been registered under the Securities Act or are restricted as to resale under federal

-25-


 

securities laws but are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act as determined by the Fund’s investment manager or portfolio manager acting pursuant to procedures approved by the Board of Trustees, except that such securities that are not subject to U.S. federal securities laws shall be considered Moody’s Eligible Assets if they are publicly traded; and (F) such securities are not subject to extended settlement.
(vii) Preferred stocks if (A) dividends on such preferred stock are cumulative, (B) such securities provide for the periodic payment of dividends thereon in cash in U.S. dollars or euros and do not provide for conversion or exchange into, or have warrants attached entitling the holder to receive, equity capital at any time over the respective lives of such securities, (C) the issuer of such a preferred stock has common stock listed on either the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, (D) the issuer of such a preferred stock has a senior debt rating from Moody’s of Baa1 or higher or a preferred stock rating from Moody’s of Baa3 or higher and (E) such preferred stock has paid consistent cash dividends in U.S. dollars or euros over the last three years or has a minimum rating of A1 (if the issuer of such preferred stock has other preferred issues outstanding that have been paying dividends consistently for the last three years, then a preferred stock without such a dividend history would also be eligible). In addition, the preferred stocks must have the following diversification requirements: (X) the preferred stock issue must be greater than $50 million and (Y) the minimum holding by the Trust of each issue of preferred stock is $500,000 and the maximum holding of preferred stock of each issue is $5 million. In addition, preferred stocks issued by transportation companies will not be considered Moody’s Eligible Assets.
(viii) Common stocks (i) which (A) are traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, (B) if cash dividend paying, pay cash dividends in US dollars and (C) may be sold without restriction by the corporation; provided, however, that (y) common stock which, while a Moody’s Eligible Asset owned by the Trust, ceases paying any regular cash dividend will no longer be considered a Moody’s Eligible Asset until 71 days after the date of the announcement of such cessation, unless the issuer of the common stock has senior debt securities rated at least A3 by Moody’s and (z) the aggregate Market Value of the Trust’s holdings of the common stock of any issuer in excess of 4% in the case of utility common stock and 6% in the case of non-utility common stock of the aggregate Market Value of the Trust’s holdings shall not be Moody’s Eligible Assets, (ii) which are securities denominated in any currency other than the US dollar or securities of issuers formed under the laws of jurisdictions other than the United States, its states and the District of Columbia for which there are dollar-denominated American Depository Receipts (“ ADRs ”) or their equivalents which are traded in the United States on exchanges or over-the-counter and are issued by banks formed under the laws of the United States, its states or the District of Columbia or (iii) which are securities of issuers formed under the laws of jurisdictions other than the United States (and in existence for at least five years) for which no ADRs are traded; provided, however, that the

-26-


 

aggregate Market Value of the Trust’s holdings of securities denominated in currencies other than the US dollar and ADRs in excess of (A) 6% of the aggregate Market Value of the Outstanding shares of common stock of such issuer thereof or (B) 10% of the Market Value of the Trust’s Moody’s Eligible Assets with respect to issuers formed under the laws of any single such non-U.S. jurisdiction other than Australia, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, shall not be a Moody’s Eligible Asset;
(ix) Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities:
     (A) Asset-backed securities if (1) such securities are rated at least Aa3 by Moody’s or at least AA- by S&P or Fitch, (2) the securities are part of an issue that is $250 million or greater, or the issuer of such securities has a total of $500 million or greater of asset-backed securities outstanding at the time of purchase of the securities by the Trust and (3) the expected average life of the securities is not greater than 4 years;
     (B) Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), including CMOs with interest rates that float at a multiple of the change in the underlying index according to a pre-set formula, provided that any CMO held by the Trust (1) has been rated Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P or Fitch, (2) does not have a coupon which floats inversely, (3) is not portioned as an interest-only or principal-only strip and (4) is part of an issuance that had an original issue size of at least $100 million;
     (C) Planned amortization class bonds (“PACs”) and targeted amortization class bonds (“TACs”) provided that such PACs or TACs are (1) backed by certificates of either the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) representing ownership in single-family first lien mortgage loans with original terms of 30 years, (2) part of an issuance that had an original issue size of at least $10 million, (3) part of PAC or TAC classes that have payment priority over other PAC or TAC classes, (4) if TACs, TACs that do not support PAC classes, and (5) if TACs, not considered reverse TACs (i.e., do not protect against extension risk);
     (D) Consolidated senior debt obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”), senior long-term debt of the FNMA, and consolidated systemwide bonds and FCS Financial Assistance Corporation Bonds of Federal Farm Credit Banks (“FFCBs”) (collectively, “FHLB, FNMA and FFCB Debentures”), provided that such FHLB, FNMA and FFCB Debentures are (1) direct issuance corporate debt rated Aaa by Moody’s, (2) senior debt obligations backed by the FHLBs, FFCBs or FNMA, (3) part of an issue entirely denominated in U.S. dollars and (4) not callable or exchangeable debt issues;

-27-


 

     (E) Mortgage pass-throughs rated at least Aa by Moody’s and pass-throughs issued prior to 1987 (if rated AA by S&P and based on fixed-rate mortgage loans) by Travelers Mortgage Services, Citicorp Homeowners, Citibank, N.A., Sears Mortgage Security or RFC – Salomon Brothers Mortgage Securities, Inc., provided that (1) certificates must evidence a proportional, undivided interest in specified pools of fixed or adjustable rate mortgage loans, secured by a valid first lien, on one- to four-family residential properties and (2) the securities are publicly registered (not issued by FNMA, GNMA or FHLMC);
     (F) Private-placement mortgage pass-throughs provided that (1) certificates represent a proportional undivided interest in specified pools of fixed-rate mortgage loans, secured by a valid first lien, on one- to four-family residential properties, (2) documentation is held by a trustee or independent custodian, (3) pools of mortgage loans are serviced by servicers that have been approved by FNMA or FHLMC and funds shall be advanced to meet deficiencies to the extent provided in the pooling and servicing agreements creating such certificates, and (4) pools have been rated Aa or better by Moody’s; and
     (G) Whole loans (e.g., direct investments in mortgages) provided that (1) at least 65% of such loans (a) have seasoning of no less than 6 months, (b) are secured by single-family detached residences, (c) are owner-occupied primary residences, (d) are secured by a first-lien, fully-documented mortgage, (e) are neither currently delinquent (30 days or more) nor delinquent during the preceding year, (f) have loan-to-value ratios of 80% or below, (g) carry normal hazard insurance and title insurance, as well as special hazard insurance, if applicable, (h) have original terms to maturity not greater than 30 years, with at least one year remaining to maturity, (i) have a minimum of $10,000 remaining principal balance, (j) for loans underwritten after January 1, 1978, FNMA and/or FHLMC forms are used for fixed-rate loans, and (k) such loans are whole loans and not participations; (2) for loans that do not satisfy the requirements set forth in the foregoing clause (1), (a) non-owner occupied properties represent no greater than 15% of the aggregate of either the adjustable-rate pool or the fixed-rate pool, (b) multi-family properties (those with five or more units) represent no greater than 15% of the aggregate of either the adjustable-rate pool or the fixed-rate pool, (c) condominiums represent no greater than 10% of the aggregate of either the adjustable-rate pool or the fixed-rate pool, and any condominium project must be 80% occupied at the time the loan is originated, (d) properties with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80% represent no greater than 25% of the aggregate of either the adjustable-rate pool or the fixed-rate pool and the portion of the mortgage on any such property that exceeds a loan-to-value ratio of 80% is insured with Primary Mortgage Insurance from an insurer rated at least Baa3 by Moody’s and (e) loan balances in excess of the current FHLMC limit plus $75,000 represent no greater than 25% of the aggregate of either the adjustable-rate pool or the fixed-rate pool, loan balances in excess of $350,000 represent no greater than 10% of the aggregate of either the adjustable-rate pool or the fixed-rate pool, and loan balances in excess of $1,000,000 represent no greater than 5% of the aggregate of either the adjustable-rate pool or the fixed-rate pool; (3) no greater than 5% of the pool of loans is concentrated in any one zip code; (4) the pool of loans contains at least 100 loans or $2 million in

-28-


 

loans per servicer; (5) for adjustable-rate mortgages (“ARMs”), (a) any ARM is indexed to the National Cost of Funds index, the 11th District Cost of Funds index, the 1-year Treasury or the 6-month Treasury, (b) the margin over the given index is between 0.15% and 0.25% for either cost-of-funds index and between 0.175% and 0.325% for Treasuries, (c) the maximum yearly interest rate increase is 2%, (d) the maximum life-time interest rate increase is 6.25% and (e) ARMs may include Federal Housing Administration and Department of Veterans Affairs loans; (6) for “teaser” loans, (a) the initial discount from the current ARM market rate is no greater than 2%, (b) the loan is underwritten at the market rate for ARMs, not the “teaser” rate, and (c) the loan is seasoned six months beyond the “teaser” period.
(x) Any municipal debt obligation that (A) pays interest in cash, (B) does not have a Moody’s rating, as applicable, suspended by Moody’s, and (C) is part of an issue of municipal debt obligations of at least $5,000,000, except for municipal debt obligations rated below A by Moody’s, in which case the minimum issue size is $10,000,000;
(xi) Structured Notes and rated TRACERs; and TRAINS;
(xii) Financial contracts, as such term is defined in Section 3(c)(2)(B)(ii) of the 1940 Act, not otherwise provided for in this definition but only upon receipt by the Trust of a letter from Moody’s specifying any conditions on including such financial contract in Moody’s Eligible Assets and assuring the Trust that including such financial contract in the manner so specified would not affect the credit rating assigned by Moody’s to the APS.
     Additionally, in order to merit consideration as a Moody’s Eligible Asset, securities should be issued by entities which:
    Have not filed for bankruptcy with the past year
 
    Are current on all principle and interest in their fixed income obligations
 
    Are current on all preferred stock dividends
 
    Possess a current, unqualified auditor’s report without qualified, explanatory language.
     The table below establishes maximum limits for inclusion of corporate bonds and preferred stocks except convertibles and common stocks as Moody’s Eligible Assets prior to applying Moody’s Discount Factors to eligible securities:
                         
    Maximum Single     Maximum Single     Minimum Issue Size  
Ratings 1   Issuer 2,3     Industry 3,4     ($ in million) 5  
Aaa
       100%        100%   $100  
Aa
    20       60       100  
A
    10       40       100  
Baa, Com. St.
    6       20       100  
Ba
    4       12           50 6
B1-B2
    3       8          50 6
B3 or below
    2       5          50 6

-29-


 

 
1   Refers to the preferred stock and senior debt rating of the portfolio holding.
 
2   Companies subject to common ownership of 25% or more are considered as one issuer.
 
3   Percentages represent a portion of the aggregate Market Value of the portfolio.
 
4   Industries are determined according to Moody’s Industry Classifications, as defined herein.
 
5   Except for preferred stock, which has a minimum issue size of $50 million.
 
6   Portfolio holdings from issues ranging from $50 million to $100 million and are limited to 20% of the Trust’s total assets.
     Where the Trust sells an asset and agrees to repurchase such asset in the future, the Discounted Value of such asset will constitute a Moody’s Eligible Asset and the amount the Trust is required to pay upon repurchase of such asset will count as a liability for the purposes of the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount. Where the Trust purchases an asset and agrees to sell it to a third party in the future, cash receivable by the Trust thereby will constitute a Moody’s Eligible Asset if the long-term debt of such other party is rated at least A2 by Moody’s and such agreement has a term of 30 days or less; otherwise the Discounted Value of such purchased asset will constitute a Moody’s Eligible Asset. For the purposes of calculation of Moody’s Eligible Assets, portfolio securities which have been called for redemption by the issuer thereof shall be valued at the lower of Market Value or the call price of such portfolio securities.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, an asset will not be considered a Moody’s Eligible Asset to the extent that it (i) has been irrevocably deposited for the payment of (i)(A) through (i)(E) under the definition of Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount or to the extent it is subject to any Liens, except for (A) Liens which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and which Moody’s has indicated to the Trust will not affect the status of such asset as a Moody’s Eligible Asset, (B) Liens for taxes that are not then due and payable or that can be paid thereafter without penalty, (C) Liens to secure payment for services rendered or cash advanced to the Trust by its investment manager or portfolio manager, the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent or registrar or the Auction Agent and (D) Liens arising by virtue of any repurchase agreement, or (ii) has been segregated against obligations of the Fund in connection with an outstanding derivative transaction.
(bbb) “Moody’s Hedging Transactions” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.8.
(ccc) “Moody’s Industry Classification” means, for the purposes of determining Moody’s Eligible Assets, each of the following industry classifications (or such other classifications as Moody’s may from time to time approve for application to the APS):
  1.   Aerospace and Defense: Major Contractor, Subsystems, Research, Aircraft Manufacturing, Arms, Ammunition
 
  2.   Automobile: Automobile Equipment, Auto-Manufacturing, Auto Parts Manufacturing, Personal Use Trailers, Motor Homes, Dealers

-30-


 

  3.   Banking: Bank Holding, Savings and Loans, Consumer Credit, Small Loan, Agency, Factoring, Receivables
 
  4.   Beverage, Food and Tobacco: Beer and Ale, Distillers, Wines and Liquors, Distributors, Soft Drink Syrup, Bottlers, Bakery, Mill Sugar, Canned Foods, Corn Refiners, Dairy Products, Meat Products, Poultry Products, Snacks, Packaged Foods, Distributors, Candy, Gum, Seafood, Frozen Food, Cigarettes, Cigars, Leaf/Snuff, Vegetable Oil
 
  5.   Buildings and Real Estate: Brick, Cement, Climate Controls, Contracting, Engineering, Construction, Hardware, Forest Products (building-related only), Plumbing, Roofing, Wallboard, Real Estate, Real Estate Development, REITs, Land Development
 
  6.   Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber: Chemicals (non-agricultural), Industrial Gases, Sulphur, Plastics, Plastic Products, Abrasives, Coatings, Paints, Varnish, Fabricating Containers
 
  7.   Packaging and Glass: Glass, Fiberglass, Containers made of: Glass, Metal, Paper, Plastic, Wood or Fiberglass
 
  8.   Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products (Manufacturing Only): Soaps, Perfumes, Cosmetics, Toiletries, Cleaning Supplies, School Supplies
 
  9.   Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing
 
  10.   Diversified/Conglomerate Service
 
  11.   Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals: Fabricating, Distribution
 
  12.   Ecological: Pollution Control, Waste Removal, Waste Treatment and Waste Disposal
 
  13.   Electronics: Computer Hardware, Electric Equipment, Components, Controllers, Motors, Household Appliances, Information Service Communication Systems, Radios, TVs, Tape Machines, Speakers, Printers, Drivers, Technology
 
  14.   Finance: Investment Brokerage, Leasing, Syndication, Securities
 
  15.   Farming and Agriculture: Livestock, Grains, Produce, Agriculture Chemicals, Agricultural Equipment, Fertilizers
 
  16.   Grocery: Grocery Stores, Convenience Food Stores
 
  17.   Healthcare, Education and Childcare: Ethical Drugs, Proprietary Drugs, Research, Health Care Centers, Nursing Homes, HMOs, Hospitals, Hospital Supplies, Medical Equipment
 
  18.   Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares, and Durable Consumer Products: Carpets, Floor Coverings, Furniture, Cooking, Ranges
 
  19.   Hotels, Motels, Inns and Gaming
 
  20.   Insurance: Life, Property and Casualty, Broker, Agent, Surety
 
  21.   Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, Entertainment: Boating, Bowling, Billiards, Musical Instruments, Fishing, Photo Equipment, Records, Tapes, Sports, Outdoor Equipment (Camping), Tourism, Resorts, Games, Toy Manufacturing, Motion Picture Production Theaters, Motion Picture Distribution
 
  22.   Machinery (Non-Agricultural, Non-Construction, Non-Electronic): Industrial, Machine Tools, Steam Generators
 
  23.   Mining, Steel, Iron and Non-Precious Metals: Coal, Copper, Lead, Uranium, Zinc, Aluminum, Stainless Steel, Integrated Steel, Ore Production, Refractories,

-31-


 

Steel Mill Machinery, Mini-Mills, Fabricating, Distribution and Sales of the foregoing
  24.   Oil and Gas: Crude Producer, Retailer, Well Supply, Service and Drilling
 
  25.   Printing, Publishing, and Broadcasting: Graphic Arts, Paper, Paper Products, Business Forms, Magazines, Books, Periodicals, Newspapers, Textbooks, Radio, T.V., Cable Broadcasting Equipment
 
  26.   Cargo Transport: Rail, Shipping, Railroads, Rail-car Builders, Ship Builders, Containers, Container Builders, Parts, Overnight Mail, Trucking, Truck Manufacturing, Trailer Manufacturing, Air Cargo, Transport
 
  27.   Retail Stores: Apparel, Toy, Variety, Drugs, Department, Mail Order Catalog, Showroom
 
  28.   Telecommunications: Local, Long Distance, Independent, Telephone, Telegraph, Satellite, Equipment, Research, Cellular
 
  29.   Textiles and Leather: Producer, Synthetic Fiber, Apparel Manufacturer, Leather Shoes
 
  30.   Personal Transportation: Air, Bus, Rail, Car Rental
 
  31.   Utilities: Electric, Water, Hydro Power, Gas
 
  32.   Diversified Sovereigns: Semi-sovereigns, Canadian Provinces, Supra-national Agencies
The Trust will use its discretion in determining which industry classification is applicable to a particular investment in consultation with the Independent Accountant and Moody’s, to the extent the Trust considers necessary.
(ddd) “NASDAQ System” means the electronic inter-dealer quotation system operated by NASDAQ, Inc., a subsidiary of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
(eee) “NRSRO” means any nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
(fff) “Non-Call Period” has the meaning set forth under the definition of “Specific Redemption Provisions.”
(ggg) “Non-Payment Period Rate” means 300% of the applicable ‘AA’ Financial Composite Commercial Paper Rate, provided that the Board of Trustees shall have the authority to adjust, modify, alter or change from time to time the initial Non-Payment Period Rate if the Board of Trustees determines and Moody’s (or any Substitute Rating Agency in lieu of Moody’s in the event Moody’s shall not rate the APS) advises the Trust in writing that such adjustment, modification, alteration or change will not adversely affect its then current ratings on the APS.
(hhh) “Notice of Redemption” has the meaning specified in Section 8.6(c).
(iii) “Notice of Special Rate Period” means any notice with respect to a Special Rate Period of APS pursuant to Sections 8.4(c).
(jjj) “Optional Redemption Price” means $25,000 per share plus an amount equal to accumulated but unpaid dividends (whether or not earned or declared) to the date fixed

-32-


 

for redemption plus any applicable redemption premium attributable to the designation of a Premium Call Period.
(kkk) “Order” and “Orders” have the respective meanings specified in Section 8.9(a)(i)(C).
(lll) “Outstanding” means, as of any date (i) with respect to APS, APS theretofore issued by the Trust except, without duplication, (A) any APS theretofore canceled or delivered to the Auction Agent for cancellation, or redeemed by the Trust, or as to which a Notice of Redemption shall have been given and Deposit Securities shall have been deposited in trust or segregated by the Trust pursuant to Section 8.6(g) and (B) any APS as to which the Trust or any Affiliate (other than an Affiliate that is a Broker-Dealer) thereof shall be a Beneficial Owner, provided that APS held by an Affiliate shall be deemed outstanding for purposes of calculating the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount and (ii) with respect to other preferred shares of beneficial interest of the Trust, the meaning equivalent to that for APS as set forth in clause (i).
(mmm) “Person” means and includes an individual, a partnership, a trust, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or government agency or political subdivision thereof.
(nnn) “Potential Beneficial Owner” means a customer of a Broker-Dealer or a Broker-Dealer that is not a Beneficial Owner of APS but that wishes to purchase such shares, or that is a Beneficial Owner that wishes to purchase additional APS.
(ooo) “Potential Holder” means any Broker-Dealer or any such other Person as may be permitted by the Trust, including any Existing Holder, who may be interested in acquiring APS (or, in the case of an Existing Holder, additional APS).
(ppp) “Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount,” as of any Valuation Date, means the dollar amount equal (i) to 130% of the sum of (A) the product of the number of APS outstanding on such date multiplied by $25,000 (plus the product of the number of shares of any other series of preferred shares outstanding on such date multiplied by the liquidation preference of such shares), plus any redemption premium applicable to the APS (or other preferred shares) then subject to redemption; (B) the aggregate amount of dividends that will have accumulated at the respective Applicable Rates (whether or not earned or declared) to (but not including) the first respective Dividend Payment Dates for each series of APS outstanding that follow such Valuation Date (plus the aggregate amount of dividends, whether or not earned or declared, that will have accumulated in respect of other outstanding preferred shares to, but not including, the first respective dividend payment dates for such other shares that follow such Valuation Date); (C) the aggregate amount of dividends that would accumulate on shares of each series of the APS outstanding from such first respective Dividend Payment Date therefor through the 42 nd day after such Valuation Date, at the Maximum Applicable Rate (calculated as if such Valuation Date were the Auction Date for the Rate Period commencing on such Dividend Payment Date) for a Minimum Rate Period of shares of such series to commence on such Dividend Payment Date, assuming, solely for purposes of the foregoing, that if on such

-33-


 

Valuation Date the Trust shall have delivered a Notice of Special Rate Period to the Auction Agent pursuant to Section 8.4(c) with respect to shares of such series, such Maximum Applicable Rate shall be the Maximum Applicable Rate for the Special Rate Period of shares of such series to commence on such Dividend Payment Date (except that (1) if such Valuation Date occurs at a time when a Failure to Deposit (or, in the case of preferred shares other than the APS, a failure similar to a Failure to Deposit) has occurred that has not been cured, the dividend for purposes of calculation would accumulate at the current dividend rate then applicable to the shares in respect of which such failure has occurred and (2) for those days during the period described in this subparagraph (C) in respect of which the Applicable Rate in effect immediately prior to such Dividend Payment Date will remain in effect (or, in the case of preferred shares other than the APS, in respect of which the dividend rate or rates in effect immediately prior to such respective dividend payment dates will remain in effect), the dividend for purposes of calculation would accumulate at such Applicable Rate (or other rate or rates, as the case may be) in respect of those days); (D) the amount of anticipated expenses of the Trust for the 42 days subsequent to such Valuation Date; (E) any current liabilities as of such Valuation Date to the extent not reflected in any of (i)(A) through (i)(D) (including, without limitation, any payables for portfolio securities of the Trust purchased as of such Valuation Date and any liabilities incurred for the purpose of clearing securities transactions) less (ii) the value (i.e., the face value of cash, short-term securities rated MIG-1, VMIG-1, or P-1, and short-term securities that are the direct obligation of the U.S. government, provided in each case that such securities mature on or prior to the date upon which any of (i)(A) through (i)(E) become payable, otherwise the Discounted Value) of any of the Trust’s assets irrevocably deposited by the Trust for the payment of any of (i)(A) through (i)(E).
(qqq) “Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Cure Date,” with respect to the failure by the Trust to satisfy the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount (as required by Section 8.3) as of a given Valuation Date, means the sixth Business Day following such Valuation Date.
(rrr) “Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report” means a report by any of the President, Treasurer, any Vice President or any Assistant Treasurer of the Trust which sets forth, as of the related Valuation Date, the assets of the Trust, the Market Value and the Discounted Value thereof (seriatim and in aggregate), and the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount.
(sss) “Preferred Shares Paying Agent” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas unless and until another bank or trust company has been appointed as Preferred Shares Paying Agent by a resolution of the Board of Trustees and thereafter such substitute bank or trust company.
(ttt) “Premium Call Period” has the meaning set forth under the definition of “Specific Redemption Provisions.”
(uuu) “Pricing Service” means any pricing service designated by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and approved by Moody’s, for purposes of determining whether the Trust has

-34-


 

Eligible Assets with an aggregate Discounted Value that equals or exceeds the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount.
(vvv) “Rate Period” means, with respect to shares of a series of APS, the Initial Rate Period of such Series and any Subsequent Rate Period, including any Special Rate Period, of such Series.
(www) “Reference Rate” means (i) with respect to a seven-day Dividend Period or a Short Term Dividend Period having fewer than 183 days, the applicable “AA” Financial Composite Commercial Paper Rate, (ii) with respect to any Short Term Dividend Period having 183 or more but fewer than 364 days, the applicable U.S. Treasury Bill Rate and (iii) with respect to any Long Term Dividend Period, the applicable U.S. Treasury Note Rate.
(xxx) “Response” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(c) of these By-laws.
(yyy) “Rating Agency,” on any date of determination, means (i) Moody’s if Moody’s is then rating the APS, or (ii) if Moody’s is then not rating the APS, any NRSRO rating the APS at the request of the Trust. In the event that Moody’s is not rating the APS, any reference to a rating by Moody’s in this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a reference to the equivalent rating by such substitute NRSRO.
(zzz) “Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.
(aaaa) “Rule 144A Securities” means securities which are restricted as to resale under federal securities laws but are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act as determined by the Trust’s investment manager or portfolio manager acting pursuant to procedures approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
(bbbb) “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or its successors.
(cccc) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
(dddd) “Securities Depository” means The Depository Trust Company and its successors and assigns or the successor depository selected by the Trust as securities depository for the APS that agrees to follow the procedures required to be followed by such securities depository in connection with the APS.
(eeee) “Sell Order” and “Sell Orders” have the respective meanings specified in Section 8.9(a)(i)(C).
(ffff) “Share Books” means the Share transfer books of the Trust maintained by the Preferred Shares Paying Agent with respect to the Preferred Shares.
(gggg) “Short Term Dividend Period” means a Special Dividend Period consisting of a specified number of days, evenly divisible by seven and not fewer than fourteen nor more than 364.

-35-


 

(hhhh) “Short Term Money Market Instruments” means the following types of instruments if, on the date of purchase or other acquisition thereof by the Trust, the remaining term to maturity thereof is not in excess of 180 days (or 270 days for instruments rated at least Aaa for purposes of determining Moody’s Eligible Assets):
(i) commercial paper rated either F1 by Fitch or A-1 by S&P if such commercial paper matures in 30 days or P-1 by Moody’s and either F1+ by Fitch or A-1+ by S&P if such commercial paper matures in over 30 days;
(ii) demand or time deposits in, and banker’s acceptances and certificates of deposit of (A) a depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (B) a United States branch office or agency of a foreign depository institution (provided that such branch office or agency is subject to banking regulation under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia);
(iii) overnight funds;
(iv) U.S. Government Securities; and
(v) Eurodollar demand or time deposits in, or certificates of deposit of, the head office or the London branch office of a depository institution or trust company if the certificates of deposit, if any, and the long-term unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the ratings of which are based on the credit of a person or entity other than such depository institution or trust company) of such depository institution or trust company that have (1) credit ratings on each Valuation Date of at least P-1 from Moody’s and either F1+ from Fitch or A-1+ from S&P, in the case of commercial paper or certificates of deposit, and (2) credit ratings on each Valuation Date of at least Aa3 from Moody’s and either AA- from Fitch or AA- from S&P, in the case of long-term unsecured debt obligations; provided, however, that in the case of any such investment that matures in no more than one Business Day from the date of purchase or other acquisition by the Trust, all of the foregoing requirements shall be applicable except that the required long-term unsecured debt credit rating of such depository institution or trust company from Moody’s, Fitch and S&P shall be at least A2, A and A, respectively; and provided further, however, that the foregoing credit rating requirements shall be deemed to be met with respect to a depository institution or trust company if (1) such depository institution or trust company is the principal depository institution in a holding company system, (2) the certificates of deposit, if any, of such depository institution or trust company are not rated on any Valuation Date below P-1 by Moody’s, F1+ by Fitch or A-1+ by S&P and there is no long-term rating, and (3) the holding company shall meet all of the foregoing credit rating requirements (including the preceding proviso in the case of investments that mature in no more than one Business Day from the date of purchase or other acquisition by the Trust); and provided further, that the

-36-


 

interest receivable by the Trust shall not be subject to any withholding or similar taxes.
(iiii) “Special Rate Period,” with respect to shares of a series of APS, has the meaning specified in Section 8.4(c).
(jjjj) “Specific Redemption Provisions” means, with respect to a Special Dividend Period either, or both of (i) a period (a “Non-Call Period”) determined by the Trust, after consultation with the Auction Agent and the Broker-Dealers, during which the APS subject to such Dividend Period shall not be subject to redemption at the option of the Trust and (ii) a period (a “Premium Call Period”), consisting of a number of whole years and determined by the Trust, after consultation with the Auction Agent and the Broker-Dealers, during each year of which the APS subject to such Dividend Period shall be redeemable at the Trust’s option at a price per share equal to $25,000 plus accumulated but unpaid dividends plus a premium expressed as a percentage of $25,000, as determined by the Trust after consultation with the Auction Agent and the Broker-Dealers.
(kkkk) “Structured Notes” means privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset or market (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities or an index of securities, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indices reflecting bonds.
(llll) “Submission Deadline” means 1:30 P.M., New York city time, on any Auction Date or such other time on any Auction Date by which Broker-Dealers are required to submit Orders to the Auction Agent as specified by the Auction Agent from time to time.
(mmmm) “Submitted Bid” And “Submitted Bids” have the respective meanings specified in Section 8.9(c)(i).
(nnnn) “Submitted Hold Order” and “Submitted Hold Orders” have the respective meanings specified in Section 8.9(c)(i).
(oooo) “Submitted Order” and “Submitted Orders” have the respective meanings specified in Section 8.9(c)(i).
(pppp) “Subsequent Rate Period,” means, with respect to shares of a series of APS, the period from and including the first day following the Initial Rate Period of shares of such series to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series and any period thereafter from and including one Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series to but excluding the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series; provided, however, that if any Subsequent Rate Period is also a Special Rate Period, such term shall mean the period commencing on the first day of such Special Rate Period and ending on the last day of the last Dividend Period thereof.
(qqqq) “Substitute Rating Agency” means a Rating Agency selected by the Trust to act as the substitute Rating Agency to determine the credit ratings of the APS.

-37-


 

(rrrr) “Treasury Bonds” means U.S. Treasury Bonds or notes.
(ssss) “U.S. Treasury Bill Rate” on any date means (i) the Interest Equivalent of the rate on the actively traded Treasury Bill with a maturity most nearly comparable to the length of the related Dividend Period, as such rate is made available on a discount basis or otherwise by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in its Composite 3:30 P.M. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities report for such Business Day, or (ii) if such yield as so calculated is not available, the Alternate Treasury Bill Rate on such date. For purposes of determining the “U.S. Treasury Bill Rate” the “Alternate Treasury Bill Rate” on any date means the Interest Equivalent of the yield as calculated by reference to the arithmetic average of the bid price quotations of the actively traded Treasury Bill with a maturity most nearly comparable to the length of the related Dividend Period, as determined by bid price quotations as of any time on the Business Day immediately preceding such ate, obtained from at least three recognized primary U. S. Government securities dealers selected by the Auction Agent.
(tttt) “U.S. Treasury Note Rate” on any date means (i) the yield as calculated by reference to the bid price quotation of the actively treaded, current coupon Treasury Note with a maturity most nearly comparable to the length of the related Dividend Period, as such bid price quotation is published on the Business day immediately preceding such date by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in its Composite 3:30 P.M. Quotations for U. S Government Securities report for such Business Day, or (ii) if such yield as so calculated is not available, the Alternate Treasury Note Rate on such date. For purposes of determining the U.S. Treasury Note rate, the “Alternate Treasury Note Rate” on any date means the yield as calculated by reference to the arithmetic average of the bid price quotations of the actively traded current coupon Treasury Note with a maturity most nearly comparable to the length of the related Dividend Period, as determined by the bid price quotations as of any time on the Business Day immediately preceding such date, obtained from at least three recognized primary U.S. Government securities dealers selected by the Auction Agent.
(uuuu) “U.S. Treasury Securities” means obligations issued by the United States of America which are not zero coupon securities (other than Treasury bills), except that, for purposes of determining Eligible Assets, such obligations must be direct obligations of the United States Government (not including zero coupon securities).
(vvvv) “Valuation Date” means, for purposes of determining whether the Trust is maintaining the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount, the last Business Day of each week commencing with the Date of Original Issue or such other date as agreed to by the Rating Agency.
(wwww) “Winning Bid Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 8.9(c)(i)(C).
     All references in these By-Laws to securities ratings by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s shall, unless otherwise indicated, include all securities within such rating categories (i.e. (+), (-) or without either modifier for Standard & Poor’s or a numerical modifier for Moody’s).

-38-


 

     Section 8.3. Investment Company Act Preferred Share Asset Coverage and Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount Coverage .
(a) The Trust shall maintain, as of the last Business Day of each month in which any APS are Outstanding, the Investment Company Act Preferred Share Asset Coverage.
(b) So long as APS are Outstanding, the Trust shall maintain, on each Valuation Date, and shall verify to its satisfaction that it is maintaining on such Valuation Date, Moody’s Eligible Assets having an aggregate Discounted Value equal to or greater than the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount (if Moody’s is then rating the APS).
(c) On or before 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the third Business Day after a Valuation Date on which the Trust fails to satisfy the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount, and on the third Business Day after the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Cure Date with respect to such Valuation Date, the Trust shall complete and deliver to the Independent Accountant and the Auction Agent a Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report as of the date of such failure or such Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Cure Date, as the case may be, which will be deemed to have been delivered to the Auction Agent if the Auction Agent receives a copy or telecopy, telex or other electronic transcription thereof and on the same day the Trust mails to the Auction Agent for delivery on the next Business Day the full Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report. The Trust shall also deliver a Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report to (i) the Auction Agent as of the last Valuation Date of each calendar month (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately prior Business Day) and (ii) the Independent Accountant as of the last Valuation Date of each calendar month (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately prior Business Day), in each case on or before the third Business Day after such day. A failure by the Trust to deliver a Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be delivery of a Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report indicating the Discounted Value for all assets of the Trust is less than the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount, as of the relevant Valuation Date.
(d) Within ten Business Days after the date of delivery of a Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 8.3 relating to each Annual Valuation Date, the Trust shall cause the Independent Accountant to confirm in writing to Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) and the Auction Agent (i) the mathematical accuracy of the calculations reflected in such Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report (and in any other Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report, randomly selected by the Independent Accountant, that was prepared by the Trust during the quarter ending on such Annual Valuation Date), (ii) that, in such Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report (and in such randomly selected Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report), the Trust correctly determined in accordance with these By-Laws the assets of the Trust which constitute Moody’s Eligible Assets (if Moody’s is then rating the APS), (iii) that, in such Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report (and in such randomly selected Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report), the Trust determined whether the Trust had, at such Annual Valuation Date (and at the Valuation Date addressed in such randomly selected Report) in accordance with these By-Laws,

-39-


 

Moody’s Eligible Assets of an aggregate Discounted Value at least equal to the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount, (iv) with respect to the S&P ratings on portfolio securities of the Trust, the issuer name, issue size and coupon rate, if any, listed in such Report, that the Independent Accountant has requested that S&P verify such information with respect to a sample of portfolio securities the number of which is agreed upon by the Rating Agency and the Independent Accountant shall provide a listing in its letter of any differences, (v) with respect to the Moody’s ratings on portfolio securities of the Trust, the issuer name, issue size and coupon rate, if any, listed in such Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report, that such information has been verified by Moody’s (in the event such information is not verified by Moody’s, the Independent Accountant will inquire of Moody’s what such information is, and provide a listing in its letter of any differences) and (vi) with respect to the bid or mean price (or such alternative permissible factor used in calculating the Market Value) provided by the custodian of the Trust’s assets to the Trust for purposes of valuing securities in the Trust’s portfolio, the Independent Accountant has traced the price used in such Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report to the bid or mean price listed in such Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report as provided to the Trust and verified that such information agrees (in the event such information does not agree, the Independent Accountant will provide a listing in its letter of such differences) (such confirmation is herein called the “Auditor’s Confirmation”).
(e) Within ten Business Days after the date of delivery of a Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 8.3 relating to any Valuation Date on which the Trust failed to satisfy the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount, and relating to the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Cure Date with respect to such failure to satisfy the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount, the Trust shall cause the Independent Accountant to provide to Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) and the Auction Agent an Auditor’s Confirmation as to such Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report.
(f) If any Auditor’s Confirmation delivered pursuant to paragraph (d) or (e) of this Section 8.3 shows that an error was made in the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report for a particular Valuation Date for which such Auditor’s Confirmation was required to be delivered, or shows that a lower aggregate Discounted Value for the aggregate of all Moody’s Eligible Assets (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) of the Trust was determined by the Independent Accountant, the calculation or determination made by such Independent Accountant shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding on the Trust, and the Trust shall accordingly amend and deliver the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report to Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) and the Auction Agent promptly following receipt by the Trust of such Auditor’s Confirmation.
(g) On or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth Business Day after the Date of Original Issue of any APS, the Trust shall complete and deliver to Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) a Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report as of the close of business on such Date of Original Issue.
(h) On or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after either (i) the Trust shall have redeemed Common Shares or (ii) on any Valuation Date,

-40-


 

the Discounted Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets is less than or equal to the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount, or (iii) whenever requested by Moody’s, the Trust shall complete and deliver to Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) a Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report as of the date of such event.
     Section 8.4. Dividends .
  (a)   General.
(i) Ranking . The shares of a series of the APS shall rank on a parity with each other, with shares of any other series of the APS and with shares of any other series of preferred shares that is not designated as junior to the APS as to the payment of dividends by the Trust.
(ii) Cumulative Cash Dividends . The Holders of any series of APS shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Trustees, out of funds legally available therefor in accordance with the Declaration of Trust, these By-Laws and applicable law, cumulative cash dividends at the Applicable Rate for shares of such series, determined as set forth in Section 8.4(b), and no more, payable on the Dividend Payment Dates with respect to shares of such series determined pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 8.4. Holders of APS shall not be entitled to any dividend, whether payable in cash, property or shares, in excess of full cumulative dividends, as herein provided, on APS. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on APS which may be in arrears, and, except to the extent set forth in Section 8.4(b)(ii), no additional sum of money shall be payable in respect of any such arrearage.
(iii) Dividends Cumulative From Date of Original Issue . Dividends on any series of APS shall accumulate at the Applicable Rate for shares of such series from the Date of Original Issue thereof.
(iv) Dividend Payment Dates and Adjustment Thereof .
(A) The Dividend Payment Dates with respect the APS, for the Initial Rate Period, shall be on as set forth in the following table:
     
Series   Initial Dividend Payment Date
Series A
  November 19, 2003
Series B
  November 20, 2003
(B) The Dividend Payment Date for any Subsequent Rate Period shall be (i) with respect to any Dividend Period of seven days and any Short Term Dividend Period of 35 or fewer days, on the Business Day next succeeding the last day of such Subsequent Rate Period, and (ii) with respect to any Short Term

-41-


 

Dividend Period of more than 35 days and with respect to any Long Term Dividend Period, monthly on the first Business Day of each calendar month during such Short Term Dividend Period or Long Term Dividend Period and on the Business Day next succeeding the last day of such Subsequent Rate Period (each such date referred to in clause (i) or (ii) being herein referred to as a Normal Dividend Payment Date”), except that if such Normal Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, then the Dividend Payment Date shall be the first Business Day next succeeding such Normal Dividend Payment Date. Although any particular Dividend Payment Date may not occur on the originally scheduled date because of the exceptions discussed above, the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, subject to such exceptions, will occur on the next following originally scheduled date; and
(C) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust in its discretion may establish the Dividend Payment Dates other than as provided in Section 8.4(a)(iv) in respect of any Special Rate Period of shares of a series of APS consisting of more than seven Rate Period days; provided, however, that such dates shall be set forth in the Notice of Special Rate Period relating to such Special Rate Period, as delivered to the Auction Agent, which Notice of Special Rate Period shall be filed with the Secretary of the Trust; and further provided that (1) any such Dividend Payment Date shall be a Business Day and (2) the last Dividend Payment Date in respect of such Special Rate Period shall be the Business Day immediately following the last day thereof.
(D) The Dividend Payment Dates for any series of APS subsequently established by the Trust shall be as set forth in resolutions of the Board of Trustees establishing such series.
  (b)   Dividend Rates and Calculations of Dividends.
(i) Dividend Rates . The dividend rate on the APS during the period from and after the Date of Original Issue of shares of such series to and including the last day of the Initial Rate Period of shares of such series shall be equal to the rate per annum set forth below:
         
Series   Initial Dividend Rate
Series A
    1.15 %
Series B
    1.15 %
The initial dividend rate on any series of APS subsequently established by the Trust shall be the rate set forth in or determined in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Trustees establishing such series.
(ii) For each Subsequent Rate Period of shares of such series thereafter, the dividend rate on shares of such series shall be equal to the rate per

-42-


 

annum that results from an Auction for shares of such series on the Auction Date immediately preceding such Subsequent Rate Period; provided, however, that if:
(A) an Auction for any such Subsequent Rate Period is not held for any reason other than as described below, the dividend rate on shares of such series for such Subsequent Rate Period will be the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of such series on the Auction Date therefor;
(B) any Failure to Deposit shall have occurred with respect to shares of such series during any Rate Period thereof, but, prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the third Business Day next succeeding the date on which such Failure to Deposit occurred, such Failure to Deposit shall have been cured in accordance with Section 8.4(b)(iv) and the Trust shall have paid to the Auction Agent a late charge (“Late Charge”) equal to the sum of (1) if such Failure to Deposit consisted of the failure timely to pay to the Auction Agent the full amount of dividends with respect to any Dividend Period of the shares of such series, an amount computed by multiplying (X) 300% of the ‘AA’ Financial Composite Commercial Paper Rate for the Rate Period during which such Failure to Deposit occurs on the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period by (Y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days for which such Failure to Deposit has not been cured in accordance with Section 8.4(b)(iv) (including the day such Failure to Deposit occurs and excluding the day such Failure to Deposit is cured) and the denominator of which shall be 360, and applying the rate obtained against the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the outstanding shares of such series and (2) if such Failure to Deposit consisted of the failure timely to pay to the Auction Agent the Redemption Price of the shares, if any, of such series for which Notice of Redemption has been mailed by the Trust pursuant to Section 8.6(c), an amount computed by multiplying (x) 300% of the ‘AA’ Financial Composite Commercial Paper Rate for the Rate Period during which such Failure to Deposit occurs on the redemption date by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days for which such Failure to Deposit is not cured in accordance with Section 8.4(b)(iv) (including the day such Failure to Deposit occurs and excluding the day such Failure to Deposit is cured) and the denominator of which shall be 360, and applying the rate obtained against the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the outstanding shares of such series to be redeemed, no Auction will be held in respect of shares of such series for the Subsequent Rate Period thereof and the dividend rate for shares of such series for such Subsequent Rate Period will be the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of such series on the Auction Date for such Subsequent Rate Period; and
(C) any Failure to Deposit shall have occurred with respect to shares of such series during any Rate Period thereof, and, prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the third Business Day next succeeding the date on which such Failure to Deposit occurred, such Failure to Deposit shall not

-43-


 

have been cured in accordance with Section 8.4(b)(iv) or the Trust shall not have paid the applicable Late Charge to the Auction Agent, no Auction will be held in respect of shares of such series for the first Subsequent Rate Period thereof thereafter (or for any Rate Period thereof thereafter to and including the Rate Period during which (1) such Failure to Deposit is cured in accordance with Section 8.4(b)(iv) and (2) the Trust pays the applicable Late Charge to the Auction Agent (the condition set forth in this clause (2) to apply only in the event Moody’s is rating such shares at the time the Trust cures such Failure to Deposit), in each case no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the fourth Business Day prior to the end of such Rate Period), and the dividend rate for shares of such series for each such Subsequent Rate Period shall be a rate per annum equal to the Non-Payment Period Rate for shares of such series on the Auction Date for such Subsequent Rate Period.
(iii) Calculation of Dividends . The amount of dividends per share payable on shares of a series of APS on any date on which dividends shall be payable on shares of such series shall be computed by multiplying the Applicable Rate for shares of such series in effect for such Dividend Period or Dividend Periods or part thereof for which dividends have not been paid by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days in such Dividend Period or Dividend Periods or part thereof and the denominator of which shall be 365 if such Dividend Period consists of seven Rate Period days or is a Short Term Dividend Period and 360 for any Long Term Dividend Period, and applying the rate obtained against $25,000. The amount so obtained shall be rounded to the nearest cent.
(iv) Curing a Failure to Deposit . A Failure to Deposit with respect to shares of a series of APS shall have been cured (if such Failure to Deposit is not solely due to the willful failure of the Trust to make the required payment to the Auction Agent) with respect to any Rate Period of shares of such series if, within the respective time periods described in Section 8.4(b)(ii), the Trust shall have paid to the Auction Agent (A) all accumulated and unpaid dividends on shares of such series and (B) without duplication, the Redemption Price for shares, if any, of such series for which Notice of Redemption has been mailed by the Trust pursuant to Section 8.6(c); provided, however, that the foregoing clause (B) shall not apply to the Trust’s failure to pay the Redemption Price in respect of APS when the related Notice of Redemption provides that redemption of such shares is subject to one or more conditions precedent and any such condition precedent shall not have been satisfied at the time or times and in the manner specified in such Notice of Redemption.
(v) Dividend Payments by Trust to Auction Agent . The Trust shall pay to the Auction Agent, not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Business Day next preceding each Dividend Payment Date for shares of a series of APS, an aggregate amount of funds available on the next Business Day in the

-44-


 

City of New York, New York, equal to the dividends to be paid to all Holders of shares of such series on such Dividend Payment Date.
(vi) Auction Agent as Trustee of Dividend Payments by Trust . All moneys paid to the Auction Agent for the payment of dividends (or for the payment of any Late Charge) shall be held in trust for the payment of such dividends (and any such Late Charge) by the Auction Agent for the benefit of the Holders specified in Section 8.4(a)(vi). Any moneys paid to the Auction Agent in accordance with the foregoing but not applied by the Auction Agent to the payment of dividends (and any such Late Charge) will, to the extent permitted by law, be repaid to the Trust at the end of 90 days from the date on which such moneys were so to have been applied.
(vii) Dividends Paid to Holders . Each dividend on APS shall be paid on the Dividend Payment Date therefor to the Holders thereof as their names appear on the record books of the Trust on the Business Day next preceding such Dividend Payment Date.
(viii) Dividends Credited Against Earliest Accumulated but Unpaid Dividends . Any dividend payment made on APS shall first be credited against the earliest accumulated but unpaid dividends due with respect to such shares. Dividends in arrears for any past Dividend Period may be declared and paid at any time, without reference to any regular Dividend Payment Date, to the Holders as their names appear on the record books of the Trust on such date, not exceeding 15 days preceding the payment date thereof, as may be fixed by the Board of Trustees.
  (c)   Designation of Special Rate Periods.
(i) The Trust, at its option and to the extent permitted by law, by telephonic and written notice (a “Request for Special Dividend Period”) to the Auction Agent and to each Broker-Dealer, may request that the next succeeding Dividend Period for any series of APS will be a number of days (other than seven days) evenly divisible by seven, and not fewer than fourteen nor more than 364 in the case of a Short Term Dividend Period or one whole year or more but not greater than five years in the case of a Long Term Dividend Period, specified in such notice, provided that the Trust may not give a Request for Special Dividend Period (and any such request will be null and void) unless, for any Auction occurring after the initial Auction, Sufficient Clearing Bids were made in the last occurring Auction and unless full cumulative dividends and any amounts due with respect to redemptions have been paid in full, and provided further that the Trust may not request a Special Dividend Period that is a Long Term Dividend Period unless the Trust shall have received written confirmation from Moody’s (or any Substitute Rating Agency) that the Trust’s election of the proposed Long Term Dividend Period would not impair the rating then assigned by Moody’s (or any Substitute Rating Agency) of the applicable series of APS. Such Request for Special Dividend Period, in the case of a Short Term Dividend Period, shall be

-45-


 

given on or prior to the second Business Day but not more than seven Business Days prior to an Auction Date for the APS of that series and, in the case of a Long Term Dividend Period, shall be given on or prior to the second Business Day but not more than 28 days prior to an Auction Date for the APS of that series. Upon receiving such Request for Special Dividend Period, the Broker-Dealers jointly shall determine the Optional Redemption Price of the APS of that series during such Special Dividend Period and the Specific Redemption Provisions and shall give the Trust and the Auction Agent written notice (a “Response”) of such determination by no later than the second Business Day prior to such Auction date. In making such determination, the Broker-Dealers will consider (i) existing short-term and long-term market rates and indices of such short-term and long-term rates, (ii) existing market supply and demand for short-term and long-term securities, (iii) existing yield curves for short-term and long-term securities comparable to the APS, (iv) industry and financial conditions which may affect the APS of that series, (v) the investment objectives of the Trust and (vi) the Dividend Periods and dividend rates at which current and potential beneficial holders of the APS would remain or become beneficial holders.
(ii) After providing the Request for Special Dividend Period to the Auction Agent and each Broker-Dealer as set forth above, the Trust, by no later than the second Business Day prior to such Auction Date, may give a notice (a “Notice of Special Dividend Period”) to the Auction Agent, the Securities Depository, each Broker-Dealer and the Rating Agency which notice will specify the duration of the Special Dividend Period. The Trust will not give a Notice of Special Dividend Period and, if such Notice of Special Dividend Period was given already, will give telephonic and written notice of its revocation (a “Notice of Revocation”) to the Auction Agent, each Broker-Dealer, the Securities Depository and the Rating Agency on or prior to the Business Day prior to the relevant Auction Date if (x) either the Investment Company Act Preferred Shares Asset Coverage or the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount is not satisfied, on each of the two Business Days immediately preceding the Business Day prior to the relevant Auction Date or (y) sufficient funds for the payment of dividends payable on the immediately succeeding Dividend Payment Date have not been irrevocably deposited with the Auction Agent by the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Auction Date immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date. The Trust also shall provide a copy of such Notice of Special Dividend Period to the Rating Agency. If the Trust is prohibited from giving a Notice of Special Dividend Period as a result of the factors enumerated in clause (x) or (y) above or if the Trust gives a Notice of Revocation with respect to a Notice of Special Dividend Period, the next succeeding Dividend Period for that series of APS will be a seven day Dividend Period. In addition, in the event Sufficient Clearing Bids are not made in an Auction, or if an Auction is not held for any reason, the next succeeding Dividend Period will be a seven day Dividend Period, and the Trust may not again give a Notice of Special Dividend Period (and any such attempted notice will be null and void) until Sufficient Clearing Bids have been made in an Auction with respect to a seven day Dividend Period.

-46-


 

  (d)   Restrictions on Dividends.
(i) Dividends on Shares Other Than the APS . Except as set forth in the next sentence, no dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the shares of any class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust ranking, as to the payment of dividends, on a parity with the APS for any period unless full cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid on the shares of each series of the APS through its most recent Dividend Payment Date. When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of each series of the APS through its most recent Dividend Payment Date or upon the shares of any other class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust ranking on a parity as to the payment of dividends with the APS through their most recent respective dividend payment dates, all dividends declared upon the APS and any other such class or series of shares of beneficial interest ranking on a parity as to the payment of dividends with APS shall be declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share on APS and such other class or series of shares of beneficial interest shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accumulated dividends per share on the Trust and such other class or series of shares of beneficial interest bear to each other (for purposes of this sentence, the amount of dividends declared per share of APS shall be based on the Applicable Rate for such share for the Dividend Periods during which dividends were not paid in full).
(ii) Dividends and Other Distributions with Respect to Common Shares Under the Investment Company Act . The Board of Trustees shall not declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in Common Shares), or declare any other distribution, upon the Common Shares, or purchase Common Shares, unless in every such case the APS have, at the time of any such declaration or purchase, an asset coverage (as defined in and determined pursuant to the Investment Company Act) of at least 200% (or such other asset coverage as may in the future be specified in or under the Investment Company Act as the minimum asset coverage for senior securities which are shares or stock of a closed- end investment company as a condition of declaring dividends on its common shares or stock) after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be.
(iii) Other Restrictions on Dividends and Other Distributions . For so long as any APS are outstanding, and except as set forth in Section 8.4(d) and Section 8.6(b), (A) the Trust shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend or other distribution (other than a dividend or distribution paid in shares of, or in options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase, Common Shares or other shares, if any, ranking junior to the APS as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) in respect of the Common Shares or any other shares of the Trust ranking junior to or on a parity with the APS as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or call for redemption, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Common Shares or any other

-47-


 

such junior shares (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of the Trust ranking junior to the APS as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up), or any such parity shares (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of the Trust ranking junior to or on a parity with APS as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up), unless (i) full cumulative dividends on shares of each series of APS through its most recently ended Dividend Period shall have been paid or shall have been declared and sufficient funds for the payment thereof deposited with the Auction Agent and (ii) the Trust has redeemed the full number of APS required to be redeemed by any provision for mandatory redemption pertaining thereto, and (B) the Trust shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend or other distribution (other than a dividend or distribution paid in shares of, or in options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase, Common Shares or other shares, if any, ranking junior to APS as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) in respect of Common Shares or any other shares of the Trust ranking junior to APS as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or call for redemption, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Common Shares or any other such junior shares (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of the Trust ranking junior to APS as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up), unless immediately after such transaction the Discounted Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) would at least equal the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount.
Section 8.5. Liquidation Rights .
(a) The shares of a series of APS shall rank on a parity with each other, with shares of any other series of preferred shares not designated as junior to the APS and with shares of any other series of APS as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Trust, whether voluntary or involuntary, Holders shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Shareholders after satisfying claims of creditors but before any payment or distribution to the holders of the Common Shares or on any other class of Shares ranking junior to the shares of each series of APS upon liquidation, a liquidation distribution in the amount of $25,000 per share of each series of APS plus an amount equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends on each shares of such series (whether or not earned or declared) to the date of such distribution. Unless and until payment in full has been made to the Holders of the liquidation distributions to which they are entitled as provided in this Section 8.5, no dividends or distributions will be made to holders of the Common Shares or any other Shares junior to or on parity with the APS on liquidation, and no purchase, redemption or other acquisition for any consideration by the Trust will be made in respect of the Common Shares or any other Shares ranking junior to or on parity with the APS upon liquidation. After the payment to Holders of the full amount of the liquidation distributions to which they are entitled pursuant to the first sentence of this

-48-


 

Section 8.5(a), Holders (in their capacity as such Holders) shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Trust.
(b) Neither the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Trust, nor the merger or consolidation of the Trust into or with any other corporation, association, trust or other organization, nor the merger or consolidation of any other corporation, association, trust or other organization into or with the Trust, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, for the purposes of this Section 8.5.
(c) If the assets of the Trust available for distribution to the Holders upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Trust, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay the full amount of the liquidation distributions to which the Holders are entitled pursuant to Section 8.5(a) above, then such assets shall be distributed among the Holders, together with the holders of any other class or series of preferred shares ranking on parity with the APS, ratably in proportion to the full amount of distribution to which each Holder would have been entitled under such Section 8.5(a).
Section 8.6. Redemption .
The shares of each series of APS shall be redeemable by the Trust as provided below:
  (a)   Optional Redemption .
(i) Except to the extent prohibited by Massachusetts law or the Investment Company Act, the Trust, at its option, may without the consent of the Holders of the APS, redeem APS, in whole or in part, on the Business Day after the last day of a Dividend Period upon not less than 15 calendar days’ and not more than 40 calendar days’ prior notice; provided that no share of APS may be redeemed at the option of the Trust during (A) the Initial Dividend Period with respect to a series of shares or (B) a Non-Call Period to which such share is subject. Except with respect to a Call Premium Period, the optional redemption price per share will be $25,000 per share, plus an amount equal to accumulated but unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to the date fixed for redemption.
(ii) If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of a series of APS are to be redeemed pursuant to subparagraph (i) of this Section 8.6(a), the number of shares of such series to be redeemed shall be determined by the Board of Trustees, and such shares shall be redeemed pro rata from the Holders of shares of such series in proportion to the number of shares of such series held by such Holders.
(iii) The Trust may not on any date mail a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.6(c) in respect of a redemption contemplated to be effected pursuant to this Section 8.6(a) unless on such date (A) the Trust has available Deposit Securities with maturity or tender dates not later than the day preceding

-49-


 

the applicable redemption date and having a value not less than the amount (including any applicable premium) due to Holders of APS by reason of the redemption of such shares on such redemption date, and (B) the Discounted Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) at least equals the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount, and would at least equal the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount immediately subsequent to such redemption if such redemption were to occur on such date. For purposes of determining in clause (B) of the preceding sentence whether the Discounted Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets at least equals the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount, the Moody’s Discount Factors applicable to Moody’s Eligible Assets shall be determined by reference to the first Exposure Period longer than the Exposure Period then applicable to the Trust.
(b) Mandatory Redemption . The Trust shall redeem, at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share plus accumulated but unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to (but not including) the date fixed by the Board of Trustees for redemption, certain of the APS, if the Trust fails to have Moody’s Eligible Assets with a Discounted Value greater than or equal to the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount or fails to maintain the Investment Company Act Preferred Share Asset Coverage, in accordance with the requirements of the rating agency or agencies then rating the APS, and such failure is not cured on or before the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Cure Date or the Investment Company Act Cure Date, as the case may be. The number of APS to be redeemed shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the minimum number of APS, together with all other preferred shares subject to redemption or retirement, the redemption of which, if deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the opening of business on the Cure Date, would have resulted in the Trust’s having Moody’s Eligible Assets with a Discounted Value greater than or equal of the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount or maintaining the Investment Company Act Preferred Shares Asset Coverage, as the case may be, on such Cure Date (provided, however, that if there is no such minimum number of APS and other preferred shares the redemption or retirement of which would have had such result, all APS and other preferred shares then outstanding shall be redeemed), and (ii) the maximum number of APS, together with all other preferred shares subject to redemption or retirement, that can be redeemed out of funds expected to be legally available therefor in accordance with the Declaration of Trust and applicable law. In determining the APS required to be redeemed in accordance with the foregoing, the Trust shall allocate the number required to be redeemed to satisfy the requirement of the Trust’s having Moody’s Eligible Assets with a Discounted Value greater than or equal the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount or the Investment Company Act Preferred Share Asset Coverage, as the case may be, pro rata among APS and other preferred shares (and, then, pro rata among each series of APS) subject to redemption or retirement; provided that, shares of APS which may not be redeemed at the option of the Trust due to the designation of a Non-Call Period applicable to such shares (A) will be subject to mandatory redemption only to the extent that other shares are not available to satisfy the number of shares required to be redeemed and (B) will be selected for redemption in an ascending order of outstanding number of days in the Non-Call Period (with shares with the lowest number of days to be redeemed first) and by lot in the event of shares having an equal number of days in such Non-Call Period. The Trust shall effect

-50-


 

such redemption on the date fixed by the Trust therefor, which date shall not be earlier than 20 days nor later than 40 days after such Cure Date, except that if the Trust does not have funds legally available for the redemption of all of the required number of the APS and other preferred shares which are subject to redemption or retirement or the Trust otherwise is unable to effect such redemption on or prior to 40 days after such Cure Date, the Trust shall redeem those APS and other preferred shares which it was unable to redeem on the earliest practicable date on which it is able to effect such redemption. If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of a series of APS are to be redeemed pursuant to this paragraph (b), the shares of such series to be redeemed shall be selected by lot or such other method that the Trust deems fair and equitable.
(c) Notice of Redemption. If the Trust shall determine or be required to redeem shares of a series of APS pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8.6, it shall mail a Notice of Redemption with respect to such redemption by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder of the shares of such series to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address as the same appears on the record books of the Trust on the record date established by the Board of Trustees and to the Auction Agent. Such Notice of Redemption shall be so mailed not less than 15 nor more than 40 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. Each such Notice of Redemption shall state: (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of APS to be redeemed and the series thereof; (iii) the CUSIP number for shares of such series; (iv) the Redemption Price; (v) the place or places where the certificate(s) for such shares (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Trustees shall so require and the Notice of Redemption shall so state) are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; (vi) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on such redemption date; (vii) that the Holders of any shares of a series of APS being so redeemed shall not participate in the Auction, if any, immediately preceding the redemption date; and (viii) the provisions of this Section 8.6 under which such redemption is made. If fewer than all shares of a series of APS held by any Holder are to be redeemed, the Notice of Redemption mailed to such Holder shall also specify the number of shares of such series to be redeemed from such Holder. The Trust may provide in any Notice of Redemption relating to a redemption contemplated to be effected pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 8.6 that such redemption is subject to one or more conditions precedent and that the Trust shall not be required to effect such redemption unless each such condition shall have been satisfied at the time or times and in the manner specified in such Notice of Redemption.
(d) No Redemption Under Certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section 8.6, if any dividends on shares of a series of APS (whether or not earned or declared) are in arrears, no shares of such series shall be redeemed unless all outstanding shares of such series are simultaneously redeemed, and the Trust shall not purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of such series; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the purchase or acquisition of all outstanding shares of such series pursuant to the successful completion of an otherwise lawful purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to, and accepted by, Holders of all outstanding shares of such series.

-51-


 

(e) Absence of Trusts Available for Redemption. To the extent that any redemption for which Notice of Redemption has been mailed is not made by reason of the absence of legally available funds therefor in accordance with the Declaration of Trust or applicable law, such redemption shall be made as soon as practicable to the extent such funds become available. Failure to redeem APS shall be deemed to exist at any time after the date specified for redemption in a Notice of Redemption when the Trust shall have failed, for any reason whatsoever, to deposit in trust with the Auction Agent the Redemption Price with respect to any shares for which such Notice of Redemption has been mailed; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply in the case of the Trust’s failure to deposit in trust with the Auction Agent the Redemption Price with respect to any shares where (1) the Notice of Redemption relating to such redemption provided that such redemption was subject to one or more conditions precedent and (2) any such condition precedent shall not have been satisfied at the time or times and in the manner specified in such Notice of Redemption. Notwithstanding the fact that the Trust may not have redeemed APS for which a Notice of Redemption has been mailed, dividends may be declared and paid on APS and shall include those APS for which a Notice of Redemption has been mailed.
(f) Auction Agent as Trustee of Redemption Payments by the Trust. All moneys paid to the Auction Agent for payment of the Redemption Price of APS called for redemption shall be held in trust by the Auction Agent for the benefit of Holders of shares so to be redeemed.
(g) Shares for Which Notice of Redemption Has Been Given Are No Longer Outstanding. Provided a Notice of Redemption has been mailed pursuant to Section 8.6(c), upon the deposit with the Auction Agent (on the Business Day next preceding the date fixed for redemption thereby, in funds available on the next Business Day in The City of New York, New York) of funds sufficient to redeem the APS that are the subject of such notice, dividends on such shares shall cease to accumulate and such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose, and all rights of the Holders of the shares so called for redemption shall cease and terminate, except the right of such Holders to receive the Redemption Price, but without any interest or other additional amount, except as provided in Section 8.4(b)(ii). The Auction Agent shall pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of APS subject to redemption upon surrender of the certificates for the shares (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Trustees shall so require and the Notice of Redemption shall so state) to be redeemed in accordance with the Notice of Redemption. In the case that fewer than all of the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued, representing the unredeemed shares, without cost to the Holder thereof. The Trust shall be entitled to receive from the Auction Agent, promptly after the date fixed for redemption, any cash deposited with the Auction Agent in excess of (i) the aggregate Redemption Price of the APS called for redemption on such date and (ii) all other amounts to which Holders of APS called for redemption may be entitled. Any funds so deposited that are unclaimed at the end of 90 days from such redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be repaid to the Trust, after which time the Holders of APS so called for redemption may look only to the Trust for payment of the Redemption Price and all other amounts to which they may be entitled.

-52-


 

(h) Compliance with Applicable Law. In effecting any redemption pursuant to this Section 8.6, the Trust shall use its best efforts to comply with all applicable conditions precedent to effecting such redemption under the Investment Company Act and any applicable Massachusetts law, but shall effect no redemption except in accordance with the Investment Company Act and any applicable Massachusetts law.
(i) Only Whole APS May be Redeemed. In the case of any redemption pursuant to this Section 8.6, only whole APS shall be redeemed, and in the event that any provision of the Declaration of Trust would require redemption of a fractional share, the Auction Agent shall be authorized to round up so that only whole shares are redeemed.
(j) Modification of Redemption Procedures . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.6, the Trust may modify any or all of the requirements relating to the Notice of Redemption provided that (i) any such modification does not materially and adversely affect any Holder of the relevant series of APS, and (ii) the Trust receives written notice from Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) that such modification would not impair the ratings assigned by Moody’s to shares of APS.
Section 8.7. Voting Rights .
(a) General . Except as otherwise provided by law and as specified by this Section 8.7, the Holders of APS shall have equal voting rights with the holders of Common Shares and shall be entitled to one vote for each share of a series of APS on each matter submitted to a vote of the Shareholders of the Trust. For purposes of determining any right of the Holders to vote on any matter, whether such right is created by the Declaration of Trust or these By-Laws, or otherwise, no Holder shall be entitled to vote and no Share of a series of APS shall be deemed to be “outstanding” for the purpose of voting or determining the number of Shares required to constitute a quorum, if prior to or concurrently with the time of determination of Shares entitled to vote or Shares deemed outstanding for quorum purposes, as the case may be, sufficient funds for the redemption of such APS have been deposited in trust with the Preferred Shares Paying Agent for that purpose and the requisite Notice of Redemption with respect to such APS shall have been given as provided in Section 8.6(c) above.
  (b)   Holders of APS to Vote on Certain Other Matters.
(i) So long as any APS are outstanding, the Trust shall not, without the affirmative vote or consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the APS outstanding at the time, in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting, voting as a separate class: (A) authorize, create or issue any class or series of shares ranking prior to or on a parity with the APS with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust, or authorize, create or issue additional shares of any series of APS (except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Trustees, without the vote or consent of the Holders of APS, may from time to time authorize and create, and the Trust may from time to time issue, additional shares of any series of APS or classes or series of other preferred shares ranking on a

-53-


 

parity with APS with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust, if the Trust obtains written confirmation from Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) or any Substitute Rating Agency (if any such Substitute Rating Agency is then rating the APS) that the issuance of a class or series would not impair the rating then assigned by such rating agency to the APS and the Trust continues to comply with Section 13 of the Investment Company Act, the Investment Company Act Preferred Share Asset Coverage and the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount requirements); or (B) amend, alter or repeal the provisions of the Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, so as to adversely affect any preference, right or power of such APS or the Holders thereof; provided, however, that (x) none of the actions permitted by the exception to (A) above will be deemed to affect such preferences, rights or powers, (y) a division of APS will be deemed to affect such preferences, rights or powers only if the terms of such division adversely affect the Holders of APS and (z) the authorization, creation and issuance of classes or series of shares ranking junior to the APS with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust, will be deemed to affect such preferences, rights or powers only if Moody’s is then rating the APS and such issuance would, at the time thereof, cause the Trust not to satisfy the Investment Company Act Preferred Share Asset Coverage or the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount. So long as any shares of the APS are outstanding, the Trust shall not, without the affirmative vote or consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% of the APS outstanding at the time, in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting, voting as a separate class, file a voluntary application for relief under Federal bankruptcy law or any similar application under state law for so long as the Trust is solvent and does not foresee becoming insolvent. If any action set forth above would adversely affect the rights of one or more series (the “Affected Series”) of APS in a manner different from any other series of APS, the Trust will not approve any such action without the affirmative vote or consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the shares of each such Affected Series outstanding at the time, in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (each such Affected Series voting as a separate class).
(ii) Unless a higher percentage is provided for in the Declaration of Trust, (A) the affirmative vote of the Holders of at least a majority of the APS outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class, shall be required to approve any conversion of the Trust from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, (B) the affirmative vote of the Holders of at least a majority of the APS outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class, shall be required to amend the provisions of the Declaration of Trust, which provides for the classification of the Board of Trustees into three classes, and (C) the affirmative vote of the Holders of a “majority of the outstanding APS,” voting as a separate class, shall be required to approve any plan of reorganization (as such term is used in the Investment Company Act) adversely affecting such shares. The affirmative vote of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding APS,” voting as a separate class, shall be required to approve any action not described in the first sentence of this Section

-54-


 

8.7(b)(ii) requiring a vote of security holders of the Trust under section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act. For purposes of the foregoing, “majority of the outstanding APS” means (i) 67% or more of such shares present at a meeting, if the Holders of more than 50% of such shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of such shares, whichever is less. In the event a vote of Holders of APS is required pursuant to the provisions of section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, the Trust shall, not later than ten Business Days prior to the date on which such vote is to be taken, notify Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) that such vote is to be taken and the nature of the action with respect to which such vote is to be taken. The Trust shall, not later than ten Business Days after the date on which such vote is taken, notify Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the APS) of the results of such vote.
  (c)   Election of Trustees; Right to Elect Majority of Board Trustees .
(i) The Holders of the APS and any other class of APS of the Trust that may be outstanding from time to time, voting separately as a single class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Board of Trustees, and the holders of the Common Shares, voting separately as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the remaining members of the Board of Trustees. If at any time, however, dividends on any of the APS shall be unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends (whether or not earned or declared) or the Holders of Preferred Shares, including the Auction Preferred Shares are otherwise entitled under the Investment Company Act to elect a majority of the Trustees, then the number of Trustees constituting the Board of Trustees shall automatically be increased by the smallest number such that, when added to the number of Trustees then constituting the Board of Trustees, the incumbent Trustees then elected solely by the Holders of the APS plus such additional Trustees shall constitute a majority of such increased number of Trustees; and at a special meeting of Shareholders, which shall be called and held as provided in Section 8.7(d), and at all subsequent meetings at which Trustees are to be elected, the Holders of the APS and holders of any other class of preferred shares of the Trust ranking on parity with the APS, by majority vote, voting separately as a single class (to the exclusion of the holders of all other series and classes of Shares of the Trust ranking junior to the APS), shall be entitled to elect such smallest number of additional Trustees of the Trust who will constitute a majority of the total number of Trustees of the Trust as so increased. The terms of office of the persons who are Trustees at the time of that election shall continue. If the Trust thereafter shall pay, or declare and set apart for payment, in full all dividends payable on all outstanding APS for all past Dividend Periods, the voting rights stated in the preceding sentence shall cease, and the terms of office of all of the additional Trustees elected by the Holders of the APS and holders of any other class of preferred shares of the Trust ranking on parity with the APS (but not the terms of the two incumbent Trustees elected by the Holders of the APS and the remaining incumbent Trustees elected by the Common Shares) shall terminate automatically, subject to the revesting of the rights of the Holders of the APS as provided in the second sentence of this

-55-


 

paragraph in the event of any subsequent arrearage in the payment of two full years’ dividends on the APS
(ii) Any vacancy in the office of any Trustees elected by the Holders of the APS may be filled by the remaining Trustees (or Trustee) so elected or, if not so filled, by the Holders of the APS and any other class of preferred shares of the Trust ranking on parity with the APS, voting separately as a single class, at any meeting of Shareholders for the election of Trustees held thereafter. Any vacancy in the office of any Trustees elected by the holders of the Common Shares may be filled by the remaining Trustees (or Trustee) so elected or, if not so filled, by the Holders of the Common Shares, voting separately as a single class, at any meeting of Shareholders for the election of Trustees held thereafter. Unless as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, a Trustee elected by the Holders of the APS and any other class of preferred shares of the Trust ranking on parity with the APS may be removed with or without cause, but only by action taken by the Holders of at least a majority of the outstanding APS and any other class of preferred shares of the Trust ranking on parity with the APS. Unless as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, a Trustee elected by the holders of the Common Shares may be removed but only for cause by action taken by the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding Common Shares; provided, however, that if such termination is recommended by two-thirds of the total number of Trustees then in office elected by the holders of the Common Shares, the vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Common Shares then outstanding shall be sufficient authorization.
(d) Voting Procedures .
As soon as practicable after the accrual of any right of the Holders to elect Trustees at a special meeting of Shareholders as described in Section 8.7(c), the Trust shall notify the Auction Agent and the Auction Agent shall call or cause to be called such special meeting by mailing or causing to be mailed a notice of such special meeting to the Holders upon not less than 10 nor more than 45 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting. If the Trust fails to send such notice to the Auction Agent or if the Auction Agent does not call such special meeting, it may be called by any Holder on like notice.
The record date for determining the Holders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting shall be the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the day on which such notice is mailed.
The Holders of a majority of the APS then outstanding, present in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum for the election of additional Trustees. At any such meeting or adjournment thereof in the absence of a quorum, a majority of the Holders present in person or by proxy shall have the power to adjourn the meeting for the election of additional Trustees without notice, other than an announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present, and, subject to Section 8.7(b), to take any other action as shall properly come before such meeting.

-56-


 

If the right to elect additional Trustees shall have terminated as provided in Section 8.7(c) after the notice of a special meeting provided for in this Section 8.7(d) has been given but before the special meeting shall have been held, the Trust shall, as soon as practicable after such termination, mail or cause to be mailed to the Holders a notice of cancellation of such special meeting.
(e) Board May Take Certain Actions Without Shareholder Approval. The Board of Trustees, without the vote or consent of the shareholders of the Trust, may from time to time amend, alter or repeal any or all of the definitions of the terms listed below, and any provision of these By-Laws viewed by Moody’s as a predicate for any such definition, and any such amendment, alteration or repeal will not be deemed to affect the preferences, rights or powers of APS or the Holders thereof; provided, however, that the Board of Trustees receives written confirmation from Moody’s (such confirmation being required to be obtained only in the event Moody’s is rating the APS) that any such amendment, alteration or repeal would not impair the ratings then assigned by Moody’s to the APS:
       
 
Annual Valuation Date
  Maximum Applicable Rate
 
Auditor’s Confirmation
  Moody’s Discount Factor
 
Business Day
  Moody’s Eligible Assets
 
Closing Transaction
  Moody’s Hedging Transaction
 
Commercial Paper Dealer
  Moody’s Industry Classifications
 
Deposit Securities
  Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount
 
Discount Factor
  Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Cure Date
 
Discounted Value
  Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Report
 
Eligible Assets
  Pricing Service
 
Exposure Period
  Rating Agency
 
Failure to Deposit
  Reference Rate Response
 
Independent Accountant
  Short Term Money Market Instruments
 
Investment Company Act Cure Date
  Specific Redemption Provisions
 
Investment Company Act Preferred Asset Coverage
  Structured Notes
 
Market Value
  Treasury Bonds
 
 
  Valuation Date
(f) Voting Rights Set Forth Herein Are Sole Voting Rights . Unless otherwise required by law, the Holders of APS shall not have any relative rights or preferences or other special rights other than those specifically set forth herein.
(g) No Preemptive Rights Or Cumulative Voting. The Holders of APS shall have no preemptive rights or rights to cumulative voting.
(h) Voting For Trustees Sole Remedy For Trust’s Failure To Pay Dividends. In the event that the Trust fails to pay any dividends on the APS, the exclusive remedy of the Holders shall be the right to vote for trustees pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8.7.

-57-


 

Section 8.8. Other Restrictions .
(a) The Trustees may from time to time in their sole discretion impose restrictions on certain investment practices of the Trust in order to comply with guidelines established by Moody’s or any other Rating Agency that may be rating the Trust’s APS at the time.
(b) For so long as any APS are rated by Moody’s, the Trust will not, without the prior consent of Moody’s:
(i) issue senior securities representing indebtedness as defined under the Investment Company Act;
(ii) merge or consolidate into or with any other fund;
(iii) engage in interest rate swaps, caps and floors, except that the Trust may, without obtaining the written consent described above, engage in interest rate swaps, caps and floors, if; (1) the unsecured senior debt or claims paying ability of the counterparty to the swap, cap or floor is rated Aa3 or better by Moody’s or A/A-1 or better by S&P and; (2) the swap, collar or floor is marked-to-market daily by the counterparty; (3) a swap, collar or floor that is “in the money” is valued at 95% of the accrued net excess of the Trust’s entitlements over its obligations for purposes of calculating the Investment Company Act Preferred Shares Asset Coverage; (4) 100% of any accrued net excess of the Trust’s obligations over it entitlements with respect to a swap, cap or floor that has not been defeased through the segregation of liquid assets on the Trust’s books and records is included as a liability of the Trust for the purposes of calculating the Preferred Share Basic Maintenance Amount; (5) the swap, cap or floor notional amount does not exceed the liquidation preference of the Outstanding Preferred Shares and (6) the Trust intends to terminate the swap, cap or floor if the Trust fails to maintain the Investment Company Preferred Shares Asset Coverage on the last Business Day of any two consecutive months.
(iv) buy or sell financial futures contracts, write, purchase or sell call options on financial futures contracts or purchase put options on financial futures contracts or write call options (except covered call options) on portfolio securities unless it receives written confirmation from Moody’s that engaging in such transactions would not impair the ratings then assigned to the APS by Moody’s, except that the Trust may purchase or sell exchange-traded financial futures contracts based on any index approved by Moody’s or Treasury Bonds, and purchase, write or sell exchange-traded put options on such financial futures contracts, any index approved by Moody’s or Treasury Bonds, and purchase, write or sell exchange-traded call options on such financial futures contracts, any index approved by Moody’s or Treasury Bonds (collectively “Moody’s Hedging Transactions”), subject to the following limitations:
(A) the Trust will not engage in any Moody’s Hedging Transaction based on any index approved by Moody’s (other than transactions that

-58-


 

terminate a futures contract or option held by the Trust by the Trust’s taking the opposite position thereto (“Closing Transactions”)) that would cause the Trust at the time of such transaction to own or have sold:
     (1) outstanding financial futures contracts based on such index exceeding in number 10% of the average number of daily traded financial futures contracts based on such index in the 30 days preceding the time of effecting such transaction as reported by The Wall Street Journal; or
     (2) outstanding financial futures contracts based on any index approved by Moody’s having a Market Value exceeding 50% of the Market Value of all portfolio securities of the Trust constituting Moody’s Eligible Assets owned by the Trust (other than Moody’s Eligible Assets already subject to a Moody’s Hedging Transaction);
(B) the Trust will not engage in any Moody’s Hedging Transaction based on Treasury Bonds (other than Closing Transactions) that would cause the Trust at the time of such transaction to own or have sold:
     (1) outstanding financial futures contracts based on Treasury Bonds with such contracts having an aggregate Market Value exceeding 20% of the aggregate Market Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets owned by the Trust and rated Aa by Moody’s (or, if not rated by Moody’s but rated by S&P, rated AA by S&P or Fitch); or
     (2) outstanding financial futures contracts based on Treasury Bonds with such contracts having an aggregate Market Value exceeding 80% of the aggregate Market Value of all portfolio securities of the Trust constituting Moody’s Eligible Assets owned by the Trust (other than Moody’s Eligible Assets already subject to a Moody’s Hedging Transaction) and rated Baa or A by Moody’s (or, if not rated by Moody’s but rated by S&P, rated BBB or A by S&P or Fitch);
     (3) for purposes of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), the Trust shall be deemed to own the number of financial futures contracts that underlie any outstanding options written by the Trust;
(C) the Trust will engage in Closing Transactions to close out any outstanding financial futures contract based on any index approved by Moody’s if the amount of open interest in such index as reported by The Wall Street Journal is less than an amount to be mutually determined by Moody’s and the Trust;
(D) the Trust may engage in a Closing Transaction to close out any outstanding financial futures contract by no later than the fifth Business Day of the month in which such contract expires and will engage in a Closing Transaction to close out any outstanding option on a financial

-59-


 

futures contract by no later than the first Business Day of the month in which such option expires;
(E) the Trust will engage in Moody’s Hedging Transactions only with respect to financial futures contracts or options thereon having the next settlement date or the settlement date immediately thereafter;
(F) the Trust (1) will not engage in options and futures transactions for leveraging or speculative purposes, except that an option or futures transaction shall not for these purposes be considered a leveraged position or speculative so long as the combination of the Trust’s non-derivative positions, together with the relevant option or futures transaction, produces a synthetic investment position, or the same economic result, that could be achieved by an investment, consistent with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies, in a security that is not an option or futures transaction, and (2) will not write any call options or sell any financial futures contracts for the purposes of hedging the anticipated purchase of an asset prior to completion of such purchase; and
(G) the Trust will not enter into an option or futures transaction unless, after giving effect thereto, the Trust would continue to have Moody’s Eligible Assets with an aggregate Discounted Value equal to or greater than the Preferred Shares Basic Maintenance Amount.
Section 8.9. Auction Procedures .
(a) Orders .
(i) Prior to the Submission Deadline on each Auction Date for shares of a series of APS:
(A) each Beneficial Owner of shares of such series may submit to its Broker-Dealer by telephone or otherwise information as to:
     (1) the number of Outstanding shares, if any, of such series held by such Beneficial Owner which such Beneficial Owner desires to continue to hold without regard to the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period of such shares;
     (2) the number of Outstanding shares, if any, of such series held by such Beneficial Owner which such Beneficial Owner offers to sell if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period of shares of such series shall be less than the rate per annum specified by such Beneficial Owner; and/or

-60-


 

     (3) the number of Outstanding shares, if any, of such series held by such Beneficial Owner which such Beneficial Owner offers to sell without regard to the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period of shares of such series; and
(B) one or more Broker-Dealers, using lists of Potential Beneficial Owners, shall in good faith for the purpose of conducting a competitive Auction in a commercially reasonable manner, contact Potential Beneficial Owners (by telephone or otherwise), including Persons that are not Beneficial Owners, on such lists to determine the number of shares, if any, of such series which each such Potential Beneficial Owner offers to purchase if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period of shares of such series shall not be less than the rate per annum specified by such Potential Beneficial Owner.
(C) For the purposes hereof, the communication by a Beneficial Owner or Potential Beneficial Owner to a Broker-Dealer, or by a Broker-Dealer to the Auction Agent, of information referred to in clause (A)(1), (A)(2), (A)(3) or (B) of this Section 8.9(a)(i) is hereinafter referred to as an “Order” and collectively as “Orders” and each Beneficial Owner and each Potential Beneficial Owner placing an Order with a Broker-Dealer, and such Broker-Dealer placing an order with the Auction Agent, is hereinafter referred to as a “Bidder” and collectively as “Bidders”; an Order containing the information referred to in clause (A)(1) of this Section 8.9(a)(i) is hereinafter referred to as a “Hold Order” and collectively as “Hold Orders”; an Order containing the information referred to in clause (A)(2) or (B) of this Section 8.9(a)(i) is hereinafter referred to as a “Bid” and collectively as “Bids”; and an Order containing the information referred to in clause (A)(3) of this Section 8.9(a)(i) is hereinafter referred to as a “Sell Order” and collectively as “Sell Orders.”
(D) A Bid by a Beneficial Owner or an Existing Holder of shares of a series of APS subject to an Auction on any Auction Date shall constitute an irrevocable offer to sell:
     (1) the number of Outstanding shares of such series specified in such Bid if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series determined on such Auction Date shall be less than the rate specified therein;
     (2) such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares of such series to be determined as set forth in Section 8.9(d)(i)(A)(4) if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series determined on such Auction Date shall be equal to the rate specified therein; or

-61-


 

     (3) the number of Outstanding shares of such series specified in such Bid if the rate specified therein shall be higher than the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of such series, or such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares of such series to be determined as set forth in Section 8.9(d)(i)(A)(4) if the rate specified therein shall be higher than the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of such series and Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series do not exist.
(E) A Sell Order by a Beneficial Owner or an Existing Holder of shares of a series of APS subject to an Auction on any Auction Date shall constitute an irrevocable offer to sell:
     (1) the number of Outstanding shares of such series specified in such Sell Order; or
     (2) such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares of such series as set forth in Section 8.9(d)(i)(B)(3) if Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series do not exist; provided, however, that a Broker-Dealer that is an Existing Holder with respect to shares of a series of APS shall not be liable to any Person for failing to sell such shares pursuant to a Sell Order described in the proviso to paragraph (iii) of Section 8.9(b) if (X) such shares were transferred by the Beneficial Owner thereof without compliance by such Beneficial Owner or its transferee Broker-Dealer (or other transferee person, if permitted by the Trust) with the provisions of Section 8.9(f) or (Y) such Broker-Dealer has informed the Auction Agent pursuant to the terms of its Broker-Dealer Agreement that, according to such Broker-Dealer’s records, such Broker Dealer believes it is not the Existing Holder of such shares.
(F) A Bid by a Potential Beneficial Holder or a Potential Holder of shares of a series of APS subject to an Auction on any Auction Date shall constitute an irrevocable offer to purchase:
     (1) the number of Outstanding shares of such series specified in such Bid if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series determined on such Auction Date shall be higher than the rate specified therein; or
     (2) such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares of such series as set forth in Section 8.9(d)(i)(A)(5) if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series determined on such Auction Date shall be equal to the rate specified therein.

-62-


 

(ii) No Order for any number of APS other than whole shares shall be valid.
     (b)  Submission of Orders by Broker-Dealers to Auction Agent.
(i) Each Broker-Dealer shall submit in writing to the Auction Agent prior to the Submission Deadline on each Auction Date all Orders for APS of a series subject to an Auction on such Auction Date obtained by such Broker-Dealer, designating itself (unless otherwise permitted by the Trust) as an Existing Holder in respect of shares subject to Orders submitted or deemed submitted to it by Beneficial Owners and as a Potential Holder in respect of shares subject to Orders submitted to it by Potential Beneficial Owners, and shall specify with respect to each Order for such shares:
(A) the name of the Bidder placing such Order (which shall be the Broker-Dealer unless otherwise permitted by the Trust);
(B) the aggregate number of shares of such series that are the subject of such Order;
(C) to the extent that such Bidder is an Existing Holder of shares of such series:
     (1) the number of shares, if any, of such series subject to any Hold Order of such Existing Holder;
     (2) the number of shares, if any, of such series subject to any Bid of such Existing Holder and the rate specified in such Bid; and
     (3) the number of shares, if any, of such series subject to any Sell Order of such Existing Holder; and
(D) to the extent such Bidder is a Potential Holder of shares of such series, the rate and number of shares of such series specified in such Potential Holder’s Bid.
(ii) If any rate specified in any Bid contains more than three figures to the right of the decimal point, the Auction Agent shall round such rate up to the next highest one thousandth (.001) of 1%.
(iii) If an Order or Orders covering all of the outstanding APS of a series held by any Existing Holder is not submitted to the Auction Agent prior to the Submission Deadline, the Auction Agent shall deem a Hold Order to have been submitted by or on behalf of such Existing Holder covering the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder and not subject to Orders submitted to the Auction Agent; provided, however, that if an Order or Orders covering all of the Outstanding shares of such series held by any Existing

-63-


 

Holder is not submitted to the Auction Agent prior to the Submission Deadline for an Auction relating to a Special Rate Period consisting of more than 91 days, the Auction Agent shall deem a Sell order to have been submitted by or on behalf of such Existing Holder covering the number of outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder and not subject to Orders submitted to the Auction Agent.
(iv) If one or more Orders of an Existing Holder is submitted to the Auction Agent covering in the aggregate more than the number of Outstanding APS of a series subject to an Auction held by such Existing Holder, such Orders shall be considered valid in the following order of priority:
(A) all Hold Orders for shares of such series shall be considered valid, but only up to and including in the aggregate the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder, and if the number of shares of such series subject to such Hold Orders exceeds the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder, the number of shares subject to each such Hold Order shall be reduced pro rata to cover the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder;
(B)
     (1) any Bid for shares of such series shall be considered valid up to and including the excess of the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder over the number of shares of such series subject to any Hold Orders referred to in clause (A) above;
     (2) subject to subclause (1), if more than one Bid of an Existing Holder for shares of such series is submitted to the Auction Agent with the same rate and the number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to such Bids is greater than such excess, such Bids shall be considered valid up to and including the amount of such excess, and the number of shares of such series subject to each Bid with the same rate shall be reduced pro rata to cover the number of shares of such series equal to such excess;
     (3) subject to subclauses (1) and (2), if more than one Bid of an Existing Holder for shares of such series is submitted to the Auction Agent with different rates, such Bids shall be considered valid in the ascending order of their respective rates up to and including the amount of such excess;
     (4) in any such event, the number, if any, of such Outstanding shares of such series subject to any portion of Bids considered not valid in whole or in part under this clause (B) shall

-64-


 

     be treated as the subject of a Bid for shares of such series by or on behalf of a Potential Holder at the rate therein specified; and
(C) all Sell Orders for shares of such series shall be considered valid up to and including the excess of the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder over the sum of shares of such series subject to valid Hold Orders referred to in clause (A) above and valid Bids referred to in clause (B) above.
(v) If more than one Bid for one or more shares of a series of APS is submitted to the Auction Agent by or on behalf of any Potential Holder, each such Bid submitted shall be a separate Bid with the rate and number of shares therein specified.
(vi) Any Order submitted by a Beneficial Owner or a Potential Beneficial Owner to its Broker-Dealer, or by a Broker-Dealer to the Auction Agent, prior to the Submission Deadline on any Auction Date, shall be irrevocable.
     (c)  Determination of Sufficient Clearing Bids, Winning Bids Rate and Applicable Rate.
(i) Not earlier than the Submission Deadline on each Auction Date for shares of a series of APS, the Auction Agent shall assemble all valid Orders submitted or deemed submitted to it by the Broker-Dealers in respect of shares of such series (each such Order as submitted or deemed submitted by a Broker-Dealer being hereinafter referred to individually as a “Submitted Hold Order,” a “Submitted Bid” or a “Submitted Sell Order,” as the case may be, or as a “Submitted Order” and collectively as “Submitted Hold Orders,” “Submitted Bids” or “Submitted Sell Orders,” as the case may be, or as “Submitted Orders”) and shall determine for such series:
(A) the excess of the number of Outstanding shares of such series over the number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to Submitted Hold Orders (such excess being hereinafter referred to as the “Available APS” of such series);
(B) from the Submitted Orders for shares of such series whether:
     (1) the number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to Submitted Bids of Potential Holders specifying one or more rates equal to or lower than the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of such series exceeds or is equal to the sum of:
     (2) the number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to Submitted Bids of Existing Holders specifying one or more rates higher than the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of such series; and

-65-


 

     (3) the number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to Submitted Sell Orders
(in the event such excess or such equality exists (other than because the number of shares of such series in subclauses (2) and (3) above is zero because all of the Outstanding shares of such series are subject to Submitted Hold Orders), such Submitted Bids in subclause (1) above being hereinafter referred to collectively as “Sufficient Clearing Bids” for shares of such series); and
(C) if Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series exist, the lowest rate specified in such Submitted Bids (the “Winning Bid Rate” for shares of such series) which if:
     (1) (X) each such Submitted Bid of Existing Holders specifying such lowest rate and (Y) all other such Submitted Bids of Existing Holders specifying lower rates were rejected, thus entitling such Existing Holders to continue to hold the shares of such series that are subject to such Submitted Bids; and
     (2) (X) each such Submitted Bid of Potential Holders specifying such lowest rate and (Y) all other such Submitted Bids of Potential Holders specifying lower rates were accepted would result in such Existing Holders described in Section 8.9(c(i)(B)(2) (1) above continuing to hold an aggregate number of Outstanding shares of such series which, when added to the number of Outstanding shares of such series to be purchased by such Potential Holders described in Section 8.9(c(i)(B)(2), would equal not less than the Available APS of such series.
(ii) Promptly after the Auction Agent has made the determinations pursuant to paragraph (i) of this Section 8.9(c), the Auction Agent shall advise the Trust of the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of the series of APS for which an Auction is being held on the Auction Date and, based on such determination the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period thereof as follows:
(A) if Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series exist, that the Applicable Rate for all shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period thereof shall be equal to the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series so determined;
(B) if Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series do not exist (other than because all of the Outstanding shares of such series are subject to Submitted Hold Orders), that the Applicable Rate for all shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period thereof shall be equal to the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of such series; or
(C) if all of the Outstanding shares of such series are subject to Submitted Hold Orders, that the Dividend Period shall be a Dividend

-66-


 

Period of seven Rate Period Days and the Applicable Rate for all shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period thereof shall be the applicable “AA” Financial Composite Commercial Paper Rate on such Auction Date.
(d) Acceptance and Rejection of Submitted Bids and Submitted Sell Orders and Allocation of Shares.
(i) Existing Holders shall continue to hold the APS that are subject to Submitted Hold Orders, and, based on the determinations made pursuant to Section 8.9(c)(i)(A), the Submitted Bids and Submitted Sell Orders shall be accepted or rejected by the Auction Agent and the Auction Agent shall take such other action as set forth below:
(A) If Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of a series of APS have been made, all Submitted Sell Orders with respect to shares of such series shall be accepted and, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (iv) and (v) of Section 8.9(d), Submitted Bids with respect to shares of such series shall be accepted or rejected as follows in the following order of priority and all other Submitted Bids with respect to shares of such series shall be rejected:
     (1) Existing Holders’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series specifying any rate that is higher than the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series shall be accepted, thus requiring each such Existing Holder to sell the APS subject to such Submitted Bids;
     (2) Existing Holders’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series specifying any rate that is lower than the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series shall be rejected, thus entitling each such Existing Holder to continue to hold the APS subject to such Submitted Bids;
     (3) Potential Holders’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series specifying any rate that is lower than the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series shall be accepted;
     (4) each Existing Holder’s Submitted Bid for shares of such series specifying a rate that is equal to the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series shall be rejected, thus entitling such Existing Holder to continue to hold the APS subject to such Submitted Bid, unless the number of Outstanding APS subject to all such Submitted Bids shall be greater than the number of APS (“remaining shares”) in the excess of the Available APS of such series over the number of APS subject to Submitted Bids described in Sections 8.9(d)(i)(A) and (C), in which event such Submitted Bid of such Existing Holder shall be rejected in part, and such

-67-


 

Existing Holder shall be entitled to continue to hold APS subject to such Submitted Bid, but only in an amount equal to the number of APS of such series obtained by multiplying the number of remaining shares by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Outstanding APS held by such Existing Holder subject to such Submitted Bid and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of Outstanding APS subject to such Submitted Bids made by all such Existing Holders that specified a rate equal to the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series; and
     (5) each Potential Holder’s Submitted Bid for shares of such series specifying a rate that is equal to the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series shall be accepted but only in an amount equal to the number of shares of such series obtained by multiplying the number of shares in the excess of the Available APS of such series over the number of APS subject to Submitted Bids described in clauses (2) through (4) of this Section 8.9(i)(A) by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Outstanding APS subject to such Submitted Bid and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of Outstanding APS subject to such Submitted Bids made by all such Potential Holders that specified a rate equal to the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series.
(B) If Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of a series of APS have not been made (other than because all of the Outstanding shares of such series are subject to Submitted Hold Orders), subject to the provisions of Section 8.9(d)(4), Submitted Orders for shares of such series shall be accepted or rejected as follows in the following order of priority and all other Submitted Bids for shares of such series shall be rejected:
     (1) Existing Holders’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series specifying any rate that is equal to or lower than the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of such series shall be rejected, thus entitling such Existing Holders to continue to hold the APS subject to such Submitted Bids;
     (2) Potential Holders’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series specifying any rate that is equal to or lower than the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of such series shall be accepted; and
     (3) Each Existing Holder’s Submitted Bid for shares of such series specifying any rate that is higher than the Maximum Applicable Rate for shares of such series and the Submitted Sell Orders for shares of such series of each Existing Holder shall be accepted, thus entitling each Existing Holder that submitted or on

-68-


 

     whose behalf was submitted any such Submitted Bid or Submitted Sell Order to sell the shares of such series subject to such Submitted Bid or Submitted Sell Order, but in both cases only in an amount equal to the number of shares of such series obtained by multiplying the number of shares of such series subject to Submitted Bids described in clause (2) of this paragraph (B) by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder subject to such Submitted Bid or Submitted Sell Order and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to all such Submitted Bids and Submitted Sell Orders.
(C) If all of the Outstanding shares of a series of APS are subject to Submitted Hold Orders, all Submitted Bids for shares of such series shall be rejected.
(D) If, as a result of the procedures described in clause (4) or (5) of paragraph (A) or clause (3) of paragraph (B) of this Section 8.9(d)(i), any Existing Holder would be entitled or required to sell, or any Potential Holder would be entitled or required to purchase, a fraction of a share of a series of APS on any Auction Date, the Auction Agent shall, in such manner as it shall determine in its sole discretion, round up or down the number of APS of such series to be purchased or sold by any Existing Holder or Potential Holder on such Auction Date as a result of such procedures so that the number of shares so purchased or sold by each Existing Holder or Potential Holder on such Auction Date shall be whole APS.
(E) If, as a result of the procedures described in clause (5) of Section 8.9(d)(i)(A), any Potential Holder would be entitled or required to purchase less than a whole share of a series of APS on any Auction Date, the Auction Agent shall, in such manner as it shall determine in its sole discretion, allocate APS of such series for purchase among Potential Holders so that only whole shares of APS of such series are purchased on such Auction Date as a result of such procedures by any Potential Holder, even if such allocation results in one or more Potential Holders not purchasing APS of such series on such Auction Date.
(F) Based on the results of each Auction for shares of a series of APS, the Auction Agent shall determine the aggregate number of shares of such series to be purchased and the aggregate number of shares of such series to be sold by Potential Holders and Existing Holders and, with respect to each Potential Holder and Existing Holder, to the extent that such aggregate number of shares to be purchased and such aggregate number of shares to be sold differ, determine to which other Potential Holder(s) or Existing Holder(s) they shall deliver, or from which other Potential

-69-


 

Holder(s) or Existing Holder(s) they shall receive, as the case may be, APS of such series. Notwithstanding any provision of the Auction Procedures to the contrary, in the event an Existing Holder or Beneficial Owner of a series of APS with respect to whom a Broker-Dealer submitted a Bid to the Auction Agent for such shares that was accepted in whole or in part, or submitted or is deemed to have submitted a Sell Order for such shares that was accepted in whole or in part, fails to instruct its Agent Member to deliver such shares against payment therefor, partial deliveries of APS that have been made in respect of Potential Holders’ or Potential Beneficial Owners’ submitted Bids for shares of such series that have been accepted in whole or in part shall constitute good delivery to such Potential Holders and Potential Beneficial Owners.
(G) None of the Trust, the Adviser, nor the Auction Agent nor any affiliate of either shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to the failure of an Existing Holder, a Potential Holder, a Beneficial Owner, a Potential Beneficial Owner or its respective Agent Member to deliver APS of any series or to pay for APS of any series sold or purchased pursuant to the Auction Procedures or otherwise.
     (e)  Auction Agent.
     For so long as any APS are outstanding, the Auction Agent, duly appointed by the Trust to so act, shall be in each case a commercial bank, trust company or other financial institution independent of the Trust and its Affiliates (which however may engage or have engaged in business transactions with the Trust or its Affiliates) and at no time shall the Trust or any of its affiliates act as the Auction Agent in connection with the Auction Procedures. If the Auction Agent resigns or for any reason its appointment is terminated during any period that any APS are outstanding, the Board of Trustees shall use its best efforts promptly thereafter to appoint another qualified commercial bank, trust company or financial institution to act as the Auction Agent. The Auction Agent’s registry of Existing Holders of a series of APS shall be conclusive and binding on the Broker-Dealers. A Broker-Dealer may inquire of the Auction Agent between 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day preceding an Auction for a series of APS and 9:30 a.m. on the Auction Date for such Auction to ascertain the number of shares of such series in respect of which the Auction Agent has determined such Broker-Dealer to be an Existing Holder. If such Broker-Dealer believes it is the Existing Holder of fewer shares of such series than specified by the Auction Agent in response to such Broker-Dealer’s inquiry, such Broker-Dealer may so inform the Auction Agent of that belief. Such Broker-Dealer shall not, in its capacity as Existing Holder of shares of such series, submit Orders in such Auction in respect of shares of such series covering in the aggregate more than the number of shares of such series specified by the Auction Agent in response to such Broker-Dealer’s inquiry.
     (f)  Transfer of APS.
     Unless otherwise permitted by the Trust, a Beneficial Owner or an Existing Holder may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of APS only in whole shares and only pursuant to a Bid or Sell

-70-


 

Order placed with the Auction Agent in accordance with the procedures described in this Section 8.9 or to a Broker-Dealer; provided, however, that (a) a sale, transfer or other disposition of APS from a customer of a Broker-Dealer who is listed on the records of that Broker-Dealer as the holder of such shares to that Broker-Dealer or another customer of that Broker-Dealer shall not be deemed to be a sale, transfer or other disposition for purposes of this Section 8.9 if such Broker-Dealer remains the Existing Holder of the shares so sold, transferred or disposed of immediately after such sale, transfer or disposition and (b) in the case of all transfers other than pursuant to Auctions, the Broker-Dealer (or other Person, if permitted by the Trust) to whom such transfer is made shall advise the Auction Agent of such transfer.
     (g)  Global Certificate.
     Prior to the commencement of a any period in which the holders of Preferred Shares are entitled to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees, (i) all of the shares of a series of APS outstanding from time to time shall be represented by one global certificate registered in the name of the Securities Depository or its nominee and (ii) no registration of transfer of shares of a series of APS shall be made on the books of the Trust to any Person other than the Securities Depository or its nominee.
     (h)  Force Majeure.
(i) Notwithstanding anything else set forth herein, if an Auction Date is not a Business Day because the New York Stock Exchange is closed for business due to an act of God, natural disaster, act of war, civil or military disturbance, act of terrorism, sabotage, riots or a loss or malfunction of utilities or communications services or the Auction Agent is not able to conduct an Auction in accordance with the Auction Procedures for any such reason, then the Auction Rate for the next Dividend Period shall be the Auction Rate determined on the previous Auction Date.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything else set forth herein, if a Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day because the New York Stock Exchange is closed for business due to an act of God, natural disaster, act of war civil or military disturbance, act of terrorism, sabotage, riots or a loss or malfunction of utilities or communications services or the dividend payable on such date can not be paid for any such reason, then:
(A) the Dividend Payment Date for the affected Dividend Period shall be the next Business Day on which the Trust and its paying agent, if any, are able to cause the dividend to be paid using their reasonable best efforts;
(B) the affected Dividend Period shall end on the day it would have ended had such event not occurred and the Dividend Payment Date had remained the scheduled date; and

-71-


 

(C) the next Dividend Period will begin and end on the dates on which it would have begun and ended had such event not occurred and the Dividend Payment Date remained the scheduled date.
     (i)  Miscellaneous.
     The Board of Trustees may interpret the provisions of this Section 8.9 to resolve any inconsistency or ambiguity, remedy any formal defect or make any other change or modification that does not materially adversely affect the rights of Existing Holders of the Preferred Shares, and if such inconsistency, ambiguity or formal defect reflects an inaccurate provision hereof, the Board of Trustees may, in appropriate circumstances, amend this Section 8.9. An Existing Holder (A) may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Preferred Shares only pursuant to a Bid or Sell Order in accordance with the procedures described in this Section 8.9 or to or through a Broker-Dealer, provided that in the case of all transfers other than pursuant to Auctions such Existing Holder or its Broker-Dealer or its Agent Member advises the Auction Agent of such transfer, and (B) shall have the ownership of the Preferred Shares held by it maintained in book-entry form by the Securities Depository in the account of its Agent Member, which in turn will maintain records of such Existing Holder’s beneficial ownership. Neither the Trust nor any affiliated person of the Trust (as defined under the Investment Company Act) shall submit any Order in any Auction. All of the Outstanding Preferred Shares shall be represented by one certificate registered in the name of the nominee of the Securities Depository. Each such certificate shall bear a legend substantially to the effect that transfer of the Shares represented by such certificate is subject to the restrictions specified in Section 8.9(f). Neither the Trust nor any of its agents, including, without limitation, the Auction Agent, shall have any liability with respect to the failure of a Potential Holder, Existing Holder or Agent Member to deliver, or to pay for, Preferred Shares sold or purchased in an Auction or otherwise.
ARTICLE IX
TERMS OF COMMON SHARES
     Section 9.1. Designation . A class of common shares of beneficial interest, without par value, is hereby designated “Common Shares” (the “Common Shares”).
     Section 9.2. Common Shares .
     (a) The Common Shares shall rank junior to the Preferred Shares with respect to payment of dividends and distributions on liquidation or dissolution and shall have such other qualifications, limitations or restrictions as provided in the Declaration.
     (b) Except as otherwise provided herein or by law and the Declaration, the holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled to one vote for each Share on each matter submitted to a vote of the Shareholders of the Trust. The holders of the Common Shares and the holders of the Preferred Shares shall vote together as a single class except as herein provided or to the extent otherwise required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration.

-72-


 

     (c) After all accumulated and unpaid dividends upon all outstanding Preferred Shares for all previous dividend periods have been paid, and full dividends on all outstanding Preferred Shares for the then-current dividend period have been paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set apart therefore, then and not otherwise, dividends or other distributions may be declared upon and paid to the holders of the Common Shares, to the exclusion of the holders of the Preferred Shares.
     (d) In the event of the dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Trust, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment in full of the amounts, if any, required to be paid to the holders of the Preferred Shares, the holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled, to the exclusion of the holders of the Preferred Shares, to share ratably in all remaining assets of the Trust.
ARTICLE X
FISCAL YEAR
     The fiscal year of the Trust shall be established by resolution of the Trustees.
ARTICLE XI
SEAL
     The Trustees may adopt a seal which shall be in such form and shall have such inscription thereon as the Trustees may from time to time prescribe but the absence of a seal shall not impair the validity or execution of any document.
ARTICLE XII
SUFFICIENCY AND WAIVERS OF NOTICE
     Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, the Declaration of Trust or these By-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. A notice shall be deemed to have been sent by mail, telegraph, cable, wireless, facsimile or electronic means for the purposes of these By-laws when it has been delivered to a representative of any entity holding itself out as capable of sending notice by such means with instructions that it be so sent.
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENTS
     These By-laws, or any of them, may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-laws may be adopted by a vote of a majority of the Trustees, provided, however, that no By-law may be amended, adopted or repealed by the Trustees if such amendment, adoption or repeal requires, pursuant to federal or state law, the Declaration of Trust or these By-laws, a vote of the Shareholders.

-73-

AMENDMENT, DATED MARCH 8, 2005 TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS OF
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST,
DATED SEPTEMBER 14, 2004
     Pursuant to the authority granted to the Board of Trustees in Section 2.10 of the Trust’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”), dated August 26, 2003, as amended from time to time, the Board of Trustees further amends the Amended and Restated By-Laws (the “By-Laws”) of the John Hancock Investors Trust (the “Trust”) by restating Article VI of the By-Laws in its entirety as follows:
OFFICERS
Section 6.1. General Provisions . The officers of the Trust shall be a Chairman, a President, a Treasurer and a Secretary, who shall be elected by the Trustees. The Trustees may elect or appoint such other officers or agents as the business of the Trust may require, including one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers. The Trustees may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint any subordinate officers or agents.
Section 6.2. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications . The officers of the Trust and any Series thereof shall be elected by the Trustees. Except as provided in Sections 6.3 and 6.4 of this Article VI, each officer elected by the Trustees shall hold office at the pleasure of the Trustees. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The Chairman of the Board shall be selected from among the Trustees and may hold such office only so long as he/she continues to be a Trustee. Any Trustee or officer may be but need not be a Shareholder of the Trust.
Section 6.3. Removal . The Trustees, at any regular or special meeting of the Trustees, may remove any officer with or without cause, by a vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office. Any officer or agent appointed by an officer or committee may be removed with or without cause by such appointing officer or committee.
Section 6.4. Powers and Duties of the Chairman . The Chairman shall preside at the meetings of the Shareholders and of the Trustees. He may call meetings of the Trustees and of any committee thereof whenever he deems it necessary.
Section 6.5. Powers and Duties of the Vice Chairman . The Trustees may, but need not, appoint one or more Vice Chairman of the Trust. The Vice Chairman shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Trustees or the Chairman.
Section 6.6. Powers and Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust and shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and Shareholders in the absence of the Chairman. Subject to the control of the Trustees and to the control of any

 


 

Committees of the Trustees, within their respective spheres as provided by the Trustees, he shall at all times exercise general supervision over the business and policies of the Trust. He shall have the power to employ attorneys and counsel for the Trust or any Series or Class thereof and to employ such subordinate officers, agents, clerks and employees as he may find necessary to transact the business of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof. He shall also have the power to grant, issue, execute or sign such powers of attorney, proxies or other documents as may be deemed advisable or necessary in furtherance of the interests of the Trust or any Series thereof. The President shall have such other powers and duties, as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Trustees.
Section 6.7. Powers and Duties of Vice Presidents . In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice President or, if there be more than one Vice President, any Vice President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all the duties and may exercise any of the powers of the President, subject to the control of the Trustees. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Trustees and the President.
Section 6.8. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the principal financial and accounting officer of the Trust. He shall deliver all funds of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof which may come into his hands to such Custodian as the Trustees may employ. He shall render a statement of condition of the finances of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof to the Trustees as often as they shall require the same and he shall in general perform all the duties incident to the office of a Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees. The Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties, if required so to do by the Trustees, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees shall require.
Section 6.9. Powers and Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Trustees and of the Shareholders in proper books provided for that purpose; he shall have custody of the seal of the Trust; he shall have charge of the Share transfer books, lists and records unless the same are in the charge of a transfer agent. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices by the Trust in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and as required by law; and subject to these By-laws, he shall in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees.
Section 6.10. Powers and Duties of Assistant Treasurers . In the absence or disability of the Treasurer, any officer designated by the Trustees shall perform all the duties, and may exercise any of the powers, of the Treasurer. Each officer shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees. Each officer performing the duties and exercising the powers of the Treasurer, if any, and any Assistant Treasurer, shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties, if required so to do by the Trustees, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees shall require.
Section 6.11. Powers and Duties of Assistant Secretaries . In the absence or disability of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary designated by the Trustees shall perform all the duties, and

 


 

may exercise any of the powers, of the Secretary. Each Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees.
Section 6.12. Compensation of Officers and Trustees and Members of the Advisory Board . Subject to any applicable provisions of the Declaration of Trust, the compensation of the officers and Trustees and members of an advisory board shall be fixed from time to time by the Trustees or, in the case of officers, by any Committee or officer upon whom such power may be conferred by the Trustees. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation as such officer by reason of the fact that he is also a Trustee.

 

 
AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS OF
JOHN HANCOCK INCOME SECURITIES TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND III
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED DIVIDEND INCOME FUND
 
As Amended: March 11, 2008
      Article IV. Trustees . A new Section 4.3 is added as follows:
      Section 4.3. Retirement Age. That the retirement age for Trustees shall be seventy two and that therefore each Trustee shall retire from service on December 31 of the year in which he or she reaches his or her seventy-second birthday.
      Article VIII. Preferred Shares. That any and all provisions prohibiting or restricting the ability of affiliates of the Fund from submitting Bids or Orders or otherwise participating in Auctions for Preferred Shares, including without limitation such provisions contained in Section 8.9 relating to Auction Procedures, be and they hereby are eliminated and repealed. For the elimination of doubt, this provision eliminating all such restrictions shall govern in the event of any ambiguity or inconsistency regarding the ability of affiliates of the Fund to fully participate in auctions to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

 
AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS OF
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
 
As Amended effective: October 15, 2008 (Articles III, VIII and IX)
      Article III, Section 3.12, paragraphs (a) and (b) are hereby amended to read in their entirety as follows (with additions shown in bold text):
     ARTICLE III SHAREHOLDERS
     Section 3.12 Nominations and Proposals by Shareholders.
     (a)  Annual Meetings of Shareholders . Nominations of persons for election as a Trustee and the proposal of business to be considered by the Shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of Shareholders (i) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Trustees or (iii) by any Shareholder of the Trust who was a Shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 3.12(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.12(a). For nominations for election to the Trustees or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Shareholder pursuant to this Section 3.12(a), the Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Trust and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by Shareholders. To be timely, a Shareholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust by not later than the close of business on the 90 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the mailing of the notice for the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than thirty (30) days from the anniversary date of the mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the Shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the date of mailing of the notice for such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to the date of mailing of the notice for such annual meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of mailing of the notice for such meeting is first made by the Trust. In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement of the mailing of the notice for such annual meeting or of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting to a

 


 

later date or time commence a new time period for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.
     A Shareholder’s notice to be proper must set forth (i) as to each person whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a trustee (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the class and number of shares of stock of the Trust that are beneficially owned or owned of record by such person, (C) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and (D) all other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of trustees in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a trustee if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the Shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Shareholder (including any anticipated benefit to the Shareholder therefrom) and of each beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) as to the Shareholder giving the notice and each beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (1) the name and address of such Shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s stock ledger and current name and address, if different, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and number of shares of stock of the Trust which are owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder and such beneficial owner, (3) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk of share price changes for, or to increase the voting power of, such shareholder or beneficial owner with respect to any share of the Trust (collectively “Hedging Activities”), and (4) the extent to which such shareholder or such beneficial owner, if any, has engaged in Hedging Activities with respect to shares or other equity interests of any other trust or company; (iv) as to the shareholder giving the notice and any beneficial owner covered by clauses (i) or (ii) of this paragraph, the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s stock ledger and current name and address, if different, of such beneficial owner; and (v) to the extent known by the shareholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other shareholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a trustee or the proposal of other business on the date of such shareholder’s notice. Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 3.12 to the contrary, in the event that the number of trustees to be elected to the Board of Trustees is increased and there is no public announcement by the Trust of such action or specifying the size of the increased Trustees at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the date of mailing of the notice for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Shareholder’s notice required by this Section 3.12(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if the notice is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than the close of business on the 10 th day immediately following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.

- 2 -


 

     (b)  Special Meetings of Shareholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Trustees may be made at a special meeting of Shareholders at which trustees are to be elected (i) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Trustees or (iii) provided that the Trustees have determined that trustees shall be elected at such special meeting, by any Shareholder of the Trust who is a Shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 3.12(b) and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.12(b). In the event the Trust calls a special meeting of Shareholders for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees, any such Shareholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting, if the Shareholder’s notice containing the information required by this Section 3.12(b) shall have been delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Trust not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such special meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and the nominees proposed by the Trustees to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting to a later date or time commence a new time period for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.
      A Shareholder’s notice to be proper must set forth (i) as to each person whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a trustee (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the class and number of shares of stock of the Trust that are beneficially owned or owned of record by such person, (C) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and (D) all other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of trustees in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a trustee if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the Shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Shareholder (including any anticipated benefit to the Shareholder therefrom) and of each beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) as to the Shareholder giving the notice and each beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (1) the name and address of such Shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s stock ledger and current name and address, if different, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and number of shares of stock of the Trust which are owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder and such beneficial owner, (3) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk of share price changes for, or to increase the voting power of, such shareholder or beneficial owner with respect to any share of the Trust (collectively

- 3 -


 

“Hedging Activities”), and (4) the extent to which such shareholder or such beneficial owner, if any, has engaged in Hedging Activities with respect to shares or other equity interests of any other trust or company; (iv) as to the shareholder giving the notice and any beneficial owner covered by clauses (i) or (ii) of this paragraph, the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s stock ledger and current name and address, if different, of such beneficial owner; and (v) to the extent known by the shareholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other shareholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a trustee or the proposal of other business on the date of such shareholder’s notice.
      Article VIII is hereby deleted and is amended to read in its entirety as follows: “ARTICLE VIII. RESERVED.”
      Article IX, Section 9.2, paragraph (a) is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows (with additions shown in bold text and deletions shown in stricken text):
     ARTICLE IX TERMS OF COMMON SHARES
     Section 9.2. Common Shares .
     (a) The Common Shares shall rank junior to any issued preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) with respect to payment of dividends and distributions on liquidation or dissolution and shall have such other qualifications, limitations or restrictions as provided in the Declaration.

- 4 -

JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
AMENDMENT DATED AUGUST 1, 2009
TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
DATED SEPTEMBER 14, 2004
    That the By-Laws be, and they hereby are, amended as follows:
1.   Section 6.8 is amended to read as follows in its entirety:
    POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TREASURER. The Treasurer shall deliver all funds of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof which may come into his hands to such Custodian as the Trustees may employ. He shall render a statement of condition of the finances of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof to the Trustees as often as they shall require the same and he shall in general perform all the duties incident to the office of a Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees. The Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties, if required so to do by the Trustees, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees shall require.
2.   A new Section 6.13 is added as follows:
    DESIGNATION OF PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER(S) AND PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER(S). The Trustees shall designate by resolution one or more officers of the Trust as the principal accounting officer(s) and the principal financial officer(s) for purposes of signing registration statements of the Trust in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

AMENDMENT DATED AUGUST 31, 2010
TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS OF
JOHN HANCOCK INCOME SECURITIES TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND III
EACH DATED SEPTEMBER 14, 2004 AS AMENDED
AND
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS OF
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED DIVIDEND INCOME FUND

DATED DECEMBER 16, 2003 AS AMENDED MARCH 8, 2005 AS AMENDED
 
Section 4.3 of ARTICLE IV is hereby amended to read as follows in its entirety:
Section 4.3 Retirement Age . The retirement age for Trustees shall be seventy three and therefore each Trustee shall retire from service on December 31 of the year in which he or she reaches his or her seventy-third birthday.

 

John Hancock Closed-End Funds
      ____________________________
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
Dear Shareholder:
Thank you for selecting a John Hancock Closed-End Fund (the “Fund”) for your investment portfolio. Every shareholder holding at least one full share of the Fund is entitled to participate in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”). In addition, every shareholder who became a shareholder of the Fund after June 30, 2011 (May 25, 2011 with respect to John Hancock Hedged Equity & Income Fund) and holds at least one full share of the Fund will be automatically enrolled in the Plan. The Terms and Conditions of the Plan, as well as the procedures to either continue dividend reinvestment or have your dividends paid in cash, are included in this brochure. The brochure also describes the costs you will pay as a Plan participant. Appendix A to this brochure lists the Funds that currently offer the Plan.
The Plan offers an opportunity to earn compounded returns. Compounding your investment returns over time by reinvesting in shares of the Fund may afford benefits to you not achieved by taking your investment returns in cash. The Plan also enables you to purchase additional shares of the Fund, deposit Fund shares that were not acquired through the Plan, and sell shares held in your Plan account. In addition, as a participant in the Plan, you will benefit from the safekeeping provided by the Administrator for all shares purchased on your behalf by the Administrator and other Fund shares you may deposit in the Plan account. This service protects against theft or loss of certificates. Recordkeeping also is provided by the Administrator for participants. Monthly statements will detail distributions, purchases, sales (if any), prices and total shares held in your Plan account.
The Bank of New York Mellon acts as Administrator for shareholders in reinvesting all dividends and distributions in additional shares of the Fund for individual accounts. If you hold at least one full share of the Fund and would like automatic dividend reinvestment and your shares are held in the name of a nominee (broker, bank or other), please contact your nominee to see if it will participate in the Plan for you. If your nominee can participate in the Plan, your monthly statements will reflect the reinvestment. If your nominee cannot participate in the Plan for you, have your shares re-registered in your name so you may participate.
If you do not wish to participate in the Plan, please notify the Administrator by telephone at the number in the enclosed materials or by visiting the Administrator’s Web site at www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/equityaccess.

 


 

Dear Shareholder:
BNY Mellon Capital Markets, LLC (“BNYMCM”), a registered broker-dealer, is forwarding the enclosed materials for the dividend reinvestment plan (the “Plan”). The Bank of New York Mellon, a banking affiliate of BNYMCM, is the Administrator of the Plan. Please review the enclosed materials for details of the Plan.
Orders received by the Administrator to purchase or sell shares under the Plan may be executed by BNYMCM. BNYMCM makes no recommendation for or against participation in the Plan, or the purchase of any securities under the Plan, nor does it assume any responsibility for the accuracy of the statements made in the enclosed materials.
If you have any questions about the Plan, you may contact the Administrator at the toll-free number in the enclosed materials.
     
 
  Very truly yours,
 
   
 
  BNY Mellon Capital Markets, LLC
BNYMCM, a wholly owned non-bank subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, is a full service, SEC registered broker-dealer, and a member of FINRA and SIPC. Shares offered through the Plan are not FDIC insured and are not held by BNYMCM. Shares held pursuant to the Plan are not subject to protection under SIPC. Shares are not bank deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed by any bank and are subject to investment risks, including possible loss of the principal amount invested.

2


 

What is the Dividend Reinvestment Plan?
The Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) offers shareholders of each of the John Hancock Closed-End Funds listed in Appendix A (each a “Fund”) a prompt and simple way to reinvest their dividend and net capital gains distributions in shares of the Fund, purchase additional shares of the Fund, and safekeep shares of the Fund. Each Fund expects to declare dividends out of its income and net capital gains available for distribution, in accordance with its usual practice, as stated in its shareholder reports.
The Bank of New York Mellon acts as Administrator for shareholders in administering the Plan. Certain administrative support will be provided to the Administrator by its affiliate, BNY Mellon Shareowner Services. The complete Terms and Conditions of the Plan appear later in this brochure. Except where noted, references to a “Fund” in this brochure and in the Terms and Conditions apply equally to each Fund.
Who can participate in the Plan?
If you own at least one full share of the Fund in your own name, you are entitled to participate in the Plan. In addition, if you are a new shareholder holding at least one full share of the Fund, you will be automatically enrolled in the Plan. This automatic enrollment feature of the Plan applies only to shareholders who became shareholders of the Fund after June 30, 2011 (May 25, 2011 with respect to John Hancock Hedged Equity & Income Fund). If you own shares that are held in the name of a brokerage firm, bank or other nominee, you should instruct your nominee to participate on your behalf with respect to the Fund or Funds that you designate. If you wish to participate in the Plan, but your brokerage firm, bank or other nominee is unable to participate on your behalf, you should request it to re-register your shares in your own name, which will enable your participation in the Plan. The Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of shares certified from time to time by you as representing the total amount registered in your name and held for your account by your nominee.
How does the Plan work?
For all Funds (except for the John Hancock Bank and Thrift Opportunity Fund), if the Fund declares a dividend or distribution payable either in cash or in shares of the Fund and the market price of shares on the valuation date equals or exceeds the Fund’s net asset value per share (“NAV”), the Fund will issue new shares to you at the greater of NAV or 95% of the current market price. If the market price is lower than NAV, or if dividends or distributions are payable only in cash, then you will receive shares purchased by the Administrator on your behalf on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) or otherwise on the open market. If the market price exceeds NAV before the Administrator has completed its purchases, the average purchase price may exceed NAV, resulting in fewer shares being acquired than if the Fund had issued new shares.
For John Hancock Bank and Thrift Opportunity Fund, if the Fund declares a dividend or distribution, you will receive shares purchased by the Administrator on your behalf on the NYSE or otherwise on the open market.
For all Funds, all reinvestments are in full and fractional shares, carried to four decimal places.

3


 

Can I invest additional cash under the Plan?
You may buy additional shares of the Fund through the Plan at any time in amounts of at least $50 per investment, up to a maximum of $10,000, with a total calendar year limit of $100,000. You will be charged a $5 transaction fee plus $0.05 per share brokerage trading fee for each order. Purchases of additional shares of the Fund will be made on the open market.
To purchase additional Fund shares, you may send the Administrator a check payable to “BNY Mellon/John Hancock” along with written instructions to use the investment to purchase shares of the Fund for your Plan account. A form for use in purchasing additional Fund shares will be attached to your Plan account statements. In addition, you may contact the Administrator to purchase Fund shares through monthly electronic fund transfers from your designated account at any qualified financial institution that participates in the Automated Clearing House. Automatic purchases by fund transfer are made on the 25th day of each month, or if such date is not a business day, on the next business day. You will be charged a $2 transaction fee plus $0.05 per share brokerage trading fee for each automatic purchase. The automatic purchases will continue until you notify the Administrator to change or discontinue them.
Cash investments will be invested monthly by the Administrator by the last business day of the month; no interest will be paid to you on cash investments held pending investment. There is no obligation to invest additional cash.
If your cash investment cannot be collected by the Administrator due to insufficient funds, you will be charged $35. In addition, shares in your Plan account will be sold to the extent necessary to pay the $35 charge and the sales charges related to the sale, and to reimburse the Administrator for any amounts expended to purchase shares that were added to your account in connection with the investment.
Safekeeping
All shares purchased pursuant to the Plan benefit from the safekeeping provided by the Administrator. In addition, you may deposit for safekeeping by the Administrator Fund shares that were not purchased under the Plan, provided that the shares to be deposited are registered in your name, or if such shares are registered in another name, you have satisfied the requirements for transfer of such shares.
Safekeeping protects your shares against loss, theft or accidental destruction and also provides a convenient way for you to keep track of your Fund shares. Only shares deposited with the Administrator for safekeeping may be sold through the Plan. If you own Fund shares in certificated form, you may deposit your certificates for those shares free of charge with the Administrator. Upon receipt of your certificate(s), the Administrator will cancel the certificate(s) and deposit the shares in a book entry form. The Administrator will provide mail loss insurance coverage for certificates with a value not exceeding $100,000 in one shipping package via USPS registered mail or traceable delivery service to: The Bank of New York Mellon, 500 Ross Street, Room 0675, Pittsburgh, PA 15262.
Note: Mail loss insurance covers only the replacement of shares of stock and does not protect against any loss resulting from fluctuations in the value of such shares.

4


 

Sale of shares
You can sell Fund shares held in your Plan account at any time by contacting the Administrator over the Internet, by telephone or in writing. Your sale request will be processed and your shares will, subject to market conditions and other factors, generally be sold within 24 hours of receipt of your request. Please note that the Administrator cannot and does not guarantee the actual sale date or price, nor can it stop or cancel any outstanding sales or issuance requests. All requests are final. The Administrator will mail a check to you (less applicable brokerage trading fees) on settlement date, which is three business days after your shares have been sold.
Alternatively, you may choose to sell your shares through your stockbroker, in which case you would have to request that the Administrator electronically transfer your shares to your stockbroker through the Direct Registration System.
Is there a cost to participate?
There are no brokerage charges for shares issued directly by the Fund. However, whenever shares are purchased or sold on the NYSE or otherwise on the open market, each participant will pay a pro rata portion of brokerage trading fees, currently $0.05 per share purchased or sold. Brokerage trading fees will be deducted from amounts to be invested.
What are the tax implications for participants?
You will receive tax information annually for your personal records and to help you prepare your federal income tax return. The automatic reinvestment of dividends and net capital gains distributions does not relieve you of any income tax which may be payable on dividends or distributions. The amount of the dividend to be reported on Form 1099-DIV should be: (1) in the case of shares issued by the Fund, the fair market value of such shares on the dividend payment date; and (2) in the case of shares purchased by the Administrator in the open market, the amount of cash used to purchase them (including the amount of cash allocable to brokerage trading fees paid on such purchases).
Once enrolled in the Plan, may I withdraw from it?
You may withdraw from the Plan at any time by contacting the Administrator by telephone, in writing or by visiting the Administrator’s Web site at www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/equityaccess. Your withdrawal will be effective as specified in the Terms and Conditions.
If you withdraw, your shares will be credited to your account; or, if you wish, the Administrator will sell your full and fractional shares and send you the proceeds, less a transaction fee of $5.00 and less brokerage trading fees of $0.05 per share.
May the Administrator terminate your participation in the Plan?
Yes. If you do not maintain at least one whole share of common stock in the Plan account, the Administrator may terminate your participation in the Plan. If your participation has been

5


 

terminated, you will be sent a check for the cash value of any fractional share in the Plan account, less any applicable broker commissions and taxes.
How do participating shareholders benefit?
By reinvesting your dividends in additional shares of the Fund, you will build holdings in the Fund easily and automatically. In addition, you will be able to safekeep all your Fund shares in your Plan account, which provides a convenient way for you to keep track of your Fund shares. You can also buy and sell Fund shares through the Plan.
You will receive a detailed account statement from the Administrator showing total dividends and distributions, date of investment, shares acquired or sold (if applicable) and price per share, and total shares of record held by you and by the Administrator for you. You will receive a proxy for your existing shares as well as the shares purchased for you by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan. As long as you participate in the Plan, the Administrator will hold the shares it has acquired for you in safekeeping, in non-certificated form. This convenience provides added protection against loss, theft or inadvertent destruction of certificates.
Whom should I contact for additional information?
You may address all notices, correspondence, questions or other communications regarding the Plan to the following:
Telephone
Customer Service (within the U.S. and Canada):
1-800-852-0218
International Telephone Inquiries:
1-201-680-6578
For the Hearing Impaired (TDD):
1-800-231-5469
An automated voice response system is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Customer service representatives are available from 9:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., ET, Monday through Friday (except holidays).
Internet
You can withdraw from the Plan, obtain information and perform certain transactions on your Fund account online via Investor ServiceDirect Ò (ISD). For registered shareholders to gain access, use the 12-digit Investor Identification Number (IID), which can be found in a bolded box on your check stub, statement or advice to establish your PIN. In order to access your account through ISD, you will be required to complete an account activation process. This one-time authentication process will be used to validate your identity, in addition to your 12-digit IID and self-assigned PIN.

6


 

To access Investor ServiceDirect Ò , please visit the BNY Mellon Shareowner Services Web site at:
www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/equityaccess
In writing
You also may write to the Administrator at the following address:
The Bank of New York Mellon
C/O BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
C/O Mellon Investor Services
P.O. Box 358035
Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8035
Be sure to include your name, address, daytime telephone number, Investor ID and a reference to the relevant Fund on all correspondence.
If your shares are not held in your name, you should contact your brokerage firm, bank or other nominee for more information and to see if your nominee will participate in the plan on your behalf.
Each Fund and the Administrator may amend or terminate the Plan. Participants generally will receive written notice at least 90 days before the effective date of any amendment. In the case of termination, participants will receive written notice at least 90 days before the record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by a Fund.
The Terms and Conditions of the Plan apply to shareholders who participate in the Plan. Please review this brochure and the Terms and Conditions of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan carefully to determine which alternative is best for you.

7


 

Terms and Conditions of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan
1. You, The Bank of New York Mellon, will act as agent (the “Administrator”) for me, and will open an account for me under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) in the same name as my present shares of the relevant John Hancock Closed-End Fund or Funds listed on Appendix A hereto (each a “Fund”) are registered, and put the Plan into effect for me as of the earlier of the first cash purchase under the Plan or the first record date for a dividend or distribution. Unless otherwise noted, references to a “Fund” in these Terms and Conditions shall apply equally to each Fund.
2. Other than with respect to John Hancock Bank and Thrift Opportunity Fund (“BTO”), whenever the Fund declares any dividend or distribution and the market price of the common shares on the payment date for the distribution or dividend payable is equal to or exceeds its net asset value per share as determined on the payment date (“NAV”), the Fund will issue, and you will receive as my agent, common shares at a value equal to the higher of NAV or 95% of the market price. The number of additional shares to be credited to my account shall be determined by dividing the equivalent dollar amount of the distribution or dividend payable to me by the higher NAV or 95% of the market price.
3. Other than with respect to BTO, whenever the Fund declares any dividend or distribution and the NAV of the common shares exceeds the market price of the common shares on the dividend payment date, or if the Board of Trustees of the Fund declares a dividend payable only in cash, you will, as Administrator for me, apply the amount of such dividend or distribution payable to me (less my pro rata share of brokerage trading fees incurred with respect to open-market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of such dividend or distribution) to the purchase on the open market of shares for my account. Such purchases will be made on or shortly after the payable date for such dividend or distribution, and in no event later than the day preceding the next ex-dividend date, except where temporary curtailment or suspension of purchase is necessary to comply with applicable provisions of federal securities laws.
4. For purposes of Sections 2 and 3 of the Plan: (a) the market price of the Fund’s shares on a particular date shall be the last sale price for the Fund’s shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) on that date, or, if there is no sale on the NYSE on that date, then the mean between the closing bid and asked quotations for such shares on the NYSE on such date; and (b) the Fund’s NAV on a particular date shall be as determined by or on behalf of the Fund.
5. With respect to BTO, whenever the Fund declares any dividend or distribution, you will, as Administrator for me, apply the amount of such dividend or distribution payable to me (less my pro rata share of brokerage trading fees incurred with respect to open-market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of such dividend or distribution) to the purchase on the open market of shares for my account. Such purchases will be made on or shortly after the payable date for such dividend or distribution, and in no event later than the day preceding the next ex-dividend date, except where temporary curtailment or suspension of purchase is necessary to comply with applicable provisions of federal securities laws.

8


 

6. I understand that I have the option to purchase additional Fund shares for cash under the Plan. Such purchases will be made on the open market. I may make cash investments of not less than $50, up to a maximum of $10,000 per investment, not to exceed a total of $100,000 in any calendar year. A $5 transaction fee plus $0.05 per share brokerage trading fee will be charged for each optional cash investment. Cash investments may be made upon enrollment in the Plan or at any time. Cash investments may be made by submitting to the Administrator a check payable to “BNY Mellon/John Hancock” along with written instructions to use the investment to purchase Fund shares for my Plan account. A form for use in making cash investments will be attached to the statements of account sent by the Administrator to participants.
I understand that I may contact the Administrator to arrange for cash investments to be submitted by me to the Administrator by monthly electronic funds transfer from my designated account at any qualified financial institution that participates in the Automated Clearing House. Fund transfers are made on the 25th day of each month, or if such date is not a business day, on the next business day. A $2 transaction fee plus $0.05 per share brokerage trading fee will be charged for each automatic purchase. I agree that my fund transfers will continue until I notify the Administrator to change or discontinue them.
I understand that cash investments will be invested monthly by the Administrator and that no interest will be paid to me on cash investments held until the investment. There is no obligation to make a cash investment. The number of shares to be added to my Plan account with respect to a cash investment will be determined by dividing the cash investment by the price of the shares, including fractions of a share computed to four decimal places.
I agree that if a cash investment submitted by me cannot be collected by the Administrator due to insufficient funds, I will be charged $35. In addition, I authorize the Administrator to sell shares in my Plan account to the extent necessary to pay the $35 charge and to pay the sales charges related to the sale, and to reimburse the Administrator for any amounts expended to purchase shares that were added to my account in connection with the investment.
7. I may sell Fund shares held in my Plan account at any time by contacting the Administrator over the Internet, by telephone or in writing. My sale request will be processed and my shares will, subject to market conditions and other factors, generally be sold within 24 hours of receipt of your request. I acknowledge that you cannot and do not guarantee the actual sale date or price, and cannot stop or cancel any outstanding sales or issuance requests. All requests are final. The Administrator will mail a check to me (less applicable sales fees) on settlement date, which is three business days after my shares have been sold.
Alternatively, I may sell my shares through my stockbroker, in which case I agree to request that the Administrator electronically transfer my shares to my stockbroker through the Direct Registration System.
8. I understand that all Fund shares acquired through the Plan will be deposited for safekeeping with the Administrator. I also may deposit for safekeeping by the Administrator Fund shares that I did not purchase under the Plan, including shares in certificated form, provided that the shares to be deposited are registered in my, or if such shares are registered in another name, I have satisfied the requirements for transfer of such shares. I also understand that

9


 

shares deposited for safekeeping with the Administrator, which were in certificated form, will be canceled and deposited in a book entry form. You agree to provide mail loss insurance coverage for certificates with a value not exceeding $100,000 in one shipping package via USPS registered mail or traceable delivery service to: The Bank of New York Mellon, 500 Ross Street, Room 0675, Pittsburgh, PA 15262. I acknowledge that mail loss insurance covers only the replacement of shares of stock and does not protect against any loss resulting from fluctuations in the value of such shares.
9. Open-market purchases and sales provided for above may be made on any securities exchange where the Fund’s shares are traded, in the over-the-counter market or in negotiated transactions, and may be on such terms as to price, delivery and otherwise as you shall determine. It is understood that, in any event, you shall have no liability in connection with any inability to purchase or sell shares within 30 days after the initial date of such purchases as herein provided, or with the timing of any purchases effected. You shall have no responsibility as to the value of the Fund’s shares acquired or sold for my account. For the purposes of purchases and sales in the open market, you may aggregate my purchases and sales with those of other shareholders of the Fund for whom you similarly act as Administrator, and the average price (including brokerage trading fees) of all shares purchased or sold by you as Administrator shall be the price per share allocable to me in connection therewith.
10. You may hold my shares acquired together with the shares of other shareholders of the Fund acquired pursuant to similar authorizations, in non-certificated form in your name or that of your nominee. You will forward to me any proxy solicitation material and will vote any shares so held for me only in accordance with the proxy returned by me to the Fund.
11. You will confirm to me each acquisition or sale made for my account as soon as practicable but not later than 60 days after the date thereof. Although I may from time to time have an undivided fractional interest (computed to four decimal places) in a share of the Fund, I acknowledge that no certificate for a fractional share will be issued to me. I acknowledge, however, that dividends and distributions on fractional shares will be credited to my account. In the event of termination of my account under the Plan, you will adjust for any such undivided fractional interest in cash at the market value of the Fund’s shares at the time of termination, less the pro rata expense of any sale required to make such an adjustment.
12. Any share dividends or split shares distributed by the Fund on shares held by you for me will be credited to my account. In the event that the Fund makes available to its shareholders rights to purchase additional shares or other securities, the shares held for me under the Plan will be added to other shares held by me in calculating the number of rights to be issued to me.
13. Your service fee for handling distributions or dividends will be paid by the Fund. I will be charged a pro rata share of brokerage trading fees on all open market purchases.
14. I may terminate my account under the Plan by notifying you in writing, by telephone or by visiting your Web site. Such termination will be effective immediately if my notice is received by you prior to any dividend or distribution record date; otherwise, such termination will be effective on the first trading day after the payment date for such dividend or distribution, with respect to any subsequent dividend or distribution. The Plan may be terminated by you or the

10


 

Fund upon notice in writing mailed to me at least 90 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund. If I elect by notice to you in advance of such termination to have you sell part or all of my shares and remit the proceeds to me, you are authorized to deduct from the proceeds a $5.00 fee plus $0.05 per share brokerage trading fees for this transaction.
15. After terminating my account under the Plan, I may reopen my account at any time by notifying you in writing, by telephone or by visiting your Web site. In such case, you will reopen my account in the same manner as set forth in Section 1 above and will put the Plan into effect for me as of the earlier of the first cash purchase under the Plan or the first record date for a dividend or distribution after you receive authorization from me.
16. If I do not have at least one whole share of the Fund, you may terminate my participation in the Plan after written notice, to be given reasonably in advance of such termination and is mailed to me at my address of record. Upon such termination, my account shall be treated as if I had elected to terminate my participation in the Plan pursuant to Section 14 hereof, except that you shall sell any such fractional share on the open market and remit the proceeds to me, less any applicable broker commissions and taxes.
17. These Terms and Conditions may be amended or supplemented by you or the Fund at any time or times but, except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority, only by mailing to me appropriate written notice at least 90 days prior to the effective date thereof. The amendment or supplement shall be deemed to be accepted by me unless, prior to the effective date thereof, you receive notice of the termination of my account under the Plan. Any such amendment may include, without limitation, an appointment by you in your place and stead of a successor Administrator under these Terms and Conditions, with full power and authority to perform all or any of the acts to be performed by the Administrator under these Terms and Conditions. Upon any such appointment of any Administrator for the purpose of receiving dividends and distributions, the Fund will be authorized to pay such successor Administrator, for my account, all dividends and distributions payable on shares of the Fund held in my name or under the Plan for retention or application by such successor Administrator as provided in these Terms and Conditions.
18. You shall at all times act in good faith and agree to use your best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement and to comply with applicable law, but assume no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by your negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or that of your employees.
19. This agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

11


 

Appendix A
John Hancock Closed-End Funds Offering the Dividend Reinvestment Plan
John Hancock Bank and Thrift Opportunity Fund*
John Hancock Hedged Equity & Income Fund**
John Hancock Income Securities Trust*
John Hancock Investors Trust*
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund*
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II*
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III*
John Hancock Premium Dividend Fund*
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund*
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund*
*    This Plan is effective with respect to this fund as of July 1, 2011
**  This Plan is effective with respect to this fund as of May 25, 2011

12

JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
ADVISORY AGREEMENT
     Advisory Agreement dated July 1, 2009, between John Hancock Investors Trust, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”), and John Hancock Advisers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“JHA” or the “Adviser”). In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:
1. APPOINTMENT OF ADVISER
     The Fund hereby appoints JHA, subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Fund and the terms of this Agreement, as the investment adviser for the Fund. The Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services and to assume the obligations set forth in this Agreement commencing on its effective date. The Adviser will be an independent contractor and will have no authority to act for or represent the Fund in an y way or otherwise be deemed an agent unless expressly authorized in this Agreement or another writing by the Fund and the Adviser.
2. DUTIES OF THE ADVISER
a.   Subject to the general supervision of the Trustees of the Fund and the terms of this Agreement, the Adviser will at its own expense, except as noted below, select and contract with investment subadvisers (“Subadvisers”) to manage the investments and determine the composition of the assets of the Fund; provided, that any contract with a Subadviser (a “Subadvisory Agreement”) shall be in compliance with and approved as required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), except for such exemptions therefrom as may be granted to the Fund or the Adviser. Subject always to the direction and control of the Trustees of the Fund, the Adviser will monitor each Subadviser’s management of the Fund’s investment operations in accordance with the investment objectives and related investment policies, as set forth in the registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Fund under the management of such Subadviser, and review and report to the Trustees of the Fund on the performance of such Subadviser.
 
b.   The Adviser shall furnish to the Fund the following:
  i.   Office and Other Facilities . — The Adviser shall furnish to the Fund office space in the offices of the Adviser or in such other place as may be agreed upon by the parties hereto from time to time, and all necessary office facilities and equipment.
 
  ii.   Trustees and Officers . — The Adviser agrees to permit individuals who are directors, officers or employees of the Adviser to serve (if duly elected or appointed) as Trustees or President of the Fund without remuneration from or other cost to the Fund.

 


 

  iii.   Investment Personnel . — The Adviser shall furnish to the Fund any personnel necessary for the oversight and/or conduct of the investment operations of the Fund. For the elimination of doubt, however, the Adviser shall not be obligated to furnish to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement personnel for the performance of functions: (a) related to and to be performed under any other separate contract from time-to-time in effect between the Fund and the Adviser or another party for legal, accounting, administrative and other any other non-investment related services; (b) related to and to be performed under the Fund contract for custodial, bookkeeping, transfer and dividend disbursing agency services by the bank or other financial institution selected to perform such services; or (c) related to the investment subadvisory services to be provided by any Subadviser pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement.
 
  iv.   Reports to Fund . — The Adviser shall furnish to, or place at the disposal of, the Fund such information, reports, valuations, analyses and opinions as the Fund may, at any time or from time to time, reasonably request or as the Adviser may deem helpful to the Fund, provided that the expenses associated with any such materials furnished by the Adviser at the request of the Fund shall be borne by the Fund.
c.   In addition to negotiating and contracting with Subadvisers as set forth in section (2)(a) of this Agreement and providing facilities, personnel and services as set forth in section (2)(b), the Adviser will pay the compensation of the President and Trustees of the Fund who are also directors, officers or employees of the Adviser or its affiliates.
 
d.   The Adviser may elect to manage the investments and determine the composition of the assets of the Fund, subject to the approval of the Trustees of the Fund. In the event of such election, the Adviser, subject always to the direction and control of the Trustees of the Fund, will manage the investments and determine the composition of the assets of the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s registration statement, as amended. In fulfilling its obligations to manage the investments and reinvestments of the assets of the Fund, the Adviser:
  i.   will obtain and evaluate pertinent economic, statistical, financial and other information affecting the economy generally and individual companies or industries the securities of which are included in the Fund or are under consideration for inclusion in the Fund;
 
  ii.   will formulate and implement a continuous investment program for the Fund consistent with the investment objectives and related investment policies for the Fund as described in the Fund’s registration statement, as amended;
 
  iii.   will take whatever steps are necessary to implement these investment programs by the purchase and sale of securities including the placing of orders for such purchases and sales;

2


 

  iv.   will regularly report to the Trustees of the Fund with respect to the implementation of these investment programs;
 
  v.   will provide assistance to the Fund’s Custodian regarding the fair value of securities held by the Fund for which market quotations are not readily available;
 
  vi.   will furnish, at its expense: (i) all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of personnel required for it to execute its duties faithfully; and (ii) administrative facilities, including bookkeeping, clerical personnel and equipment necessary for the efficient conduct of the investment affairs of the Fund (excluding any such services that are the subject of a separate agreement as may from time to time be in effect between the Fund and the Adviser or another party);
 
  vii.   will select brokers and dealers to effect all transactions subject to the following conditions: the Adviser will place all necessary orders with brokers, dealers, or issuers, and will negotiate brokerage commissions if applicable; the Adviser is directed at all times to seek to execute brokerage transactions for the Fund in accordance with such policies or practices as may be established by the Trustees and described in the Fund’s registration statement as amended; the Adviser may pay a broker-dealer which provides research and brokerage services a higher spread or commission for a particular transaction than otherwise might have been charged by another broker-dealer, if the Adviser determines that the higher spread or commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services that such broker-dealer provides, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the Adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to accounts managed by the Adviser; and the Adviser may use for the benefit of its other clients, or make available to companies affiliated with the Adviser for the benefit of such companies or their clients, any such brokerage and research services that the Adviser obtains from brokers or dealers;
 
  viii.   to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, on occasions when the Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of the Fund as well as other clients of the Adviser, aggregate the securities to be purchased or sold to attempt to obtain a more favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Adviser in the manner the Adviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to its other clients;
 
  ix.   will maintain all accounts, books and records with respect to the Fund as are required of an investment adviser of a registered investment company pursuant to the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and the rules thereunder; and
 
  x.   will vote all proxies received in connection with securities held by the Fund.

3


 

3. EXPENSES ASSUMED BY THE FUND
     The Fund will pay all expenses of its organization, operations and business not specifically assumed or agreed to be paid by the Adviser, as provided in this Agreement, or by a Subadviser, as provided in a Subadvisory Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in addition to certain expenses described in section 2 above, the Fund shall pay or arrange for the payment of the following:
a.   Edgarization, Printing and Mailing . — Costs of edgarization, printing and mailing (i) all registration statements (including all amendments thereto) and prospectuses/statements of additional information (including all supplements thereto), all annual, semiannual and periodic reports to shareholders of the Fund, regulatory authorities or others, (ii) all notices and proxy solicitation materials furnished to shareholders of the Fund or regulatory authorities and (iii) all tax returns;
 
b.   Compensation of Officers and Trustees . — Compensation of the officers and Trustees of the Fund (other than persons serving as President or Trustee of the Fund who are also directors, officers or employees of the Adviser or its affiliates);
 
c.   Registration and Filing Fees . — Registration, filing, blue-sky and other fees in connection with requirements of regulatory authorities, including, without limitation, all fees and expenses of registering and maintaining the registration of the Fund under the 1940 Act and the registration of the Fund’s shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
 
d.   Custodial Services . — The charges and expenses of the custodian appointed by the Fund for custodial services;
 
e.   Accounting Fees . — The charges and expenses of the independent accountants retained by the Fund;
 
f.   Legal, Accounting and Administrative Services . — The charges and expenses of the Adviser or any other party pursuant to any separate contract with the Fund from time to time in effect with respect to the provision of legal services (including registering and qualifying Fund shares with regulatory authorities), as well as accounting, administrative and any other non-investment related services;
 
g.   Transfer, Bookkeeping and Dividend Disbursing Agents . — The charges and expenses of any transfer, bookkeeping and dividend disbursing agents appointed by the Fund;
 
h.   Commissions . — Broker’s commissions and issue and transfer taxes chargeable to the Fund in connection with securities transactions to which the Fund is a party;
 
i.   Taxes . — Taxes and corporate fees payable by the Fund to federal, state or other governmental agencies and the expenses incurred in the preparation of all tax returns;

4


 

j.   Stock Certificates . — The cost of stock certificates, if any, representing shares of the Fund;
 
k.   Membership Dues . — Association membership dues, as explicitly approved by the Trustees;
 
l.   Insurance Premiums . — Insurance premiums for fidelity, errors and omissions, directors and officers and other coverage;
 
m.   Shareholders and Trustees Meetings . — Expenses of shareholders and Trustees meetings;
 
n.   Pricing . — Pricing of the Fund’s shares, including the cost of any equipment or services used for obtaining price quotations and valuing Fund portfolio investments;
 
o.   Interest . — Interest on borrowings;
 
p.   Communication Equipment . — All charges for equipment or services used for communication between the Adviser or the Fund and the custodian, transfer agent or any other agent selected by the Fund; and
 
q.   Nonrecurring and Extraordinary Expense . — Such nonrecurring expenses as may arise, including the costs of actions, suits, or proceedings to which the Fund is, or is threatened to be made, a party and the expenses the Fund may incur as a result of its legal obligation to provide indemnification to its Trustees, officers, agents and shareholders.
4. COMPENSATION OF ADVISER
     Subject to the provisions of section 2(d) of this Agreement, the Adviser shall be entitled to a fee, paid daily, at such annual percentage rates, as specified in Appendix A to this Agreement, of the average daily managed assets of the Fund.
5. NON-EXCLUSIVITY
     The services of the Adviser to the Fund are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Adviser shall be free to render investment advisory or other services to others (including other investment companies) and to engage in other activities. It is understood and agreed that the directors, officers and employees of the Adviser are not prohibited from engaging in any other business activity or from rendering services to any other person, or from serving as partners, officers, directors, trustees or employees of any other firm or corporation, including other investment companies.

5


 

6. SUPPLEMENTAL ARRANGEMENTS
     The Adviser may enter into arrangements with other persons affiliated with the Adviser to better enable it to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement for the provision of certain personnel and facilities to the Adviser.
7. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
     It is understood that Trustees, officers, agents and shareholders of the Fund are or may be interested in the Adviser as directors, officers, stockholders, or otherwise; that directors, officers, agents and stockholders of the Adviser are or may be interested in the Fund as Trustees, officers, shareholders or otherwise; that the Adviser may be interested in the Fund; and that the existence of any such dual interest shall not affect the validity hereof or of any transactions hereunder except as otherwise provided in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund or the organizational documents of the Adviser or by specific provision of applicable law.
8. REGULATION
     The Adviser shall submit to all regulatory and administrative bodies having jurisdiction over the services provided pursuant to this Agreement any information, reports or other material which any such body by reason of this Agreement may request or require pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.
9. DURATION AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
     This Agreement shall become effective on the later of (i) its execution and (ii) the date of the meeting of the shareholders of the Fund, at which meeting this Agreement is approved by the vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund. The Agreement will continue in effect for a period more than two years from the date of its execution only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually either by the Trustees of the Fund or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund provided that in either event such continuance shall also be approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to this Agreement cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The required shareholder approval of the Agreement or of any continuance of the Agreement shall be effective if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund votes to approve the Agreement or its continuance.
     Following the effectiveness of the Agreement, if the Agreement terminates because the shareholders of the Fund fail to provide any requisite approval under the 1940 Act for the continued effectiveness of the Agreement, the Adviser will continue to act as investment adviser with respect to the Fund pending the required approval of the Agreement or its continuance or of a new contract with the Adviser or a different adviser or other definitive action; provided, that the compensation received by the Adviser in respect of the Fund during such period will be no more than its actual costs incurred in furnishing investment advisory and management services to the Fund or the amount it would have received under the Agreement in respect of the Fund, whichever is less;

6


 

provided further, for the elimination of doubt, the failure of shareholders of the Fund to approve a proposed amendment to the Agreement is not a termination of the Agreement with respect to the Fund and, in such event, the Agreement shall continue with respect to the Fund as previously in force and effect.
     This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Trustees of the Fund, by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, on sixty days’ written notice to the Adviser, or by the Adviser on sixty days’ written notice to the Fund. This Agreement will automatically terminate, without payment of any penalty, in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).
10. PROVISION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY ADVISER .
     The Adviser will promptly notify the Fund in writing of the occurrence of any of the following:
a.   the Adviser fails to be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Adviser is required to be registered as an investment adviser in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;
 
b.   the Adviser is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Fund; and
 
c.   the chief executive officer or managing member of the Adviser or the portfolio manager of the Fund changes.
11. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT
     This Agreement may be amended by the parties only if such amendment is specifically approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of any party to this Agreement cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The required shareholder approval shall be effective if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund vote to approve the amendment.
12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
     This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement of the parties.
13. HEADINGS
     The headings in the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

7


 

14. NOTICES
     All notices required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered or mailed to the last known business address of the Fund or Adviser in person or by registered mail or a private mail or delivery service providing the sender with notice of receipt. Notice shall be deemed given on the date delivered or mailed in accordance with this section.
15. SEVERABILITY
     Should any portion of this Agreement for any reason be held to be void in law or in equity, the Agreement shall be construed, insofar as is possible, as if such portion had never been contained herein.
16. GOVERNING LAW
     The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or any of the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. To the extent that the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or any of the provisions in this Agreement, conflict with applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
17. NAME OF THE FUND
     The Fund may use the name “John Hancock” or any name or names derived from or similar to the names “John Hancock Advisers, LLC,” “John Hancock Life Insurance Company” or “John Hancock Financial Services, Inc.” only for so long as this Agreement remains in effect as to the Fund. At such time as this Agreement shall no longer be in effect as to the Fund, the Fund will (to the extent it lawfully can) cease to use such a name or any other name indicating that the Fund is advised by or otherwise connected with the Adviser. The Fund acknowledges that it has adopted the name John Hancock Investors Trust through permission of John Hancock Life Insurance Company, a Massachusetts insurance company, and agrees that John Hancock Life Insurance Company reserves to itself and any successor to its business the right to grant the non-exclusive right to use the name “John Hancock” or any similar name or names to any other corporation or entity, including but not limited to any investment company of which John Hancock Life Insurance Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof shall be the investment adviser.
18. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY UNDER THE DECLARATION OF TRUST
     The Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust establishing the Fund, dated March 8, 2005, a copy of which, together with all amendments thereto (the “Declaration”), is on file in the office of the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provides that no Trustee, shareholder, officer, employee or agent of the Fund shall be subject to any personal liability in connection with Fund property or the affairs of the Fund and that all persons should shall look solely to the Fund property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Fund.

8


 

19. LIABILITY OF THE ADVISER
     In the absence of (a) willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in performance of its obligations and duties hereunder, (b) reckless disregard by the Adviser of its obligations and duties hereunder, or (c) a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services (in which case any award of damages shall be limited to the period and the amount set forth in Section 36(b)(3) of the 1940 Act), the Adviser shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever to the Fund, or to any shareholder for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder including, without limitation, for any losses that may be sustained in connection with the purchase, holding, redemption or sale of any security on behalf of the Fund.
20. INDEMNIFICATION
a.   To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund shall indemnify the Adviser, its affiliates and the officers, directors, employees and agents of the Adviser and its affiliates (each an “indemnitee”) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) resulting from any claim, demand, action or suit relating to the Fund and not resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the indemnitee in the performance of the obligations and duties of the indenmitee’s office. The federal and state securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons who act in good faith, and therefore nothing in this Agreement will waive or limit any rights that the Fund may have under those laws. An indemnitee will not confess any claim or settle or make any compromise in any instance in which the Fund will be asked to provide indemnification, except with the Fund’s prior written consent. Any amounts payable by the Fund under this section shall be satisfied only against the assets of the Fund.
 
b.   Any indemnification or advancement of expenses made in accordance with this section shall not prevent the recovery from any indemnitee of any amount if the indemnitee subsequently is determined in a final judicial decision on the merits in any action, suit, investigation or proceeding involving the liability or expense that gave rise to the indemnification to be liable to the Fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the indemnitee’s office.
 
c.   The rights of indemnification provided in this section shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any person may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law. Nothing contained in this section shall affect the power of the Fund to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of the Adviser or any indemnitee.
(THE REMAINDER OF THIS SPACE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

9


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed under seal by their duly authorized officers as of the date first mentioned above.
         
  JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ Keith F. Hartstein    
    Name:   Keith F. Hartstein   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
JOHN HANCOCK ADVISERS, LLC
 
   
By:   /s/ Jeffrey H. Long      
  Name:   Jeffrey H. Long     
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer     

10


 

APPENDIX A
ADVISORY FEE SCHEDULE
                                 
    First     Next     Next     Excess Over  
    $150 Million     $50 Million     $100 Million     $300 Million  
    of     of     of     of  
Fund   Managed Assets     Managed Assets     Managed Assets     Managed Assets  
John Hancock Investors Trust
    0.650 %     0.375 %     0.350 %     0.300 %
“Managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to any leverage that may be outstanding) minus the sum of accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing financial leverage). The liquidation preference of any preferred shares is not a liability. The “average daily managed assets” of the Fund shall be determined on the basis set forth in the Fund’s prospectus or otherwise consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, provided that a majority of the Trustees of the Fund, including a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Adviser or of the Fund (otherwise than as Trustees) shall have approved the valuations of the Fund’s assets on which such fee is based.
Dated: July 1, 2009

A-1

JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS
SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
     AGREEMENT made this 31 th day of December, 2005, among John Hancock Advisers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), Sovereign Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sub-adviser”), and each of the trusts that is a signatory hereto (each, a “Trust” and together, as applicable, the “Trusts”). In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:
1. APPOINTMENT OF SUB-ADVISER
     The Sub-adviser undertakes to act as investment sub-adviser to each of the Trusts and the series thereof (each a “Fund”), in each case listed on Appendix A to this Agreement, as such Appendix may be amended by the affected Trust(s), the Adviser and the Sub-adviser from time to time, and, subject to the supervision and control of the Trustees of each Trust and the terms of this Agreement, to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Funds. The Sub-adviser will be an independent contractor and will have no authority to act for or represent any Trust, any Fund or the Adviser in any way except as expressly authorized in this Agreement or another writing by the applicable Trust or the Adviser. The Sub-adviser and the Adviser are currently affiliates under the common control of Manulife Financial Corporation.
2. SERVICES TO BE RENDERED BY THE SUB-ADVISER TO THE TRUSTS AND THE FUNDS
a.   Subject always to the direction and control of the Trustees of each Trust, the Sub-adviser shall have investment discretion over the assets of each Fund and will manage the investments and determine the composition of these assets in accordance with the applicable Trust’s registration statement, as amended. In fulfilling its obligations to manage the investments and reinvestments of the assets of each Fund, the Sub-adviser will:
  i.   obtain and evaluate pertinent economic, statistical, financial and other information affecting the economy generally and individual companies or industries the securities of which are included in a Fund’s portfolio or are under consideration for inclusion in a Fund’s portfolio;
 
  ii.   formulate and implement a continuous investment program for each Fund that is consistent with the investment objectives and related investment policies for such Fund as described in the applicable Trust’s registration statement, as amended, copies of which shall be furnished to the Sub-adviser promptly upon amendment;
 
  iii.   take whatever steps are necessary to implement these investment programs by the purchase and sale of securities, including the placing of orders for such purchases and sales;

1


 

  iv.   regularly report to the Trustees of each Trust and to the Adviser with respect to the implementation of these investment programs; and
 
  v.   provide assistance to each Trust’s custodian regarding the fair value of securities held by each Fund for which market quotations are not readily available.
b.   The Sub-adviser, at its expense, will furnish all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of personnel required for it to execute its duties faithfully.
 
c.   The Sub-adviser will select brokers and dealers to effect all transactions subject to the following conditions: The Sub-adviser will place all necessary orders with brokers, dealers, or issuers and will negotiate brokerage commissions, if applicable. The Sub-adviser is directed at all times to seek to execute brokerage transactions for each Fund in accordance with such policies or practices as may be established by the Trustees and described in the applicable Trust’s registration statement, as amended, and consistent with its fiduciary obligation to seek best execution. Subject to policies established from time to time by the Board of Trustees of the Trusts, the Sub-adviser may pay a broker-dealer which provides research and brokerage services a higher spread or commission for a particular transaction than otherwise might have been charged by another broker-dealer if the Sub-adviser determines that the higher spread or commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services that such broker-dealer provides, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the Sub-adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to accounts managed by the Sub-adviser. The Sub-adviser may use for the benefit of the Sub-adviser’s other clients, or make available to companies affiliated with the Sub-adviser or to its directors for the benefit of their clients, any such brokerage and research services that the Sub-adviser obtains from brokers or dealers.
 
d.   On occasions when the Sub-adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of a Fund as well as other clients of the Sub-adviser, the Sub-adviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities to be purchased or sold to attempt to obtain a more favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-adviser in the manner the Sub-adviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to each Fund and to its other clients.
 
e.   The Sub-adviser will maintain all accounts, books and records with respect to each Fund as are required of an investment sub-adviser of a registered investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) and Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”) and the rules thereunder.
 
f.   The Sub-adviser shall vote proxies relating to each Fund’s investment securities in accordance with the applicable Trust’s proxy voting policies and procedures, which provide that the Sub-adviser shall vote all proxies relating to securities held by a Fund

2


 

and, subject to the applicable Trust’s policies and procedures, shall use proxy voting policies and procedures adopted by the Sub-adviser in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act. The Sub-adviser shall review its proxy voting activities on a periodic basis with the Trustees and with the Adviser.
3. COMPENSATION OF SUB-ADVISER
     The Adviser will pay the Sub-adviser with respect to each Fund the compensation specified in Appendix A to this Agreement.
4. LIABILITY OF SUB-ADVISER
     Neither the Sub-adviser nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable to the Adviser or any Trust or Fund for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Adviser, Trust or Fund in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except for losses resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of, or from the reckless disregard of, the duties of the Sub-adviser or any of its directors.
5. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
     It is understood that trustees, officers, agents, members and shareholders of the Trusts are or may be interested in the Sub-adviser as trustees, officers, partners, shareholders, members or otherwise; that employees, agents, shareholders, members and partners of the Sub-adviser are or may be interested in a Trust as trustees, officers, shareholders, members or otherwise; that the Subadviser may be interested in the Trusts; and that the existence of any such dual interest shall not affect the validity hereof or of any transactions hereunder, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the applicable Trust and the limited liability company agreement of the Sub-adviser, respectively, or by specific provision of applicable law.
6. REGULATION
     The Sub-adviser shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations in providing the services contemplated hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, the Sub-adviser shall provide all information reasonably requested of it by the Board of Trustees of the Trusts in accordance with its duty to do so under Section 15(c) of the Investment Company Act and the Sub-adviser shall submit to all regulatory and administrative bodies having jurisdiction over the services provided pursuant to this Agreement any information, reports or other material which any such body, by reason of this Agreement, may request or require pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.
7. DURATION AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
     This Agreement shall become effective with respect to each Fund on the later of its execution, (ii) the date of the meeting of the Board of Trustees of the applicable Trust, at which meeting this Agreement is approved as described below and (iii) immediately following the close of business on December 31, 2005. The Agreement will continue in effect with respect to a Fund for a period more than two years from its effective date only so long as such continuance is

3


 

specifically approved at least annually either by the Trustees of the applicable Trust or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable Fund, provided that in either event such continuance shall also be approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the applicable Trust who are not interested persons (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any party to this Agreement cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Any required shareholder approval of the Agreement or of any continuance of the Agreement shall be effective with respect to any Fund if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the series (as defined in Rule 18f-2(h) under the Investment Company Act) of shares of that Fund votes to approve the Agreement or its continuance, notwithstanding that the Agreement or its continuance may not have been approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of any other Fund affected by the Agreement.
     If any required shareholder approval of this Agreement or any continuance of the Agreement is not obtained, the Sub-adviser will continue to act as investment sub-adviser with respect to such Fund pending the required approval of the Agreement or its continuance or of a new contract with the Sub-adviser or a different adviser or sub-adviser or other definitive action; provided, that the compensation received by the Sub-adviser in respect of such Fund during such period is in compliance with Rule 15a-4 under the Investment Company Act.
     This Agreement may be terminated at anytime, without the payment of any penalty, as to a Fund by the Trustees of the applicable Trust or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable Fund, on sixty days’ written notice to the Adviser and the Sub-adviser, or by the Adviser or Sub-adviser on sixty days’ written notice to the applicable Trust and the other party. This Agreement will automatically terminate, without the payment of any penalty, in the event of its assignment (as defined in the Investment Company Act) or in the event the advisory agreement between the Adviser and the applicable Trust terminates for any reason.
8. PROVISION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY SUB-ADVISER
     The Sub-adviser will promptly notify the Adviser and the Trusts in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events:
a.   the Sub-adviser fails to be registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Sub-adviser is required to be registered as an investment adviser in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;
 
b.   the Sub-adviser is served or otherwise receives notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of any Trust; and
 
c.   any change in actual control or management of the Sub-adviser or the portfolio manager of any Fund.
9. SERVICES TO OTHER CLIENTS
     The Adviser understands, and has advised each Trust’s Board of Trustees, that the Sub-adviser now acts, or may in the future act, as an investment adviser to fiduciary and other

4


 

managed accounts and as investment adviser or sub-adviser to other investment companies. Further, the Adviser understands, and has advised each Trust’s Board of Trustees, that the Sub-adviser and its affiliates may give advice and take action for other accounts, including investment companies, which differs from advice given or the timing or nature of action taken for a Fund. The Sub-adviser is not obligated to initiate transactions for a Fund in any security that the Sub-adviser, its partners, affiliates or employees may purchase or sell for their own accounts or other clients.
10. CONSULTATION WITH OTHER SUB-ADVISERS
     As required by Rule 17a-10 under the Investment Company Act, the Sub-adviser is prohibited from consulting with the entities listed below concerning transactions for a Fund in securities or other assets:
  1.   other sub-advisers to the Fund
 
  2.   other sub-advisers to any other Fund
 
  3.   other sub-advisers to a Fund under common control with such Fund
provided, however, the Sub-adviser may consult with any entity listed above that is an affiliate of the Sub-adviser.
11.   ONGOING RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ADVISER.
     The Adviser understands, and has advised the Trustees of the Trusts, that during the term of this Agreement the Adviser shall retain responsibility for (i) providing the services set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement to the Trusts in the event the Sub-adviser fails, for whatever reason, to provide such services and (ii) ensuring that the services provided by the Sub-adviser to the Trusts pursuant to this Agreement are rendered in a manner such that the nature and quality of such services are at least comparable to the nature and quality of the investment advisory services heretofore rendered to the Trusts by the Adviser. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to limit or terminate the Adviser’s responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement, which obligations, including the indemnification provisions thereof, shall remain in full force and effect.
12. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT
     This Agreement (with the exception of Appendix A, which may be amended by the Adviser and the Sub-adviser from time to time) may be amended by the parties hereto only if such amendment is specifically approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of each affected Trust and by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of each affected Trust who are not interested persons of any party to this Agreement cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting ort such approval. Any required shareholder approval shall be effective with respect to any Fund if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Fund votes to approve the amendment, notwithstanding that the amendment may not have been approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of (a) any other Fund affected by the amendment or (b) all the Funds of the applicable Trust. No amendment shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

5


 

13. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
     This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement of the parties.
14. HEADINGS
     The headings in the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.
15. NOTICES
     All notices required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be delivered or mailed to the last known business address of the affected Trusts or applicable party in person or by registered mail or a private mail or delivery service providing the sender with notice of receipt. Notice shall be deemed given on the date delivered or mailed in accordance with this paragraph.
16. SEVERABILITY
     Should any portion of this Agreement for any reason be held to be void in law or in equity, this Agreement shall be construed, insofar as is possible, as if such portion had never been contained herein.
17. GOVERNING LAW
     The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or any of the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act. To the extent that the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or any of the provisions in this Agreement, conflict with applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, the latter shall control.
18. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
     The Agreement and Declaration of Trust of each Trust, a copy of which, together with all amendments thereto (the “Declaration”), is on file in the office of the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provides that the name of the applicable Trust refers to the Trustees under the Declaration collectively as Trustees, but not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee, shareholder, officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall resort be had to their private property, for the satisfaction of any obligation or claim, in connection with the affairs of the Trust or any Fund thereof, but only the assets belonging to the Trust, or to the particular Fund with respect to which such obligation or claim arose, shall be liable.
19. CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUND HOLDINGS
     The Sub-adviser agrees to treat the portfolio security positions of each Fund as confidential information in accordance with the applicable Trust’s “Policy Regarding Disclosure of Fund Holdings,” as such policy may be amended from time to time, and to prohibit its employees from trading on any such confidential information. The policy and any such

6


 

amendment shall not be binding upon the Sub-adviser until a copy has been provided to the Sub-adviser.
20. COMPLIANCE
     Upon execution of this Agreement, the Sub-adviser shall provide the Adviser and the Trusts with the Sub-adviser’s written policies and procedures (“Compliance Policies”) as required by Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act. Throughout the term of this Agreement, the Sub-adviser shall promptly submit to the affected Trust and the Adviser: (i) any material changes to the Compliance Policies, (ii) notification of the commencement of any regulatory examination of the Sub-adviser and documentation describing the results of any such examination and of any periodic testing of the Compliance Policies, and (iii) notification of any material compliance matter that relates to the services provided by the Sub-adviser to any Trust, including but not limited to any material violation of the Compliance Policies or of the Sub-adviser’s code of ethics. Throughout the term of this Agreement, the Sub-adviser shall provide the Adviser and the Trust with any certifications, information and access to personnel and resources (including those resources that will permit testing of the Compliance Policies by the Adviser) that the Trust and/or the Adviser may reasonably request to enable the Trusts to comply with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act.
(THE REMAINDER OF THIS SPACE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

7


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed under seal by their duly authorized officers as of the date first mentioned above.
         
  JOHN HANCOCK ADVISERS, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ John G. Vrysen    
    Name:   John G. Vrysen   
    Title:   Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
  SOVEREIGN ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Barry H. Evans    
    Name:   Barry H. Evans   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer 
 

8


 

         
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed under seal by their duly authorized officers as of the date first mentioned above.
         
 
JOHN HANCOCK CURRENT INTEREST
on behalf of
John Hancock Money Market Fund
John Hancock U.S. Government Cash Reserve  
 
     
 
 
JOHN HANCOCK SOVEREIGN BOND FUND
on behalf of
John Hancock Bond Fund  
 
     
 
 
JOHN HANCOCK STRATEGIC SERIES
on behalf of
John Hancock Strategic Income Fund  
 
     
 
  JOHN HANCOCK BOND TRUST
on behalf of
John Hancock Government Income Fund
John Hancock High Yield Fund
John Hancock Investment Grade Bond Fund  
 
     
 
  JOHN HANCOCK TAX-EXEMPT SERIES FUND
on behalf of
John Hancock Massachusetts Tax-Free Income Fund
John Hancock New York Tax-Free Income Fund  
 
     
 
  JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME FUND    
     
 
  JOHN HANCOCK MUNICIPAL SERIES TRUST
on behalf of
John Hancock High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
John Hancock Tax-Free Bond Fund  
 
     
 
  JOHN HANCOCK EQUITY TRUST
on behalf of
John Hancock Growth Trends Fund  
 

9


 

         
  John Hancock Technology Leaders Fund    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST II
on behalf of
John Hancock Financial Industries Fund
John Hancock Regional Bank Fund
John Hancock Small Cap Equity Fund  
 
     
  JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST III
on behalf of
John Hancock Mid Cap Growth Fund  
 
     
  JOHN HANCOCK WORLD FUND
on behalf of
John Hancock Health Sciences Fund  
 
     
  JOHN HANCOCK SERIES TRUST
on behalf of
John Hancock Focused Equity Fund
John Hancock Mid Cap Equity Fund
John Hancock Multi Cap Growth Fund
John Hancock Real Estate Fund
John Hancock Small. Cap Growth Fund,
John Hancock Technology Fund  
 
     
  JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST
on behalf of
John Hancock Balanced Fund
John Hancock Large Cap Equity Fund
John Hancock Large Cap Intrinsic Value Fund
John Hancock Small Cap Intrinsic Value Fund
John Hancock Sovereign Investors Fund  
 
     
  JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREFERRED DIVIDEND FUND    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND III    
     

10


 

         
  JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT SELECT DIVIDEND TRUST    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT GLOBAL DIVIDEND FUND    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND II    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREMIUM DIVIDEND FUND I    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK BANK AND THRIFT OPPORTUNITY FUND    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREMIUM DIVIDEND FUND II    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK INCOME SECURITIES TRUST    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST    
     
  JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED DIVIDEND INCOME FUND    
     
  Executed on behalf of each Trust and its relevant Series
referenced above:  
 
     
  By:   /s/ Keith F. Hartstein    
    Name:   Keith F. Hartstein   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   

11


 

APPENDIX A
     The Sub-adviser shall serve as investment sub-adviser for each Fund listed below. The Adviser will pay the Sub-adviser, as full compensation for all services provided under this Agreement with respect to each Fund, the fee computed separately for such Fund at an annual rate as follows (the “Sub-adviser Fee”):
     
    Percentage of
    Average Daily Net
Trust and Fund   Assets
(See attachment to Appendix A)
     The Sub-adviser Fee for each Fund shall be accrued for each calendar day, and the sum of the daily fee accruals shall be paid monthly to the Sub-adviser within 30 calendar days of the end of each month . The daily fee accruals will be computed by multiplying the fraction of one over the number of calendar days in the year, by the applicable Sub-adviser Fee, and multiplying this product by the net assets of the Fund. The Adviser shall provide the Subadviser with such information as the Sub-adviser may reasonably request supporting the calculation of the fees paid to it hereunder. Fees shall be paid either by wire transfer or check, as directed by the Sub-adviser.
     If, with respect to any Fund, this Agreement becomes effective or terminates, or if the manner of determining the applicable Sub-adviser Fee changes, before the end of any month, the fee (if any) for the period from the effective date to the end of such month or from the beginning of such month to the date of termination or from the beginning of such month to the date of such change, as the case may be, shall be pro rated according to the proportion which such period bears to the full month in which such effectiveness or termination or change occurs.

A-1


 

                         
Balanced
  Subadvisory   to $2 bil   > $2 bil            
    [XX%]   [XX%]            
Bond
  Subadvisory   to $1.5 bil   $1.5 - 2.0 bil   $2.0 - 2.5 bil   > $2.5 bil    
    [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]    
CA Tax-Free Income
  Subadvisory   to $500 m   next $500m   > $1 bil        
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]        
Financial Industries
  Subadvisory   to $500 m   next $500m   next bil   > $2 bil    
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]    
Focused Equity
  Subadvisory   to $800m   > $800m            
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]            
Government Income
  Subadvisory   to $300 m   next $300m   > $600m        
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]        
Growth Trends
  Subadvisory   to $2.4 bil   > $2.4 bil            
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]            
Health Sciences
  Subadvisory   $200 bil   > $200m            
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]            
High Yield
  Subadvisory   to $75m   next $75m   $150m - $2.5b   $2.5b - 5.0b   > $5 bil
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]
High Yield Muni. Bond
  Subadvisory   to $75m   next $75m   > $150m        
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]        
Investment Grade Bond
  Subadvisory   to $1.5 bil   > $1.5 bil            
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]            
Large Cap Equity
  Subadvisory   to $3 bil   > $3 bil            
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]            
Large Cap Intrinsic Value
  Subadvisory   All Assets                
 
      [XX%]                
MA Tax-Free Income
  Subadvisory   to $250m   next $250m   $500m - $1bil   next $250m   > $1.25 bil
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]
Mid Cap Equity
  Subadvisory   to $500m   next $500m   > $1 bil.        
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]        
Mid Cap Growth
  Subadvisory   to $500m   next $500m   > $1 bil.        
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]        

 


 

                               
                               
Money Market
  Subadvisory   to $500m   next $250m   next $250m   next $500m   next $500m   next $500m  
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]  
Multi Cap Growth
  Subadvisory   to $750m   > $750m                  
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]                  
NY Tax-Free Income
  Subadvisory   to $250m   next $250m   $500m - $1bil   next $250m   > 1.25 bil      
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]      
Real Estate
  Subadvisory   to $1.5 bil   > $1.5 bil                  
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]                  
Regional Bank
  Subadvisory   to $500m   next $500m   next bil   > 2 bil          
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]          
Small Cap Equity
  Subadvisory   to $1 bil   > $1 bil                  
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]                  
Small Cap Growth
  Subadvisory   to $1.5 bil   > $1.5 bil                  
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]                  
Small Cap Intrinsic Value
  Subadvisory   to $500 m   next $500m   > 1 bil              
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]              
Sovereign Investors
  Subadvisory   to $570 m   next $750m   next bil   > 2.5 bil          
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]          
Strategic Income
  Subadvisory   to $100m   $100m - $250m   $250 - $500m   $500 - $650m   $650m - $1bil   > 1 bil  
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]  
Tax-Free Bond
  Subadvisory   to $500m   next $500m   > $1 bil.              
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]              
Technology
  Subadvisory   to $100m   next $750m   > $800m              
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]              
Technology Leaders
  Subadvisory   All Assets                      
 
      [XX%]                      
US Gov’t Cash Reserve
  Subadvisory   to $500m   next $250m   next $250m   next $500m   next $500m   next $500m > $2.5 bil
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%] [XX%]
Bank & Thrift Opportunity
  Subadvisory   All Assets                      
 
      [XX%]                      

 


 

                         
Income Securities
  Subadvisory   to $150m   next $50m   next $100m   > 300m    
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]    
Investors Trust
  Subadvisory   to $150m   next $50m   next $100m   > 300m    
 
      [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]   [XX%]    
JH Preferred Income
  Subadvisory   All Assets                
 
      [XX%]                
JH Preferred Income II
  Subadvisory   All Assets                
 
      [XX%]                
JH Preferred Income III
  Subadvisory   All Assets                
 
      [XX%]                
JH Tax-Adv. Div. Inc.
  Subadvisory   All Assets                
 
      [XX%]                
Patriot Global
  Subadvisory   All Assets                
 
      [XX%]                
Patriot Preferred
  Subadvisory   All Assets                
 
      [XX%]                
Patriot Prem. Dividend I
  Subadvisory   All Assets                
 
      [XX%]                
Patriot Prem. Dividend II
  Subadvisory   All Assets                
 
      [XX%]                
Patriot Select Dividend
  Subadvisory   All Assets                
 
      [XX%]                

 

Execution Copy
Master Custodian Agreement
     This Agreement is made as of September 10, 2008 by and among each management investment company identified on Appendix A hereto (each such investment company and each management investment company made subject to this Agreement in accordance with Section 22.5 below, shall hereinafter be referred to as a “ Fund ”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company , a Massachusetts trust company (the “ Custodian ”).
W itnesseth:
      Whereas , each Fund may or may not be authorized to issue shares of common stock or shares of beneficial interest in separate series (“ Shares ”), with each such series representing interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets;
      Whereas , each Fund so authorized intends that this Agreement be applicable to each of its series set forth on Appendix A hereto (such series together with all other series subsequently established by the Fund and made subject to this Agreement in accordance with Section 22.6 below, shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Portfolio(s) ”);
      Whereas , each Fund not so authorized intends that this Agreement be applicable to it and all references hereinafter to one or more “Portfolio(s)” shall be deemed to refer to such Fund(s); and
      Now , Therefore , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It
Each Fund hereby employs the Custodian as a custodian of assets of the Portfolios, including securities which the Fund, on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, desires to be held in places within the United States (“ domestic securities ”) and securities it desires to be held outside the United States (“ foreign securities ”). Each Fund, on behalf of its Portfolio(s), agrees to deliver to the Custodian all securities and cash of the Portfolios, and all payments of income, payments of principal or capital distributions received by it with respect to all securities owned by the Portfolio(s) from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it for such Shares as may be issued or sold from time to time. The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of a Portfolio which is not received by it or which is delivered out in accordance with Proper Instructions (as such term is defined in Section 9 hereof) including, without limitation, Portfolio property (i) held by brokers, private bankers or other entities on behalf of the Portfolio (each a “ Local Agent ”), (ii) held by Special Sub-Custodians (as such term is defined in Section 7 hereof), (iii) held by entities which have advanced monies to or on behalf of the Portfolio and which have received Portfolio property as security for such advance(s) (each a “ Pledgee ”), or (iv) delivered or otherwise removed from the custody of the Custodian (a) in connection with any Free Trade (as such term is defined in Sections 2.2(14) and 2.6(7) hereof) or (b) pursuant to Special Instructions (as such term is defined in Section 9 hereof). With respect to uncertificated shares (the “ Underlying Shares ”) of registered “investment companies” (as defined in Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time (the “ 1940 Act ”)), whether in the same “group of investment companies” (as defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the 1940 Act) or otherwise, including pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Underlying Portfolios ”) the holding of confirmation statements that identify the shares as being recorded in the Custodian’s name on behalf of the Portfolios will be deemed custody for purposes hereof.

 


 

Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall on behalf of the applicable Portfolio(s) from time to time employ one or more sub-custodians located in the United States, but only in accordance with an applicable vote by the Board of Trustees or the Board of Directors of the Fund (as appropriate, and in each case, the “ Board ”) on behalf of the applicable Portfolio(s), and provided that the Custodian shall have no more or less responsibility or liability to any Fund on account of any actions or omissions of any sub-custodian so employed than any such sub-custodian has to the Custodian. The Custodian may place and maintain each Fund’s foreign securities with foreign banking institution sub-custodians employed by the Custodian and/or foreign securities depositories, all as designated in Schedules A and B hereto, but only in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 3 and 4 hereof.
Section 2.     Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Portfolios to be Held in the United States
      Section 2.1 Holding Securities . The Custodian shall hold and physically segregate for the account of each Portfolio all non-cash property, including collateral of a U . S . registered broker-dealer held by the Portfolio, to be held by it in the United States, including all domestic securities owned by such Portfolio other than (a) securities which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.8 in a clearing agency which acts as a securities depository or in a book-entry system authorized by the U . S . Department of the Treasury (each, a “ U.S. Securities System ”) and (b) Underlying Shares owned by each Fund which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof in an account with State Street Bank and Trust Company or such other entity which may from time to time act as a transfer agent for the Underlying Portfolios and with respect to which the Custodian is provided with Proper Instructions (the “ Underlying Transfer Agent ”).
      Section 2.2 Delivery of Securities . The Custodian shall release and deliver domestic securities owned by a Portfolio held by the Custodian, in a U . S . Securities System account of the Custodian or in an account at the Underlying Transfer Agent, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:
  1)   Upon sale of such securities for the account of the Portfolio in accordance with customary or established market practices and procedures, including, without limitation, delivery to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent of such purchaser or dealer) against expectation of receiving later payment;
  2)   Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such securities entered into by the Portfolio;
  3)   In the case of a sale effected through a U . S . Securities System, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8 hereof;
  4)   To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for securities of the Portfolio;
  5)   To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian;

-2-


 

  6)   To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Portfolio or into the name of any nominee or nominees of the Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or into the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1; or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;
  7)   Upon the sale of such securities for the account of the Portfolio, to the broker or its clearing agent, against a receipt, for examination in accordance with “street delivery” custom; provided that in any such case, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct;
  8)   For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;
  9)   In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;
  10)   For delivery in connection with any loans of securities made by the Portfolio (a) against receipt of collateral as agreed from time to time by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, except that in connection with any loans for which collateral is to be credited to the Custodian’s account in the book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Custodian will not be held liable or responsible for the delivery of securities owned by the Portfolio prior to the receipt of such collateral or (b) to the lending agent, or the lending agent’s custodian, in accordance with written Proper Instructions (which may not provide for the receipt by the Custodian of collateral therefor) agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the Fund;
  11)   For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by a Fund on behalf of a Portfolio requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund on behalf of such Portfolio;
  12)   For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ,” formerly known as The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund on behalf of a Portfolio;
  13)   For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among a Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, the Custodian, and a futures commission merchant registered under the

-3-


 

      Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “ CFTC ”) and/or any contract market, or any similar organization or organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund on behalf of a Portfolio;
  14)   Upon the sale or other delivery of such investments (including, without limitation, to one or more (a) Special Sub-Custodians or (b) additional custodians appointed by the Fund, and communicated to the Custodian from time to time via a writing duly executed by an authorized officer of the Fund, for the purpose of engaging in repurchase agreement transactions(s), each a “ Repo Custodian ”), and prior to receipt of payment therefor, as set forth in written Proper Instructions (such delivery in advance of payment, along with payment in advance of delivery made in accordance with Section 2.6(7), as applicable, shall each be referred to herein as a “ Free Trade ”), provided that such Proper Instructions shall set forth (a) the securities of the Portfolio to be delivered and (b) the person(s) to whom delivery of such securities shall be made;
  15)   Upon receipt of instructions from the Fund’s transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”) for delivery to such Transfer Agent or to the holders of Shares in connection with distributions in kind, as may be described from time to time in the currently effective prospectus and statement of additional information of the Fund related to the Portfolio (the “ Prospectus ”), in satisfaction of requests by holders of Shares for repurchase or redemption;
  16)   In the case of a sale processed through the Underlying Transfer Agent of Underlying Shares, in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof;
  17)   For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio; and
  18)   For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions from the Fund on behalf of the applicable Portfolio specifying (a) the securities of the Portfolio to be delivered and (b) the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.
      Section 2.3 Registration of Securities . Domestic securities held by the Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Portfolio or in the name of any nominee of a Fund on behalf of the Portfolio or of any nominee of the Custodian which nominee shall be assigned exclusively to the Portfolio, unless the Fund has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used in common with other registered management investment companies having the same investment adviser as the Portfolio, or in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or in the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1. All securities accepted by the Custodian on behalf of the Portfolio under the terms of this Agreement shall be in “street name” or other good delivery form. If, however, a Fund directs the Custodian to maintain securities in “street name”, the Custodian shall utilize its best efforts only to timely collect income due the Fund on such securities and to notify the Fund on a best efforts basis only of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.
      Section 2.4 Bank Accounts . The Custodian shall open and maintain a separate bank account or accounts in the United States in the name of each Portfolio of each Fund, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the Portfolio, other than

-4-


 

cash maintained by the Portfolio in a bank account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the 1940 Act. Funds held by the Custodian for a Portfolio may be deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in the banking department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the 1940 Act and that each such bank or trust company and the funds to be deposited with each such bank or trust company shall on behalf of each applicable Portfolio be approved by vote of a majority of the Board. Such funds shall be deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.
      Section 2.5 Collection of Income . Except with respect to Portfolio property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14) or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7), and subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities held hereunder to which each Portfolio shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held by the Custodian or its agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall detach and present for payment all coupons and other income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities held hereunder. The Custodian shall credit income to the Portfolio as such income is received or in accordance with the Custodian’s then current payable date income schedule. Any credit to the Portfolio in advance of receipt may be reversed when the Custodian determines that payment will not occur in due course and the Portfolio may be charged at the Custodian’s applicable rate for time credited. Income due each Portfolio on securities loaned pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 (10) shall be the responsibility of the applicable Fund. The Custodian will have no duty or responsibility in connection therewith, other than to provide the Fund with such information or data as may be necessary to assist the Fund in arranging for the timely delivery to the Custodian of the income to which the Portfolio is properly entitled.
      Section 2.6 Payment of Fund Monies . The Custodian shall pay out monies of a Portfolio as provided in Section 5 and otherwise upon receipt of Proper Instructions on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out monies of a Portfolio in the following cases only:
  1)   Upon the purchase of domestic securities, derivatives or other instruments for the account of the Portfolio but only (a) in accordance with customary or established market practices and procedures, including, without limitation, delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such securities, derivatives or other instruments or evidence of title to such derivatives or other instruments to the Custodian (or any bank, banking firm or trust company doing business in the United States or abroad which is qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian and has been designated by the Custodian as its agent for this purpose) registered in the name of the Portfolio or in the name of a nominee of the Custodian referred to in Section 2.3 hereof or in proper form for transfer; (b) in the case of a purchase effected through a U . S . Securities System, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof; (c) in the case of a purchase of Underlying Shares, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.10 hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase agreements entered into between the applicable Fund on behalf of a Portfolio and the Custodian, or another bank, or a broker-dealer which is a member of FINRA , (i) against delivery of the securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting the Custodian’s account at the Federal Reserve Bank with such securities or (ii) against delivery of the receipt evidencing purchase by the

-5-


 

      Portfolio of securities owned by the Custodian along with written evidence of the agreement by the Custodian to repurchase such securities from the Portfolio; or (e) for transfer to a time deposit account of the Fund in any bank, whether domestic or foreign; such transfer may be effected prior to receipt of a confirmation from a broker and/or the applicable bank pursuant to Proper Instructions from the Fund as defined herein;
  2)   In connection with conversion, exchange or surrender of securities owned by the Portfolio as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof;
  3)   For the redemption or repurchase of Shares issued as set forth in Section 8 hereof;
  4)   For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Portfolio, including but not limited to the following payments for the account of the Portfolio: interest, taxes, management, accounting, transfer agent and legal fees, and operating expenses of the Fund whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;
  5)   For the payment of any dividends on Shares declared pursuant to the Fund’s articles of incorporation or organization and by-laws or agreement or declaration of trust, as applicable, and Prospectus (collectively, “ Governing Documents ”);
  6)   For payment of the amount of dividends received in respect of securities sold short;
  7)   Upon the purchase of domestic investments including, without limitation, repurchase agreement transactions involving delivery of Portfolio monies to Repo Custodian(s), and prior to receipt of such investments, as set forth in written Proper Instructions (such payment in advance of delivery, along with delivery in advance of payment made in accordance with Section 2.2(14), as applicable, shall each be referred to herein as a “ Free Trade ”), provided that such Proper Instructions shall also set forth (a) the amount of such payment and (b) the person(s) to whom such payment is made;
  8)   For payment as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio; and
  9)   For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions from the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio specifying (a) the amount of such payment and (b) the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.
      Section 2.7 Appointment of Agents . The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion, upon notice to the Fund, appoint (and may at any time remove) any other bank or trust company which is itself qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Section 2 as the Custodian may from time to time direct; provided, however, that the appointment of any agent shall not relieve the Custodian of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder. The Underlying Transfer Agent shall not be deemed an agent or sub-custodian of the Custodian for purposes of this Section 2.7 or any other provision of this Agreement.
      Section 2.8 Deposit of Fund Assets in U.S. Securities Systems . The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by a Portfolio in a U.S. Securities System in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

-6-


 

      Section 2.9 Segregated Account . The Custodian shall upon receipt of Proper Instructions on behalf of each applicable Portfolio, establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of each such Portfolio, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities of the Portfolio, including securities maintained in an account by the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof and collateral of a broker-dealer held by the Portfolio, (a) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of the FINRA (or any futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the CFTC or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Portfolio, (b) for purposes of segregating cash or government securities in connection with options purchased, sold or written by the Portfolio or commodity futures contracts or options thereon purchased or sold by the Portfolio, (c) for the purposes of compliance by the Portfolio with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release of the U . S . Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), or interpretative opinion of the staff of the SEC , relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered management investment companies, and (d) for any other purpose in accordance with Proper Instructions.
      Section 2.10 Deposit of Fund Assets with the Underlying Transfer Agent . Underlying Shares beneficially owned by the Fund, on behalf of a Portfolio, shall be deposited and/or maintained in an account or accounts maintained with an Underlying Transfer Agent and the Custodian’s only responsibilities with respect thereto shall be limited to the following:
  1)   Upon receipt of a confirmation or statement from an Underlying Transfer Agent that such Underlying Transfer Agent is holding or maintaining Underlying Shares in the name of the Custodian (or a nominee of the Custodian) for the benefit of a Portfolio, the Custodian shall identify by book-entry that such Underlying Shares are being held by it as custodian for the benefit of such Portfolio.
  2)   In respect of the purchase of Underlying Shares for the account of a Portfolio, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall pay out monies of such Portfolio as so directed, and record such payment from the account of such Portfolio on the Custodian’s books and records.
  3)   In respect of the sale or redemption of Underlying Shares for the account of a Portfolio, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall transfer such Underlying Shares as so directed, record such transfer from the account of such Portfolio on the Custodian’s books and records and, upon the Custodian’s receipt of the proceeds therefor, record such payment for the account of such Portfolio on the Custodian’s books and records.
      The Custodian shall not be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund or any Portfolio resulting from the maintenance of Underlying Shares with an Underlying Transfer Agent except for losses resulting directly from the fraud, negligence or willful misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or of any of its or their employees.
      Section 2.11 Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes . The Custodian shall execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt

-7-


 

of income or other payments with respect to domestic securities of each Portfolio held by it and in connection with transfers of securities.
      Section 2.12 Proxies . Except with respect to Portfolio property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14), or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7), the Custodian shall, with respect to the domestic securities held hereunder, cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of the Portfolio or a nominee of the Portfolio, all proxies, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such securities.
      Section 2.13 Communications Relating to Portfolio Securities . Except with respect to Portfolio property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14), or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7), and subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund for each Portfolio all written information (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of domestic securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of exercise of call and put options written by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio and the maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio) received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities being held for the Portfolio. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with domestic securities or other property of the Portfolios at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian is in actual possession of such domestic securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the applicable Fund for each Portfolio all written information received by the Custodian regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with Portfolio securities or other assets issued in the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Fund for such Portfolio, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, with respect to a Fund or its Portfolio(s), as may be applicable, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 2.13.
Section 3. Provisions Relating to Rules 17 f -5 and 17 f -7
      Section 3.1.       Definitions . As used throughout this Agreement, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the indicated meanings:
Country Risk ” means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country including, but not limited to, such country’s political environment, economic and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country), prevailing or developing custody and settlement practices, and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.
Eligible Foreign Custodian ” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5, including a majority-owned or indirect subsidiary of a U . S . Bank (as defined in Rule 17f-5), a bank holding company meeting the requirements of an Eligible Foreign Custodian (as set forth in Rule 17f-5 or by other appropriate action of the SEC ), or a foreign branch of a Bank (as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act) meeting the requirements

-8-


 

of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act; the term does not include any Eligible Securities Depository.
Eligible Securities Depository ” has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.
Foreign Assets ” means any of the Portfolios’ investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States and such cash and cash equivalents as are reasonably necessary to effect the Portfolios’ transactions in such investments.
Foreign Custody Manager ” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.
Rule 17f-5 ” means Rule 17f-5 promulgated under the 1940 Act.
Rule 17f-7 ” means Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.
      Section 3.2. The Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager .
           3.2.1 Delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager . Each Fund, by resolution adopted by its Board, hereby delegates to the Custodian, subject to Section (b) of Rule 17f-5, the responsibilities set forth in this Section 3.2 with respect to Foreign Assets of the Portfolios held outside the United States, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to the Portfolios.
           3.2.2 Countries Covered . The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities defined below only with respect to the countries and custody arrangements for each such country listed on Schedule A to this Agreement, which list of countries may be amended from time to time by any Fund with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A the Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the assets of the Portfolios, which list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will provide amended versions of Schedule A in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereof.
Upon the receipt by the Foreign Custody Manager of Proper Instructions to open an account or to place or maintain Foreign Assets in a country listed on Schedule A , and the fulfillment by each Fund, on behalf of the applicable Portfolio(s), of the applicable account opening requirements for such country, the Foreign Custody Manager shall be deemed to have been delegated by such Fund’s Board on behalf of such Portfolio(s) responsibility as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to that country and to have accepted such delegation. Execution of this Agreement by each Fund shall be deemed to be a Proper Instruction to open an account, or to place or maintain Foreign Assets, in each country listed on Schedule A . Following the receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account of a Portfolio with the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in a designated country, the delegation by the Board on behalf of such Portfolio to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager for that country shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and the Custodian shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager with respect to such Portfolio with respect to that country.
The Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of delegated responsibilities with respect to a designated country upon written notice to the Fund. Forty-five (45) days (or such shorter or longer period to which the parties may agree in writing) after receipt of any such notice by the Fund, the Custodian shall have

-9-


 

no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Fund with respect to the country as to which the Custodian’s acceptance of delegation is withdrawn.
          3.2.3 Scope of Delegated Responsibilities :
     (a) Selection of Eligible Foreign Custodians . Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.2, the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Foreign Assets in the care of the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each country listed on Schedule A , as amended from time to time. In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1).
     (b) Contracts With Eligible Foreign Custodians . The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2).
     (c) Monitoring . In each case in which the Foreign Custody Manager maintains Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, the Foreign Custody Manager shall establish a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with such Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the contract governing the custody arrangements established by the Foreign Custody Manager with the Eligible Foreign Custodian. In the event the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian it has selected are no longer appropriate, the Foreign Custody Manager shall notify the Board in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereunder.
           3.2.4 Guidelines for the Exercise of Delegated Authority . For purposes of this Section 3.2, the Board shall be deemed to have considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets in each country for which the Custodian is serving as Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios.
           3.2.5 Reporting Requirements . The Foreign Custody Manager shall report the withdrawal of the Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of such Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Board an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which an amendment to such Schedule has occurred. The Foreign Custody Manager shall make written reports notifying the Board of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Portfolios described in this Section 3.2 after the occurrence of the material change.
           3.2.6 Standard of Care as Foreign Custody Manager of a Portfolio . In performing the responsibilities delegated to it, the Foreign Custody Manager agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act would exercise.
           3.2.7 Representations with Respect to Rule 17 f -5 . The Foreign Custody Manager represents to each Fund that it is a U . S . Bank as defined in section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5. Each Fund represents to the Custodian that its Board has determined that it is reasonable for such Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios.

-10-


 

          3.2.8 Effective Date and Termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager . Each Board’s delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party. Termination will become effective forty-five (45) days after receipt by the non-terminating party of such notice. The provisions of Section 3.2.2 hereof shall govern the delegation to and termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios with respect to designated countries.
      Section 3.3 Eligible Securities Depositories .
           3.3.1 Analysis and Monitoring . The Custodian shall (a) provide the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment adviser) with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B hereto in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment adviser) of any material change in such risks, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7.
           3.3.2 Standard of Care . The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the duties set forth in Section 3.3.1.
Section 4. Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Portfolios to be Held Outside the United States
      Section 4.1 Definitions . As used throughout this Agreement, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the indicated meanings:
Foreign Securities System ” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B hereto.
Foreign Sub-Custodian ” means a foreign banking institution serving as an Eligible Foreign Custodian.
      Section 4.2. Holding Securities . The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Portfolios the foreign securities held by each Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System. The Custodian may hold foreign securities for all of its customers, including the Portfolios, with any Foreign Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to foreign securities of the Portfolios which are maintained in such account shall identify those securities as belonging to the Portfolios and (ii), to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that securities so held by the Foreign Sub-Custodian be held separately from any assets of such Foreign Sub-Custodian or of other customers of such Foreign Sub-Custodian.
      Section 4.3. Foreign Securities Systems . Foreign securities shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a designated country through arrangements implemented by the Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian, as applicable, in such country.

-11-


 

      Section 4.4.      Transactions in Foreign Custody Account .
          4.4.1. Delivery of Foreign Assets . The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities of the Portfolios held by the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:
  (i)   Upon the sale of such foreign securities for the Portfolio in accordance with commercially reasonable market practice in the country where such foreign securities are held or traded, including, without limitation: ( A ) delivery against expectation of receiving later payment; or ( B ) in the case of a sale effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of the Foreign Securities System;
  (ii)   In connection with any repurchase agreement related to foreign securities;
  (iii)   To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for foreign securities of the Portfolios;
  (iv)   To the issuer thereof or its agent when such foreign securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;
  (v)   To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian (or the name of the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian) or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;
  (vi)   To brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom; provided that in any such case, the Foreign Sub-Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such foreign securities prior to receiving payment for such foreign securities except as may arise from the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct;
  (vii)   For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;
  (viii)   In the case of warrants, rights or similar foreign securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities;
  (ix)   For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by a Fund on behalf of a Portfolio requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund on behalf of such Portfolio;
  (x)   In connection with trading in options and futures contracts, including delivery as original margin and variation margin;
  (xi)   Upon the sale or other delivery of such foreign securities (including, without limitation, to one or more Special Sub-Custodians or Repo Custodians) as a Free Trade, provided that

-12-


 

      applicable Proper Instructions shall set forth ( A ) the foreign securities to be delivered and ( B ) the person or persons to whom delivery shall be made;
  (xii)   In connection with the lending of foreign securities; and
  (xiii)   For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying ( A ) the foreign securities to be delivered and ( B ) the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.
          4.4.2. Payment of Portfolio Monies . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out, or direct the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, monies of a Portfolio in the following cases only:
  (i)   Upon the purchase of foreign securities for the Portfolio, unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, by ( A ) delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such foreign securities; or ( B ) in the case of a purchase effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Foreign Securities System;
  (ii)   In connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender of foreign securities of the Portfolio;
  (iii)   For the payment of any expense or liability of the Portfolio, including but not limited to the following payments: interest, taxes, investment advisory fees, transfer agency fees, fees under this Agreement, legal fees, accounting fees, and other operating expenses;
  (iv)   For the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts for the Portfolio, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian or its Foreign Sub-Custodians;
  (v)   In connection with trading in options and futures contracts, including delivery as original margin and variation margin;
  (vi)   Upon the purchase of foreign investments including, without limitation, repurchase agreement transactions involving delivery of Portfolio monies to Repo Custodian(s), as a Free Trade, provided that applicable Proper Instructions shall set forth ( A ) the amount of such payment and ( B ) the person or persons to whom payment shall be made;
  (vii)   For payment of part or all of the dividends received in respect of securities sold short;
  (viii)   In connection with the borrowing or lending of foreign securities; and
  (ix)   For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying ( A ) the amount of such payment and ( B ) the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.
          4.4.3. Market Conditions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Portfolios and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Portfolios may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the

-13-


 

transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.
The Custodian shall provide to each Board and Fund the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian described on Schedule C hereto at the time or times set forth on such Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, provided that no such revision shall result in a Board or Fund being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided hereunder.
      Section 4.5. Registration of Foreign Securities . The foreign securities maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the applicable Portfolio or in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any Foreign Sub-Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the foregoing, and the applicable Fund on behalf of such Portfolio agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability as a holder of record of such foreign securities. The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall not be obligated to accept securities on behalf of a Portfolio under the terms of this Agreement unless the form of such securities and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with reasonable market practice.
      Section 4.6 Bank Accounts . The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the applicable Fund cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with the Custodian. Where the Custodian is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance of, cash on the books of the Custodian, a bank account or bank accounts shall be opened and maintained outside the United States on behalf of a Portfolio with a Foreign Sub-Custodian. All accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by the Custodian (or, if applicable, such Foreign Sub-Custodian) acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to hold cash received by or from or for the account of the Portfolio. Cash maintained on the books of the Custodian (including its branches, subsidiaries and affiliates), regardless of currency denomination, is maintained in bank accounts established under, and subject to the laws of, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
      Section 4.7. Collection of Income . The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which the Portfolios shall be entitled. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures. The Custodian shall credit income to the applicable Portfolio as such income is received or in accordance with Custodian’s then current payable date income schedule. Any credit to the Portfolio in advance of receipt may be reversed when the Custodian determines that payment will not occur in due course and the Portfolio may be charged at the Custodian’s applicable rate for time credited. Income on securities loaned other than from the Custodian’s securities lending program shall be credited as received.
      Section 4.8 Shareholder Rights . With respect to the foreign securities held pursuant to this Section 4, the Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. Each Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of such Fund to exercise shareholder rights.

-14-


 

      Section 4.9. Communications Relating to Foreign Securities . The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund written information with respect to materials received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Portfolios (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of foreign securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith). With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund written information with respect to materials so received by the Custodian from issuers of the foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Portfolios at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian or the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian is in actual possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the applicable Fund all written information received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Portfolios regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with Portfolio foreign securities or other assets issued outside the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian via a Foreign Sub-Custodian for the account of the Fund for such Portfolio, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, with respect to a Fund or its Portfolio(s), as may be applicable, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 4.9.
      Section 4.10. Liability of Foreign Sub-Custodians . Each agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall, to the extent possible, require the Foreign Sub-Custodian to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties, and to indemnify, and hold harmless, the Custodian from and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s performance of such obligations. At a Fund’s election, the Portfolios shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claims against a Foreign Sub-Custodian as a consequence of any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim if and to the extent that the Portfolios have not been made whole for any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim.
      Section 4.11 Tax Law . The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on any Fund, the Portfolios or the Custodian as custodian of the Portfolios by the tax law of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof. It shall be the responsibility of each Fund to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on such Fund with respect to the Portfolios or the Custodian as custodian of the Portfolios by the tax law of countries other than those mentioned in the above sentence, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting. The sole responsibilities of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to effect the withholding of local taxes and related charges with regard to market entitlements/payments in accordance with local law and subject to local market practice or custom, and to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of countries for which such Fund has provided such information. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement or otherwise agreed to in writing by the Custodian, the Custodian shall have no independent obligation to determine the tax obligations now or hereafter imposed on any of the Funds by any taxing authority or to obtain or provide information relating thereto, and shall have no obligation or liability with respect to such tax obligations, it being specifically understood and agreed that the Custodian shall not thereby or otherwise be considered any Fund’s tax advisor or tax counsel.

-15-


 

      Section 4.12. Liability of Custodian . The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in this Agreement and, regardless of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or a Foreign Securities System, the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of war or terrorism, or any other loss where the Sub-Custodian has otherwise acted with reasonable care.
Section 5.       Contractual Settlement Services ( Purchase / Sales )
      Section 5.1 The Custodian shall, in accordance with the terms set out in this section, debit or credit the appropriate cash account of each Portfolio in connection with (i) the purchase of securities for such Portfolio, and (ii) proceeds of the sale of securities held on behalf of such Portfolio, on a contractual settlement basis.
      Section 5.2 The services described above (the “ Contractual Settlement Services ”) shall be provided for such instruments and in such markets as the Custodian may advise from time to time. The Custodian may terminate or suspend any part of the provision of the Contractual Settlement Services under this Agreement at its sole discretion immediately upon notice to the applicable Fund on behalf of each Portfolio, including, without limitation, in the event of force majeure events affecting settlement, any disorder in markets, or other changed external business circumstances affecting the markets or the Fund.
      Section 5.3 The consideration payable in connection with a purchase transaction shall be debited from the appropriate cash account of the Portfolio as of the time and date that monies would ordinarily be required to settle such transaction in the applicable market. The Custodian shall promptly recredit such amount at the time that the Portfolio or the Fund notifies the Custodian by Proper Instruction that such transaction has been canceled.
      Section 5.4 With respect to the settlement of a sale of securities, a provisional credit of an amount equal to the net sale price for the transaction (the “ Settlement Amount ”) shall be made to the account of the Portfolio as if the Settlement Amount had been received as of the close of business on the date that monies would ordinarily be available in good funds in the applicable market. Such provisional credit will be made conditional upon the Custodian having received Proper Instructions with respect to, or reasonable notice of, the transaction, as applicable; and the Custodian or its agents having possession of the asset(s) (which shall exclude assets subject to any third party lending arrangement entered into by a Portfolio) associated with the transaction in good deliverable form and not being aware of any facts which would lead them to believe that the transaction will not settle in the time period ordinarily applicable to such transactions in the applicable market.
      Section 5.5. Simultaneously with the making of such provisional credit, the Portfolio agrees that the Custodian shall have, and hereby grants to the Custodian, a security interest in any property at any time held for the account of the Portfolio to the full extent of the credited amount, and each Portfolio hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Custodian a continuing security interest and a lien on any and all such property under the Custodian’s possession, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event that the applicable Portfolio fails to promptly repay any provisional credit, the Custodian shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
      Section 5.6 The Custodian shall have the right to reverse any provisional credit or debit given in

-16-


 

connection with the Contractual Settlement Services at any time when the Custodian believes, in its reasonable judgment, that such transaction will not settle in accordance with its terms or amounts due pursuant thereto, will not be collectable or where the Custodian has not been provided Proper Instructions with respect thereto, as applicable, and the Portfolio shall be responsible for any costs or liabilities resulting from such reversal. Upon such reversal, a sum equal to the credited or debited amount shall become immediately payable by the Portfolio to the Custodian and may be debited from any cash account held for benefit of the Portfolio.
      Section 5.7 In the event that the Custodian is unable to debit an account of the Portfolio, and the Portfolio fails to pay any amount due to the Custodian at the time such amount becomes payable in accordance with this Agreement, (i) the Custodian may charge the Portfolio for costs and expenses associated with providing the provisional credit, including without limitation the cost of funds associated therewith, (ii) the amount of any accrued dividends, interest and other distributions with respect to assets associated with such transaction may be set off against the credited amount, (iii) the provisional credit and any such costs and expenses shall be considered an advance of cash for purposes of the Agreement and (iv) the Custodian shall have the right to setoff against any property and to sell, exchange, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any property at any time held for the account of the Portfolio to the full extent necessary for the Custodian to make itself whole.
Section 6.       Loan Servicing Provisions
      Section 6.1 General. The following provisions shall apply with respect to investments, property or assets in the nature of loans, or interests or participations in loans, including without limitation interests in syndicated bank loans and bank loan participations, whether in the U . S . or outside the U . S . (collectively, “ Loans ”) entered into by a Fund on behalf of one or more of its Portfolios (referred to in this Section 5 as the “Fund”).
      Section 6.2 Safekeeping . Instruments, certificates, agreements and/or other documents which the Custodian may receive with respect to Loans, if any (collectively “ Financing Documents ”), from time to time, shall be held by the Custodian at its offices in Boston, Massachusetts.
      Section 6.3 Duties of the Custodian . The Custodian shall accept such Financing Documents, if any, with respect to Loans as may be delivered to it from time to time by the Fund. The Custodian shall be under no obligation to examine the contents or determine the sufficiency of any such Financing Documents or to provide any certification with respect thereto, whether received by the Custodian as original documents, photocopies, by facsimile or otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing, the Custodian is under no duty to examine any such Financing Documents to determine whether necessary steps have been taken or requirements met with respect to the assignment or transfer of the related Loan or applicable interest or participation in such Loan. The Custodian shall be entitled to assume the genuineness, sufficiency and completeness of any Financing Documents received, and the genuineness and due authority of any signature appearing on such documents. Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Loans, (i) the Custodian shall be under no obligation to determine, and shall have no liability for, the sufficiency of, or to require delivery of, any instrument, document or agreement constituting, evidencing or representing such Loan, other than to receive such Financing Documents, if any, as may be delivered or caused to be delivered to it by the Fund (or its investment manager acting on its behalf), (ii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, delivery of any such Loan (including without limitation, for purposes of Section 2.6 above) may be made to the Custodian by, and may be represented solely by, delivery to the Custodian of a facsimile or photocopy of an assignment agreement (an “ Assignment Agreement ”) or a confirmation or certification from the Fund (or the investment manager) to the effect that it has acquired such Loan and/or has received or will receive, and will deliver to the Custodian,

-17-


 

appropriate Financing Documents constituting, evidencing or representing such Loan (such confirmation or certification, together with any Assignment Agreement, collectively, an “ Assignment Agreement or Confirmation ”), in any case without delivery of any promissory note, participation certificate or similar instrument (collectively, an “ Instrument ”), (iii) if an original Instrument shall be or shall become available with respect to any such Loan, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund (or the investment manager acting on its behalf) to make or cause delivery thereof to the Custodian, and the Custodian shall be under no obligation at any time or times to determine whether any such original Instrument has been issued or made available with respect to such Loan, and shall not be under any obligation to compel compliance by the Fund to make or cause delivery of such Instrument to the Custodian, and (iv) any reference to Financing Documents appearing in this Section 5 shall be deemed to include, without limitation, any such Instrument and/or Assignment Agreement or Confirmation.
If payments with respect to a Loan (“ Loan Payment ”) are not received by the Custodian on the date on which they are due, as reflected in the Payment Schedule (as such term is defined in Section 5.4 below) of the Loan (“ Payment Date ”), or in the case of interest payments, not received either on a scheduled interest payable date, as reported to the Custodian by the Fund (or the investment manager acting on its behalf) for the Loan (the “ Interest Payable Date ”), or in the amount of their accrued interest payable, the Custodian shall promptly, but in no event later than one business day after the Payment Date or the Interest Payable Date, give telephonic notice to the party obligated under the Financing Documents to make such Loan Payment (the “ Obligor ”) of its failure to make timely payment, and (2) if such payment is not received within three business days of its due date, shall notify the Fund (or the investment manager on its behalf) of such Obligor’s failure to make the Loan Payment. The Custodian shall have no responsibility with respect to the collection of Loan Payments which are past due, other than the duty to notify the Obligor and the Fund (or the investment manager acting on its behalf) as provided herein.
The Custodian shall have no responsibilities or duties whatsoever under this Agreement, with respect to Loans or the Financing Documents, except for such responsibilities as are expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall have no obligation to preserve any rights against prior parties or to exercise any right or perform any obligation in connection with the Loans or any Financing Documents (including, without limitation, no obligation to take any action in respect of or upon receipt of any consent solicitation, notice of default or similar notice received from any bank agent or Obligor, except that the Custodian shall undertake reasonable efforts to forward any such notice to the Fund or the investment manager acting on its behalf). In case any question arises as to its duties hereunder, the Custodian may request instructions from the Fund and shall be entitled at all times to refrain from taking any action unless it has received Proper Instructions from the Fund or the investment manager and the Custodian shall in all events have no liability, risk or cost for any action taken, with respect to a Loan, pursuant to and in compliance with the Proper Instructions of such parties.
The Custodian shall be only responsible and accountable for Loan Payments actually received by it and identified as for the account of the Fund; any and all credits and payments credited to the Fund, with respect to Loans, shall be conditional upon clearance and actual receipt by the Custodian of final payment thereon.
The Custodian shall promptly, upon the Fund’s request, release to the Fund’s investment manager or to any party as the Fund or the Fund’s investment manager may specify, any Financing Documents being held on behalf of the Fund. Without limiting the foregoing, the Custodian shall not be deemed to have or be charged with knowledge of the sale of any Loan, unless and except to the extent it shall have received written notice and instruction from the Fund (or the investment manager acting on its behalf) with respect thereto, and except to the extent it shall have received the sale proceeds thereof.
In no event shall the Custodian be under any obligation or liability to make any advance of its own funds with respect to any Loan.

-18-


 

      Section 6.4 Responsibility of the Fund . With respect to each Loan held by the Custodian hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Fund shall (a) cause the Financing Documents evidencing such Loan to be delivered to the Custodian; (b) include with such Financing Documents an amortization schedule of payments (the “ Payment Schedule ”) identifying the amount and due dates of scheduled principal payments, the Interest Payable Date(s) and related payment amount information, and such other information with respect to the related Loan and Financing Documents as the Custodian reasonably may require in order to perform its services hereunder (collectively, “ Loan Information ”), in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require; (c) take, or cause the investment manager to take, all actions necessary to acquire good title to such Loan (or the participation in such Loan, as the case may be), as and to the extent intended to be acquired; and (d) cause the Custodian to be named as its nominee for payment purposes under the Financing Documents or otherwise provide for the direct payment of the Payments to the Custodian. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the Loan Information provided to it by the Fund (or the investment manager acting on its behalf) without any obligation on the part of the Custodian independently to verify, investigate, recalculate, update or otherwise confirm the accuracy or completeness thereof; and the Custodian shall have no liability for any delay or failure on the part of the Fund in providing necessary Loan Information to the Custodian, or for any inaccuracy therein or incompleteness thereof. With respect to each such Loan, the Custodian shall be entitled to rely on any information and notices it may receive from time to time from the related bank agent, Obligor or similar party with respect to the related Loan, and shall be entitled to update its records on the basis of such information or notices received, without any obligation on its part independently to verify, investigate or recalculate such information.
      Section 6.5 Instructions ; Authority to Act . The certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Fund’s Board of Directors, identifying certain individuals to be officers of the Fund or employees of the Fund’s investment manager authorized to sign any such instructions, may be received and accepted as conclusive evidence of the incumbency and authority of such to act and may be considered by the Custodian to be in full force and effect until it receives written notice to the contrary from the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Fund’s Board. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to ensure that any investment by the Fund with respect to Loans has been authorized.
      Section 6.6 Attachment. In case any portion of the Loans or the Financing Documents shall be attached or levied upon pursuant to an order of court, or the delivery or disbursement thereof shall be stayed or enjoined by an order of court, or any other order, judgment or decrees shall be made or entered by any court affecting the property of the Fund or any act of the Custodian relating thereto, the Custodian is hereby expressly authorized in its sole discretion to obey and comply with all orders, judgments or decrees so entered or issued, without the necessity of inquire whether such court had jurisdiction, and, in case the Custodian obeys or complied with any such order, judgment or decree, it shall not be liable to anyone by reason of such compliance.
Section 7.       Special Sub - Custodians
Upon receipt of Special Instructions (as such term is defined in Section 9 hereof), the Custodian shall, on behalf of one or more Portfolios, appoint one or more banks, trust companies or other entities designated in such Special Instructions to act as a sub-custodian for the purposes of effecting such transaction(s) as may be designated by a Fund in Special Instructions. Each such designated sub-custodian is referred to herein as a “ Special Sub-Custodian .” Each such duly appointed Special Sub-Custodian shall be listed on Schedule D hereto, as it may be amended from time to time by a Fund, with the acknowledgment of the Custodian. In connection with the appointment of any Special Sub-Custodian, and in accordance with Special Instructions,

-19-


 

the Custodian shall enter into a sub-custodian agreement with the Fund and the Special Sub-Custodian in form and substance approved by such Fund, provided that such agreement shall in all events comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
Section 8.       Payments for Sales or Repurchases or Redemptions of Shares
The Custodian shall receive from the distributor of the Shares or from the Transfer Agent and deposit into the account of the appropriate Portfolio such payments as are received for Shares thereof issued or sold from time to time by the applicable Fund. The Custodian will provide timely notification to such Fund on behalf of each such Portfolio and the Transfer Agent of any receipt by it of payments for Shares of such Portfolio.
From such funds as may be available for the purpose, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent, make funds available for payment to holders of Shares who have delivered to the Transfer Agent a request for redemption or repurchase of their Shares. In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the Custodian is authorized upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent to wire funds to or through a commercial bank designated by the redeeming shareholders. In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the Custodian shall honor checks drawn on the Custodian by a holder of Shares, which checks have been furnished by a Fund to the holder of Shares, when presented to the Custodian in accordance with such procedures and controls as are mutually agreed upon from time to time between such Fund and the Custodian.
Section 9.       Proper Instructions and Special Instructions
“Proper Instructions , which may also be standing instructions, as such term is used throughout this Agreement shall mean instructions received by the Custodian from a Fund, a Fund’s duly authorized investment manager or investment adviser, or a person or entity duly authorized by either of them. Such instructions may be in writing signed by the authorized person or persons or may be in a tested communication or in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro-mechanical or electronic devices or may be by such other means and utilizing such intermediary systems and utilities as may be agreed from time to time by the Custodian and the person(s) or entity giving such instruction, provided that the Fund has followed any security procedures agreed to from time to time by the applicable Fund and the Custodian including, but not limited to, the security procedures selected by the Fund via the form of Funds Transfer Addendum hereto. Oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions if the Custodian reasonably believes them to have been given by a person authorized to provide such instructions with respect to the transaction involved; the Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing. For purposes of this Section, Proper Instructions shall include instructions received by the Custodian pursuant to any multi-party agreement which requires a segregated asset account in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.
“Special Instructions” as such term is used throughout this Agreement, means Proper Instructions countersigned or confirmed in writing by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the applicable Fund or any other person designated in writing by the Treasurer of such Fund, which countersignature or confirmation shall be (a) included on the same instrument containing the Proper Instructions or on a separate instrument clearly relating thereto and (b) delivered by hand, by facsimile transmission, or in such other manner as the Fund and the Custodian agree in writing.
Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter, as appropriate, each

-20-


 

Fund shall deliver to the Custodian, duly certified by such Fund’s Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, a certificate setting forth: (i) the names, titles, signatures and scope of authority of all persons authorized to give Proper Instructions or any other notice, request, direction, instruction, certificate or instrument on behalf of the Fund and (ii) the names, titles and signatures of those persons authorized to give Special Instructions. Such certificate may be accepted and relied upon by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the facts set forth therein and shall be considered to be in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of a similar certificate to the contrary.
Section 10.      Evidence of Authority
The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the applicable Fund. The Custodian may receive and accept a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of any Fund as conclusive evidence (a) of the authority of any person to act in accordance with such resolution or (b) of any determination or of any action by the applicable Board as described in such resolution, and such resolution may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary.
Section 11.       Actions Permitted without Express Authority
The Custodian may in its discretion, without express authority from the applicable Fund on behalf of each applicable Portfolio:
  1)   Make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement; provided that all such payments shall be accounted for to the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio;
  2)   Surrender securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form;
  3)   Endorse for collection, in the name of the Portfolio, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and
  4)   In general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Portfolio except as otherwise directed by the applicable Board.
Section 12.     Duties of Custodian with Respect to the Books of Account and Calculation of Net Asset Value and Net Income
The Custodian shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the applicable Board to keep the books of account of each Portfolio and/or compute the net asset value per Share of the outstanding Shares or, if directed in writing to do so by a Fund on behalf of a Portfolio, shall itself keep such books of account and/or compute such net asset value per Share. If so directed, the Custodian shall also calculate daily the net income of the Portfolio as described in the Prospectus and shall advise the Fund and the Transfer Agent daily of the total amounts of such net income and, if instructed in writing by an officer of the Fund to do so, shall advise the Transfer Agent periodically of the division of such net income among its

-21-


 

various components. Each Fund acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to investments maintained with the Underlying Transfer Agent, the Underlying Transfer Agent is the sole source of information on the number of shares of a fund held by it on behalf of a Portfolio and that the Custodian has the right to rely on holdings information furnished by the Underlying Transfer Agent to the Custodian in performing its duties under this Agreement, including without limitation, the duties set forth in this Section 12 and in Section 13 hereof; provided, however, that the Custodian shall be obligated to reconcile information as to purchases and sales of Underlying Shares contained in trade instructions and confirmations received by the Custodian and to report promptly any discrepancies to the Underlying Transfer Agent. The calculations of the net asset value per Share and the daily income of each Portfolio shall be made at the time or times described from time to time in the Prospectus. Each Fund acknowledges that, in keeping the books of account of the Portfolio and/or making the calculations described herein with respect to Portfolio property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14), or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7) hereof, the Custodian is authorized and instructed to rely upon information provided to it by the Fund, the Fund’s counterparty(ies), or the agents of either of them.
Section 13. Records
The Custodian shall with respect to each Portfolio create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of each Fund under the 1940 Act, with particular attention to section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. All such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of such Fund and employees and agents of the SEC . The Custodian shall, at a Fund’s request, supply the Fund with a tabulation of securities owned by each Portfolio and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Fund and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Fund and the Custodian, include certificate numbers in such tabulations. Each Fund acknowledges that, in creating and maintaining the records as set forth herein with respect to Portfolio property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14), or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7) hereof, the Custodian is authorized and instructed to rely upon information provided to it by the Fund, the Fund’s counterparty(ies), or the agents of either of them.
Section 14. Opinion of Fund s Independent Accountant
The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as a Fund with respect to a Portfolio may from time to time request, to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from the Fund’s independent accountants with respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Fund’s Form N -1 A or Form N -2, as applicable, and Form N - SAR or other annual reports to the SEC and with respect to any other requirements thereof.
Section 15. Reports to Fund by Independent Public Accountants
The Custodian shall provide the applicable Fund, on behalf of each of the Portfolios at such times as such Fund may reasonably require, with reports by independent public accountants on the accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including securities deposited and/or maintained in a U . S . Securities System or a Foreign Securities System (either, a “ Securities System ”), relating to the services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement; such reports, shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by

-22-


 

the Fund to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.
Section 16. Compensation of Custodian
The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as Custodian, as agreed upon from time to time between each Fund on behalf of each applicable Portfolio and the Custodian.
Section 17. Responsibility of Custodian
So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable care, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper party or parties, including any futures commission merchant acting pursuant to the terms of a three-party futures or options agreement. The Custodian shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, but shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to any Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith without negligence, including, without limitation, acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction. It shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Fund) on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice. The Custodian shall be without liability to any Fund or Portfolio for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by anything which is part of Country Risk (as defined in Section 3 hereof), including without limitation nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of war, revolution, riots or terrorism.
Except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct or the negligence or willful misconduct of a sub-custodian or agent, the Custodian shall be without liability to any Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by; (i) events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian or any sub-custodian or Securities System or any agent or nominee of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the interruption, suspension or restriction of trading on or the closure of any securities market, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or communications disruptions, work stoppages, natural disasters, or other similar events or acts; (ii) errors by any Fund or its duly authorized investment manager or investment adviser in their instructions to the Custodian provided such instructions have been in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) the insolvency of or acts or omissions by a Securities System; (iv) any act or omission of a Special Sub-Custodian including, without limitation, reliance on reports prepared by a Special Sub-Custodian; (v) any delay or failure of any broker, agent or intermediary, central bank or other commercially prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to the Custodian’s sub-custodian or agent securities purchased or in the remittance or payment made in connection with securities sold; (vi) any delay or failure of any company, corporation, or other body in charge of registering or transferring securities in the name of the Custodian, any Fund, the Custodian’s sub-custodians, nominees or agents or any consequential losses arising out of such delay or failure to transfer such securities including non-receipt of bonus, dividends and rights and other accretions or benefits; (vii) delays or inability to perform its duties due to any disorder in market infrastructure with respect to any particular security or Securities System; and (viii) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or any other country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction.

-23-


 

The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian (as such term is defined in Section 4 hereof) to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in this Agreement.
If a Fund on behalf of a Portfolio requires the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund or the Portfolio being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability of some other form, such Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, as a prerequisite to requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.
If a Fund requires the Custodian, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents, to advance cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement) or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, any property at any time held for the account of the applicable Portfolio shall be security therefor and should the Fund fail to repay the Custodian promptly, the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash and to dispose of such Portfolio’s assets to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.
Except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct, each Fund shall indemnify and hold the Custodian harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, charges, counsel fees, payments and liabilities which may be asserted against the Custodian (a) acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction or Special Instruction including, without limitation, any Proper Instruction with respect to Free Trades including, but not limited to, cost, expense, loss, damage, liability, tax, charge, assessment or claim resulting from (i) the failure of the applicable Fund to receive income with respect to purchased investments, (ii) the failure of the applicable Fund to recover amounts invested on maturity of purchased investments, (iii) the failure of the Custodian to respond to or be aware of notices or other corporate communications with respect to purchased investments, or (iv) the Custodian’s reliance upon information provided by the applicable Fund, such Fund’s counterparty(ies) or the agents of either of them with respect to Fund property released, delivered or purchased pursuant to either of Section 2.2(14) or Section 2.6(7) hereof; (b) for the acts or omissions of any Special Sub-Custodian; or (c) for the acts or omissions of any Local Agent or Pledgee.
In the event of equipment failure, work stoppage, governmental action, communication disruption or other impossibility of performance beyond the Custodian’s control, the Custodian shall take reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions. The Custodian shall enter into and shall maintain in effect, at all times during the term of this Agreement, with appropriate parties one or more agreements making reasonable provision for (i) periodic back-up of the computer files and data with respect to the Funds; and (ii) emergency use of electronic data processing equipment to provide services under this Agreement. Upon reasonable request, the Custodian shall discuss with senior management of the Funds such disaster recovery plan and/or provide a high-level presentation summarizing such plan.
In no event shall the Custodian be liable for indirect, special or consequential damages.

-24-


 

Section 18. Effective Period , Termination and Amendment
This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days or, in the exercise of the sole discretion of the Funds, no later than ninety (90) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided, however, that no Fund shall amend or terminate this Agreement in contravention of any applicable federal or state regulations, or any provision of such Fund’s Governing Documents, and further provided, that any Fund on behalf of one or more of the Portfolios may at any time by action of its Board (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the Comptroller of the Currency or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.
Termination of this Agreement with respect to any one particular Fund or Portfolio shall in no way affect the rights and duties under this Agreement with respect to any other Fund or Portfolio.
Upon termination of the Agreement, the applicable Fund on behalf of each applicable Portfolio shall pay to the Custodian such compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements.
Section 19. Successor Custodian
If a successor custodian for one or more Portfolios shall be appointed by the applicable Board, the Custodian shall, upon termination and receipt of Proper Instructions, deliver to such successor custodian at the office of the Custodian, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all securities of each applicable Portfolio then held by it hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the securities of each such Portfolio held in a Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent. Custodian shall also provide to the successor custodian a Fund’s records (as described in Section 13 of this Agreement) as reasonably requested by the Fund.
If no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in like manner, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer such securities, funds and other properties in accordance with such resolution.
In the event that no Proper Instructions designating a successor custodian or alternative arrangements shall have been delivered to the Custodian on or before the date when such termination shall become effective, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts or New York, New York, of its own selection, having an aggregate capital, surplus, and undivided profits, as shown by its last published report, of not less than $25,000,000, all securities, funds and other properties held by the Custodian on behalf of each applicable Portfolio and all instruments held by the Custodian relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Agreement on behalf of each applicable Portfolio, and to transfer to an account of such successor custodian all of the securities of each such Portfolio held in any Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent. Thereafter, such bank or trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

-25-


 

In the event that securities, funds and other properties remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof owing to failure of any Fund to provide Proper Instructions as aforesaid, the Custodian shall be entitled to fair compensation for its services during such period as the Custodian retains possession of such securities, funds and other properties and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall remain in full force and effect.
Section 20. Audit Rights ; Additional Sub - Certifications and Reports
      Section 20.1 Audit Rights . To the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation and upon request of a Fund (which shall include reasonable advance notice), the Custodian shall allow such Fund’s regulators or supervisory authorities to perform periodic on-site audits as may be reasonably required to examine the Custodian’s performance of the services contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Services ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the performance of any audits of the Custodian’s performance of the Services, the Fund will request that such regulator or supervisory authority to the extent possible shall coordinate such audit through the Custodian’s primary regulator, the United States Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. Nothing contained in this section shall obligate the Custodian to provide access to or otherwise disclose: (i) any information that is unrelated to the relevant Fund and the provision of the Services to such Fund; (ii) any information that is treated as confidential under the Custodian’s corporate policies, including, without limitation, internal audit reports, compliance or risk management plans or reports, work papers and other reports and information relating to management functions; or (iii) any other documents, reports or other information that the Custodian is obligated to maintain in confidence as a matter of law or regulation. In addition, any access provided hereunder to technology shall be limited to a demonstration by the Custodian of the functionality thereof and a reasonable opportunity to communicate with the Custodian’s personnel regarding such technology.
      Section 20.2 Additional Sub - Certifications and Reports . The Custodian shall provide to the Funds: (a) sub-certifications in connection with Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 certification requirements; and (b) periodic reports and reasonable documentation for delivery to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer in connection with Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to the Services and the Custodian’s compliance with its operating policies and procedures related thereto.
Section 21. Confidentiality ; Information Security .
      Section 21.1 Confidentiality . The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other party regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering or receiving services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party.
The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (i) that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is independently derived by any party hereto without the use of any information provided by the other party hereto in connection with this Agreement, (ii) that is required in any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, or by operation of law or regulation, or (iii) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Furthermore, and notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the Custodian may aggregate Fund or Portfolio data

-26-


 

with similar data of other customers of the Custodian (“ Aggregated Data ”) and may use Aggregated Data for purposes of constructing statistical models so long as such Aggregated Data represents a sufficiently large sample that no Fund or Portfolio data can be identified either directly or by inference or implication.
The undertakings and obligations contained in this Section 21.1 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years.
      Section 21.2 Information Security . The Custodian has implemented information security controls and procedures reasonably designed to protect the information and data owned and/or used by the Custodian applicable to a Fund. Upon reasonable request, the Custodian shall discuss with senior management of the Funds such controls and procedures and/or provide a high-level presentation summarizing such controls and procedures.
Section 22. General
      Section 22.1 Massachusetts Law to Apply . This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
      Section 22.2 Prior Agreements . This Agreement supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior Agreements between each Fund on behalf of each of the Portfolios and the Custodian relating to the custody of such Fund’s assets.
      Section 22.3 Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) any Fund without the written consent of the Custodian or (b) by the Custodian without the written consent of each applicable Fund.
      Section 22.4 Interpretive and Additional Provisions. In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and each Fund on behalf of each of the Portfolios, may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by all parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of a Fund’s Governing Documents. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.
      Section 22.5 Additional Funds . In the event that any management investment company in addition to those listed on Appendix A hereto desires to have the Custodian render services as custodian under the terms hereof, it shall so notify the Custodian in writing, and if the Custodian agrees in writing to provide such services, such management investment company shall become a Fund hereunder and be bound by all terms and conditions and provisions hereof including, without limitation, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 22.7 below.
      Section 22.6 Additional Portfolios . In the event that any Fund establishes one or more series of Shares in addition to those set forth on Appendix A hereto with respect to which it desires to have the Custodian render services as custodian under the terms hereof, it shall so notify the Custodian in writing, and if the Custodian agrees in writing to provide such services, such series of Shares shall become a Portfolio hereunder.
      Section 22.7 The Parties ; Representations and Warranties ; Recourse to Funds . All references herein to the “Fund” are to each of the management investment companies listed on Appendix A

-27-


 

hereto, and each management investment company made subject to this Agreement in accordance with Section 22.5 above, individually, as if this Agreement were between such individual Fund and the Custodian. In the case of a series corporation, trust or other entity, all references herein to the “Portfolio” are to the individual series or portfolio of such corporation, trust or other entity, or to such corporation, trust or other entity on behalf of the individual series or portfolio, as appropriate. Any reference in this Agreement to “the parties” shall mean the Custodian and such other individual Fund as to which the matter pertains.
          22.7.1 Representations and Warranties .
     Each Fund hereby represents and warrants that (a) it is duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization; (b) it has the requisite power and authority under applicable law and its constituent documents and its Governing Documents to enter into and perform this Agreement; (c) all requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement; (d) this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid, binding and enforceable agreement; (e) its entrance into this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Fund or any law or regulation applicable to it; and (f) its undertakings as set forth in this Agreement comply with applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and rules promulgated thereunder.
     The Custodian hereby represents and warrants that (a) it is duly organized and validly existing in its jurisdiction of organization; (b) it has the requisite power and authority under applicable law to enter into and perform this Agreement; (c) all requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement; (d) this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid, binding and enforceable agreement; and (e) its execution of this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Custodian or any law or regulation applicable to it.
          22.7.2 Recourse to the Funds .
      A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of each Fund that is a Massachusetts business trust is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that: (i) recourse with respect to this Agreement and instruments referenced and contemplated hereby is limited to the assets and property of each respective Fund; and (ii) the obligations of, or arising under, this Agreement are not binding upon any of the trustees, officers or shareholders of each Fund individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of each respective Fund.
      Section 22.8 Remote Access Services Addendum . The Custodian and each Fund agree to be bound by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum hereto.
      Section 22.9 Notices . Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder may be delivered in person to the offices of the parties as set forth herein during normal business hours or delivered prepaid registered mail or by telex, cable or telecopy to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.
  To any Fund:   c/o John Hancock
 
    601 Congress Street Boston,
 
      MA 02110-2805
 
      Attention: Charles A . Rizzo
 
      Telephone: 617-663-4006
 
      Telecopy: 617-663-2198

-28-


 

  To the Custodian:   State Street Bank and Trust Company
 
      Lafayette Corporate Center Two Avenue de Lafayette – LCC /5
 
      Attention: Thomas Forrester, Senior Vice President
 
      Telephone: 617-662-7018 Telecopy:
Such notice, instruction or other instrument shall be deemed to have been served in the case of a registered letter at the expiration of five business days after posting, in the case of cable twenty-four hours after dispatch and, in the case of telex, immediately on dispatch and if delivered outside normal business hours it shall be deemed to have been received at the next time after delivery when normal business hours commence and in the case of cable, telex or telecopy on the business day after the receipt thereof. Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.
      Section 22.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.
      Section 22.11 Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.
      Section 22.12 Reproduction of Documents . This Agreement and all schedules, addenda, exhibits, appendices, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.
      Section 22.13 Shareholder Communications Election . SEC Rule 14b-2 requires banks which hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, the Custodian needs each Fund to indicate whether it authorizes the Custodian to provide such Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose securities the Fund owns. If a Fund tells the Custodian “no,” the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If a Fund tells the Custodian “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. For a Fund’s protection, the Rule prohibits the requesting company from using the Fund’s name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications. Please indicate below whether the Fund consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.
YES [ ]      The Custodian is authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.
NO [ X ]      The Custodian is not authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.
[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

-29-


 

Signature Page
In WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative under seal as of the date first above-written.
               
Fund Signature attested to By:     EACH OF THE ENTITIES SET FORTH ON APPENDIX A HERETO
               
By: 
/s/ Betsy Anne Seel     By:  /s/ Gordon Shone
 
           
Name:
Betsy Anne Seel     Name: Gordon Shone
Title:
Assistant Secretary     Title: Treasurer
 
             
Signature Attested to By:     State Street Bank and trust company
               
By: 
/s/ A. Elizabeth Howard     By: /s/ Joseph C. Antonellis
 
Elizabeth Howard       Joseph C. Antonellis
 
Vice President and Senior Counsel       Vice Chairman  
Master Custodian Agreement

 


 

Appendix A
to the
Master Custodian Agreement
dated September 10, 2008
between
John Hancock Funds and
State Street Bank and Trust Company
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS
John Hancock Bond Trust
JH Government Income Fund
JH High Yield Fund
JH Investment Grade Bond Fund
John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund
JH California Tax-Free Income Fund
John Hancock Capital Series
JH Classic Value Fund
JH Classic Value Fund II
JH International Classic Value Fund
JH Large Cap Select Fund
JH U.S. Global Leaders Growth Fund
John Hancock Current Interest
JH Money Market Fund
John Hancock Equity Trust
JH Small Cap Fund
John Hancock Investment Trus t
JH Balanced Fund
JH Global Opportunities Fund
JH Large Cap Equity Fund
JH Small Cap Intrinsic Value Fund
JH Sovereign Investors Fund
John Hancock Investment Trust II
JH Financial Industries Fund JH Regional Bank
Fund JH Small Cap Equity Fund
John Hancock Investment Trust III
JH Greater China Opportunities Fund
John Hancock Municipal Series Trust
JH High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
JH Tax-Free Bond Fund

1


 

Appendix A
John Hancock Series Trust
JH Global Real Estate Fund
JH Mid Cap Equity Fund
John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund
JH Bond Fund
John Hancock Strategic Series
JH Strategic Income Fund
John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series Fund
JH Massachusetts Tax-Free Income Fund JH
New York Tax-Free Income Fund
John Hancock World Fund
JH Health Sciences Fund
John Hancock Closed End Funds
JH Bank and Thrift Opportunity Fund
JH Income Securities Trust
JH Investors Trust
JH Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II
JH Preferred Income Fund
JH Preferred Income Fund II
JH Preferred Income Fund III
JH Tax Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund
JH Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III
JHF III Classic Mega Cap Fund
JHF III Global Shareholder Yield Fund
JHF III Growth Fund
JHF III Growth Opportunities Fund
JHF III International Core Fund
JHF III International Growth Fund
JHF III Intrinsic Value Fund
JHF III Leveraged Companies Fund
JHF III Rainier Growth Fund
JHF III US Core Fund
JHF III Value Opportunities Fund
FOF — Index
JHF III International Allocation Portfolio
NON-CUSTODY ACCOUNTS
John Hancock Bulk Trading Account John
Hancock Joint Repo Account

2


 

REMOTE ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM TO MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
     ADDENDUM to that certain Master Custodian Agreement dated as of September 10, 2008 (the “Custodian Agreement”) by and among each management investment company identified on Appendix A thereto or made subject thereto pursuant to Section 22.5 thereof (each, a “Customer”) and State Street Bank and Trust Company, including its subsidiaries and affiliates (“State Street”).
     State Street has developed and/or utilizes proprietary or third-party accounting and other systems in conjunction with the services that State Street provides to the Customer. In this regard, State Street maintains certain information in databases under its ownership and/or control that it makes available to its customers (the “Remote Access Services”).
The Services
State Street agrees to provide the Customer, and its designated investment advisors, consultants or other third parties who agree to abide by the terms of this Addendum (“Authorized Designees”) with access to State Street propriety and third-party systems as may be offered by State Street from time to time (each, a “System”) on a remote basis.
Security Procedures
The Customer agrees to comply, and to cause its Authorized Designees to comply, with remote access operating standards and procedures and with user identification or other password control requirements and other security devices and procedures as may be issued or required from time to time by State Street or its third-party vendors for use of the System and access to the Remote Access Services. The Customer is responsible for any use and/or misuse of the System and Remote Access Services by its Authorized Designees. The Customer agrees to advise State Street immediately in the event that it learns or has reason to believe that any person to whom it has given access to the System or the Remote Access Services has violated or intends to violate the terms of this Addendum and the Customer will cooperate with State Street in seeking injunctive or other equitable relief. The Customer agrees to discontinue use of the System and Remote Access Services, if requested, for any security reasons cited by State Street and State Street may restrict access of the System and Remote Access Services by the Customer or any Authorized Designee for security reasons or noncompliance with the terms of this Addendum at any time.
Fees
Fees and charges for the use of the System and the Remote Access Services and related payment terms shall be as set forth in the fee schedule in effect from time to time between the parties. The Customer shall be responsible for any tariffs, duties or taxes imposed or levied by any government or governmental agency by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Addendum, including, without limitation, federal, state and local taxes, use, value added and personal property taxes (other than income, franchise or similar taxes which may be imposed or assessed against State Street). Any claimed exemption from such tariffs, duties or taxes shall be supported by proper documentary evidence delivered to State Street.
Proprietary Information/Injunctive Relief
The System and Remote Access Services described herein and the databases, computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design techniques, formulae, processes, systems, software, know- how, algorithms, programs, training aids, printed materials, methods, books, records, files, documentation and other information made available to the Customer by State Street as part of the Remote Access Services and through the use of the System and all copyrights, patents, trade secrets and other proprietary and intellectual property rights of State Street and third-party vendors related thereto are the exclusive, valuable

i


 

and confidential proprietary property of State Street and its relevant licensors and third-party vendors (the “Proprietary Information”). The Customer agrees on behalf of itself and its Authorized Designees to keep the Proprietary Information confidential and to limit access to its employees and Authorized Designees (under a similar duty of confidentiality) who require access to the System for the purposes intended. The foregoing shall not apply to Proprietary Information in the public domain or required by law to be made public.
The Customer agrees to use the Remote Access Services only in connection with the proper purposes of this Addendum. The Customer will not, and will cause its employees and Authorized Designees not to, (i) permit any third party to use the System or the Remote Access Services, (ii) sell, rent, license or otherwise use the System or the Remote Access Services in the operation of a service bureau or for any purpose other than as expressly authorized under this Addendum, (iii) use the System or the Remote Access Services for any fund, trust or other investment vehicle without the prior written consent of State Street, or (iv) allow or cause any information transmitted from State Street’s databases, including data from third-party sources, available through use of the System or the Remote Access Services, to be published, redistributed or retransmitted for other than use for or on behalf of the Customer, as State Street’s customer.
The Customer agrees that neither it nor its Authorized Designees will modify the System in any way, enhance, copy or otherwise create derivative works based upon the System, nor will the Customer or its Authorized Designees reverse engineer, decompile or otherwise attempt to secure the source code for all or any part of the System.
The Customer acknowledges that the disclosure of any Proprietary Information, or of any information which at law or equity ought to remain confidential, will immediately give rise to continuing irreparable injury to State Street or its third-party licensors and vendors inadequately compensable in damages at law and that State Street shall be entitled to obtain immediate injunctive relief against the breach or threatened breach of any of the foregoing undertakings, in addition to any other legal remedies which may be available.
Limited Warranties
State Street represents and warrants that it is the owner of and/or has the right to grant access to the System and to provide the Remote Access Services contemplated herein. Because of the nature of computer information technology including, but not limited to the use of the Internet, and the necessity of relying upon third-party sources, and data and pricing information obtained from third parties, the System and Remote Access Services are provided “AS IS” without warranty express or implied including as to availability of the System, and the Customer and its Authorized Designees shall be solely responsible for the use of the System and Remote Access Services and investment decisions, results obtained, regulatory reports and statements produced using the Remote Access Services. State Street and its relevant licensors and third-party vendors will not be liable to the Customer or its Authorized Designees for any direct or indirect, special, incidental, punitive or consequential damages arising out of or in any way connected with the System or the Remote Access Services, nor shall any party be responsible for delays or nonperformance under this Addendum arising out of any cause or event beyond such party’s control.
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS ADDENDUM, STATE STREET, FOR ITSELF AND ITS RELEVANT LICENSORS AND THIRD-PARTY VENDORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE SYSTEM AND THE SERVICES TO BE RENDERED HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Infringement

ii


 

State Street will defend or, at its option, settle any claim or action brought against the Customer to the extent that it is based upon an assertion that access to or use of State Street proprietary systems by the Customer under this Addendum constitutes direct infringement of any United States patent or copyright or misappropriation of a trade secret, provided that the Customer notifies State Street promptly in writing of any such claim or proceeding, cooperates with State Street in the defense of such claim or proceeding and allows State Street sole control over such claim or proceeding. Should the State Street proprietary system or any part thereof become, or in State Street’s opinion be likely to become, the subject of a claim of infringement or the like under any applicable patent, copyright or trade secret laws, State Street shall have the right, at State Street’s sole option, to (i) procure for the Customer the right to continue using the State Street proprietary system (ii) replace or modify the State Street proprietary system so that the State Street proprietary system becomes noninfringing, or (iii) terminate this Addendum without further obligation. This section constitutes the sole remedy to the Customer for the matters described in this section.
Termination
Each party to the Custodian Agreement may terminate this Addendum immediately for failure of any other party to comply with any material term and condition of the Addendum by giving the other party written notice of termination. This Addendum shall in any event terminate with and in connection with the termination of the Custodian Agreement. The Customer’s use of any third-party System is contingent upon its compliance with any terms of use of such system imposed by such third party and State Street’s continued access to, and use of, such third-party system. In the event of termination, the Customer will return to State Street all copies of documentation and other confidential information in its possession or in the possession of its Authorized Designees and immediately cease access to the System and Remote Access Services. The foregoing provisions with respect to confidentiality and infringement will survive termination for a period of three (3) years.
Miscellaneous
This Addendum constitutes the entire understanding of the parties to the Custodian Agreement with respect to access to the System and the Remote Access Services. This Addendum cannot be modified or altered except in a writing duly executed by each of State Street and the Customer and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
By its execution of the Custodian Agreement, the Customer: (a) confirms to State Street that it informs all Authorized Designees of the terms of this Addendum; (b) accepts responsibility for its and its Authorized Designees’ compliance with the terms of this Addendum; and (c) indemnifies and holds State Street harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, charges, counsel fees, payments and liabilities arising from any failure of the Customer or any of its Authorized Designees to abide by the terms of this Addendum.

iii


 

         
F UNDS T RANSFER A DDENDUM

    (STATE STREET LOGO)  
OPERATING GUIDELINES
       
State Street
1. OBLIGATION OF THE SENDER : State Street is authorized to promptly debit Client’s account(s) upon the receipt of a payment order in compliance with the selected Security Procedure chosen for funds transfer and in the amount of money that State Street has been instructed to transfer. State Street shall execute payment orders in compliance with the Security Procedure and with the Client’s instructions on the execution date provided that such payment order is received by the customary deadline for processing such a request, unless the payment order specifies a later time. All payment orders and communications received after this time will be deemed to have been received on the next business day.
2. SECURITY PROCEDURE : The Client acknowledges that the Security Procedure it has designated on the Selection Form was selected by the Client from Security Procedures offered by State Street. The Client agrees that the Security Procedures are reasonable and adequate for its wire transfer transactions and agrees to be bound by any payment orders, amendments and cancellations, whether or not authorized, issued in its name and accepted by State Street after being confirmed by any of the selected Security Procedures. The Client also agrees to be bound by any other valid and authorized payment order accepted by State Street. The Client shall restrict access to confidential information relating to the Security Procedure to authorized persons as communicated in writing to State Street. The Client must notify State Street immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such information or of any change in the Client’s authorized personnel. State Street shall verify the authenticity of all instructions according to the Security Procedure.
3. ACCOUNT NUMBERS: State Street shall process all payment orders on the basis of the account number contained in the payment order. In the event of a discrepancy between any name indicated on the payment order and the account number, the account number shall take precedence and govern. Financial institutions that receive payment orders initiated by State Street at the instruction of the Client may also process payment orders on the basis of account numbers, regardless of any name included in the payment order. State Street will also rely on any financial institution identification numbers included in any payment order, regardless of any financial institution name included in the payment order.
4. REJECTION: State Street reserves the right to decline to process or delay the processing of a payment order which (a) is in excess of the collected balance in the account to be charged at the time of State Street’s receipt of such payment order; (b) if initiating such payment order would cause State Street, in State Street’s sole judgment, to exceed any volume, aggregate dollar, network, time, credit or similar limits upon wire transfers which are applicable to State Street; or (c) if State Street, in good faith, is unable to satisfy itself that the transaction has been properly authorized.
5. CANCELLATION OR AMENDMENT : State Street shall use reasonable efforts to act on all authorized requests to cancel or amend payment orders received in compliance with the Security Procedure provided that such requests are received in a timely manner affording State Street reasonable opportunity to act. However, State Street assumes no liability if the request for amendment or cancellation cannot be satisfied.
6. ERRORS: State Street shall assume no responsibility for failure to detect any erroneous payment order provided that State Street complies with the payment order instructions as received and State Street complies with the Security Procedure. The Security Procedure is established for the purpose of authenticating payment orders only and not for the detection of errors in payment orders.
7. INTEREST AND LIABILITY LIMITS : State Street shall assume no responsibility for lost interest with respect to the refundable amount of any unauthorized payment order, unless State Street is notified of the unauthorized payment order within thirty (30) days of notification by State Street of the acceptance of such payment order. In no event shall State Street be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages, even if advised of the possibility of such damages and even for failure to execute a payment order.
8. AUTOMATED CLEARING HOUSE (“ACH”) CREDIT ENTRIES/PROVISIONAL PAYMENTS : When a Client initiates or receives ACH credit and debit entries pursuant to these Guidelines and the rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association and the New England Clearing House Association, State Street will act as an Originating Depository Financial Institution and/or Receiving Depository Institution, as the case may be, with respect to such entries. Credits given by State Street with respect to an ACH credit entry are provisional until State Street receives final settlement for such entry from the Federal Reserve Bank. If State Street does not receive such final settlement, the Client agrees that State Street shall receive a refund of the amount credited to the Client in connection with such entry, and the party making payment to the Client via such entry shall not be deemed to have paid the amount of the entry.
9. CONFIRMATION STATEMENTS: Confirmation of State Street’s execution of payment orders shall ordinarily be provided within 24 hours. Notice may be delivered through State Street’s proprietary information systems, such as, but not limited to Horizon and GlobalQuest ® , account statements, advices, or by facsimile or callback. The Client must report any objections to the execution of a payment order within 30 days.

 


 

         
F UNDS T RANSFER A DDENDUM
    (LOGO STATE STREET)  
State Street
10. LIABILITY ON FOREIGN ACCOUNTS: State Street shall not be required to repay any deposit made at a non-U.S. branch of State Street, or any deposit made with State Street and denominated in a non-U.S. dollar
Serving Institutional Investors Worldwide sm
currency, if repayment of such deposit or the use of assets denominated in the non-U.S. dollar currency is prevented, prohibited or otherwise blocked due to: (a) an act of war, insurrection or civil strife; (b) any action by a non-U.S. government or instrumentality or authority asserting governmental, military or police power of any kind, whether such authority be recognized as a defacto or a dejure government, or by any entity, political or revolutionary movement or otherwise that usurps, supervenes or otherwise materially impairs the normal operation of civil authority; or(c) the closure of a non-U.S. branch of State Street in order to prevent, in the reasonable judgment of State Street, harm to the employees or property of State Street. The obligation to repay any such deposit shall not be transferred to and may not be enforced against any other branch of State Street.
The foregoing provisions constitute the disclosure required by Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 167D, Section 36.
While State Street is not obligated to repay any deposit made at a non-U.S. branch or any deposit denominated in a non-U.S. currency during the period in which its repayment has been prevented, prohibited or otherwise blocked, State Street will repay such deposit when and if all circumstances preventing, prohibiting or otherwise blocking repayment cease to exist.
11. MISCELLANEOUS: State Street and the Client agree to cooperate to attempt to recover any funds erroneously paid to the wrong party or parties, regardless of any fault of State Street or the Client, but the party responsible for the erroneous payment shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in trying to effect such recovery. These Guidelines may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by the parties.

 


 

         
F UNDS T RANSFER A DDENDUM

    (LOGO)  
State Street
Serving Institutional Investors Worldwide sm
Security Procedure(s) Selection Form
Please select one or more of the funds transfer security procedures indicated below.
      SWIFT
SWIFT (Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication) is a cooperative society owned and operated by member financial institutions that provides telecommunication services for its membership. Participation is limited to securities brokers and dealers, clearing and depository institutions, recognized exchanges for securities, and investment management institutions. SWIFT provides a number of security features through encryption and authentication to protect against unauthorized access, loss or wrong delivery of messages, transmission errors, loss of confidentiality and fraudulent changes to messages. SWIFT is considered to be one of the most secure and efficient networks for the delivery of funds transfer instructions. Selection of this security procedure would be most appropriate for existing SWIFT members.
      Standing Instructions
Standing Instructions may be used where funds are transferred to a broker on the Client’s established list of brokers with which it engages in foreign exchange transactions. Only the date, the currency and the currency amount are variable. In order to establish this procedure, State Street will send to the Client a list of the brokers that State Street has determined are used by the Client. The Client will confirm the list in writing, and State Street will verify the written confirmation by telephone. Standing Instructions will be subject to a mutually agreed upon limit. If the payment order exceeds the established limit, the Standing Instruction will be confirmed by telephone prior to execution.
o Remote Batch Transmission
Wire transfer instructions are delivered via Computer-to-Computer (CPU-CPU) data communications between the Client and State Street. Security procedures include encryption and or the use of a test key by those individuals authorized as Automated Batch Verifiers.
Clients selecting this option should have an existing facility for completing CPU-CPU transmissions. This delivery mechanism is typically used for high-volume business.
      Global Horizon Interchange sm Funds Transfer Service
Global Horizon Interchange Funds Transfer Service (FTS) is a State Street proprietary microcomputer-based wire initiation system. FTS enables Clients to electronically transmit authenticated Fedwire, CHIPS or internal book transfer instructions to State Street. This delivery mechanism is most appropriate for Clients with a low-to-medium number of transactions (5-75 per day), allowing Clients to enter, batch, and review wire transfer instructions on their PC prior to release to State Street.
      Telephone Confirmation (Callback)
Telephone confirmation will be used to verify all non-repetitive funds transfer instructions received via untested facsimile or phone. This procedure requires Clients to designate individuals as authorized initiators and authorized verifiers. State Street will verify that the instruction contains the signature of an authorized person and prior to execution, will contact someone other than the originator at the Client’s location to authenticate the instruction. Selection of this alternative is appropriate for Clients who do not have the capability to use other security procedures.
o Repetitive Wires
For situations where funds are transferred periodically (minimum of one instruction per calendar quarter) from an existing authorized account to the same payee (destination bank and account number) and only the date and currency amount are variable, a repetitive wire may be implemented. Repetitive wires will be subject to a mutually agreed upon limit. If the payment order exceeds the established limit, the instruction will be confirmed by telephone prior to execution. Telephone confirmation is used to establish this process. Repetitive wire instructions must be reconfirmed annually. This alternative is recommended whenever funds are frequently transferred between the same two accounts.
      Transfers Initiated by Facsimile
The Client faxes wire transfer instructions directly to State Street Mutual Fund Services. Standard security procedure requires the use of a random number test key for all transfers. Every six months the Client receives test key logs from State Street. The test key contains alpha-numeric characters, which the Client puts on each document faxed to State Street. This procedure ensures all wire instructions received via fax are authorized by the Client.
We provide this option for Clients who wish to batch wire instructions and transmit these as a group to State Street Mutual Fund Services once or several times a day.

 


 

         
F UNDS T RANSFER A DDENDUM
    (LOGO)  
State Street
Serving Institutional Investors Worldwide sm
      Instruct
Instruct is a State Street web-based application designed to provide internet-enabled remote access that allows for the capturing, verification and processing of various instruction types, including securities, cash and foreign exchange transactions. Instruct is designed using industry standard formats to facilitate straight-through processing. Instruct provides a number of security features through user entitlements, industry standard encryption protocols, digital security certificates and multiple tiers of user authentication requirements.
      Secure Transport
Secure Transport is a file transfer application based upon the Secure File Transfer Protocol standard that is designed to enable State Street clients/ investment managers to send file based transfer and transaction instructions over the internet. Secure Transport features multi-factor authenticators such as SecurID and digital certificates, and incorporates industry-standard encryption protocols.
      Automated Clearing House (ACH)
State Street receives an automated transmission or a magnetic tape from a Client for the initiation of payment (credit) or collection (debit) transactions through the ACH network. The transactions contained on each transmission or tape must be authenticated by the Client. Clients using ACH must select one or more of the following delivery options:
      Global Horizon Interchange Automated Clearing House Service
Transactions are created on a microcomputer, assembled into batches and delivered to State Street via fully authenticated electronic transmissions in standard NACHA formats.
     Transmission from Client PC to State Street Mainframe with Telephone Callback
     Transmission from Client Mainframe to State Street Mainframe with Telephone Callback
     Transmission from DST Systems to State Street Mainframe with Encryption
     Magnetic Tape Delivered to State Street with Telephone Callback
State Street is hereby instructed to accept funds transfer instructions only via the delivery methods and security procedures indicated.
The selected delivery methods and security procedure(s) will be effective for payment orders initiated by our organization.
Key Contact Information
Whom shall we contact to implement your selection(s)?
     
CLIENT OPERATIONS CONTACT
  ALTERNATE CONTACT
     
     Name
       Name
 
   
     Address
       Address
 
   
     City/State/Zip Code
       City/State/Zip Code
 
   
     Telephone Number
       Telephone Number
 
   
     Facsimile Number
       Facsimile Number
 
   
     SWIFT Number
   
 
   
     Telex Number
   

 


 

         
F UNDS T RANSFER A DDENDUM
    (LOGO)  
State Street
Serving Institutional Investors Worldwide sm
INSTRUCTION(S)
TELEPHONE CONFIRMATION
Fund
Investment Adviser
Authorized Initiators
     Please Type or Print
Please provide a listing of Fund officers or other individuals who are currently authorized to INITIATE wire transfer instructions to State Street:
         
NAME   TITLE (Specify whether position   SPECIMEN SIGNATURE
    is with Fund or Investment Adviser)    
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Authorized Verifiers
     Please Type or Print
Please provide a listing of Fund officers or other individuals who will be CALLED BACK to verify the initiation of repetitive wires of $10 million or more and all non-repetitive wire instructions:
         
NAME   CALLBACK PHONE NUMBER   DOLLAR LIMITATION (IF ANY)
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       

 


 

SCHEDULE A
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS
     
Market   Subcustodian
Argentina
  Citibank, N.A.
 
   
Australia
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
 
  Citigroup Pty. Limited
 
   
Austria
  Bank Austria Creditanstalt AG
 
   
Bahrain
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
 
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
Bangladesh
  Standard Chartered Bank
 
   
Belgium
  Deutsche Bank AG, Netherlands (operating through its Amsterdam branch)
 
   
Benin
  via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast
 
   
Bermuda
  Bank of Bermuda Limited
 
   
Botswana
  Barclays Bank of Botswana Limited
 
   
Brazil
  Citibank, N.A.
 
   
Bulgaria
  ING Bank N.V.
 
   
Burkina Faso
  via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast
 
   
Canada
  State Street Trust Company Canada
 
   
Cayman Islands
  Close Trustees (Cayman) Limited
 
   
Chile
  Banco Itaú Chile

1


 

SCHEDULE A
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS
     
Market   Subcustodian
People’s Republic
  HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited
of China
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
(Shanghai and Shenzhen)
   
 
   
Colombia
  Cititrust Colombia S.A. Sociedad Fiduciaria
 
   
Costa Rica
  Banco BCT S.A.
 
   
Croatia
  Privredna Banka Zagreb d.d
 
   
Cyprus Czech
  BNP Paribas Securities Services, S.A., Greece (operating through its Athens branch)
 
   
Republic
  Ceskoslovenská obchodní Banka, a.s.
 
   
Denmark
  Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, Sweden (operating through its Copenhagen branch)
 
   
Ecuador
  Banco de la Producción S.A. PRODUBANCO
 
   
Egypt
  HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E.
 
   
 
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
Estonia
   
 
   
 
  AS Hansapank
 
   
Finland
   
 
   
 
  Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, Sweden (operating through its Helsinki branch)
 
   
France
   
 
  Deutsche Bank AG, Netherlands (operating through its Paris branch)
 
   
Germany
   
 
   
 
  Deutsche Bank AG
 
   
Ghana
   
 
   
 
  Barclays Bank of Ghana Limited
 
   
Greece
   
 
   
 
  National Bank of Greece S.A.

2


 

SCHEDULE A
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS
     
Market   Subcustodian
Guinea-Bissau
  via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast
 
   
Hong Kong
  Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited
 
   
Hungary
  UniCredit Bank Hungary Zrt.
 
   
Iceland
  Kaupthing Bank hf.
 
   
India
  Deutsche Bank AG
 
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
 
   
Indonesia
  Deutsche Bank AG
 
   
Ireland Israel
  Bank of Ireland
 
   
Italy
  Bank Hapoalim B.M.
 
   
Ivory Coast
  Deutsche Bank S.p.A.
 
   
Jamaica
  Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire
 
   
Japan
  Bank of Nova Scotia Jamaica Limited
 
   
 
  Mizuho Corporate Bank Limited
Jordan
  Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
 
   
 
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
Kazakhstan
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
 
  SB HSBC Bank Kazakhstan JSC
Kenya
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
 
  Barclays Bank of Kenya Limited

3


 

SCHEDULE A
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS
     
Market   Subcustodian
Republic of Korea
  Deutsche Bank AG
 
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
 
   
Kuwait
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
 
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
Latvia
  A/s Hansabanka
 
   
Lebanon
  HSBC Bank Middle East
 
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
Lithuania
  SEB Bankas AB
 
   
Malaysia
  Standard Chartered Bank Malaysia Berhad
 
   
Mali
  via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast
 
   
Malta
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
 
   
Mauritius
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
 
   
Mexico
  Banco Nacional de México S.A.
 
   
Morocco
  Attijariwafa bank
 
   
Namibia
  Standard Bank Namibia Limited
 
   
Netherlands
  Deutsche Bank AG
 
   
New Zealand
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
 
   
Niger
  via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

4


 

SCHEDULE A
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS
     
Market   Subcustodian
 
  Stanbic IBTC Bank Plc.
 
   
Nigeria
   
 
   
 
  Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB, Sweden (operating through its Oslo branch)
 
   
Norway
   
 
   
 
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
Oman
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
 
  Deutsche Bank AG
 
   
Pakistan
   
 
   
 
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
Palestine
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
 
  HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A.
 
   
Panama Peru
   
 
   
 
  Citibank del Perú, S.A.
 
   
Philippines
   
 
   
 
  Standard Chartered Bank
 
   
Poland
   
 
   
 
  Bank Handlowy w Warszawie S.A.
 
   
Portugal
   
 
   
 
  Banco Comercial Português S.A.
 
   
Puerto Rico
   
 
   
 
  Citibank N.A.
 
   
Qatar
   
 
   
 
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
 
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
Romania
   
 
   
 
  ING Bank N.V.
 
   
Russia Saudi
   
 
  ING Bank (Eurasia) ZAO, Moscow
 
   
Arabia
   
 
   
 
  Saudi British Bank
 
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

5


 

SCHEDULE A
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS
     
Market   Subcustodian
Senegal
  via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast
 
   
Serbia
  Unicredit Bank Serbia JSC
 
   
Singapore
  DBS Bank Limited
 
  United Overseas Bank Limited
 
   
Slovak Republic
  Ceskoslovenská obchodní Banka, a.s.
 
   
Slovenia
  UniCredit Bank Slovenija d.d.
 
   
South Africa
  Nedbank Limited
 
   
 
  Standard Bank of South Africa Limited
 
   
Spain
   
 
  Deutsche Bank S.A.E.
 
   
Sri Lanka
   
 
   
 
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
 
   
Swaziland
   
 
   
 
  Standard Bank Swaziland Limited
 
   
Sweden
   
 
   
 
  Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB
 
   
Switzerland
   
 
   
 
  UBS AG
 
  Credit Suisse
 
   
Taiwan - R.O.C.
   
 
   
 
  Bank of Taiwan
 
   
Thailand
   
 
   
 
  Standard Chartered Bank (Thai) Public Company Limited
 
   
Togo
  via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast
 
   
Trinidad & Tobago
  Republic Bank Limited
 
   
Tunisia
  Banque Internationale Arabe de Tunisie

6


 

SCHEDULE A
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS
     
Market   Subcustodian
Turkey
  Citibank, A.S.
 
   
Uganda
  Barclays Bank of Uganda Limited
 
   
Ukraine
  ING Bank Ukraine
 
   
United Arab Emirates -
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
Dubai Financial Market
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
United Arab Emirates -
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
Dubai International
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
Financial Center
   
 
   
United Arab Emirates -
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
Abu Dhabi
  (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)
 
   
United Kingdom
  State Street Bank and Trust Company, United Kingdom branch
 
   
Uruguay
  Banco Itaú Uruguay S.A.
 
   
Venezuela
  Citibank, N.A.
 
   
Vietnam
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
 
   
Zambia
  Barclays Bank of Zambia Plc.
 
   
Zimbabwe
  Barclays Bank of Zimbabwe Limited

7


 

SCHEDULE B
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS
     
Country   Depositories
Argentina
  Caja de Valores S.A.
 
   
Australia
  Austraclear Limited
 
   
Austria
  Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG (Wertpapiersammelbank Division)
 
   
Bahrain
  Clearing, Settlement, and Depository System of the Bahrain Stock Exchange
 
   
Bangladesh
  Central Depository Bangladesh Limited
 
   
Belgium
  Banque Nationale de Belgique
 
  Euroclear Belgium
 
   
Benin
  Dépositaire Central – Banque de Règlement
 
   
Bermuda
  Bermuda Securities Depository
 
   
Brazil
  Central de Custódia e de Liquidação Financeira de Títulos Privados (CETIP)
 
  Companhia Brasileira de Liquidação e Custódia Sistema Especial de
 
  Liquidação e de Custódia (SELIC)
 
   
 
  Bulgarian National Bank
Bulgaria
  Central Depository AD
 
   
Burkina Faso
  Dépositaire Central – Banque de Règlement The
 
   
Canada
  Canadian Depository for Securities Limited
 
   
Chile
  Depósito Central de Valores S.A.
 
   
People’s Republic of China
  China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited, Shanghai Branch
 
  China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited Shenzhen Branch

1


 

SCHEDULE B
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS
     
Country   Depositories
Colombia
  Depósito Central de Valores
 
  Depósito Centralizado de Valores de Colombia S..A. (DECEVAL)
 
   
Costa Rica
  Central de Valores S.A. Središnja
 
   
Croatia Cyprus
  depozitarna agencija d.d. Central Depository
 
   
Czech Republic
  and Central Registry
 
   
 
  Czech National Bank
 
  Stredisko cenných papíru – Ceská republika
 
   
Denmark
  Værdipapircentralen
 
   
Egypt
  Misr for Clearing, Settlement, and Depository S.A.E.
 
  Central Bank of Egypt
 
   
Estonia
  AS Eesti Väärtpaberikeskus
 
   
Finland
  Suomen Arvopaperikeskus Oy
 
   
France
  Euroclear France
 
   
Germany
  Clearstream Banking AG, Frankfurt
 
   
Greece
  Apothetirion Titlon AE
 
   
 
  Bank of Greece, System for Monitoring Transactions in Securities in Book-Entry Form
 
   
Guinea-Bissau
  Dépositaire Central – Banque de Règlement

2


 

SCHEDULE B
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS
     
Country   Depositories
Hong Kong
  Central Moneymarkets Unit
 
  Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited
 
   
Hungary
  Központi Elszámolóház és Értéktár (Budapest) Zrt. (KELER)
 
   
Iceland
  Icelandic Securities Depository Limited
 
   
India
  Central Depository Services (India) Limited
 
  National Securities Depository Limited
 
  Reserve Bank of India
 
   
Indonesia
  Bank Indonesia
 
  PT Kustodian Sentral Efek Indonesia
 
   
Israel
  Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Clearing House Ltd. (TASE C
 
   
Italy
  Monte Titoli S.p.A.
 
   
Ivory Coast
  Dépositaire Central – Banque de Règlement
 
   
Jamaica
  Jamaica Central Securities Depository
 
   
Japan
  Bank of Japan — Net System
 
  Japan Securities Depository Center (JASDEC) Incorpor
 
   
Jordan
  Securities Depository Center
 
   
Kazakhstan
  Central Securities Depository
 
   
Kenya
  Central Depository and Settlement Corporation Limited
 
  Central Bank of Kenya
 
   
Republic of Korea
  Korea Securities Depository

3


 

SCHEDULE B
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS
     
Country   Depositories
Kuwait
  Kuwait Clearing Company
 
   
Latvia
  Latvian Central Depository
 
   
Lebanon
  Banque du Liban
 
  Custodian and Clearing Center of Financial Instruments
 
  for Lebanon and the Middle East (Midclear) S.A.L.
 
   
Lithuania
  Central Securities Depository of Lithuania
 
   
Malaysia
  Bank Negara Malaysia
 
   
 
  Bursa Malaysia Depository Sdn. Bhd.
 
   
Mali
   
 
   
 
  Dépositaire Central – Banque de Règlement
 
   
Malta
   
 
   
 
  Central Securities Depository of the Malta Stock Exchange
 
   
Mauritius
   
 
   
 
  Bank of Mauritius
 
   
Mexico
  Central Depository and Settlement Co. Ltd.
 
   
Morocco
  S.D. INDEVAL, S.A. de C.V.
 
   
Namibia
  Maroclear
 
   
Netherlands
  Bank of Namibia
 
   
New Zealand
  Euroclear Nederland
 
   
Niger
  New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited
 
   
Nigeria
  Dépositaire Central – Banque de Règlement
 
   
 
  Central Securities Clearing System Limited

4


 

SCHEDULE B
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS
     
Country   Depositories
Norway
  Verdipapirsentralen
 
   
Oman
  Muscat Depository & Securities Registration Company, SAOC
 
   
Pakistan
  Central Depository Company of Pakistan Limited
 
  State Bank of Pakistan
 
   
Palestine
  Clearing, Depository and Settlement, a department
 
   
 
  of the Palestine Securities Exchange
 
   
Panama
  Central Latinoamericana de Valores, S.A. (LatinClear)
 
   
Peru
  Caja de Valores y Liquidaciones, Institución de
 
  Compensación y Liquidación de Valores S.A
 
   
Philippines
  Philippine Depository & Trust Corporation
 
  Registry of Scripless Securities (ROSS) of the Bureau of Treasury
 
   
Poland
  Rejestr Papierów Wartościowych
 
  Krajowy Depozyt Papierów Wartos´ciowych S.A.
 
   
Portugal
  INTERBOLSA – Sociedad Gestora de Sistemas de Liquidação
 
  e de Sistemas Centralizados de Valores Mobiliários, S.A.
 
   
Qatar
  Central Clearing and Registration (CCR), a
 
  department of the Doha Securities Market
 
   
Romania
       S.C. Depozitarul Central S.A.
 
  National Bank of Romania
 
   
Russia
  Vneshtorgbank, Bank for Foreign Trade of the Russian Federation
 
  National Depository Center
 
   
Saudi Arabia
  Tadawul Central Securities Depository

5


 

SCHEDULE B
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS
     
Country   Depositories
Senegal
  Dépositaire Central – Banque de Règlement
 
   
Serbia
  Central Registrar and Central Depository for Securities
 
   
Singapore
  The Central Depository (Pte) Limited
 
  Monetary Authority of Singapore
 
   
Slovak Republic
  Národná banka slovenska
 
  Centralny depozitar cenných papierov SR, a.s.
 
   
Slovenia
  KDD – Centralna klirinsko depotna druzba d.d.
 
   
South Africa
  Strate Ltd.
 
   
Spain
  IBERCLEAR
 
   
Sri Lanka
  Central Depository System (Pvt) Limited
 
   
Sweden
  Värdepapperscentralen VPC AB
 
   
Switzerland
  SegaIntersettle AG
 
   
Taiwan - R.O.C.
  Taiwan Depository and Clearing Corporation
 
   
Thailand
  Thailand Securities Depository Company Limited
 
   
Togo
  Dépositaire Central – Banque de Règlement
 
   
Trinidad and Tobago
  Central Bank of Trinidad and Tobago
 
   
Tunisia
  Société Tunisienne Interprofessionelle pour la Compensation
 
  et de Dépôts des Valeurs Mobilières (STICODEVAM)

6


 

SCHEDULE B
STATE STREET
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS
     
Country   Depositories
Turkey
  Central Bank of Turkey
 
  Central Registry Agency
 
   
Uganda
  Bank of Uganda
 
   
Ukraine
  Mizhregionalny Fondovy Souz
 
  National Bank of Ukraine
 
   
United Arab Emirates
  Clearing and Depository System, a department of the Dubai Financial Market
Dubai Financial Market
   
 
   
United Arab Emirates
  Central Securities depository department of the Dubai International Financial Exchange
Dubai International
   
Financial Center
   
 
   
United Arab Emirates
  Clearing, Settlement, Depository and Registry department of the Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
  Securities Exchange
 
   
United Kingdom
  Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited
 
   
Uruguay
  Banco Central del Uruguay
 
   
Venezuela
  Banco Central de Venezuela
 
  Caja Venezolana de Valores
 
   
Vietnam
  Vietnam Securities Depository
 
   
Zambia
  Bank of Zambia
 
  LuSE Central Shares Depository Limited
TRANSNATIONAL
Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.
Clearstream Banking, S.A.

7


 

SCHEDULE C
MARKET INFORMATION
     
Publication/Type of Information   Brief Description
(scheduled frequency)
   
 
   
The Guide to Custody in World Markets
(hardcopy annually and regular website updates)
  An overview of settlement and safekeeping procedures, custody practices and foreign investor considerations for the markets in which State Street offers custodial services.
 
   
Global Custody Network Review
(annually)
  Information relating to Foreign Sub-Custodians in State Street’s Global Custody Network. The Review stands as an integral part of the materials that State Street provides to its U.S. mutual fund clients to assist them in complying with SEC Rule 17f-5. The Review also gives insight into State Street’s market expansion and Foreign Sub-Custodian selection processes, as well as the procedures and controls used to monitor the financial condition and performance of our Foreign Sub-Custodian banks.
 
   
Securities Depository Review
(annually)
  Custody risk analyses of the Foreign Securities Depositories presently operating in Network markets. This publication is an integral part of the materials that State Street provides to its U.S. mutual fund clients to meet informational obligations created by SEC Rule 17f-7.
 
   
Global Legal Survey
(annually)
  With respect to each market in which State Street offers custodial services, opinions relating to whether local law restricts (i) access of a fund’s independent public accountants to books and records of a Foreign Sub- Custodian or Foreign Securities System, (ii) a fund’s ability to recover in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System, (iii) a fund’s ability to recover in the event of a loss by a Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System, and (iv) the ability of a foreign investor to convert cash and cash equivalents to U.S. dollars.
 
   
Subcustodian Agreements
(annually)
  Copies of the contracts that State Street has entered into with each Foreign Sub-Custodian that maintains U.S. mutual fund assets in the markets in which State Street offers custodial services.
 
   
Global Market Bulletin
(daily or as necessary)
  Information on changing settlement and custody conditions in markets where State Street offers custodial services. Includes changes in market and tax regulations, depository developments, dematerialization information, as well as other market changes that may impact State Street’s clients.
 
   
Foreign Custody Advisories
(as necessary)
  For those markets where State Street offers custodial services that exhibit special risks or infrastructures impacting custody, State Street issues market advisories to highlight those unique market factors which might impact our ability to offer recognized custody service levels.
 
   
Material Change Notices
(presently on a quarterly basis or
as otherwise necessary)
  Informational letters and accompanying materials confirming State Street’s foreign custody arrangements, including a summary of material changes with Foreign Sub-Custodians that have occurred during the previous quarter. The notices also identify any material changes in the custodial risks associated with maintaining assets with Foreign Securities Depositories.

 


 

SCHEDULE D to Master
Custodian Agreement
Special Sub-Custodians
None.

D-1

SERVICE AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of this 1 st day of July, 2009, by and between the trusts listed in Appendix A (the “Trusts”), on behalf of themselves and each of their funds (the “Funds”), John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“JHIMS”) and John Hancock Advisers, LLC (“JHA”) (JHIMS and JHA are collectively referred to as “John Hancock”).
WHEREAS , each Trust desires to retain John Hancock to provide certain services to the Trust and the Funds as described below; and John Hancock is willing to provide such services in the manner and on the terms hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE , each Trust and John Hancock hereby agree as follows:
1. Services . Subject to the general supervision of the Boards of Trustees of the Trusts (the “Boards of Trustees”), John Hancock will provide (a) to the Trusts and each of the Funds the services set forth below, and (b) to each of the Funds (if any) that is identified in Appendix B as a feeder fund (“Feeder Fund”) that invests substantially all of its assets in a corresponding master fund (“Master Fund”) having substantially similar investment objectives and policies, such additional services and functions set forth below, as are reasonably necessary for the operation of the Trusts and each Fund (“Services”). The Services, to the extent not required to be performed by John Hancock pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with respect to a Fund, include, but are not limited to:
A. Legal services as follows:
  (1)   Maintenance of each Fund’s registration statement and federal and state registration;
 
  (2)   Preparation of certain notices and proxy materials furnished to shareholders of the Funds;
 
  (3)   Preparation of periodic reports of each Fund to regulatory authorities, including Form N-SAR and Rule 24f-2 legal opinions;
 
  (4)   Preparation of materials in connection with meetings of the Board of Trustees;
 
  (5)   Preparation of written contracts, distributions plans, compliance procedures, corporate and trust documents and other legal documents;
 
  (6)   Research advice and consultation about certain legal, regulatory and compliance issues;
 
  (7)   Supervision, coordination and evaluation of certain services provided by outside counsel; and
 
  (8)   Responses to subpoenas and appropriate information requests for shareholder records.

1


 

B.   Tax Services as follows:
  (1)   Arranging for, or participating in, the preparation of all required tax returns for the Funds;
 
  (2)   Review of required Fund distributions for excise, fiscal year-end and calendar year-end;
 
  (3)   Preparation of Fund tax returns; (4) Review of “complex” securities purchased by the Funds; (5) Preparation of tax information that is included in a Fund’s Form 1099-DIV;
 
  (6)   Preparation of financial statement tax adjustments and disclosures for the Funds;
 
  (7)   Monitoring regulatory compliance with applicable IRS rules and regulations;
 
  (8)   Preparation of tax provisions for excise, fiscal year-end and calendar year-end;
 
  (9)   Analysis and consultation regarding certain tax matters; and
 
  (10)   Review of final distributions relating to Fund mergers.
C.   Accounting Services as follows:
  (1)   Preparation of expense budgets for the Funds;
 
  (2)   Review of each Fund’s net asset value on a daily basis;
 
  (3)   Review of security lending income of the Funds;
 
  (4)   Review of commission recapture income of the Funds;
 
  (5)   Calculation of expense information included in Fund registration statements;
 
  (6)   Monitoring of Fund expense caps and waivers;
 
  (7)   Review of Fund expenses and authorization for disbursement;
 
  (8)   Assessment and review of internal controls for the Funds;
 
  (9)   Review of “complex” securities and country openings by the Funds;
 
  (10)   Preparation of financial statements and other documents for specific Fund transactions such as mergers;
 
  (11)   Review and preparation of materials for Board of Trustee meetings;
 
  (12)   Preparation of Fund dividend distributions;
 
  (13)   Analysis and disposition of pricing errors; and
 
  (14)   Coordination and preparation of Board materials;
 
  (15)   Development of Accounting Policies;
 
  (16)   Review of contractual covenants and coordination of de-leveraging events; associated with Closed End Fund lines of credit;
 
  (17)   Support and coordination around internal and external audits;
 
  (18)   Review of financing breakeven analysis for Closed End Funds;
 
  (19)   Review of cash and securities regulations and aged exception items;
 
  (20)   Review monthly custodian Operations Report and conduct monthly onsite risk reviews;
 
  (21)   Review Fund prospectuses;
 
  (22)   Completion and review of 12b-1 expense cap calculations;
 
  (23)   Oversight of Blue Sky filings; and
 
  (24)   Preparation of 24F-2 filings.

2


 

D.   Valuation as follows:
  (1)   Development and maintenance of pricing policies and procedures for the Funds;
 
  (2)   Daily review of Fund market risk including development of reports to identify market risk;
 
  (3)   Monitoring for Fund securities where trading has been suspended or markets are closed;
 
  (4)   Development and maintenance of controls relating to valuation of Fund securities;
 
  (5)   Preparation of reports relating to the fair valuation of securities for Board of Trustee meetings;
 
  (6)   Conducting Pricing Committee meetings as needed and assist in the determination of fair valuation of securities;
 
  (7)   Review of pricing vendors, including onsite visits;
 
  (8)   Prepare materials for monthly Pricing Committee meetings;
 
  (9)   Monitor for significant events;
 
  (10)   Analyze fair value prices to market open;
 
  (11)   Periodically evaluate trigger levels; and
 
  (12)   Document fair value decisions.
E. Financial Reporting and Performance as follows:
  (1)   the preparation of financial data or reports required by the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities including the preparation of semi-annual and annual reports for the Funds;
 
  (2)   Preparation of Form N-CSR, Form N-Q, Form N-SAR and 24f-2 notices for the Funds;
 
  (3)   Coordination of external audits for the Funds;
 
  (4)   Review of the investment performance of the Funds, including performance attribution, and preparation of reports relating to such performance;
 
  (5)   Maintain the Funds’ GAAP reporting policies;
 
  (6)   Assist the Funds’ Audit Committees in annual fee proposals and monitor auditor independence;
 
  (7)   Administer and review the pre-approval process for the Funds’ auditors regarding non-audit securities engagements;
 
  (8)   Coordinate Closed End Funds annual financial statements and Audit Committee approval; and
 
  (9)   Review all data feeds and analyze and resolve all exceptions.
F. Compliance as follows:
  (1)   Monitoring of compliance by each Fund with applicable regulatory requirements, including the 1940 Act; the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (relating to the

3


 

      privacy of customer information); the Bank Secrecy Act (relating to money-laundering); and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations under each thereof;
 
  (2)   Review and processing of Fund litigation claims and settlements;
 
  (3)   Testing of policies and procedures relating to tax services, accounting services, valuation, financial reporting and performance services for the Funds;
 
  (4)   Maintenance of Fund Administration policies and procedures;
 
  (5)   Review and coordination of sub-adviser proxy voting
 
  (6)   Develop ad-hoc reporting on compliance related matters;
 
  (7)   Review and preparation of Board of Trustees materials; and
 
  (8)   Review of sub-adviser compliance materials.
G.   Service Provider Oversight (Vendor Management) as follows:
  (1)   Assistance in the selection of service providers;
 
  (2)   Negotiation of existing service provider agreements including appropriate amendments thereto;
 
  (3)   Monitoring the performance of and the quality of services provided by service providers under such agreements including the review of vendor reports, performance measurement reporting and periodic due diligence reviews;
 
  (4)   Monitoring a service providers’ compliance with applicable regulatory requirements; preparing compliance, risk, and financial reporting dashboards for service providers;
 
  (5)   Reporting periodically to the Board of Trustees on the service providers and the services provided to the Trust and the Funds,
 
  (6)   Responding to requests from regulators regarding the service providers;
 
  (7)   Establish a philosophy and framework for effective management and oversight of Fund service providers;
 
  (8)   Development and review of Service Level Agreements; and
 
  (9)   Prepare materials and coordinate key vendor quarterly executive meeting.
H.   Portfolio and Cash Management Services
  (1)   Coordinate and execute transactions relating to the Funds such as Fund mergers, subadviser changes, Fund rebalancing and Fund asset transfers (collectively, “Fund Events”);
 
  (2)   Review matters relating to Fund mergers. Fund launches and Fund liquidations;
 
  (3)   Administer the Fund Commission Recapture Program;
 
  (4)   Review bank overdraft changes;
 
  (5)   Administer transition management program;
 
  (6)   Analyze merger related costs;
 
  (7)   Administer the cash management of the Funds;
 
  (8)   Administer the Fund Line of Credit;
 
  (9)   Monitor collateral relating to Fund investments or accounts supporting bank lines of credit;

4


 

  (10)   Prepare N-14 pro-forma merger related information; and
 
  (11)   Coordinate operational activities associated with Fund of Funds rebalancing.
I.   Project Management Office Services
  (1)   Conduct monthly Fund Administration project prioritization meetings with senior management;
 
  (2)   Develop the master project list, prioritization schedule and Project Management Office staffing model;
 
  (3)   Adhere to Manulife’s corporate Information Technology project prioritization procedures (i.e. Project Gating and Steering Committee participation);
 
  (4)   Facilitate project meetings and the development of business requirements, project plans and summary dashboard reporting documents; execute select projects; and
 
  (5)   Coordinate activities with internal and external Information Technology representatives.
J.   Additional services to Feeder Funds as follows:
  (1)   Provision of information and reports to the Board of Trustees (i) to enable it to make all necessary decisions regarding whether to invest the assets of a Feeder Fund in shares of a particular Master Fund and (ii) as may be requested by the Board of Trustees from time to time;
 
  (2)   Coordination with the board of directors, officers and service providers of each Master Fund for purposes of obtaining all information, reports, certifications, signatures and other materials reasonably necessary for preparing and filing of its corresponding Feeder Fund’s registration statement, shareholder reports and other reports that may be filed pursuant to applicable securities laws and regulations;
 
  (3)   Effecting daily trades into or from each Master Fund, settling all such transactions and performing trading and settlement reconciliations;
 
  (4)   facilitation of distributing Master Fund proxy solicitation materials to corresponding Feeder Fund shareholders and/or coordinating with officers and service providers of each Master Fund the incorporation of its proxy information into its corresponding Feeder Fund proxy solicitation materials; and
 
  (5)   Coordination with officers and service providers of each Master Fund for purposes of enabling its corresponding Feeder Fund to compile and maintain such books and records as may be legally required or reasonably necessary or prudent for such Feeder Fund to compile and maintain.
K.   EDGAR conversion and filing services (“Edgar Services”) as follows:
  (1)   At the request of a Fund, John Hancock shall perform EDGAR Services for the Fund relating to documents filed by the Fund through EDGAR.

5


 

L.   Graphic Design Services as follows:
  (1)   At the request of a Fund, John Hancock shall perform graphic design services relating to fund documents.
 
  In connection with its provision of the Services, John Hancock will
 
  (1)   Provide such staff and personnel as are reasonably necessary to perform the Services for the Trusts and the Funds. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such staff and personnel shall be deemed to include officers of John Hancock and its affiliates, and persons employed or otherwise retained by John Hancock, to provide or assist in providing the Services to the Trusts and the Funds;
 
  (2)   Maintain all books and records relating to the Services; and
 
  (3)   Provide the Trusts and the Funds with all office facilities to perform the Services.
  The Services do not include services performed and personnel provided pursuant to contracts with the Trust or the Funds by third-party custodians, transfer agents and other service providers.
2. Compensation . In consideration for the Services provided to the Trusts and the Funds by John Hancock and its affiliates pursuant to this Agreement, each Fund will pay John Hancock such fee or other compensation as may be approved by the Board of Trustees from time to time and set forth in Appendix C hereto as the same may be amended from time to time. Any Services provided by a person or entity other than John Hancock and its affiliates, including, without limitation, services provided by attorneys not affiliated with John Hancock, are not covered under this Agreement and are an expense of the Funds.
3. No Partnership or Joint Venture . Each Trust, on behalf of itself and each of its Funds, and John Hancock are not partners of or joint ventures with each other, and nothing herein shall be construed so as to make any of the Trusts, on behalf of itself or any of its Funds, and John Hancock partners or joint ventures or impose any liability as such on the Trust, any Fund or John Hancock.
4. Limitation of Liability . John Hancock shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except losses resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence by John Hancock in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by John Hancock of its obligations under this Agreement. Any person, even though also employed by John Hancock, who may be or become an employee of and paid by any of the Trusts shall be deemed, when acting within the scope of his or her employment by the Trust, to be acting in such employment solely for the Trusts and not as John Hancock’s employee or agent.

6


 

5. Duration and Termination of Agreement . This Agreement shall remain in effect until the second anniversary of the date on which it was executed, and from year to year thereafter, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees and a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any of the Trusts or John Hancock. The Agreement may, on 60 days’ written notice, be terminated at any time without the payment of any penalty by any of the Trusts on behalf of itself or any of its Funds (by vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust) or by John Hancock.
6. Amendment . No provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof.
8. Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise affect their construction or effect. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A copy of the Declaration of Trust of each Trust which is organized as a Massachusetts business trust is on file with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and provides that no Trustee, shareholder, officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability in connection with Trust property or the affairs of the Trust, but that only the assets belonging to the Trust, or to the particular Fund with respect to which an obligation or claim arose, shall be liable.
(THE REMAINDER OF THIS SPACE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first written above.
         
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES, LLC
 
By:   /s/ Jeffrey H.Long    
  Name:  Jeffrey H. Long   
  Title: Chief Financial Officer   
 
JOHN HANCOCK ADVISERS, LLC
 
 
By:  /s/ Jeffrey H.Long    
  Name:  Jeffrey H. Long   
  Title: Chief Financial Officer   
 
By all the Trusts listed in Appendix A
 
 
By:   /s/ Keith F. Hartstein    
  Name:  Keith F. Hartstein   
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer   

8


 

         
Appendix A
John Hancock Bond Trust
John Hancock Government Income Fund
John Hancock High Yield Fund
John Hancock Investment Grade Bond Fund
John Hancock Current Interest
John Hancock Money Market Fund
John Hancock Income Securities Trust
John Hancock Investment Trust
John Hancock Balanced Fund
John Hancock Global Opportunities Fund
John Hancock Small Cap Intrinsic Value Fund
John Hancock Sovereign Investors Fund
John Hancock Investment Trust II
John Hancock Financial Industries Fund
John Hancock Regional Bank Fund
John Hancock Small Cap Equity Fund
John Hancock Funds III
John Hancock Classic Value Mega Cap Fund
John Hancock Core High Yield Fund
John Hancock Disciplined Value Fund
John Hancock Global Shareholder Yield Fund
John Hancock Growth Opportunities Fund
John Hancock International Allocation Portfolio
John Hancock International Core Fund
John Hancock International Growth Fund
John Hancock Leveraged Companies Fund
John Hancock Rainier Growth Fund
John Hancock Small Cap Opportunities Fund
John Hancock U.S. Core Fund
John Hancock Value Opportunities Fund
John Hancock Investors Trust
John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust
John Hancock High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
John Hancock Tax-Free Bond Fund
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III

A-1


 

John Hancock Series Trust
John Hancock Mid Cap Equity Fund
John Hancock Sovereign Bond
John Hancock Bond Fund
John Hancock Strategic Series
John Hancock Strategic Income Fund
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund
John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series Fund
John Hancock Massachusetts Tax-Free Income Fund
John Hancock New York Tax-Free Income Fund
John Hancock World Fund
John Hancock Health Sciences Fund

A-2


 

Appendix B
The Feeder Funds are as follows:
None

B-1


 

Appendix C
Compensation
Each Fund listed in Appendix A shall reimburse John Hancock for its expenses associated with providing all such Services described in this Agreement, including (a) direct compensation and related personnel expenses, (b) direct expenses of office space, office equipment, utilities and miscellaneous office expenses (“Office Support”), (c) direct expenses of computer hardware and software (and the development thereof) used to support John Hancock in providing such Services and IT support relating to such computer hardware and software, (d) other reasonable direct expenses incurred by John Hancock in providing Services to the Funds including, without limitation, expenses related to services provided by third parties such as Charles River, GainsKeeper and Confluence, Bloomberg to John Hancock that are related to John Hancock’s provision of Services to the Funds and (e) overhead expenses (including Manulife Financial Corporation (“Manulife”) corporate overhead) related to Office Support and personnel who provide services to each Fund (the “Reimbursement”), provided that overhead expenses related to Office Support shall not exceed levels that are allocated ordinarily to other Manulife business units. John Hancock shall determine, subject to Board approval, the expenses to be reimbursed by each Fund; provided, however, that such expenses shall not exceed levels that are fair and reasonable in light of the usual and customary charges made by others for services of the same nature and quality. The Reimbursement shall be calculated and paid monthly in arrears.

C-1

AMENDMENT TO
JOHN HANCOCK CLOSED END FUNDS
SERVICE AGREEMENT
FOR
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES

 


 

THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”), dated July 1, 2007, is entered into between Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“Mellon”), and John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund I, John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II, John Hancock Patriot Preferred Dividend Fund, John Hancock Patriot Global Dividend Fund, John Hancock Patriot Select Dividend Trust, John Hancock Investors Trust, John Hancock Income Securities Trust, John Hancock Bank and Thrift Opportunity Fund, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund I, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III and John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund, each a Massachusetts Business Trust and a Maryland corporation (each a “Client” and collectively the “Clients”).
WHEREAS, Mellon and the Clients entered into that certain Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services dated June 1, 2002, as amended (the “Agreement”), pursuant to which Mellon is providing transfer agent and related services to the Clients. Capitalized terms used herein, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
WHEREAS, John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund I, John Hancock Patriot Global Dividend Fund and John Hancock Patriot Preferred Dividend Fund (collectively, the “Terminated Funds”) have merged into John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II, and Mellon and Clients desire to amend the Agreement as provided in this Amendment.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   Amendments .
  (a)   The Agreement, including the applicable Exhibits, is hereby terminated solely with respect to the Terminated Funds.
 
  (b)   Exhibit D of the Agreement is amended to replace the Fee Schedule to John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II with the revised Exhibit D-l attached hereto.
 
  (c)   Exhibit D of the Agreement is hereby amended to replace the Investor Plan Services Fee Schedule for each of the Clients with revised Exhibit D-2 attached hereto.
2.   Term of the Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date hereof, and shall remain in effect for so long as the Agreement shall remain in effect.
3.   Ratification . Except as expressly set forth herein, the Agreement is not modified hereby and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the respective provisions thereof and is in all respects ratified and affirmed.

1


 

Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Amendment as a whole, but this Amendment shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.
Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original for all purposes, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mellon and the Clients have caused these presents to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC
         
     
  By:   /s/ Lynore LeConche    
    Name:   Lynore LeConche   
    Title:   Relationship Manager   
 
JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREMIUM DIVIDEND FUND I
JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREMIUM DIVIDEND FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREFERRED DIVIDEND FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT GLOBAL DIVIDEND FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT SELECT DIVIDEND TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INCOME SECURITIES TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK BANK AND THRIFT OPPORTUNITY FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND I
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND III
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED DIVIDEND INCOME FUND
         
     
  By:   /s/ Alfred P. Ouellette    
    Name:   Alfred P. Ouellette   
    Title:   Assistant Secretary   

2


 

         
Exhibit D-l FEE SCHEDULE TO
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend II
         
Initial Term of Agreement:
  One (1) Year
 
       
Fees Not Subject to Increase
(During initial term only)
  One (1) Year
 
       
Administration & Account Maintenance
       
Administration (Per month)
    $  
Mellon will assign a Client Service Manager to consult with Client on all facets of stock transfer administration, including, but not limited to, securities regulations, transfer requirements, structuring of annual meetings, stock option exercises, cash and stock dividends, etc.
OFAC Reporting Fee (Per month) (the Administration and Account Maintenance fees cover all of the services, and are subject to the allowances, listed below)
       

 


 

     
Allowance   Fee
Number of active accounts maintained
  $/year
Number of inactive accounts maintained
  % of Active a/c
         
    Fee
Number of dividend reinvestment accounts maintained
    $  
Number of legal review items processed
    $  
Number of certificates issued and book entry credits
       
Number of certificates cancelled and book entry debits
       
Number of additional mailings per year (including one enclosure)
  See Below
Number of reports, analyses, lists, or labels
  See Below
Number of Inspectors of Election
    $  
Number of respondent bank omnibus proxies
    $  
Number of shareholder telephone calls handled by Interactive Voice Response System
       
Number of shareholder telephone calls transferred out of the IVR to aCustomer Service Representative
       
Number of correspondence items responding to shareholder inquiries
       
Number of Investor ServiceDirect® transactions
       
(ISD transactions are defined as any shareholder transaction initiated through ISD, including, but not limited to, share sales or purchases, duplicate statement or tax form requests, address or pin changes, account changes or updates and certificate requests)
       
Number of state mandated due diligence mailings for lost property , as required
       
Number of SEC mandated lost shareholder database searches
       
MLink Administration fee (Electronic delivery of material)
       
Evote Administration fee
       
Telephone Votes
       
Internet
       
Dividend Disbursement Fee
Number of dividends processed per year (including one enclosure)
(the dividend disbursement fee includes all of the services listed below)
 
Preparing and mailing checks
Reconciling checks
Preparing payment register in list form
Withholding and filing taxes for non-resident aliens and others
Filing federal tax information returns
Processing “B” and “C” notices received from the IRS
Mailing required statements (Form 1099DIV or Form 1042) to registered holders
Maintaining stop payment files and issuing replacement checks
Maintaining separate dividend addresses
Receiving, verifying and posting funds to cover entire dividend distribution on mailing date of checks
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend II
Fee Schedule — Page 2

 


 

         
Escheatment Services        
Annual Compliance Services
       
SEC mandated electronic database and new address retrieval mailing
  $    
(subject to the following minimum)
  $    
Each state mandated due diligence mailing
  $    
(subject to the following minimum)
  $    
In-Depth Search and Location Services
       
(Annual compliance services include all of the services listed below)
       
Assist in establishing compliance with the unclaimed property requirements of all jurisdictions that may have a claim on escheatable property held by your organization
Processing records and property subject to reporting based upon current state statutes, rules, and regulations
Requesting penalty and interest release agreements and indemnification from future claim agreements (on property remitted) from the states that offer such agreements
Identifying property that has become escheatable since the last filing date
Assist in reviewing state regulations to determine if there have been any changes in reporting procedures
Reporting and remitting property to states
CLIENT SERVICE DIRECT® System Access
(the Client ServiceDirect fee includes all of the services listed below)
  Providing client access to Mellon’s mainframe inquiry and internet based system for management reporting and shareholder records
  Providing daily data on registered shareholders
 
  Providing daily access to proxy tabulation file during proxy season
         
DIRECT REGISTRATION/PROFILE SYSTEM
       
Enrollment Fee
       
Annual Surety Fee
       
Stock Distribution Event — full, full and fractional shares
  $    
DRS Fee, per statement
  $    
Investor directed movement of shares, each
  $    
Broker directed movement of shares, each
  $    
DRS/Profile reject fee, each
  $ 0  
DRS/Profile Broker Authorization Form, each
  $    
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend II
Fee Schedule — Page 3

 


 

         
ACH/DIRECT DEPOSIT SERVICES
       
Initial Setup Fee
       
Annual Maintenance Fee
       
ACH file transmission, each distribution, per item
       
Placement of Stop Payment Order
  $    
Returns/Reversals, per occurrence
  $    
(Annual Maintenance includes all of the services listed below)
       
Processing returned authorization forms
Posting bank information to accounts
Creating pre-note transactions and sending to clearinghouse
Following up on rejects
Produce and mail checks for returned items
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend II
Fee Schedule — Page 4

 


 

ADDITIONAL SERVICES AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST
         
SHAREHOLDER LISTS AND ANALYSES
       
(Minimum charge for each of the below services)
  $    
Lists, per name listed
  $    
Labels, per label printed
  $    
Analysis, per name passed on database
  $    
Analysis, per name listed in report
  $    
Custom Lists or Analyses
       
         
STANDARD MAILING SERVICES
       
(Minimum charge for each of the below services)
  $    
Addressing mailing medium, per name
  $    
Affixing labels, per label
  $    
Machine Inserting
       
1 st Enclosure, per piece
  $    
2 nd Enclosure, per piece
  $    
Each Enclosure thereafter, per piece
  $    
Manual Inserting
       
         
OTHER SERVICES        
Confidential Proxy Voting
Dividends — Special Cash Dividends
Electronic Distribution of Materials
Foreign Tax Re-claim
Householding of Annual Meeting and Other Materials
Interactive Online Meeting Services
Logistics Services (including document transportation, fulfillment,
printing and media placement)
Mailing Quarterly or Periodic Reports
Maintaining Mail Lists
Secondary Offerings or Closings
Stock Splits and Stock Dividends
Special Meetings
Survey Tabulation
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend II
Fee Schedule — Page 5

 


 

ADDITIONAL SERVICES PROVIDED BY MELLON
In addition to transfer agent services, Mellon Investor Services also provides the following related services. Contact your Sales Representative or Client Service Manager for additional information.
Bank/Broker Distributions
Corporate Stock Buy-Back Services
Custodial Services
Direct Purchase & Dividend Reinvestment Services
Employee Stock Option Plan Administration
Employee Stock Purchase Plan Administration
Escrow Services
Exchange or Tender Offer Processing
Financial Planning Services
Odd-Lot Program Administration
Proxy Solicitation
StockWatch (beneficial owner identification)
Subscription Agent Services
Rights Agency
Warrant Agency
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend II
Fee Schedule — Page 6

 


 

EXPENSES AND OTHER CHARGES
Fees and Out of Pocket Expenses: The cost of stationery and supplies, including but not limited to transfer sheets, dividend checks, envelopes, and paper stock, together with any disbursement for telephone, postage, mail insurance, travel for annual meeting, link-up charges for ADP and tape charges from DTC are billed in addition to the above fees. All charges and fees, out of pocket costs, expenses and disbursements of Mellon are due and payable by Client upon receipt of an invoice from Mellon.
With respect to any shareholder mailing processed by Mellon, Client shall, at least one business day prior to mail date, provide immediately available funds sufficient to cover all postage due on such mailing. For any dividend mailing, Client shall, at least one business day prior to the mail date, also provide immediately available funds sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of dividends to be paid.
Share Sale Program: Client may appoint Mellon to administer, through Mellon’s affiliate, Mellon Bank, N.A., a program allowing Client’s shareholders to liquidate book-entry shares, held in the Direct Registration System (“DRS”), pursuant to the Client’s stock purchase and/or dividend reinvestment plan. The charge for each such sale, and the process for selling such shares, shall be as described in the Client’s plan. If Client does not have a separate stock purchase or dividend reinvestment plan, then Client hereby appoints and directs Mellon to implement and administer, through Mellon Bank, N.A., a share selling program allowing Client’s shareholders to liquidate DRS shares. The transaction fee for each such sale shall be $ plus $  per share. Under the program, upon receipt of a sell request by a registered shareholder, Mellon Bank, N.A. will process the request through FutureShare Financial (“FSF”), a registered broker/dealer and member of NASD/SIPC and an affiliate of Mellon. Proceeds of the sale will be sent to the shareholder in the form of a check (less the transaction fee). Sale requests will typically be combined with other sale requests received from Client shareholders and shares will be submitted in bulk to FSF for sale. Shares will be sold usually within one business day of Mellon’s receipt of the sale request, but in no event more than five business days (except where deferral is necessary under state or federal regulations). The price per share received by the selling shareholder will equal the market price Mellon receives for the shares (or if more than one bulk trade is executed on the day the shares are sold, then the price per share shall equal the weighted average market price received for all Client shares sold that day).
Offering Administration Fee: A minimum fee of $ will be imposed for activities associated with initial public offerings (IPO’s), secondary offerings and/or closings. The fee covers the coordination of efforts necessary between Mellon, the Client’s underwriters, the banknote company and DTC in order to effect the closing. This fee will cover the issuance of up to 200 certificates and/or book-entry credits. Certificates and/or book-entry credits over this amount will be billed at $ each. This fee is in addition to any fees Mellon may charge for coordination of selling shareholders, custody services and/or escrow services.
Conversion: If an out-of-proof condition exists at the time of conversion, and such condition is not resolved within 90 calendar days of such conversion, Client agrees to provide Mellon with funds or shares sufficient to resolve the out-of-proof condition promptly after the expiration of such 90 day period.
Deconversion: Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Client shall pay Mellon a fee for deconversion services (e.g., providing shareholder lists and files, producing and shipping records, answering successor agent inquiries). This fee shall be based on Mellon’s then-current deconversion fee schedule. Mellon may withhold the Client’s records, reports and unused certificate stock pending Client’s payment in full of all fees and expenses owed to Mellon under this Agreement.
Legal Expenses, System Modifications: Certain expenses may be incurred in resolving legal matters that arise in the course of performing services hereunder. This may result in a separate charge to cover Mellon’s expenses (including the cost of external or internal counsel) in resolving such matters; provided that any legal expenses charged to the Client shall be reasonable.
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend II
Fee Schedule — Page 7

 


 

In the event any federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations are enacted that require Mellon to (i) make any adjustments and/or modifications to its current system, or (ii) provide additional services to Client for which Mellon is not being compensated hereunder, then Client shall compensate Mellon (a) on a pro rata basis proportionate to the Client’s registered shareholder base, for the costs associated with making such required adjustments and/or modifications, or (b) according to Mellon’s standard fees established, in good faith, with respect to such additional services.
Other Services: Fees for any services provided to Client by or on behalf of Mellon hereunder that are not set forth above will be based on Mellon’s standard fees at the time such services are provided or, if no standard fees have been established, an appraisal of the work to be performed.
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend II
Fee Schedule — Page 8

 

AMENDMENT TO
JOHN HANCOCK CLOSED END FUNDS
SERVICE AGREEMENT
FOR
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES

 


 

THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”), dated September 25, 2007, is entered into between Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“Mellon”), and John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II, John Hancock Patriot Select Dividend Trust, John Hancock Investors Trust, John Hancock Income Securities Trust, John Hancock Bank and Thrift Opportunity Fund, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund , John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III, John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund (collectively, the “Existing Clients”) and John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund (together with the Existing Clients, the “Clients”), each a Massachusetts Business Trust and a Maryland corporation.
WHEREAS, Mellon and the Existing Clients entered into that certain Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services dated June 1, 2002, as amended (the “Agreement”), pursuant to which Mellon is providing transfer agent and related services to the Existing Clients. Capitalized terms used herein, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
WHEREAS, Mellon and the Clients desire to amend the Agreement as provided in this Amendment to add John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund as a Client under the Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   Amendments . The Agreement is hereby amended to add John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund as a Client thereto under the same terms and conditions of the Agreement, including the Investor Plan Services Fee Schedule set forth in Exhibit D thereto, and the Fee Schedule attached as Exhibit D hereto and hereby made part of the Agreement.
2.   Term of the Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date hereof, and shall remain in effect for so long as the Agreement shall remain in effect.
3.   Ratification . Except as expressly set forth herein, the Agreement is not modified hereby and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the respective provisions thereof and is in all respects ratified and affirmed.
4.   Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Amendment as a whole, but this Amendment shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.
5.   Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original for all purposes, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

1


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mellon and the Clients have caused these presents to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC
         
     
  By:   /s/ Lynore LeConche    
    Name:   Lynore LeConche   
    Title:   Relationship Manager   
 
JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREMIUM DIVIDEND FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT SELECT DIVIDEND TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INCOME SECURITIES TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK BANK AND THRIFT OPPORTUNITY FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND III
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED DIVIDEND INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED GLOBAL SHAREHOLDER YIELD FUND
         
     
  By:   /s/ Alfred P. Ouellette    
    Name:   Alfred P. Ouellette   
    Title:   Assistant Secretary   

2

         
AMENDMENT # 3 TO
JOHN HANCOCK CLOSED END FUNDS
SERVICE AGREEMENT
FOR
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES

 


 

THIS AMENDMENT (this “#3 Amendment”), dated October 10, 2007, is entered into between Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“Mellon”) and John Hancock Patriot Select Dividend Trust, John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II, John Hancock Investors Trust, John Hancock Income Securities Trust, John Hancock Bank And Thrift Opportunity Fund, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III, John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund, and John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund, each a Massachusetts Business Trust, a Maryland corporation (each a “Client” and collectively the “Clients”).
WHEREAS, Mellon and Client entered into that certain Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services dated June 1, 2002, as amended by an amendment dated July 1, 2007, and as further amendment by an amendment dated (collectively the “Agreement”), pursuant to which Mellon is providing transfer agent and related services to Clients. Capitalized terms used herein, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
WHEREAS, John Hancock Patriot Select Dividend Trust, (the “Terminated Fund”) has merged into John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II, and Mellon and Clients desire to amend the Agreement as provided in this Amendment #3.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   Amendments .
  (a)   The Agreement, including the applicable Exhibits, is hereby terminated solely with respect to the Terminated Fund.
 
  (b)   Exhibit D of the Agreement is amended to replace the Fee Schedule to John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II with the revised Exhibit D-1 attached hereto.
2.   Term of the Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date hereof, and shall remain in effect for so long as the Agreement shall remain in effect.
3.   Ratification . Except as expressly set forth herein, the Agreement is not modified hereby and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the respective provisions thereof and is in all respects ratified and affirmed.
4.   Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Amendment as a whole, but this Amendment shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and

 


 

    obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.
5.   Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original for all purposes, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mellon and Client have caused these presents to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
  MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Lynore LeConche    
    Name:   Lynore LeConche   
    Title:   Relationship Manager   
 
JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREMIUM DIVIDEND FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INCOME SECURITES TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK BANK AND THRIFT OPPORTUNITY FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND III
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED DIVIDEND INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED GLOBAL SHAREHOLDER YIELD FUND
         
     
  By:   /s/ Alfred P. Ouellette    
    Name:   Alfred P. Ouellette   
    Title:   Assistant Secretary   

3

         
AMENDMENT TO
JOHN HANCOCK CLOSED END FUNDS
SERVICE AGREEMENT
FOR
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES

 


 

THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of July 1, 2010, is entered into between Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“Mellon”) and John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II, John Hancock Investors Trust, John Hancock Income Securities Trust, John Hancock Bank And Thrift Opportunity Fund, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III, and John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund, and John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund, each a Massachusetts Business Trust, (each a “Client” and collectively the “Clients”).
WHEREAS, Mellon and the Clients entered into that certain Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services dated June 1, 2002, as amended (the “Agreement”), pursuant to which Mellon is providing transfer agent and related services to Clients. Capitalized terms used herein, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
WHEREAS, Mellon and Clients desire to amend the Agreement as provided in this Amendment.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   Amendments to Agreement
  (a)   Section 2(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
 
      “(a) Effective July 1, 2010, this Agreement shall continue for a term of two (2) years ending on June 30, 2012, provided however, the Clients may terminate this Agreement at any time and without penalty on ninety (90) days written notice to Mellon.”
 
  (b)   Exhibit D for each Client is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the attached revised Exhibit D.
 
  (c)   Section 4(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to add the following Section 4(a)(iv):
 
      “(iv) it shall adopt and maintain such policies, procedures and controls reasonably designed to ensure that the performance of its obligations as set forth in this Agreement is in compliance with all applicable rules and regulations, including, but not limited to those rules and regulations applicable to transfer agents performing such services as described in this Agreement and applicable to customer information.”

1


 

  (d)   Section 6 of the Agreement is hereby amended to add the following Section (g):
 
      “(g) Subject to the following sentence, Mellon shall create and maintain in complete and accurate form all books and records required of it pursuant to its duties hereunder in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to records required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”). Mellon agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by Mellon are the property of the Client and will be preserved, maintained and made available in accordance with such applicable laws, rules and regulations and will be surrendered to the Client promptly on and in accordance with the Client’s request, provided that Mellon retain copies of such records to the extent required by applicable law or Mellon’s record retention policies.”
 
  (e)   Section 8 of the Agreement is hereby amended to add the following Section (c):
 
      “(c) If the Fund is a Massachusetts business trust, Mellon agrees that it shall have recourse only to the assets of the Client for the payment of claims or obligations as between Mellon and the Client arising out of this Agreement, and Mellon shall not seek satisfaction of any such claim or obligation from the trustees or shareholders of the Client in their capacity as such. In any case, each Client shall be liable only for its own obligations to Mellon under this Agreement and shall not be jointly or severally liable for the obligations of any other Client hereunder.”
 
  “(f)   The Agreement is hereby amended to add the following new Section 17:
 
      “17. Information Security. As part of the services provided by Mellon hereunder, Mellon agrees that it shall take the steps and security precautions outlined in its information security policies and procedures, a summary of which has been provided to each Client. Each Client acknowledges that such policies and procedures are subject to change at any time by Mellon, provided that the protections afforded thereby will not be intentionally diminished in comparison with those provided by Mellon to Client prior to such change. Mellon shall notify Client of any unauthorized use of, or unauthorized access to, Client nonpublic personal information (as defined by applicable law) promptly upon Mellon becoming aware of such unauthorized use or unauthorized access.”
2.   Term of the Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective upon due execution and delivery by both parties hereto, and shall remain in effect for so long as the Agreement shall remain in effect.

2


 

3.   Ratification . Except as expressly set forth herein, the Agreement is not modified hereby and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the respective provisions thereof and is in all respects ratified and affirmed.
4.   Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Amendment as a whole, but this Amendment shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.
5.   Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original for all purposes, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mellon and Clients have caused these presents to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC
         
  By:   /s/ Lynore LeConche    
    Name:   Lynore LeConche   
    Title:   Relationship Manager   
JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREMIUM DIVIDEND FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INCOME SECURITIES TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK BANK AND THRIFT OPPORTUNITY FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND III
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED DIVIDEND INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED SHAREHOLDER YIELD FUND
         
  By:   /s/ Charles A. Rizzo    
    Name:   Charles A. Rizzo   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   

4


 

         
Exhibit D
STOCK TRANSFER FEE SCHEDULE
The following schedule is intended to be a comprehensive summary of the fees associated with this proposal. The pricing as listed below is valid for ninety days from the date of submission or until “date”. Fees are not subject to increase during the initial term.
     
Initial Term of Agreement:
  Two (2) Years 1
 
   
Fees Not Subject to Increase
  Two (2) Years
Administration & Account Maintenance
Mellon will assign a Client Service Manager to consult with Client on all facets of stock transfer administration, including, but not limited to, securities regulations, transfer requirements, structuring of annual meetings, stock option exercises, cash and stock dividends, etc.
Monthly OFAC Reporting is included in the monthly administration and accounts maintenance fees listed below.
                 
    Administration &     Administration &  
    Account Maintenance     Account Maintenance  
    (per month)     (per month)  
Fund Name   2010-2011     2011-2012  
John Hancock Bank & Thrift (“BTO”)
  $       $    
John Hancock Income Securities Trust (“Income Securities”)
  $       $    
John Hancock Investors Trust (“Investors Trust”)
  $       $    
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend II (“Patriot Prem Div II”)
  $       $    
John Hancock Preferred Income (“Preferred Income”)
  $       $    
John Hancock Preferred Income II (“Preferred Income II”)
  $       $    
John Hancock Preferred Income III (“Preferred Income HI”)
  $       $    
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund (“Tax-Adv. Global S/H Yield”)
  $       $    
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund (“Tax-Adv. Div Income”)
  $       $    
 
1   Subject to Section 2(a) of the Agreement

5


 

The Administration and Account Maintenance fees cover all of the services and are subject to the allowances listed below.
All allowances are on a per fund basis
                                             
                                      Tax-Adv. Global    
    Fee   BTO   Income Securities   Investors Trust   Patriot Prem DIv II (b)   Preferred Income   Preferred Income II   Preferred Income III   S/HYield   Tax-Adv. Div Income
No. of Active Accounts Maintained
  $/Year                                    
No. of Inactive Accounts
  % of Active A/C Fee                                    
No. of Dividend Reinvestment Accounts Maintained
  $ 4.00                                      
No. of Legal Review Items Processed
    $                                      
No. of Certificates Issued & Book Entry Credits
                                           
No. of Certificates Cancelled & Book Entry Debits
                                           
No. of Additional Mailings per Year (including one enclosure)
  See Below                                    
No. of Reports, Analyses, Lists, or Labels
  See Below                                    
No. of Inspectors of Election
                                           
No. of Respondent Bank Omnibus Proxies
    $                                      
No. of S/H Telephone Calls Handled by IVR System (d)
                                           
No. of S/H Telephone Calls Transferred from IVR to CSR (d)
    $                                      
No. of Correspondence Items Responding to S/H Inquiries
    $                                      
No. of Investor ServiceDirect ® Transactions (e)
                                           
 
(a)   IVR = Interactive Voice Response; CSR = Customer Service Representative
 
(b)   ISD transactions are defined as any shareholder transaction initiated through ISD, including, but not limited to, share sales or purchases, duplicate statement or tax form requests, address or pin changes, account changes or updates and certificate requests.
Stock Transfer Fee
Schedule — Page 2

6


 

All allowances are on a per fund basis
                                             
                                        Tax-Adv.    
                                        Global S/H    
    Fee   BTO   Income Securities   Investors Trust   Patriot Prem Div II   Preferred Income   Preferred Income II   Preferred Income III   Yield   Tax-Adv. Div Income
No. of State Mandated Due Diligence Mailings for Lost Property
  S per a/c S min.                                    
No. of SEC Mandated Lost S/H Database Searches
  $ per a/c 0 min                                    
MLink Administration Fee (Electronic delivery of material)
                                           
Evote Administration Fee
                                           
Telephone Votes
                                           
Internet
                                           
Investor / Broker Directed Movement of Shares
    $                                      
Stock Transfer
Fee Schedule — Page 3

7


 

Dividend Disbursement Fee
Number of dividends processed per year. The dividend disbursement fee includes all of the services listed below.
         
Fund Name   Included
BTO
Income Securities
Investors Trust
Patriot Prem Div II
Preferred Income
Preferred Income II
Preferred Income III
Tax-Adv. Global S/H Yield
Tax-Adv. Div Income
 
Preparing and mailing checks
Reconciling checks
Preparing payment register in list form
Withholding and filing taxes for non-resident aliens and others
Filing federal tax information returns
Processing “B” and “C” notices received from the IRS
Mailing required statements (Form 1099DIV or Form 1042) to registered holders
Maintaining stop payment files and issuing replacement checks
Maintaining separate dividend addresses
Receiving, verifying and posting funds to cover entire dividend distribution on mailing date of checks
Stock Transfer
Fee Schedule — Page 4

8


 

Escheatment Services
Annual Compliance Services
SEC Mandated Electronic Database & New Address Retrieval Mailing
(subject to the following minimum)
     
Each state mandated due diligence mailing
  $per account $ 
(subject to the following minimum)   $per account $ 
In-Depth Search and Location Services
(Annual compliance services include all of the services listed below)
  Assist in establishing compliance with the unclaimed property requirements of all jurisdictions that may have a claim on escheatable property held by your organization
  Processing records and property subject to reporting based upon current state statutes, rules, and regulations
  Requesting penalty and interest release agreements and indemnification from future claim agreements (on property remitted) from the states that offer such agreements
  Identifying property that has become escheatable since the last filing date
  Assist in reviewing state regulations to determine if there have been any changes in reporting procedures
  Reporting and remitting property to states
CLIENT SERVICE DIRECT® System Access
(the Client ServiceDirect fee includes all of the services listed below)
  Providing client access to Mellon’s mainframe inquiry and internet based system for management reporting and shareholder records
  Providing daily data on registered shareholders
  Providing daily access to proxy tabulation file during proxy season
         
DIRECT REGISTRATION/PROFILE SYSTEM
       
Enrollment Fee
       
Annual Surety Fee
       
Stock Distribution Event — full, full and fractional shares
  $    
DRS Fee, per statement
  $    
Investor directed movement of shares, each
  $    
Broker directed movement of shares, each
  $    
DRS/Profile reject fee, each
  $    
DRS/Profile Broker Authorization Form, each
  $    
Stock Transfer
Fee Schedule — Page 5

9


 

         
ACH/DIRECT DEPOSIT SERVICES
       
Initial Setup Fee
       
Annual Maintenance Fee
       
ACH file transmission, each distribution, per item
       
Placement of Stop Payment Order
  $    
Returns/Reversals, per occurrence
  $    
(Annual Maintenance includes all of the services listed below)
       
Processing returned authorization forms
Posting bank information to accounts
Creating pre-note transactions and sending to clearinghouse
Following up on rejects
Produce and mail checks for returned items
Stock Transfer
Fee Schedule — Page 6

10


 

ADDITIONAL SERVICES AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST
         
SHAREHOLDER LISTS AND ANALYSES
       
Minimum charge for each of the below services
  $    
Lists, per name listed
  $    
Labels, per label printed
  $    
Analysis, per name passed on database
  $    
Analysis, per name listed in report
  $    
Custom Lists or Analyses
       
         
STANDARD MAILING SERVICES
  $    
Minimum charge for each of the below services
       
Addressing mailing medium, per name
  $    
Affixing labels, per label
  $    
Machine Inserting
  $    
1 st Enclosure, per piece 2 nd Enclosure, per piece Each Enclosure thereafter, per piece Manual Inserting
       
 
OTHER SERVICES
Confidential Proxy Voting
Dividends — Special Cash Dividends
Electronic Distribution of Materials
Foreign Tax Re-claim
Householding of Annual Meeting and Other Materials
Interactive Online Meeting Services
Logistics Services (including document transportation, fulfillment,
printing and media placement)
Mailing Quarterly or Periodic Reports
Maintaining Mail Lists
Secondary Offerings or Closings
Stock Splits and Stock Dividends
Special Meetings
Survey Tabulation
Stock Transfer Fee
Schedule — Page 7

11


 

ADDITIONAL SERVICES PROVD3ED BY MELLON
In addition to transfer agent services, Mellon Investor Services also provides the following related services.
Contact your Sales Representative or Client Service Manager for additional information.
Bank/Broker Distributions
Corporate Stock Buy-Back Services
Custodial Services
Direct Purchase & Dividend Reinvestment Services
Employee Stock Option Plan Administration
Employee Stock Purchase Plan Administration
Escrow Services
Exchange or Tender Offer Processing
Financial Planning Services
Odd-Lot Program Administration
Proxy Solicitation
Stock Watch (beneficial owner identification)
Subscription Agent Services
Rights Agency
Warrant Agency
Stock Transfer Fee
Schedule — Page 8

12


 

EXPENSES AND OTHER CHARGES
Fees and Out of Pocket Expenses: The cost of stationery and supplies, including but not limited to transfer sheets, dividend checks, envelopes, and paper stock, together with any disbursement for telephone, postage, mail insurance, travel for annual meeting, link-up charges for ADP and tape charges from DTC are billed in addition to the above fees. All charges and fees, out of pocket costs, expenses and disbursements of Mellon are due and payable by Client upon receipt of an invoice from Mellon.
With respect to any shareholder mailing processed by Mellon, Client shall, at least one business day prior to mail date, provide immediately available funds sufficient to cover all postage due on such mailing. For any dividend mailing, Client shall, at least one business day prior to the mail date, also provide immediately available funds sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of dividends to be paid.
Share Sale Program: Client may appoint Mellon to administer, through Mellon’s affiliate, Mellon Bank, N.A., a program allowing Client’s shareholders to liquidate book-entry shares, held in the Direct Registration System (“DRS”), pursuant to the Client’s stock purchase and/or dividend reinvestment plan. The charge for each such sale, and the process for selling such shares, shall be as described in the Client’s plan. If Client does not have a separate stock purchase or dividend reinvestment plan, then Client hereby appoints and directs Mellon to implement and administer, through Mellon Bank, N.A., a share selling program allowing Client’s shareholders to liquidate DRS shares. The transaction fee for each such sale shall be $ plus $  per share. Under the program, upon receipt of a sell request by a registered shareholder, Mellon Bank, N.A. will process the request through FutureShare Financial (“FSF”), a registered broker/dealer and member of NASD/SIPC and an affiliate of Mellon. Proceeds of the sale will be sent to the shareholder in the form of a check (less the transaction fee). Sale requests will typically be combined with other sale requests received from Client shareholders and shares will be submitted in bulk to FSF for sale. Shares will be sold usually within one business day of Mellon’s receipt of the sale request, but in no event more than five business days (except where deferral is necessary under state or federal regulations). The price per share received by the selling shareholder will equal the market price Mellon receives for the shares (or if more than one bulk trade is executed on the day the shares are sold, then the price per share shall equal the weighted average market price received for all Client shares sold that day).
Offering Administration Fee: A minimum fee of $will be imposed for activities associated with initial public offerings (IPO’s), secondary offerings and/or closings. The fee covers the coordination of efforts necessary between Mellon, the Client’s underwriters, the banknote company and DTC in order to effect the closing. This fee will cover the issuance of up to 200 certificates and/or book-entry credits. Certificates and/or book-entry credits over this amount will be billed at $ each. This fee is in addition to any fees Mellon may charge for coordination of selling shareholders, custody services and/or escrow services.
Conversion: If an out-of-proof condition exists at the time of conversion, and such condition is not resolved within 90 calendar days of such conversion, Client agrees to provide Mellon with funds or shares sufficient to resolve the out-of-proof condition promptly after the expiration of such 90 day period.
Deconversion: Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Client shall pay Mellon a fee for deconversion services (e.g., providing shareholder lists and files, producing and shipping records, answering successor agent inquiries). This fee shall be based on Mellon’s then-current deconversion fee schedule. Mellon may withhold the Client’s records, reports and unused certificate stock pending Client’s payment in full of all fees and expenses owed to Mellon under this Agreement.
Legal Expenses, System Modifications: Certain expenses may be incurred in resolving legal matters that arise in the course of performing services hereunder. This may result in a separate charge to cover Mellon’s expenses (including the cost of external or internal counsel) in resolving such matters; provided that any legal expenses charged to the Client shall be reasonable.
In the event any federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations are enacted that require Mellon to (i) make any adjustments and/or modifications to its current system, or (ii) provide additional services to Client for which Mellon is not being compensated hereunder, then Client shall compensate Mellon (a) on a pro rata basis proportionate to the Client’s registered shareholder base, for the costs associated with making such required adjustments and/or modifications, or (b) according to Mellon’s standard fees established, in good faith, with respect to such additional services.
Stock Transfer
Fee Schedule — Page 9

13


 

Other Services: Fees for any services provided to Client by or on behalf of Mellon hereunder that are not set forth above will be based on Mellon’s standard fees at the time such services are provided or, if no standard fees have been established, an appraisal of the work to be performed.
Stock Transfer
Fee Schedule — Page 10

14

AMENDMENT TO
JOHN HANCOCK CLOSED END FUNDS
SERVICE AGREEMENT
FOR
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES

 


 

THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) dated October 18, 2010 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services dated June 1, 2002, as amended (the “Agreement”), is entered into between Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“Mellon”), and John Hancock Premium Dividend Fund (previously known as John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II), a Massachusetts Business Trust (“Client”).
WHEREAS, effective October 18, 2010 John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II changed its name to John Hancock Premium Dividend Fund, and Mellon and the Client are entering into this Amendment for the purpose of reflecting this name change in the Agreement, pursuant to which Mellon will provide transfer agent and related services to Client. Capitalized terms used herein, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
WHEREAS, Mellon and Client desire to amend the Agreement as provided in this Amendment.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   Amendments to Agreement
  (a)   the Agreement is being amended to reflect the name change of John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II to John Hancock Premium Dividend Fund.
 
  (b)   Exhibit D is hereby amended to include the attached.
2.   Term of the Amendment . This amendment shall become effective upon due execution and delivery by both parties hereto, and shall remain in effect for so long as the Agreement shall remain in effect.
 
3.   Ratification . Except as expressly set forth herein, the Agreement is not modified hereby and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the respective provisions thereof and is in all respects ratified and affirmed.
 
4.   Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Amendment as a whole, but this Amendment shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.

1


 

5.   Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original for all purposes, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mellon and Client have caused these presents to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC
 
   
By:   /s/ Lynore LeConche      
  Name:   Lynore LeConche     
  Title:   Relationship Manager     
 
         
JOHN HANCOCK PREMIUM DIVIDEND FUND
 
   
By:   /s/ Charles A. Rizzo      
  Name:   Charles A. Rizzo     
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer     

3

         
AMENDMENT TO
JOHN HANCOCK CLOSED END FUNDS
SERVICE AGREEMENT
FOR
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES

 


 

THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) dated April 6,2011 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services dated June 1, 2002, as amended (the “Agreement”), is entered into between Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“Mellon”), and John Hancock Hedged Equity & Income Fund, a Massachusetts Business Trust ( “Client”).
WHEREAS, Mellon and the Client are entering into this Amendment for the purpose of adding John Hancock Hedged Equity & Income Fund to the Agreement, pursuant to which Mellon will provide transfer agent and related services to Client. Capitalized terms used herein, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
WHEREAS, Mellon and Client desire to amend the Agreement as provided in this Amendment.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   Amendments to Agreement .
  (a)   the Agreement is hereby amended to add John Hancock Hedged Equity & Income Fund;
 
  (b)   Exhibit D is hereby amended to include the attached.
2.   Term of the Amendment . This amendment shall become effective upon due execution and delivery by both parties hereto, and shall remain in effect for so long as the Agreement shall remain in effect.
 
3.   Ratification . Except as expressly set forth herein, the Agreement is not modified hereby and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the respective provisions thereof and is in all respects ratified and affirmed.
 
4.   Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Amendment as a whole, but this Amendment shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.
 
5.   Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original for all purposes, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mellon and Client have caused these presents to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC
 
   
By:   /s/ Lynore LeConche      
  Name:   Lynore LeConche     
  Title:   Relationship Manager     
 
         
JOHN HANCOCK HEDGED EQUITY & INCOME FUND
 
 
By:   /s/ Charles A. Rizzo      
  Name:   Charles A. Rizzo     
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer     
 

3


 

Exhibit D
STOCK TRANSFER FEE SCHEDULE
The following schedule is intended to be a comprehensive summary of the fees associated with this proposal. The pricing as listed below is valid for ninety days from the date of submission or until “date”. Fees are not subject to increase during the initial term.
     
Initial Term of Agreement:
  Two (2) years 1
Fees Not Subject to Increase
  Two (2) Years
Administration & Account Maintenance
Mellon will assign a Client Service Manager to consult with Client on all facets of stock transfer administration, including, but not limited to, securities regulations, transfer requirements, structuring of annual meetings, stock option exercises, cash and stock dividends, etc.
Monthly OFAC Reporting is included in the monthly administration and accounts maintenance fees listed below.
                 
    Administration &     Administration &  
    Account Maintenance     Account Maintenance  
    (per month)     (per month)  
Fund Name   2010-2011     2011-2012  
John Hancock Hedged Equity & Income Fund
               
The Administration and Account Maintenance fees cover all of the services and are subject to the allowances listed below.
 
1   Subject to Section 2(a) of the Agreement
Stock Transfer
Fee Schedule - Page 1

 


 

                 
            JH  
            Hedged  
            Equity &  
    Fee     Income  
No. of Active Accounts Maintained
               
No. of Inactive Accounts
               
No. of Dividend Reinvestment Accounts Maintained
               
No. of Dividend Processed per year
               
No. of Legal Review Items Processed
               
No. of Certificates Issued & Book Entry Credits
               
No. of Certificates Cancelled & Book Entry Debits
               
No. of Additional Mailings per Year (including one enclosure)
               
No. of Reports, Analyses, Lists, or Labels
               
No. of Inspectors of Election
               
No. of Respondent Bank Omnibus Proxies
               
No. of S/H Telephone Calls Handled by IVR System (d)
               
 
(a)   IVR = Interactive Voice Response; CSR = Customer Service Representative
 
(b)   ISD transactions are defined as any shareholder transaction initiated through ISD, including, but not limited to, share sales or purchases, duplicate statement or tax form requests, address or pin changes, account changes or updates and certificate requests.
                 
No. of SIH Telephone Calls Handled by IVR System (d)
               
No. of SIH Telephone Calls Transferred from IVR to CSR (d)
               
No. of Correspondence Items Responding to SIH Inquiries
               
No. of Investor ServiceDirect® Transactions (d)
               
                 
            JH Hedged  
            Equity &  
    Fee     Income  
No. of State Mandated Due Diligence Mailings for Lost Property
               
No. of SEC Mandated Lost S/H Database Searches
               
Stock Transfer
Fee Schedule - Page 2

 

AMENDMENT TO
JOHN HANCOCK CLOSED END FUNDS
SERVICE AGREEMENT
FOR
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES
January 27, 2012

 


 

THIS AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) dated January 27, 2012 to the Service Agreement for Transfer Agent Services dated June 1, 2002, as amended (the “Agreement”), is entered into among Computershare Shareowner Services LLC (formerly known as Mellon Investor Services LLC), a New Jersey limited liability company (“Agent”), and John Hancock Bank and Thrift Opportunity Fund, John Hancock Hedged Equity & Income Fund, John Hancock Income Securities Trust, John Hancock Investors Trust, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II, John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III, John Hancock Premium Dividend Fund, John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund and John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund, each a Massachusetts Business Trust (collectively, the “Clients”).
WHEREAS, Agent and the Clients desire to amend the Agreement as provided in this Amendment.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   Amendment to Agreement
 
    Exhibit D to the Agreement is hereby amended by: (i) replacing “Direct Purchase & Dividend Reinvestment Services” under “Additional Services Provided by Mellon” with “Direct Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Services Fees are set forth on Schedule 1 to Exhibit D” and (ii) by adding the attached Schedule 1 to Exhibit D. For the avoidance of doubt, the attached Schedule 1 to Exhibit D replaces Exhibit 1 executed among the parties on April 26, 2011.
 
2.   Term of the Amendment . This amendment shall become effective upon due execution and delivery by the parties hereto, and shall remain in effect for so long as the Agreement shall remain in effect.
 
3.   Ratification . Except as expressly set forth herein, the Agreement is not modified hereby and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the respective provisions thereof and is in all respects ratified and affirmed.
 
4.   Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Amendment is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Amendment as a whole, but this Amendment shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.
 
5.   Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original for all purposes, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

1


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
COMPUTERSHARE SHAREOWNER SERVICES LLC

 
 
By:   /s/ Lynore LeConche      
  Name:   Lynore LeConche     
  Title:   Relationship Manager     
 
 
JOHN HANCOCK BANK AND THRIFT OPPORTUNITY FUND
JOHN HANCOCK HEDGED EQUITY & INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK INCOME SECURITIES TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND III
JOHN HANCOCK PREMIUM DIVIDEND FUND
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED DIVIDEND INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED GLOBAL SHAREHOLDER YIELD FUND
 
 
 
     
By:   /s/ Salvatore Schiavone      
  Name:   Salvatore Schiavone     
  Title:   Treasurer of the Funds listed Above   

2


 

Schedule 1 to Exhibit D
INVESTOR PLAN SERVICES FEE SCHEDULE
                 
Item   Amount     Note   Paid By 1
Plan Set Up Fee
    $     Per Fund   Company
Fulfillment Processing
    $     Per request 2   Company
Reinvestment Trading Fee
    $     Per share   Participant
Purchase of Additional Shares By
    $     Per investment   Participant
check
    $     Per investment    
By Electronic Transfer Trading Fee
    $     Per share    
 
               
Sale of Shares 3
    $         Participant Per share
Trading Fee
    $          
 
               
Safekeeping
               
 
               
Duplicate Statement — Prior Year
               
 
               
Insufficient Funds or Rejected
Automatic Debit
    $     Per check or debit i Participant
 
               
Other services including (but not limited to):
Certificate Issuance Transfer of Shares
              Company
 
               
Out of Pocket Expenses including (but not limited to): Forms/Brochures, Postage, 800 Number, etc.
              Company
Notes
     
Note 1
  Fees could be:
 
  “P”, Participant Paid or “C”, Company Paid.
 
   
Note 2
  Documents on Demand (DoD) — Paper based fulfillment processing (including all materials and processing such as, printing, postage, stationery, telephone request, etc., when applicable)
 
   
Note 3
  Including sales of fractional shares upon termination from plan.

D-1

CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER
SERVICES AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of this 10 th day of March, 2009 by and among the trusts listed in Appendix A (the “Trusts”), on behalf of themselves and each of their funds (the “Funds”), John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“JHIMS”) and John Hancock Advisers, LLC (“JHA”) (JHIMS and JHA are collectively referred to as “John Hancock”) and the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, Frank Knox (the “CCO).
WHEREAS , Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), requires each Trust to: (i) establish a compliance program that is reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Federal Securities Laws (as defined in Rule 38a-1); and (ii) designate an individual to serve as the CCO, with overall responsibility for administering the Trust’s compliance program;
WHEREAS , each Trust desires to retain the CCO to provide the services set forth below to the Trust and each of its Funds and the CCO is willing to furnish such services in the manner and on the terms hereinafter set forth; and
WHEREAS , each Trust desires to retain John Hancock to provide administrative services to the CCO as described below and John Hancock is willing to furnish such services in the manner and on the terms hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE , each Trust, the CCO and John Hancock hereby agree as follows:
1. CCO and CCO Services . Subject to the general supervision of the Boards of Trustees of the Trusts (the “Board”), the CCO will provide the Trusts and each of the Funds the CCO services set forth below as are reasonably necessary for the operation of the Trusts and each Fund (the “CCO Services”). The CCO Services include, but are not limited to
  (1)   coordinating the implementation of policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of federal securities laws by the Funds, including policies and procedures that provide for the oversight of compliance by each investment adviser, subadviser, principal underwriter, administrator, and transfer agent of the Funds;
 
  (2)   reviewing, at least annually, the adequacy of the policies and procedures of the Funds and each investment adviser, subadviser, principal underwriter, administrator and transfer agent of the Funds; and
 
  (3)   providing, at least annually, a written report to the Board that at minimum, addresses:
  (a)   the operation of the policies and procedures of the Funds and each investment adviser, subadviser, principal underwriter, administrator, and transfer agent of the Funds, any material changes made to those policies and procedures since the date of the last report, and any material changes

 


 

      to the policies and procedures recommended as a result of the annual review described in Section 1.2 above; and
 
  (b)   each material compliance matter that occurred since the date of the last report.
In connection with the provision of the CCO Services by the CCO, John Hancock will at the expense of the Trusts:
  (1)   either provide such staff and personnel to the CCO as are reasonably necessary to perform the CCO Services or assist the CCO in hiring such staff and personnel;
 
  (2)   provide the Trusts with all office space, office equipment, utilities and other office support as the CCO may reasonably request to perform the CCO Services (“Office Support”);
 
  (3)   provide the CCO with computer hardware and software (and the development thereof) used to support CCO Services and IT support relating to such computer hardware and software; and
 
  (4)   provide the CCO with such other services as the CCO may reasonably request in order to perform his or her duties as the CCO of the Funds including, without limitation, services provided by third parties such as Charles River, GainsKeeper and Confluence, Bloomberg that are related to John Hancock’s provision of CCO Services to the Funds;
Expenses of providing the services set forth in (1) through (4) above to be paid by the Trust include overhead expenses (including Manulife Financial Corporation (“Manulife”) corporate overhead) related to Office Support and personnel who provide services to each Fund pursuant to this Agreement (the “Reimbursement”), provided that overhead expenses related to Office Support shall not exceed levels that are allocated ordinarily to other Manulife business units. John Hancock shall determine, subject to Board approval, the expenses to be reimbursed by each Fund pursuant to this Agreement (the “Reimbursement”); provided, however, that such expenses shall not exceed levels that are fair and reasonable in light of the usual and customary charges made by others for services of the same nature and quality. The Reimbursement shall be calculated and paid monthly in arrears.
The CCO Services do not include services performed and personnel provided pursuant to contracts with the Trust or the Funds by third-party custodians, transfer agents and other service providers.
2.   Compensation . In consideration for the CCO Services provided by the CCO pursuant to this Agreement, each Fund will pay the CCO such compensation as may be approved by the Board in accordance with Rule 38a-1 from time to time. Any services provided to the CCO or the Funds relating to the CCO Services by a person or entity other than John Hancock and its affiliates, including, without limitation, services provided by attorneys not affiliated with John Hancock, are not covered under this Agreement and are an expense of the Funds.

 


 

3.   No Partnership or Joint Venture . Each Trust, on behalf of itself and each of its Funds, John Hancock and the CCO are not partners of or joint venturers with each other, and nothing herein shall be construed so as to make any of the Trusts, on behalf of itself or any of its Funds, John Hancock or the CCO partners or joint venturers or impose any liability as such on the Trust, any Fund, John Hancock or the CCO.
 
4.   Limitation of Liability . Neither the CCO nor John Hancock shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except losses resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence by the CCO or John Hancock in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by the CCO or John Hancock of its obligations under this Agreement. Any person, even though also employed by John Hancock, who may be or become an employee of and paid by any of the Trusts shall be deemed, when acting within the scope of his or her employment by the Trust, to be acting in such employment solely for the Trusts and not as John Hancock’s employee or agent.
 
5.   Duration and Termination of Agreement . This Agreement shall remain in effect until the second anniversary of the date on which it was executed, and from year to year thereafter, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board and a majority of the Independent Trustees. The Agreement may be terminated: (a) at any time on written notice without the payment of any penalty by any of the Trusts on behalf of itself or any of its Funds (by vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust); or (b) on 30 days’ written notice to the Trusts by the CCO or John Hancock.
 
6.   Amendment . No provision of this Agreement may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
 
7.   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof.
 
8.   Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise affect their construction or effect. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A copy of the Declaration of Trust of each Trust which is organized as a Massachusetts business trust is on file with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and provides that no Trustee, shareholder, officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability in connection with Trust property or the affairs of the Trust, but that only the assets belonging to the Trust, or to the particular Fund with respect to which an obligation or claim arose, shall be liable.

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized Officers e date first written above.
         
     
/s/ Frank Knox      
Frank Knox, CCO of the Trusts     
 
         
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
 
   
By:   /s/ John Danello      
  John J. Danello     
  Senior Vice President     
 
John Hancock Advisers, LLC
 
   
By:   /s/ John Danello      
  John J. Danello     
  Senior Vice President     
 
By the Trusts Listed Below
 
   
By:   /s/ Thomas M. Kinzler      
  Thomas M. Kinzler     
 
         
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III
On Behalf of each of its Series
 
   
     
 
JOHN HANCOCK BOND TRUST
on behalf of each of its series
 
   
     
 
JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME
on behalf of each of its series
 
   
     
 
JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES
on behalf of each of its series
 
   
     
 
JOHN HANCOCK CURRENT INTEREST
on behalf of each of its series
 
   
     
 
JOHN HANCOCK EQUITY TRUST
on behalf of each of its series
 
   
     

 


 

         
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST
on behalf of each of its series

JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST I1
on behalf of each of its series
 
     
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST I11
on behalf of each of its series
 
 
     
JOHN HANCOCK MUNICIPAL SERIES TRUST
on behalf of each of its series

JOHN HANCOCK SERIES TRUST
on behalf of each of its series

JOHN HANCOCK SOVEREIGN BOND FUND
on behalf of each of its series

JOHN HANCOCK STRATEGIC SERIES
on behalf of each of its series

JOHN HANCOCK TAX-EXEMPT SERIES FUND
on behalf of each of its series

JOHN HANCOCK WORLD FUND
on behalf of each of its series

JOHN HANCOCK BANK & THRIFT OPPORTUNITY FUND

JOHN HANCOCK INCOME SECURITIES TRUST

JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST

JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREMIUM DIVIDEND FUND II

JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND

JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND II

JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND III

JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED DIVIDEND INCOME FUND

JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED GLOBAL SHAREHOLDER YIELD FUND

 
 

 


 

         
APPENDIX A
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III
JOHN HANCOCK BOND TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME
JOHN HANCOCK CAPITAL SERIES
JOHN HANCOCK CURRENT INTEREST
JOHN HANCOCK EQUITY TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST II
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT TRUST III
JOHN HANCOCK MUNICIPAL SERIES TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK SERIES TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK SOVEREIGN BOND FUND
JOHN HANCOCK STRATEGIC SERIES
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-EXEMPT SERIES FUND
JOHN HANCOCK WORLD FUND
JOHN HANCOCK BANK & THRIFT OPPORTUNITY FUND
JOHN HANCOCK INCOME SECURITIES TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK INVESTORS TRUST
JOHN HANCOCK PATRIOT PREMIUM DIVIDEND INCOME FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND II
JOHN HANCOCK PREFERRED INCOME FUND III
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED DIVIDEND INCOME FUND
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED GLOBAL SHAREHOLDER YIELD FUND

 

John Hancock Code of Ethics
January 1, 2008
(revised January 1, 2011)
This is the Code of Ethics for the following:
John Hancock Advisers, LLC and
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
(each, a “John Hancock Adviser”)
John Hancock Funds, LLC
John Hancock Distributors, LLC, and
each open-end and closed-end fund advised by a John Hancock Adviser
(the “John Hancock Affiliated Funds”)
(together, called “John Hancock”)
John Hancock is required by law to adopt a Code of Ethics. The purposes of a Code of Ethics are to ensure that companies and their “covered employees” 1 comply with all applicable laws and to prevent abuses in the investment advisory business that can arise when conflicts of interest exist between the employees of an investment advisor and its clients. By adopting and enforcing a Code of Ethics, we strengthen the trust and confidence entrusted in us by demonstrating that at John Hancock, client interests come first.
The Code of Ethics (the “Code”) that follows represents a balancing of important interests. On the one hand, as registered investment advisers, the John Hancock Advisers owe a duty of undivided loyalty to their clients, and must avoid even the appearance of a conflict that might be perceived as abusing the trust they have placed in John Hancock. On the other hand, the John Hancock Advisers do not want to prevent conscientious professionals from investing for their own accounts where conflicts do not exist or that are immaterial to investment decisions affecting the John Hancock Advisers’ clients.
When conflicting interests cannot be reconciled, the Code makes clear that, first and foremost, covered employees owe a fiduciary duty to John Hancock clients. In most cases, this means that the affected employee will be required to forego conflicting personal securities transactions. In some cases, personal investments will be permitted, but only in a manner, which, because of the circumstances and applicable controls, cannot reasonably be perceived as adversely affecting John Hancock client portfolios or taking unfair advantage of the relationship John Hancock employees have to John Hancock clients.
The Code contains specific rules prohibiting defined types of conflicts. Since every potential conflict cannot be anticipated by the Code, it also contains general provisions prohibiting conflict situations. In view of these general provisions, it is critical that any covered employee who is in doubt about the applicability of the Code in a given situation seek a determination from Code of Ethics Administration or the Chief Compliance Officer about the propriety of the conduct in advance.
It is critical that the Code be strictly observed. Not only will adherence to the Code ensure that John Hancock renders the best possible service to its clients, it will help to ensure that no individual is liable for violations of law.
It should be emphasized that adherence to this policy is a fundamental condition of employment at John Hancock. Every covered employee is expected to adhere to the requirements of the Code despite any inconvenience that may be involved. Any covered employee failing to do so may be subject to disciplinary action, including financial penalties and termination of employment in conjunction with the John Hancock Schedule of Fines and Sanctions or as determined by Ethics Oversight Committee..
 
1   “Covered employees” includes all “access persons” as defined under Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and “supervised persons” as defined under SEC Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).

1


 

Table of Contents
         
Section 1: General Principals
    1  
Section 2: To Whom Does This Code Apply?
    2  
Access Person Designations
    3  
Section 3: Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements
    4  
Preferred Brokerage Account Requirement
    5  
Section 4: Overview of Policies
    7  
Section 5: Policies in the Code of Ethics
    8  
John Hancock Affiliated Funds Reporting Requirement and Holding Period
    8  
Pre-clearance Requirement of Securities Transactions
    9  
Pre-clearance of IPOs, Private Placements and Limited Offerings
    10  
Pre-clearance of MFC securities
    10  
Pre-clearance Process
    10  
Ban on Short-Term Profits
    11  
Ban on IPOs for Access Level I Persons
    11  
Ban on Speculative Transactions in MFC
    12  
Ban on ownership of publicly traded securities of subadvisers and their controlling parent
    12  
Ban on Restricted Securities
    13  
Excessive Trading
    13  
Disclosure of Private Placement Conflicts
    13  
Seven Day Blackout Period for Access Level I Persons
    14  
Three Day Blackout Period for Access Level II Persons
    14  
Restriction on Securities under Active Consideration
    15  
Exceptions
    15  
De Minimus Trading Rule
    15  
Market Cap Securities Exception
    15  
Trading in Exchange Traded Funds/Notes and Options on Covered Securities
    15  
Section 6: Policies outside of the Code of Ethics
    16  
MFC Code of Business Conduct & Ethics
    16  
John Hancock Gift & Entertainment Policy for the Advisers
    16  
John Hancock Insider Trading Policy
    17  
John Hancock Whistleblower Policy for the Advisers
    17  
Policy and Procedures Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
    18  
Section 7: Reporting and Other Disclosures outside the Code of Ethics
    19  
Broker Letter/Duplicate Confirm Statements
    19  
Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts
    19  
Section 8: Reporting Requirements and Other Disclosures inside the Code of Ethics
    20  
Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Report
    20  
Quarterly Transaction Certification
    21  
Quarterly Brokerage Account Certification
    22  
Annual Certification of Code of Ethics
    23  
Reporting of Gifts, Donations, and Inheritances
    24  

i


 

         
Section 9: Subadviser Compliance
    24  
Adoption and Approval
    24  
Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
    25  
Section 10: Reporting to the Board
    25  
Section 11: Reporting Violations
    25  
Section 12: Interpretation and Enforcement
    26  
Section 13: Exemptions & Appeals
    27  
Section 14: Education of Employees
    28  
Section 15: Recordkeeping
    28  
 
       
Appendix A: Access Person Categories
    29  
Appendix B: Affiliated Funds
    30  
Appendix C: Pre-clearance Procedures
    36  
Appendix D: Subadviser Publicly Traded Securities Restriction List
    40  
Appendix E: Other Important Policies Outside the Code
    44  
Appendix F: Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts
    45  
Appendix G: John Hancock Advisers Schedule of Fines and Sanctions
    46  
Appendix H: Chief Compliance Officers and Compliance Contacts
    47  

ii


 

1) General Principles
Each covered person within the John Hancock organization is responsible for maintaining the very highest ethical standards when conducting our business.
This means that:
You have a fiduciary duty at all times to place the interests of our clients and fund investors first.
All of your personal securities transactions must be conducted consistent with the provisions of the Code that apply to you and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or other abuse of your position of trust and responsibility.
You should not take inappropriate advantage of your position or engage in any fraudulent or manipulative practice (such as front-running or manipulative market timing) with respect to our clients’ accounts or fund investors.
You must treat as confidential any information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of clients or fund investors.
You must comply with all applicable federal securities laws, which, for purposes of the Code, means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted there under by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.
You must promptly report any violation of the Code that comes to your attention to the Chief Compliance Officer of your company — see Appendix H.
It is essential that you understand and comply with the general principles, noted above, in letter and in spirit as no set of rules can anticipate every possible problem or conflict situation.
As described in section 12 “Interpretation and Enforcement” on page 24 of the Code, failure to comply with the general principles and the provisions of the Code may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

1


 

2) To Whom Does This Code Apply?
This Code applies to you if you are:
  a director, officer or other “Supervised Employee” 2 of a John Hancock Adviser;
 
  an interested director, officer or access person 3 of John Hancock Funds, LLC, John Hancock Distributors, LLC, or a John Hancock open-end or closed-end fund registered under the 1940 Act and are advised by a John Hancock Adviser;
 
  an independent member of the Board of John Hancock Trust or John Hancock Funds II;
 
  an employee of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”) or its subsidiaries who participates in making recommendations for, or receives information about, portfolio trades or holdings of the John Hancock Affiliated Funds. The preceding excludes MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited, MFC Global Investment Management (U. S) LLC, and Declaration Management and Research, LLC each of whom have adopted their own code of ethics in accordance with Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act.
However, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Code does not apply to any Board member of John Hancock Funds who is not an “interested person” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Funds (an “Independent Board Member”), so long as he or she is subject to a separate Code of Ethics.
Please note that if a policy described below applies to you, it also applies to all accounts over which you have a beneficial interest. Normally, you will be deemed to have a beneficial interest in your personal accounts, those of a spouse, “significant other,” minor children or family members sharing the same household, as well as all accounts over which you have discretion or give advice or information. “Significant others” are defined for these purposes as two people who (1) share the same primary residence; (2) share living expenses; and (3) are in a committed relationship and intend to remain in the relationship indefinitely.
There are four categories for persons covered by the Code, taking into account their positions, duties and access to information regarding fund portfolio trades. You have been notified about which of these categories applies to you, based on Code of Ethics Administration’s understanding of your current role. If you have a level of investment access beyond your assigned category, or if you
 
2   A “Supervised Employee” is defined by the Advisers Act to mean a partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) or employee, as well as any other person who provides advice on behalf of the adviser and is subject to the adviser’s supervision and control. However, in reliance on the Prudential no-action letter, John Hancock does not treat as a “Supervised Employee” any of its “non-advisory personnel”, as defined below.

In reliance on the Prudential no-action letter, John Hancock treats as an “Advisory Person” any “Supervised Employee” who is involved, directly, or indirectly, in John Hancock Financial Services investment advisory activities, as well as any “Supervised Employee” who is an “Access Person”. John Hancock treats as “non-advisory personnel”, and does not treat as a “Supervised Person”, those individuals who have no involvement, directly or indirectly, in John Hancock investment advisory activities, and who are not “Access Persons”.
 
3   You are an “Access Person” if you are a “Supervised Person” who has access to non-public information regarding any client’s purchase or sale of securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund, or who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are non-public.

2


 

are promoted or change duties and as a result should more appropriately be included in a different category, it is your responsibility to notify Code of Ethics Administration.
Access Person Designations:
The basic definitions of four categories, with examples, are provided below. The more detailed definitions of each category are attached as Appendix A.
             
“Access Level I”   “Access Level II”   “Access Level III”   “Access Level IV”
Investment Access   Regular Access   Periodic Access   Board Members
A person who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund or account.

Examples :
Portfolio Managers


Analysts


Traders
  A person who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has regular access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has regular access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.


Examples :

Office of the Chief Compliance Officer


Fund Administration


Investment Management Services,


Administrative Personnel for Access Level I Persons


Technology
Resources Personnel


Private Client Group Personnel
  A person who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has periodic access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund.

Examples :

Legal Staff


Marketing


Product Development


E-Commerce


Corporate Publishing


Administrative Personnel for Access Level II Persons
  An Independent Board Member of John Hancock Trust or John Hancock Funds II

3


 

3) Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions ?
If the Code describes “Personal Trading Requirements” (i.e., John Hancock Mutual Fund reporting requirement and holding period, the pre-clearance requirement, the ban on short-term profits, the ban on IPOs, the disclosure of private placement conflicts and the reporting requirements) that apply to your access category as described above, then the requirements apply to trades for any account in which you have a beneficial interest. Normally, this includes your personal accounts, those of a spouse, “significant other,” minor children or family members sharing your household, as well as all accounts over which you have discretion or give advice or information. This includes all brokerage accounts that contain securities ( including brokerage accounts that only contain securities exempt from reporting, e.g., brokerage accounts holding shares of non- affiliated mutual funds ).
This also includes all accounts holding John Hancock Affiliated Funds as well as accounts in the MFC Global Share Ownership Plan.
Accounts over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control are exempt. To prevent potential violations of the Code, you are strongly encouraged to request clarification for any accounts that are in question.
These personal trading requirements do not apply to the following securities:
  Direct obligations of the U.S. government (e.g., treasury securities) and indirect obligations of the U. S government having less than one year to maturity;
 
  Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements;
 
  Shares issued by money market funds and all other open-end mutual funds registered under the 1940 Act that are not advised or subadvised by a John Hancock Adviser or another Manulife entity 4 ;
 
  Commodities and options and futures on commodities; and
 
  Securities in accounts over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control.
Except as noted above, the Personal Trading Requirements apply to all securities, including:
    Stocks;
 
    Bonds;
 
    Government securities that are not direct obligations of the U.S. government, such as Fannie Mae, or municipal securities, in each case that mature in more than one year;
 
    John Hancock Affiliated Funds; 4
 
    Closed-end funds;
 
4   Different requirements apply to shares of John Hancock Affiliated Funds. See the section titled “Reporting Requirement and Holding Period for positions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds” on page 8 of this Code. A list of Affiliated Funds can be found in Appendix B.

4


 

    Options on securities, on indexes, and on currencies;
 
    Limited partnerships;
 
    Exchange traded funds and notes;
 
    Domestic unit investment trusts;
 
    Non-US unit investment trusts and Non-US mutual funds;
 
    Private investment funds and hedge funds; and
 
    Futures, investment contracts or any other instrument that is considered a “security” under the Securities Act of 1933.
Preferred Brokerage Account Requirements:
This rule applies to new access persons commencing employment after January 1, 2008, plus any new brokerage accounts established by existing access persons.
While employed by John Hancock, you must maintain your accounts at one of the preferred brokers approved by John Hancock. The following are the preferred brokers for you to maintain your covered accounts:
             
Charles Schwab
  E*trade   Fidelity   Citigroup Smith Barney
 
           
Merrill Lynch
  Morgan Stanley   TDAmeritrade   UBS Financial
 
           
Scottrade
           
Exceptions: With approval from Code of Ethics Administration, you can maintain a brokerage account at a broker-dealer other than the ones listed above if any of the following applies:
  it contains only securities that can’t be transferred;
 
  it exists solely for products or services that one of the above broker/dealers can not provide;
 
  it exists solely because your spouse’s or significant other’s employer also prohibits external covered accounts;
 
  it is managed by a third-party registered investment adviser;
 
  it is restricted to trading interests in non-Hancock 529 College Savings Plans;
 
  it is associated with an ESOP (employee stock option plan) or an ESPP (employee stock purchase plan) in which a related covered person is the participant;
 
  it is required by a direct purchase plan, a dividend reinvestment plan, or an automatic investment plan with a public company in which regularly scheduled investments are made or planned;
 
  it is required by a trust agreement;

5


 

  it is associated with an estate of which you are the executor, but not a beneficiary, and your involvement with the account is temporary; or
 
  transferring the account would be inconsistent with other applicable rules.
What do I need to do to comply?
You will need to transfer assets of current brokerage accounts to one of the preferred brokers/dealers listed above within 45 days of commencement of employment and close your current accounts
Or
You will need to contact Code of Ethics Administration to obtain an exemption request form to submit a request for permission to maintain a brokerage account with a broker/dealer not on John Hancock’s preferred broker list.

6


 

4) Overview of Policies
                                 
    Access Level I     Access Level II     Access Level III     Access Level IV  
    Person     Person     Person     Person  
General principles
  Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
 
                               
Policies Inside the Code
                               
 
                               
Reporting requirement and holding period for positions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds
  Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
 
                               
Pre-clearance requirement
  Yes   Yes   Limited   No
 
                               
Pre-clearance requirement for initial public offerings (“IPOs”)
  Prohibited   Yes   Yes   No
 
                               
Pre-clearance requirement on private placements/ limited offerings
  Yes   Yes   Yes   No
 
                               
Ban on IPOs
  Yes   No   No   No
 
                               
Ban on short-term profits
  Yes   Yes   No   No
 
                               
Fund trade blackout period rule
  Yes   Yes   No   No
 
                               
Ban on speculative trading in MFC stock
  Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
 
                               
Ban on ownership of publicly traded subadvisers and controlling parent
  Yes   Yes   No   Yes
 
                               
Reporting Requirements & Disclosures
                               
 
                               
Reporting of gifts, donations, and inheritances
  Yes   Yes   Yes   No
 
                               
Duplicate confirms & statements
  Yes   Yes   Yes   No
 
                               
Initial & annual certification of the Code
  Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
 
                               
Initial & annual holdings reporting
  Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
 
                               
Quarterly personal transaction reporting
  Yes   Yes   Yes   Limited

7


 

                                 
    Access Level I     Access Level II     Access Level III     Access Level IV  
    Person     Person     Person     Person  
Disclosure of private placement conflicts
  Yes   No   No   No
 
                               
Policies Outside the Code
                               
 
                               
MFC Code of Business Conduct & Ethics
  Yes   Yes   Yes   No
 
                               
John Hancock Gift & Entertainment Policy for the Advisers
  Yes   Yes   Yes   No
 
                               
John Hancock Insider Trading Policy
  Yes   Yes   Yes   No
 
                               
John Hancock Whistleblower Policy for the Advisers
  Yes   Yes   Yes   No
 
                               
Policy and Procedures Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
  Yes   Yes   Yes   No
 
                               
Investment Professional Personal Security Ownership Disclosure
  Yes   No   No   No
5) Policies in the Code of Ethics
John Hancock Affiliated Funds Reporting Requirement and Holding Period
      Applies to: All Access Levels
You must follow the reporting requirement and the holding period requirement specified below if you purchase either:
a “John Hancock Mutual Fund” (i.e., a 1940 Act mutual fund that is advised or sub-advised by a John Hancock Adviser or by another Manulife entity); or
a “John Hancock Variable Product” (i.e., contracts funded by insurance company separate accounts that use one or more portfolios of John Hancock Trust).
The reporting requirement and the holding period requirement for positions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds do not include John Hancock money market funds and any dividend reinvestment, payroll deduction, systematic investment/withdrawal and/or other program trades.
Reporting Requirement: You must report your holdings and your trades in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund held in an outside brokerage account. This is not a pre-clearance requirement—you can report your holdings after you trade by submitting duplicate confirmation statements to Code of Ethics Administration. If you are an Access Level I Person, Access Level II Person, or Access Level III Person, you must also make sure that your holdings in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund are included in your Initial Holdings Report (upon hire or commencement of access designation).

8


 

If you purchase a John Hancock Variable Product, you must notify Code of Ethics Administration of your contract or policy number.
Code of Ethics Administration will rely on the operating groups of the John Hancock Affiliated Funds for administration of trading activity, holdings and monitoring of market timing policies. Accordingly employees will not be required to file duplicate transaction and holdings reports for these products as long as the accounts holding these products are held with the respective John Hancock operating group, i.e. John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. and the contract administrators supporting the John Hancock variable products.
Code of Ethics Administration will have access to this information upon request.
Holding Requirement: You cannot profit from the purchase and sale of a John Hancock Mutual Fund within 30 calendar days. The purpose of this policy is to address the risk, real or perceived, of manipulative market timing or other abusive practices involving short-term personal trading in the John Hancock Affiliated Funds. Any profits realized on short-term trades must be surrendered by check payable to John Hancock Advisers, LLC, which will be contributed to a charity of its choice. You may request an exemption from this policy for involuntary sales due to unforeseen corporate activity (such as a merger), or for sales due to hardship reasons (such as unexpected medical expenses) by sending an e-mail to the Chief Compliance Officer of your company.
Pre-clearance Requirement of Securities Transactions
      Applies to: Access Level I Persons, Access Level II Persons
      Also, for a limited category of trades:
           Access Level III Persons
Access Level I Persons and Access Level II Persons: If you are an Access Level I Person or Access Level II Person, you must “pre-clear” (i.e., receive advance approval of) any personal securities transactions in the categories described in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions” on page 4 of the Code.
Due to this pre-clearance requirement, participation in investment clubs and special orders, such as “good until canceled orders” and “limit orders,” are prohibited.
Place day orders only, i.e., orders that automatically expire at the end of the trading session. Be sure to check the status of all orders at the end of the trading day and cancel any orders that have not been executed. If any Access Person leaves an order open and it is executed the next day (or later), the transaction will constitute a violation of the Code by the Access Person.
Limited Category of Trades for Access Level III Persons: If you are an Access Level III Person, you must pre-clear transactions in securities of any closed-end funds advised by a John Hancock Adviser, as well as transactions in IPOs, private placements and limited offerings. An Access Level III Person is not required to pre-clear other trades. However, please keep in mind that an Access Level III Person is required to report securities transactions after every trade (even those

9


 

that are not required to be pre-cleared) by requiring your broker to submit duplicate confirmation statements, as described in section 7 of the Code.
Pre-clearance of IPOs, Private Placements and Limited Offerings Pre-clearance requests for these securities require some special considerations—the decision will take into account whether, for example: (1) the investment opportunity should be reserved for John Hancock clients; and (2) is it being offered to you because of your position with John Hancock. A separate procedure should be followed for requesting pre-clearance on these securities. See Appendix C.
Pre-clearance of MFC securities:
Applies to: Access Level I Persons, Access Level II Persons
All personal transactions in MFC securities including stock, company issued options, and any other securities such as debt must be pre-cleared excluding trades in the MFC Global Share Ownership Plan.
Pre-clearance Process:
You may pre-clear a trade through the Personal Trading & Reporting System by following the steps outlined in the pre-clearance procedures, which are attached in Appendix C.
Please note that:
You may not trade until clearance approval is received.
Clearance approval is valid only for the date granted (i.e. the pre-clearance requested date and the trade date should be the same).
A separate procedure should be followed for requesting pre-clearance of an IPO, a private placement, a limited offering as detailed in Appendix C.
Code of Ethics Administration must maintain a five-year record of all pre-clearances of private placement purchases by Access Level I Persons, and the reasons supporting the clearances.
The pre-clearance policy is designed to proactively identify potential “problem trades” that raise front-running, manipulative market timing or other conflict of interest concerns (example: when an Access Level II Person trades a security on the same day as a John Hancock Affiliated Fund).
Certain transactions in securities that would normally require pre-clearance are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement in the following situations: (1) shares are being purchased as part of an automatic investment plan; (2) shares are being purchased as part of a dividend reinvestment plan; or (3) transactions are being made in an account over which you have designated a third party as having discretion to trade (you must have approval from the Chief Compliance Officer to establish a discretionary account).

10


 

Ban on Short-Term Profits
      Applies to: Access Level I Persons, Access Level II Persons
If you are an Access Level I Person or Access Level II Person, you cannot profit from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of the same (or equivalent) securities within 60 calendar days. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions” on page 4 of the Code, except for personal security trades of John Hancock Affiliated Funds which you can not profit from within 30 days.
You may invest in derivatives, excluding certain equity options on MFC securities 5 or sell short provided the transaction period exceeds the 60-day holding period
Remember, if you donate or gift a security, it is considered a sale and is subject to this rule.
This restriction does not apply to trading within a sixty calendar day period if you do not realize a profit.
The purpose of this policy is to address the risk, real or perceived, of front-running, manipulative market timing or other abusive practices involving short-term personal trading. Any profits in excess of $100.00 realized on short-term trades must be surrendered by check payable to John Hancock Advisers, LLC, which will be contributed to a charity of its choice
You may request an exemption from this policy for involuntary sales due to unforeseen corporate activity (such as a merger), or for sales due to hardship reasons (such as unexpected medical expenses) from Code of Ethics Administration. In addition, transactions in securities with the following characteristics will typically be granted an exemption from this provision.
Ban on IPOs
      Applies to: Access Level I Persons
If you are an Access Level I Person, you may not acquire securities in an IPO. You may not purchase any newly-issued securities until the next business (trading) day after the offering date. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described above in the section “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions”.
There are two main reasons for this prohibition: (1) these purchases may suggest that persons have taken inappropriate advantage of their positions for personal profit; and (2) these purchases may create at least the appearance that an investment opportunity that should have been available to the John Hancock Affiliated Funds was diverted to the personal benefit of an individual employee.
You may request an exemption for certain investments that do not create a potential conflict of interest, such as: (1) securities of a mutual bank or mutual insurance company received as compensation in a demutualization and other similar non-voluntary stock acquisitions; (2) fixed

11


 

rights offerings; or (3) a family member’s participation as a form of employment compensation in their employer’s IPO.
Ban on Speculative Transactions in MFC
      Applies to: All Access Levels
All covered employees under this code are prohibited from engaging in speculative transactions involving securities of MFC, since these transactions might be seen as evidencing a lack of confidence in, and commitment to, the future of MFC or as reducing the incentive to maximize the performance of MFC and its stock price. Accordingly, all covered employees, as well as their family members, are prohibited from entering into any transaction involving MFC securities for their personal account which falls into the following categories:
          1. Short sales of MFC securities
          2. Buying put options or selling call options on MFC securities
Ban on ownership of publicly traded securities of subadvisers and their controlling parent
      Applies to: All Access Levels excluding Access Level III
As an Access Level I or Access Level II Person you are prohibited from purchasing publicly traded securities of any subadviser of a John Hancock Affiliated Fund.
As an Access Level IV you are prohibited from purchasing publicly traded securities of any subadviser of a John Hancock Affiliated Fund, as well as the publicly traded securities of the controlling parent of a subadviser.
MFC securities are excluded from this prohibition for Access Level I & Access Level II Persons.
A complete list of these securities can be found in Appendix D.

12


 

Ban on Restricted Securities
      Applies to: All Access Levels excluding Access Level IV
No pre-clearance will be approved for securities appearing on the John Hancock Restricted List. Securities are placed on the Restricted List if:
    John Hancock or a member of John Hancock has received material non-public inside information on a security or company; or
 
    In the judgment of the Legal Department, circumstances warrant addition of a security to this list
The Restricted List is a confidential list of companies that is maintained in the possession of the Legal Department.
Excessive Trading
      Applies to: All Access Levels excluding Access Level IV
While active personal trading may not in and of itself raise issues under applicable laws and regulations, we believe that a very high volume of personal trading can be time consuming and can increase the possibility of actual or apparent conflicts with portfolio transactions. Accordingly, an unusually high level of personal trading activity is strongly discouraged and may be monitored by Code of Ethics Administration to the extent appropriate for the category of person, and a pattern of excessive trading may lead to the taking of appropriate action under the Code.
An Access Person effecting more than 45 trades in a quarter, or redeeming shares of a John Hancock Affiliated Fund within 30 days of purchase, should expect additional scrutiny of his or her trades and he or she may be subject to limitations on the number of trades allowed during a given period.
Disclosure of Private Placement Conflicts
      Applies to: Access Level I Persons
If you are an Access Level I Person and you own securities purchased in a private placement, you must disclose that holding when you participate in a decision to purchase or sell that same issuer’s securities for a John Hancock Affiliated Fund. This applies to any private placement holdings in the categories described above in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions” on page 4 of the Code. Private placements are securities exempt from SEC registration under section 4(2), section 4(6) and/or rules 504 –506 under the Securities Act.
The investment decision must be subject to an independent review by investment personnel with no personal interest in the issuer.

13


 

The purpose of this policy is to provide appropriate scrutiny in situations in which there is a potential conflict of interest.
Seven Day Blackout Period
      Applies to: Access Level I Persons
An Access Level I Person is prohibited from buying or selling a security within seven calendar days before and after that security is traded for a fund that the Person manages unless no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security as determined by Code of Ethics Administration. If a conflict exists, Code of Ethics will report conflict to Ethics Oversight Committee for review.
In addition, Access Level I Persons are prohibited from knowingly buying or selling a security within seven calendar days before and after that security is traded for a John Hancock Affiliated Fund unless no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described above in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions” on page 4 of the Code. If a John Hancock Affiliated Fund trades in a security within seven calendar days before or after an Access Level I Person trades in that security, the Person may be required to demonstrate that he or she did not know that the trade was being considered for that John Hancock Affiliated Fund.
You will be required to sell any security purchased in violation of this policy unless it is determined that no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security (as determined by Code of Ethics Administration Any profits realized on trades determined by Code of Ethics Administration to be in violation of this policy must be surrendered by check payable to John Hancock Advisers, LLC, which will be contributed to a charity of its choice.
Three Day Blackout Period
      Applies to: Access Level II Persons
An Access Level II Person is prohibited from knowingly buying or selling a security within three calendar days before and after that security is traded for a John Hancock Affiliated Fund unless no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security as determined by Code of Ethics Administration.
• If a conflict exists, Code of Ethics will report conflict to Ethics Oversight Committee 6 for review.
• This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described above in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions” on page 4 of the Code. If a John Hancock Affiliated Fund trades in a security within three calendar days before or after the Person trade in that security, you may be required to demonstrate that the Person did not know that the trade was being considered for that John Hancock Affiliated Fund.
 
6   The Ethics Oversight Committee shall consist of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Investment Officer, Chief Legal Officer, Chief Financial Officer of the Trusts, Chief Counsel of Global Compliance, Chief Compliance Officer of US Compliance, President of MFC GIM (US) and a Senior Representative from Human Resources

14


 

You will be required to sell any security purchased in violation of this policy unless it is determined that no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security as determined Code of Ethics Administration. Any profits realized on trades determined by Code of Ethics Administration to be in violation of this policy must be surrendered by check payable to John Hancock Advisers, LLC, which will be contributed to a charity of its choice.
Restriction on Securities under Active Consideration
      Applies to: Access Level I & Access Level II Persons
Access Level I Persons and Access Level II Persons are prohibited from buying or selling a security if the security is being actively traded by a John Hancock Affiliated Fund.
Exceptions:
The Personal Trading and Reporting System will utilize the following exception criteria when determining approval or denial of pre-clearances requests:
De Minimis Trading Rule: Pre-clearance requests for 500 shares or less of a particular security with a market value of $25,000.00 or less, aggregated daily, would, in most cases, not be subject to the blackout period restrictions and the restriction on actively traded securities because management has determined that transactions of this size do not present any conflict of interest as long as the requestor is not associated with the conflicting fund or account.
Market Cap Securities Exception: Pre-clearance requests in a security with a market capitalization of $5 billion or more would in most cases except where another conflict occurs such as frontrunning violation, not be subject to the blackout period restrictions and the restriction on actively traded securities because management determined that transactions in these types of companies do not present any conflict of interest as long as the requestor is not associated with the conflicting fund or account.
Trading in Exchange Traded Funds/Notes and Options on covered securities
Exchange Traded Funds, Exchange Traded Notes and Options on covered securities are required to receive pre-clearance approval prior to trading. However if the Exchange Traded Fund/Note or Option has an average market capitalization of $5 billion or more; or is based on a non covered security; or is based on one of the following broad based indices it will be treated as a market cap exception security.
    the S&P 100, S&P Midcap 400, S&P 500, FTSE 100, and Nikkei 225;
 
    Direct obligations of the U.S. Government (e.g., treasury securities)
 
    Indirect obligations of the U.S. Government with a maturity of less than 1 year (GNMA)
 
    Commodities;
 
    Foreign currency

15


 

6) Policies Outside of the Code of Ethics
The John Hancock Affiliated Funds have certain policies that are not part of the Code, but are equally important:
MFC Code of Business Conduct & Ethics
      Applies to: All Covered Employees excluding Access Level IV Persons
The MFC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “MFC Code”) provides standards for ethical behavior when representing the Company and when dealing with employees, field representatives, customers, investors, external suppliers, competitors, government authorities and the public.
The MFC Code applies to directors, officers and employees of MFC, its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates. Sales representatives and third party business associates are also expected to abide by all applicable provisions of the MFC Code and adhere to the principles and values set out in the MFC Code when representing Manulife to the public or performing services for, or on behalf of, Manulife.
Other important issues in the MFC Code include:
  MFC values – P.R.I.D.E.;
 
  Ethics in workplace;
 
  Ethics in business relationships;
 
  Misuse of inside information;
 
  Receiving or giving of gifts, entertainment or favors;
 
  Misuse or misrepresentation of your corporate position;
 
  Disclosure of confidential or proprietary information;
 
  Disclosure of outside business activities;
 
  Antitrust activities; and
 
  Political campaign contributions and expenditures relating to public officials.
Gift & Entertainment Policy for the John Hancock Advisers
      Applies to: All Covered Employees excluding Access Level IV Persons
You are subject to the Gift and Entertainment Policy for the John Hancock Advisers which is designed to prevent the appearance of an impropriety, potential conflict of interest or improper payment.

16


 

The Gift & Entertainment Policy covers many issues relating to giving and accepting of gifts and entertainment when dealing with business partners, such as:
  Gift & Business Entertainment Limits
 
  Restrictions on Gifts & Entertainment
 
  Reporting of Gifts & Entertainment
John Hancock Insider Trading Policy
      Applies to: All Covered Employees excluding Access Level IV Persons
The antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws generally prohibit persons with material non-public information from trading on or communicating the information to others. Sanctions for violations can include civil injunctions, permanent bars from the securities industry, civil penalties up to three times the profits made or losses avoided, criminal fines and jail sentences. While Access Level I Persons are most likely to come in contact with material non-public information, the rules (and sanctions) in this area apply to all persons covered under this code and extend to activities both related and unrelated to your job duties.
The John Hancock Insider Trading Policy (the “Insider Trading Policy”) covers a number of important issues, such as:
    Possession of material non-public information
 
    The misuse of material non-public information
 
    Restricting access to material nonpublic information
John Hancock Whistleblower Policy :
      Applies to: All Covered Employees excluding Access Level IV Persons
The Audit Committee of the mutual funds’ Board of Trustees investigates improprieties or suspected improprieties in the operations of a fund and has established procedures for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC. (collectively the “Advisers”) or any other provider of accounting related services, of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters.
The objective of this policy is to provide a mechanism by which complaints and concerns regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters may be raised and addressed without the fear or threat of retaliation. The funds desire and expect that the employees and officers of the Advisers, or any other service provider to the funds will report any complaints or concerns they may have regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters.
Persons may submit complaints or concerns to the attention of funds’ Chief Compliance Officer by sending a letter or other writing to the funds’ principal executive offices, by telephone call to or an email to the Ethics Hotline, Ethics Hotline can be reached at 1-866-294-9534, or through the Ethicspoint website at www.manulifeethics.com. The Ethics Hotline and Ethicspoint website

17


 

are operated by an independent third party, which maintains the anonymity of all complaints. Complaints and concerns may be made anonymously to the funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. In addition any complaints or concerns may also be communicated anonymously, directly to any member of the Audit Committee.
Policy and Procedures Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
      Applies to: All Covered Employees excluding Access Level IV Persons
It is our policy not to disclose nonpublic information regarding Fund portfolio holdings except in the limited circumstances noted in this Policy. You can only provide nonpublic information regarding portfolio holdings to any person, including affiliated persons, on a “need to know” basis ( i.e., the person receiving the information must have a legitimate business purpose for obtaining the information prior to it being publicly available and you must have a legitimate business purpose for disclosing the information in this manner). We consider nonpublic information regarding Fund portfolio holdings to be confidential and the intent of the policy and procedures is to guard against selective disclosure of such information in a manner that would not be in the best interest of Fund shareholders.
A listing of other corporate and divisional policies with which you should be familiar is listed in Appendix E.

18


 

7) Reports and Other Disclosures Outside the Code of Ethics
Broker Letter/Duplicate Confirm Statements
      Applies to: All Access Levels excluding Access Level IV
In accordance with Rule 17j-1(d)(2) under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act, you are required to report to Code of Ethics Administration each transaction in any reportable security. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described above in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions” on page 4 of the Code, as well as trades in John Hancock Affiliated Funds.
To comply with these rules noted above you are required by this Code and by the Insider Trading Policy to inform your broker-dealer that you are employed by a financial institution. Your broker-dealer is subject to certain rules designed to prevent favoritism toward your accounts. You may not accept negotiated commission rates that you believe may be more favorable than the broker grants to accounts with similar characteristics.
When a brokerage account in which you have a beneficial interest is opened you must do the following before any trades are made:
  Notify the broker-dealer with which you are opening an account that you are an employee of John Hancock;
 
  Notify the broker-dealer if you are registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (the successor to the National Association of Securities Dealers) or are employed by John Hancock Funds, LLC or John Hancock Distributors, LLC
 
  Notify Code of Ethics Administration, in writing, to disclose the new brokerage account before you place any trades,
Code of Ethics Administration will notify the broker-dealer to have duplicate written confirmations of any trade, as well as statements or other information concerning the account, sent to John Hancock, Code of Ethics Administration, 601 Congress Street, 11 th Floor, Boston, MA 02210-2805.
Code of Ethics Administration may rely on information submitted by your broker as part of your reporting requirements under the Code.
Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts
      Applies to: Access Level I
As an investment professional, you must promptly disclose your direct or indirect beneficial interest in a security that is under consideration for purchase or sale in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account. See Appendix F.

19


 

8) Reporting Requirements and Other Disclosures Inside the Code of Ethics
Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Report
      Applies to: All Access Levels
In accordance with Rule 17j-1(d) under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act; you must file an initial holdings report within 10 calendar days after becoming an Access Person. The information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to your becoming an Access Person.
In addition, on an annual basis you must also certify to an annual holdings report within 45 calendar days after the required certification date determined by Code of Ethics Administration. The information in the report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report is submitted. This applies to any personal securities holdings in the categories described in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions” found on page 4 of the Code. It also includes holdings in John Hancock Affiliated Funds, including holdings in the John Hancock 401(k) plan.
Limited Category for Access Level IV Persons: Access Level IV Persons shall only be required to report the following information in their initial and annual holdings reports:
An Independent Board Member of John Hancock Trust must report any Insurance Contracts.
An Independent Board Member of John Hancock Funds II must report shares of any John Hancock Funds II Affiliated Funds.
You will receive an annual holdings certification packet from Code of Ethics Administration. Your annual holdings certification requirement will include a listing of your brokerage accounts on record with Code of Ethics Administration as of the required certification date and will be accompanied by copies of brokerage account statements for the certification date.
You will be required to review your annual holdings certification packet and return a signed certification form to Code of Ethics Administration by the required due date, attesting that the annual holdings certification information packet is accurate and complete.
This method will ensure that the holdings reporting requirements of Rule 17j-1(d) under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act are satisfied:
  the title and type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each reportable security;
 
  the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which you maintain an account; and
 
  the date that you submit your certification.
Holdings in John Hancock Affiliated Funds & Variable Products must be reported if these holdings are held in an outside brokerage account.

20


 

Group Savings and Retirement Services is charged with the administration of the Global Share Ownership Plan. Accordingly employees will not be required to file a duplicate holding report for the shares held in this plan. Code of Ethics Administration will have access to this information upon request.
Even if you have no holdings to report you will be asked to complete this requirement.
Quarterly Transaction Certification
      Applies to: Access Level I Persons, Access Level II Person & Access Level III Person
      Also, for a limited category of trades:
           Access Level IV Persons
In accordance with Rule 17j-1(d) under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act, on a quarterly basis, all access persons, excluding Access Level IV Persons, are required to certify that all transactions in their brokerage accounts, as well as transactions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds, have been effected in accordance with the Code. Within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, you will be asked to log into the John Hancock Personal Trading and Reporting System to certify that the system has accurately captured all transactions for the preceding calendar quarter for accounts and trades which are required to be reported pursuant to section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions” on page 4 of the Code.
Transactions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds and Variable Products must be reported if these transactions are executed in an outside brokerage account.
Group Savings and Retirement Services is charged with the administration of the Global Share Ownership Plan. Accordingly employees will not be required to file a duplicate transaction report for this plan. Code of Ethics Administration will have access to this information upon request
Even if you have no transactions to report you will be asked to complete the certification.
Limited Category for Access Level IV Persons:
An Independent Board Member of John Hancock Trust must report transactions in any contracts that are funded by a John Hancock Trust Affiliated Fund under the trust as well as transactions in any other Covered Security if the trustee, at the time of that transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee of the Trust, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction by the trustee, the covered security is or was under active consideration for purchase or sale by the Trust or its investment adviser or subadviser or is or was purchased or sold by the Trust.

21


 

An Independent Board Member of John Hancock Funds II must report a transaction in any shares of a John Hancock Funds II Affiliated Fund as well as transactions in any other Covered Security if the trustee, at the time of that transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee of a Trust, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction in a Covered Security by the trustee, a Fund purchased or sold the Covered Security or the Covered Security was under Active Consideration for purchase or sale by a Fund, its investment adviser or its subadviser(s).
Even if you have no transactions to report you will be asked to complete the certification.
Code of Ethics Administration will provide quarterly reporting to each Board member with specific details related to your board assignments and with a summary of your transactions.
For each transaction required to be reported you must certify the following information was captured accurately:
    the date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each reportable security involved;
 
    the nature of the transaction (i.e. purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
 
    the price at which the transaction was effected;
 
    the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and
Quarterly Brokerage Account Certification
      Applies to: Access Level I Persons, Access Level II Person & Access Level III Person
      Also, for a limited category of trades:
           Access Level IV Persons
In accordance with Rule 17j-1(d) under the 1940 Act, on a quarterly basis, all Access Persons, excluding Access Level IV Persons, will be required to certify to a listing of brokerage accounts as described in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Restrictions” on page 4 of the Code. This includes all brokerage accounts, including brokerage accounts that only contain securities exempt from reporting.
This also includes all accounts holding John Hancock Affiliated Funds and Variable Products as well as accounts in the MFC Global Share Ownership Plan .
Within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter you will be asked to log into the John Hancock Personal Trading and Reporting System and certify that all brokerage accounts are listed and the following information is accurate:

22


 

    Account number;
 
    Account registration; and
 
    Brokerage firm.
Even if you have no existing or new accounts to report you will be asked to complete this certification.
Limited Category for Access Level IV Persons:
An Independent Board Member of John Hancock Trust must report contracts that are funded by a John Hancock Trust Affiliated Fund under the Trust.
An Independent Board Member of John Hancock Funds II must report accounts that hold positions in a John Hancock Funds II Affiliated Fund.
Even if you have no existing or new accounts to report, you will be asked to complete this certification.
Code of Ethics Administration will provide quarterly reporting to each trustee with specific details related to your board assignments.
Annual Certification to the Code of Ethics
      Applies to: All Access Levels
At least annually (or additionally when the Code has been materially changed), you must provide a certification at a date designated by Code of Ethics Administration that you:
(1) have read and understood the Code;
(2) recognize that you are subject to its policies; and
(3) have complied with its requirements.
You are required to make this certification to demonstrate that you understand the importance of these policies and your responsibilities under the Code.

23


 

Reporting of Gifts, Donations, and Inheritances
      Applies to: All Access Levels excluding Access Level IV
  If you gift or donate shares of a reportable security it is considered a sale and you must notify Code of Ethics Administration of the gift or donation on the date given. You must also make sure the transaction is properly reported on your next quarterly transaction certification.
 
  If you receive a gift or inherit a reportable security you must report the new holding to Code of Ethics Administration in a timely manner and you must make sure the holding is properly reported on your next annual holdings certification.
9) Subadviser Compliance
A subadviser to a John Hancock Affiliated Fund has a number of code of ethics responsibilities:
    The sub-adviser must have adopted their own code of ethics in accordance with Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act which has been approved by the respective board
 
    On a quarterly basis, each sub-adviser certifies compliance with their code of ethics or reports material violations if such have occurred; and
 
    Each sub-advisor must report quarterly to the Chief Compliance Officer, any material changes to its code of ethics
Adoption and Approval
The Board of a John Hancock Affiliated Fund, including a majority of the Fund’s Independent Board Members, must approve the code of ethics of the Fund’s adviser, subadviser or principal underwriter (if an affiliate of the underwriter serves as a Board member or officer of the Fund or the adviser) before initially retaining its services.
Any material change to a code of ethics of a subadviser to a fund must be approved by the applicable Board of the John Hancock Affiliated Fund, including a majority of the Fund’s Independent Board Members, no later than six months after adoption of the material change.
The Board may only approve the code if they determine that the code:
  contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent the subadviser’s Access Persons (as defined in Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act) from engaging in any conduct prohibited by Rule 17j-1 and 204A-1;
 
  requires the subadviser’s Access Persons to make reports to at least the extent required in Rule 17j-1(d) and Rule 204A-1(b);

24


 

  requires the subadviser to institute appropriate procedures for review of these reports by management or compliance personnel (as contemplated by Rule 17j-1(d)(3) and Rule 204 A-1(a)(3);
 
  provides for notification of the subadviser’s Access Persons in accordance with Rule 17j-1(d)(4) and Rule 204A-1(a)(5);
 
  requires the subadviser’s Access Persons who are Investment Personnel to obtain the pre-clearances required by Rule 17j-1(e); and
 
  requires the subadviser’s Access Persons to obtain the pre-clearances required by Rule 204A-1(c)
The Chief Compliance Officer of the John Hancock Affiliated Funds oversees each of the fund’s sub-adviser’s to ensure compliance with each of the provisions included in this section
Subadviser Reporting & Recordkeeping Requirements
Each subadviser must provide an annual report and certification to the relevant John Hancock Adviser and the relevant Board in accordance with Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii). The subadviser must also provide other reports or information that the relevant John Hancock Adviser may reasonably request.
The subadviser must maintain all records for its Access Persons, as required by Rule 17j-1(f).
10) Reporting to the Board
No less frequently than annually, John Hancock and each subadviser will furnish to the Board of each John Hancock Affiliated Fund a written report that:
describes issues that arose during the previous year under the code of ethics or the related procedures, including, but not limited to, information about material code or procedure violations, as well as any sanctions imposed in response to the material violations, and
certifies that each entity has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from violating its code of ethics.
11) Reporting Violations
If you know of any violation of the Code, you have a responsibility to promptly report it to the Chief Compliance Officer of your company. You should also report any deviations from the controls and procedures that safeguard John Hancock and the assets of our clients.
Since we cannot anticipate every situation that will arise, it is important that we have a way to approach questions and concerns. Always ask first, act later. If you are unsure of what to do in any situation, seek guidance before you act.
Speak to your manager, a member of the Human Resources Department or Law Department or your divisional compliance officer if you have:

25


 

- a doubt about a particular situation;
- a question or concern about a business practice; or
- a question about potential conflicts of interest
You may report suspected or potential illegal or unethical behavior without fear of retaliation. John Hancock does not permit retaliation of any kind for good faith reports of illegal or unethical behavior.
Concerns about potential or suspected illegal or unethical behavior should be referred to a member of the Human Resources or Law Department.
Unethical, unprofessional, illegal, fraudulent or other questionable behavior may also be reported by calling a confidential toll free Ethics Hotline or at www.ManulifeEthics.com .
Ethics Hotline can be reached at 1-866-294-9534.
12) Interpretation and Enforcement
The Code cannot anticipate every situation in which personal interests may be in conflict with the interests of our clients and fund investors. You should be responsive to the spirit and intent of the Code as well as its specific provisions.
When any doubt exists regarding any Code provision or whether a conflict of interest with clients or fund investors might exist, you should discuss the situation in advance with the Chief Compliance Officer of your company. The Code is designed to detect and prevent fraud against clients and fund investors, and to avoid the appearance of impropriety.
The Chief Compliance Officer has general administrative responsibility for the Code as it applies to the covered employees; an appropriate member of Code of Ethics Administration will administer procedures to review personal trading activity. Code of Ethics Administration also regularly reviews the forms and reports it receives. If these reviews uncover information that is incomplete, questionable, or potentially in violation of the rules in this document, Code of Ethics Administration will investigate the matter and may contact you.
Ethics Oversight Committee approves amendments to the code of ethics and dispenses sanctions for violations of the code of ethics. The Boards of the John Hancock Affiliated Funds also approve amendments to the Code and authorize sanctions imposed on Access Persons of the Funds. Accordingly, Code of Ethics Administration will refer violations to Ethics Oversight Committee and/or the Fund Boards for review and recommended action based on the John Hancock Advisers Schedule of Fines and Sanctions. See Appendix G.
The following factors will be considered when determining a fine or other disciplinary action:
the person’s position and function (senior personnel may be held to a higher standard);
the amount of the trade;
whether the John Hancock Affiliated Funds hold the security and were trading the same day;
whether the violation was by a family member;

26


 

whether the person has had a prior violation and which policy was involved; and
whether the employee self-reported the violation.
John Hancock takes all rule violations seriously and, at least once a year, provides the Boards of the John Hancock Affiliated Funds with a summary of all material violations and sanctions, significant conflicts of interest and other related issues for their review. Sanctions for violations could include (but are not limited to) fines, limitations on personal trading activity, suspension or termination of the violator’s position with John Hancock and/or a report to the appropriate regulatory authority.
You should be aware that other securities laws and regulations not addressed by the Code may also apply to you, depending on your role at John Hancock.
John Hancock and the Ethics Oversight Committee retain the discretion to interpret the Code’s provisions and to decide how they apply to any given situation.
13) Exemptions & Appeals
Exemptions to the Code may be granted by the Chief Compliance Officer where supported by applicable facts and circumstances. If you believe that you have a situation that warrants an exemption to the any of the rules and restrictions of this Code you need to complete a “Code of Ethics Exemption Request Form” to request approval from the Chief Compliance Officer.
Exemption requests which pose a conflict of interest for the Chief Compliance Officer will be escalated to the Ethics Oversight Committee for review and consideration.
Sole discretion Exemption: A transaction does not need to be pre-cleared if it takes place in an account that Code of Ethics Administration has approved in writing as exempt from the pre-clearance requirement. In the sole discretion of Code of Ethics Administration and the Chief Compliance Officer, accounts that will be considered for exclusion from the pre-clearance requirement are only those for which an employee’s securities broker or investment advisor has complete discretion. Employees wishing to seek such an exemption must complete a “Pre-Clearance Waiver Form for Sole Discretion Accounts” and satisfy all requirements.
These forms can be obtained by contacting Code of Ethics Administration.
You will be notified of the outcome of your request by the Code of Ethics Administrator and/or the Chief Compliance Officer.
Appeals: If you believe that your request has been incorrectly denied or that an action is not warranted, you may appeal the decision. To make an appeal, you need to give Code of Ethics Administration a written explanation of your reasons for appeal within 30 days of the date that you were informed of the decision. Be sure to include any extenuating circumstances or other factors not previously considered. During the review process, you may, at your own expense, engage an attorney to represent you. Code of Ethics Administration may arrange for Ethics Oversight Committee or other parties to be part of the review process.

27


 

14) Education of Employees
This Code constitutes the code of ethics required by Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and by Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act for John Hancock. Code of Ethics Administration will provide a paper copy or electronic version of the Code (and any amendments) to each person subject to the Code. Code of Ethics Administration will also administer training to employees on the principles and procedures of the Code.
15) Recordkeeping
Code of Ethics Administration will maintain:
    a copy of the current Code for John Hancock and a copy of each code of ethics in effect at any time within the past five years.
 
    a record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, for six years.
 
    a copy of each report made by an Access Person under the Code, for six years (the first two years in a readily accessible place).
 
    a record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports under the Code. This record will also indicate who was responsible for reviewing these reports.
 
    a copy of each Code report to the Fund Boards, for six years (the first two years in a readily accessible place).
 
    a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by an Access Level I Persons of IPOs or private placement securities, for six years.
 
    a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by an Access Person of the John Hancock Advisers IPOs or private placement securities, for six years.

28


 

Appendix A: Access Person Categories
You have been notified about which of these categories applies to you, based on Code of Ethics Administration’s understanding of your current role. If you have a level of investment access beyond that category, or if you are promoted or change duties and as a result should more appropriately be included in a different category, it is your responsibility to immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer of your company.
1)   Access Level I — Investment Access Person: An associate, officer or non-independent board member of a John Hancock Adviser who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the John Hancock Affiliated Funds.
 
    (Examples: Portfolio managers; analysts; and traders)
 
2)   Access Level II — Regular Access Person: An associate, senior officer (vice president and higher) or non- independent board member of John Hancock Funds; a John Hancock Adviser; John Hancock Funds, LLC; John Hancock Trust; John Hancock Distributors, LLC, or other John Hancock entity who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has regular access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund; or who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has regular access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.
 
    (Examples: Office of the Chief Compliance Officer, Fund Administration, Investment Management Services, Administrative Personnel supporting Access Level I Persons, Technology Resources Personnel with access to investment systems, Private Client Group Personnel, and anyone else that Code of Ethics Administration deems to have regular access.)
 
3)   Access Level III—Periodic Access Person: An associate, officer (assistant vice president and higher) or non-independent board member of John Hancock Funds; a John Hancock Adviser; John Hancock Funds, LLC; John Hancock Trust; John Hancock Distributors, LLC or other John Hancock entity who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has periodic access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund.
 
    Examples: (Legal staff, Marketing, Product Development, E-Commerce, Corporate Publishing, Administrative Personnel supporting Access Level II Persons, and anyone else that Code of Ethics Administration deems to have periodic access.)
 
4)   Access Level IV—Trustees: An independent trustee or independent director of John Hancock Trust or John Hancock Funds II

29


 

Appendix B – Affiliated Funds – Effective as of December 31, 2010
     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS
    Adviser: John Hancock Advisers, LLC.
Name of Trust and Funds:   Subadviser for these Funds:
Open-End Funds:
   
John Hancock Bond Trust:
   
Government Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
High Yield Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Investment Grade Bond Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
 
   
John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund:
   
California Tax-Free Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
 
   
John Hancock Capital Series:
   
Classic Value Fund
  Pzena Investment Management, LLC
U. S. Global Leaders Growth Fund
  Sustainable Growth Advisers, LP
 
   
John Hancock Current Interest:
   
Money Market Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
 
   
John Hancock Investment Trust:
   
Balanced Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Global Opportunities Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Large Cap Equity Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Small Cap Intrinsic Value Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Sovereign Investors Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
 
   
John Hancock Investment Trust II:
   
Financial Industries Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Regional Bank Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Small Cap Equity Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
 
   
John Hancock Investment Trust III:
   
Greater China Opportunities Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N A.) Limited
 
   
John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust:
   
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Tax-Free Bond Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
 
   
John Hancock Series Trust:
   
Mid Cap Equity Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
 
   
John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund:
   
Bond Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
 
   
John Hancock Strategic Series:
   
Strategic Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC

30


 

     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS
    Adviser: John Hancock Advisers, LLC.
Name of Trust and Funds:   Subadviser for these Funds:
John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series Fund:
   
Massachusetts Tax-Free Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
New York Tax-Free Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
 
   
Closed end Funds:
   
Bank & Thrift Opportunity Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Income Securities Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Investors Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Preferred Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Preferred Income Fund II
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Preferred Income Fund III
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Premium Dividend Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC Analytic Investors, LLC
Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund
  Epoch Investment Partners, Inc. / Analytic Investors, Inc.
     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II
    Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for these Funds:
Active Bond Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC and Declaration Management & Research LLC
Core Diversified Growth & Income Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Core Fundamental Holdings Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Core Global Diversification Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Core Allocation Plus Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Currency Strategies Fund
  First Quadrant
All Cap Core Fund
  QS Investors, LLC
All Cap Value Fund
  Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC.
Alpha Opportunities Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Alternative Asset Allocation Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Blue Chip Growth Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Capital Appreciation Fund
  Jennison Associates LLC
Capital Appreciation Value Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Core Bond Fund
  Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
Emerging Markets Debt Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Emerging Markets Value Fund
  Dimensional Fund Advisers LP.
Equity-Income Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Financial Services Fund
  Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Floating Rate Income Fund
  Western Asset Management Company
Fundamental Value Fund
  Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Global Agribusiness Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Global Infrastructure Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Global Timber Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Global Bond Fund
  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Global Fund
  Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Global High Yield Fund
  Stone Harbor Investment Partners LP
Global Real Estate Fund
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.

31


 

     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II
    Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for these Funds:
Heritage Fund (formerly Vista Fund)
  American Century Investment Management, Inc.
High Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
High Yield Fund
  Western Asset Management Company
Income Fund
  Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Index 500 Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
International Equity Index Fund
  SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
International Growth Stock Fund
  Invesco Advisers, Inc.
International Opportunities Fund
  Marsico Capital Management, LLC
International Small Cap Fund
  Franklin Templeton Investments Corp.
International Small Company Fund
  Dimensional Fund Advisors LP
International Value Fund
  Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC
Investment Quality Bond Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Large Cap Fund
  UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
Large Cap Value Fund
  BlackRock Investment Management LLC
Lifecycle 2010 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2015 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2020 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2025 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2030 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2035 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2040 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2045 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2050 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited (Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc. sub-advisory consultant)
Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited (Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc. sub-advisory consultant)
Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited (Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc. sub-advisory consultant)
Lifestyle Growth Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited (Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc. sub-advisory consultant)
Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited (Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc. sub-advisory consultant)
Mid Cap Index Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Mid Cap Stock Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
  Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC
Mid Value Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates. Inc.
Money Market Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Multi Sector Bond Fund
  Stone Harbor Investment Partners LP
Mutual Shares Fund
  Franklin Templeton Investments Corp.
Natural Resources Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Optimized Value Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Real Estate Equity Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Real Estate Securities Fund
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.

32


 

     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II
    Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for these Funds:
Real Return Bond Fund
  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Retirement Distribution Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Retirement Rising Distribution Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Science & Technology Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., RCM Capital Management LLC
Short Term Gov’t Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Small Cap Growth Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Small Cap Index Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
  Invesco Advisers, Inc. and Dimensional Fund Advisors LP
Small Cap Value Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Small Company Growth Fund
  Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Small Company Value Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Smaller Company Growth Fund
  Frontier Capital Management Company, LLC; Perimeter Capital Management; Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Spectrum Income Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Strategic Bond Fund
  Western Asset Management Company
Strategic Income Opportunities Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Technical Opportunities
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Technical Opportunities Fund II
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Total Bond Market Fund
  Declaration Management & Research, LLC
Total Return Fund
  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Total Stock Market Index Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
  Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
U.S. Multi-Sector Fund
  Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Value & Restructuring Fund
  Columbia Management Investment Advisors, LLC
Value Fund
  Invesco Advisers, Inc. (the previous subadviser was Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. (Van Kampen)
Mid Cap Growth Index Fund
  SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
Mid Cap Value Index Fund
  SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
Retirement 2010 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Retirement 2015 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Retirement 2020 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Retirement 2025 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Retirement 2030 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Retirement 2035 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Retirement 2040 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Retirement 2045 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Retirement 2050 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited

33


 

     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III
    Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for these Funds:
Classic Value Mega Cap Fund
  Pzena Investment Management, LLC
Core High Yield Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Disciplined Value Fund
  Robeco Investment Management, Inc.
Disciplined Value Mid Cap Fund
  Robeco Investment Management, Inc.
Global Shareholder Yield Fund
  Epoch Investment Partners, Inc.
Growth Opportunities Fund
  GMO, LLC
International Allocation Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
International Core Fund
  GMO, LLC
International Growth Fund
  GMO, LLC
Leveraged Companies Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Rainier Growth Fund
  Rainier Investment Management Inc.
Small Company Fund
  Fiduciary Management Associates, LLC
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
U. S. Core Fund
  GMO, LLC
Value Opportunities Fund
  GMO, LLC
     
JOHN HANCOCK TRUST
    Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC.
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
500 Index Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
500 Index Trust B
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Active Bond Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC and Declaration Management & Research LLC
All Cap Core Trust
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and RREEF America LLC
All Cap Value Trust
  Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC.
Alpha Opportunities Trust
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
American Asset Allocation Trust*
  Capital Research Management Company
American Blue Chip Income and Growth Trust*
  Capital Research Management Company
American Bond Trust*
  Capital Research Management Company
American Fundamental Holdings Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
American Global Diversification Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
American Global Growth Trust*
  Capital Research Management Company
American Global Small Capitalization Trust*
  Capital Research Management Company
American Growth Trust*
  Capital Research Management Company
American Growth-Income Trust*
  Capital Research Management Company
American High-Income Bond Trust*
  Capital Research Management Company
American International Trust*
  Capital Research Management Company
American New World Trust*
  Capital Research Management Company
Balanced Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Blue Chip Growth Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

34


 

     
JOHN HANCOCK TRUST
    Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC.
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
Bond Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Capital Appreciation Trust
  Jennison Associates LLC
Capital Appreciation Value Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Core Allocation Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Core Asset Allocation Plus Trust
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Core Balanced Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Core Balanced Strategy Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Core Bond Trust
  Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
Core Disciplined Diversification Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Core Diversified Growth & Income Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Core Fundamental Holdings Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Core Global Diversification Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Core Strategy Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Currency Strategies Trust
  First Quadrant
Disciplined Diversification Trust
  Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc.
Emerging Markets Value Trust
  Dimensional Fund Advisers, Inc.
Equity-Income Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Financial Services Trust
  Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Floating Rate Income Trust
  Western Asset Management Company
Franklin Templeton Founding Allocation Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
Fundamental Value Trust
  Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Global Bond Trust
  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Global Trust
  Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Growth Equity Trust
  Rainier Investment Management, Inc.
Health Sciences Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Heritage Trust
(f/k/a Vista Trust)
  American Century Investment Management, Inc.
High Income Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (U.S.), LLC
High Yield Trust
  Western Asset Management Company Limited
Income Trust
  Franklin Advisers, Inc.
International Core Trust
  Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
International Equity Index Trust A
  SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
International Equity Index Trust B
  SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
International Index Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
International Growth Stock Trust
  Invesco Advisers, Inc.
International Opportunities Trust
  Marsico Capital Management, LLC
International Small Company Trust
  Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc.
International Value Trust
  Templeton Investment Counsel LLC
Investment Quality Bond Trust
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Large Cap Trust
  UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
Large Cap Value Trust
  BlackRock Investment Management LLC
Lifecycle 2010 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2015 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2020 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2025 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2030 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2035 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2040 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2045 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2050 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (N.A.) Limited

35


 

Appendix C: Pre-clearance Procedures
You should read the Code to determine whether you must obtain a pre-clearance before you enter into a securities transaction. If you are required to obtain a pre-clearance, you should follow the procedures detailed below.
Pre-clearance for Covered Securities including Derivatives, Futures, Options:
A request for pre-clearance needs to be entered through the John Hancock Personal Trading & Reporting System which can be accessed through your Start Menu on your Desktop under Programs\Personal Trading & Reporting\Personal Trading & Reporting.
If the John Hancock Personal Trading & Reporting System is not on your Desktop, please use the following link:
https://cti-prd.prd.manulifeusa.com/iTrade3
The Trade Request Screen :
At times you may receive a message “System is currently unavailable.” The system is scheduled to be offline from 8:00 PM until 7:00 AM each night.
(GRAPHIC)
Required Information:
Ticker/Security Cusip : Fill in either the ticker, cusip or security name with the proper information of the security you want to buy or sell. Then click the [Lookup] button. Select one of the hyperlinks for the desired security, and the system will populate the proper fields Ticker, Security Cusip, Security Name and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen.
If You Don’t Know the Ticker, Cusip, or Security Name:

36


 

If you do not know the full ticker, you may type in the first few letters followed by an asterisk * and click the [Lookup] button. For example, let’s say you want to buy some shares of Intel, but all you can remember of the ticker is that it begins with int, so you enter int* for Ticker. If any tickers beginning with int are found, they are displayed on a new screen. Select the hyperlink of the one you want, and the system will populate Security Cusip, Security Name and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen. If you do not know the full cusip, you may type in the first few numbers followed by an asterisk * and click the [Lookup] button. For example, let’s say you want to buy some shares of Microsoft, but all you can remember of the cusip is that it begins with 594918, so you enter 594918* for Ticker. If any cusips beginning with 594918 are found, they are displayed on a new screen. Select the hyperlink of the one you want, and the system will fill in Ticker, Security Name and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen. If you do not know the Ticker but have an idea of what the Security Name is, you may type in an asterisk, a few letters of the name and an asterisk * and click the [Lookup] button. For example, let’s say you want to buy some shares of American Brands, so you enter *amer* for Security Name. Any securities whose names have amer in them are displayed on a new screen, where you are asked to select the hyperlink of the one you want, and the system will fill in Ticker, Cusip and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen.
Transaction Type : Choose one of the values displayed when you click the dropdown arrow to the right of this field.
Brokerage Account : Click on the dropdown arrow to the right of the Brokerage Account field to choose the account to be used for the trade.
Quantity : Enter the amount of shares you wish to trade.
Notes Text Box: Enter any applicable notes regarding your trade request.
Click the [Preview] button to review your trade request, if everything is correct hit the [Submit] button to present request for approval; after which you will receive immediate feedback unless the system identifies a potential violation of the Ban on Short Term Profits Rule.
In this case, your request will be forwarded to Code of Ethics Administration for review and you will receive feedback via the e-mail system.
Starting Over:
To clear everything on the screen and start over, click the [Clear Screen] button.
Exiting Without Submitting the Trade Request:
If you decide not to submit the trade request before clicking the [Submit Request] button, simply exit from the browser by clicking the Logout menu option.
Note: When submitting your request for approval, please make sure the information you are submitting for is correct. Submission of requests with incorrect brokerage account, incorrect trade direction, or incorrect security identifier (ticker/cusip) may subject you to fines and sanctions.
Ticker/Security Name Lookup Screen:
You arrive at this screen from the Trade Request Screen, where you’ve clicked the [Lookup] button (see above, “If You Don’t Know the Ticker, Cusip, or Security Name”). If you see the security you

37


 

want to trade, you simply select its corresponding hyperlink (ticker or cusip) and you will automatically return to the Trade Request Screen, where you finish making your trade request. If the security you want to trade is not shown, that means that it is not recognized by the system.
You must contact Code of Ethics Administration to add the security to the system. Send an email including the following information; security name, security ticker symbol, security cusip number, security type and an attestation that the security is not an IPO or a Private Placement to Code of Ethics Administration:
Fred Spring (617) 663-3485 or Andrea Holthaus (617)-663-3484
Adding Brokerage Accounts:
To access this functionality, click on the Brokerage Account\Add Brokerage Account menu item. You will be prompted to enter the Brokerage Account Number, Brokerage Account Name, Broker Contact Name, Broker Contact Email, and Initiated Dates. When you click the [Create New Brokerage Account] button, you will receive a message that informs you whether the account was successfully created.
(GRAPHIC)
3. Pre-clearance for Private Placements, IPO’s and Limited Offerings :
You may request a pre-clearance of private placement securities, limited offerings, or an IPO by contacting Fred Spring via email (please “cc.” Frank Knox on all such requests).
The request must include:

38


 

The associate’s name;
The associate’s John Hancock’ company;
The complete name of the security;
the seller (i.e. the selling party if identified and/or the broker-dealer or placement agent) and whether or not the associate does business with those individuals or entities on a regular basis;
the basis upon which the associate is being offered this investment opportunity;
any potential conflict, present or future, with fund trading activity and whether the security might be offered as inducement to later recommend publicly traded securities for any fund or to trade through a particular broker-dealer or placement agent; and
the date of the request.
Clearance of private placements or IPOs may be denied for any appropriate reason, such as if the transaction could create the appearance of impropriety. Clearance of IPOs will also be denied if the transaction is prohibited for a person due to his or her access category under the code of ethics.
Please keep in mind that the code of ethics prohibits Access Level I Persons from purchasing securities in an IPO.

39


 

Appendix D – Subadviser Publicly Traded Securities Restriction List*
Date: January 10, 2011
     
Security   Ticker Symbol / CUSIP Number
Manulife Financial Corporation Common shares
  MFC*/ 56501R106
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
Non-Cumulative Class A Shares, Series I
  MFC.PR.A.*/ 56501R304
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
Non-Cumulative Class A Shares, Series 2
  MFC.PR.B.* / 56501R403
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
Non-Cumulative Class A Shares, Series 3
  MFC.PR.C.* / 56501R502
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
Non-Cumulative Rate Reset Class A Shares, Series4
  MFC.PR.D.* / 56501R809
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
Non-Cumulative Rate Reset Class 1 Shares, Series 1
  MFC.PR.E.* / 56501R874
 
   
Manulife Financial Capital Trust
MaCS $60,000,000 Series A
MaCS $940,000,000 Series B
  MFT.M*/ 56501QAA6 56501QAB4
 
   
Manulife Financial Capital Trust II
MaCS II $1,000,000,000 Notes – Series I due 2108
  CA56501XAA15
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
US$600,000,000 3.40% Senior Notes Due 2015
  56501RAA4
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
US$500,000,000 4.90% Senior Notes Due 2020
  56501RAB2
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
4.67% Medium Term Notes due 2013
  CA56502ZAA53
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
$550 MM of 5.161% Medium Term Notes due 2015
  CA56502ZAB37
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
$400 MM of 5.505% Medium Term Notes due 2018
  CA56502ZAC10
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
$600 MM of 7.768% Medium Term Notes due 2019
  CA56502ZAD92
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
$1 Billion of 4.896% Medium Term Notes due 2014
  CA56502ZAE75
 
   
Manulife Financial Corporation
$900 MM of 4.07% Medium Term Notes due 2015
  CA56502ZAF41

40


 

     
Security   Ticker Symbol / CUSIP Number
The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company
6.24% $550 MM Subordinated Debentures Due Feb. 16, 2016
  564835AB2
 
   
John Hancock Life Insurance Company
$450 MM 7.375% Surplus Notes Feb 15 2024
  41020VAA9
 
   
John Hancock Life Insurance Company Signature Notes
  41013MAA8
 
   
Manulife Finance (Delaware), L.P.
$550 MM 4.448% Senior Debentures
$650 MM 5.059% Subordinated Debentures
  56502FAB7
56502FAA9
 
   
Manulife Finance Holdings Limited
$220 MM 6.822% Senior Notes due May 31, 2011
  CA56501YAA97
 
   
Manulife Finance Holdings Limited
$175 MM 6.646% Senior Notes due Nov. 30, 2011
  CA56501YAB70
 
   
Manulife Holdings Berhad Ordinary Shares
  1058 – trading symbol on
the Kuala Lumpur Stock
Exchange
 
*   MFC securities listed above are excluded from this prohibition for Access Level I & Access Level II Persons
Publicly Traded Sub-advisers and their Controlling Parent Companies
             
            Prohibited for
    Publicly Traded Controlling       Access Level I& II
Subadviser   Companies   Ticker Symbol   Persons
American Century Investment Management, Inc.
  No publicly traded affiliates     No
 
           
Analytic Investors, LLC
  Old Mutual PLC   OML.LN ODMTY — ADR   No
 
           
Blackrock Investment
Management, LLC
  BlackRock   BLK   No
 
  PNC Bank   PNC   No
 
           
Davis Select Advisers Limited
  No publicly traded affiliates     No
 
           
Deutsche Asset Management, Inc.
  Deutsche Bank   DB   No
 
           
Deutsche Asset Management Investment Services Ltd.
  Deutsche Bank   DB   No
 
           
Deutsche Investments
Australia Limited
  Deutsche Bank   DB   No
 
           
Deutsche Asset Management
(Hong Kong) Limited
  Deutsche Bank   DB   No
 
           
Deutsche Asset Management
International GMBH
  Deutsche Bank   DB   No
 
           
RREEF America L.L.C.
  Deutsche Bank   DB   No

41


 

             
            Prohibited for
    Publicly Traded Controlling       Access Level I& II
Subadviser   Companies   Ticker Symbol   Persons
RREEF Global Advisers Limited
  Deutsche Bank   DB   No
 
           
Declaration Management &
Research LLC
  Manulife Financial Corporation   MFC   No
 
           
Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc.
  No publicly traded affiliates     No
 
           
Epoch Investment Partners, Inc
  Epoch Holding Corporation   EPHC   Yes
 
           
First Quadrant L.P
  Affiliated Managers Group, Inc.   AMG   No
 
           
Franklin Advisers, Inc
  Franklin Resources Inc.   BEN   No
 
           
Franklin Templeton Investment
Corp
  Franklin Resources Inc.   BEN   No
 
           
Frontier Capital Management
Company
  Affiliated Managers Group, Inc.   AMG   No
 
           
Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
  No publicly traded affiliates     No
 
           
Invesco Advisers, Inc.
  AMVESCAP PLC   AVZ   No
 
           
Jennison Associates, LLC
  Prudential Financial   PRU   No
 
           
Lee Munder Capital Group
  City National Corporation   CYN   No
 
           
Lord, Abbett & Co.
  No publicly traded affiliates     No
 
           
Manulife Asset Management (N.A) Limited
  Manulife Financial Corporation   MFC   No
 
           
Manulife Asset Management (U.S.) LLC
  Manulife Financial Corporation   MFC   No
 
           
Marsico Capital Management,
LLC
  No publicly traded affiliates   _   No
 
           
Massachusetts Financial
Services Company
  Sun Life Financial   SLF   No
 
           
Pacific Investment Management
Company
  Allianz AG   AZ — US listing ALVG.DE — Germany listing   No
 
           
Perimeter Capital Management
  No publicly traded affiliates     No
 
           
Pzena Investment Management,
LLC
  Pzena Investment Management, LLC   PZN   Yes
 
           
QS Investors, LLC
  No publicly traded affiliates     No
 
           
Robeco Investment Management, Inc.
  No publicly traded affiliates     No
 
           
Rainier Investment Management
  No publicly traded affiliates     No
 
           
RCM Capital Management LLC
  Allianz AG   AZ — US listing ALVG.DE — Germany listing   No

42


 

             
            Prohibited for
    Publicly Traded Controlling       Access Level I& II
Subadviser   Companies   Ticker Symbol   Persons
Columbia Management
Investment Advisers, LLC
(formerly RiverSource
Investments, LLC)
  Ameriprise Financial, Inc.   AMP   No
 
           
SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
  State Street Corporation   STT   No
 
           
Stone Harbor Investment
Partners LP
  No publicly traded affiliates   -   No
 
           
Sustainable Growth Advisers, L.P.
  No publicly traded affiliates   -   No
 
           
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.   TROW   Yes
 
           
Templeton Investment Counsel, Inc.
  Franklin Resources Inc.   BEN   No
 
           
Templeton Global Advisors
Limited
  Franklin Resources Inc.   BEN   No
 
           
UBS Global Asset Management
  UBS AG   UBS   No
 
           
Wellington Management
Company, LLP
  No publicly traded affiliates   -   No
 
           
Wells Fargo Fund Management,
LLC
  Wells Fargo & Company   WFC   No
 
           
Western Asset Management
Company
  Legg Mason, Inc.   LM   No
 
           
Western Asset Management
Company Limited
  Legg Mason, Inc.   LM   No

43


 

Appendix E: Other Important Policies outside the Code
  1)   MFC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
  2)   John Hancock Insider Trading Policy
 
  3)   John Hancock Gift & Entertainment Policy
 
  4)   Policy Regarding Dissemination of Mutual Fund Portfolio Information
 
  5)   Manulife Financial Corporation Anti-Fraud Policy
 
  6)   John Hancock Anti-Money Laundering (AML) and Anti-Terrorist Financing (ATF) Program
 
  7)   Conflict of Interest Rules for Directors and Officers
 
  8)   John Hancock Whistleblower Policy
 
  9)   John Hancock Non Cash Compensation Policy

44


 

Appendix F: Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts:
As an investment professional, Access Level I Persons, you must promptly disclose your direct or indirect beneficial interest in a security that is under consideration for purchase or sale in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account. You are required to follow the following guidelines.
If you or a member of your family own:
a 5% or greater interest in a company, John Hancock Affiliated Funds and its affiliates may not make any investment in that company;
a 1% or greater interest in a company, you cannot participate in any decision by John Hancock Funds and its affiliates to buy or sell that company’s securities;
ANY other interest in a company, you cannot recommend or participate in a decision by John Hancock Affiliated Funds, and its affiliates to buy or sell that company’s securities unless your personal interest is fully disclosed at all stages of the investment decision.
In such instances, you must initially disclose that beneficial interest orally to the primary portfolio manager (or other appropriate analyst) of the Affiliated Fund or account or the appropriate Chief Investment Officer. Following the oral disclosure, you must send a written acknowledgement to the primary portfolio manager with a copy to the Code of Ethics Administration Department.
For the purposes of this requirement investment professionals are defined as analysts and portfolio managers.

45


 

Appendix G: John Hancock Advisers Schedule of Fines and Sanctions
                                 
    Policy   Violation       Liquidate   Profit   Restrict        
Code Violation   Memo   Notice   Fine   Position   Surrender 4   Trading   Termination   Comments
1st Procedural Pre-clearance Violation 1
  X                           Subsequent violations may result in fines**
1st Failure to Pre-clear (would have been approved)
  X                   **       Subsequent violations may result in fines**
1st Failure to Pre-clear (would have been denied)
  X           X   X   **       Subsequent violations may result in fines**
Trading after Pre-clearance Denial
      X   X   X   X   **       2 First Violation = $250/$1000 - Subsequent Violations set by Ethics Oversight Committee at least = $500/$2000
2nd Procedural Pre-clearance Violation 1
      X                       2 First Violation = $250/$1000 - Subsequent Violations set by Ethics Oversight Committee at least = $500/$2000
2nd Failure to Pre-clear (would have been approved)
      X               **       Subsequent violations may result in fines**
2nd Failure to Pre-clear (would have been denied)
      X       X   X   **       Subsequent violations may result in fines**
 
                              2 First Violation = $250/$1000 -
3rd Failure to Preclear or Procedural Violation
      X   X   X   X   **       Subsequent Violations set by Ethics Oversight Committee at least = $500/$2000
Special Consideration Security w/out approval (would have been approved) 3
      X                       Subsequent violations may result in fines**
Special Consideration Security w/out approval (would have been denied) 3
      X   X   X   X           2 First Violation = $250/$1000 - Subsequent Violations set by Ethics Oversight Committee at least = $500/$2000
1st Ban on Short Term Profits Rule Violation
  X               X           Subsequent violations may result in fines**
2nd Ban on Short Term Profits Rule Violation
      X   X       X   **       2 First Violation = $250/$1000 - Subsequent Violations set by Ethics Oversight Committee at least = $500/$2000
Violation of Blackout Period
      X   X   X   X   **       2 First Violation = $250/$1000 - Subsequent Violations set by Ethics Oversight Committee at least = $500/$2000
Required Reporting Violation 5
  X                           Subsequent violations may result in fines**
Certifying to incorrect data (i.e. holdings discrepancies)
  X                           Subsequent violations may result in fines**
Refusal to Acknowledge Code
                          X   Habitual violations of the requirements of the Code of Ethics
 
**   At the discretion of the Ethics Oversight Committee
 
Please note: Any of the above violations may result in a meeting with Code of Ethics Administation at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer
 
1   Procedural Pre-clearance = incorrect amount of shares, incorrect trading symbol or cusip, incorrect trade direction or incorrect brokerage account
 
2   Tiered Fines: lesser amount is for Regular Access persons with a job grade below AVP and higher amount is for Investment Access Persons and anyone with a job grade of AVP or higher.
 
3   Special Consideration Securities are Initial Public Offerings, Private Placements, or Limited Offerings.
 
4   Disgorgement only if profit is greater than $100
 
5   Reporting Violations — Related to Initial, Quarterly and Annual Certifications and violations of timely disclosure of new accounts and acquisitions and dispositions of covered securities; i.e. gifts/donations and inheritances.

46


 

Appendix H: Chief Compliance Officers and Code of Ethics Contacts
     
Entity   Chief Compliance Officer
John Hancock Advisers, LLC
  Frank Knox — 617-663-2430
 
   
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC
  Frank Knox
 
   
Each open-end and closed-end fund advised by a John Hancock Adviser
  Frank Knox
 
   
John Hancock Funds, LLC
  Michael Mahoney — 617-663-3021
 
   
John Hancock Distributors, LLC
  Kathleen Pettit — 617-572-3872
     
Code of Ethics Contact   Phone number
Fred Spring
  617-663-3485
 
   
Andrea Holthaus
  617-663-3484

47

(MANULIFE ASSET MANAGEMENT LOGO)
Code of Ethics
Manulife Asset Management (US) is required by law to adopt a Code of Ethics. The purposes of a Code of Ethics are to ensure that companies and their “covered employees” 1 comply with all applicable laws and to prevent abuses in the investment advisory business that can arise when conflicts of interest exist between the employees of an investment advisor and its clients. By adopting and enforcing a Code of Ethics, we strengthen the trust and confidence entrusted in us by demonstrating that at Manulife Asset Management (US), client interests come first.
The Code of Ethics (the “Code”) that follows represents a balancing of important interests. On the one hand, as a registered investment adviser, Manulife Asset Management (US) owes a duty of undivided loyalty to its clients, and must avoid even the appearance of a conflict that might be perceived as abusing the trust they have placed in Manulife Asset Management (US). On the other hand, Manulife Asset Management (US) does not want to prevent conscientious professionals from investing for their own accounts where conflicts do not exist or that are immaterial to investment decisions affecting the Manulife Asset Management (US) clients.
When conflicting interests cannot be reconciled, the Code makes clear that, first and foremost, covered employees owe a fiduciary duty to Manulife Asset Management (US) clients. In most cases, this means that the affected employee will be required to forego conflicting personal securities transactions. In some cases, personal investments will be permitted, but only in a manner, which, because of the circumstances and applicable controls, cannot reasonably be perceived as adversely affecting Manulife Asset Management (US) client portfolios or taking unfair advantage of the relationship Manulife Asset Management (US) employees have to Manulife Asset Management (US) clients.
The Code contains specific rules prohibiting defined types of conflicts. Since every potential conflict cannot be anticipated by the Code, it also contains general provisions prohibiting conflict situations. In view of these general provisions, it is critical that any covered employee who is in doubt about the applicability of the Code in a given situation seek a determination from Code of Ethics Administration or the Chief Compliance Officer about the propriety of the conduct in advance.
It is critical that the Code be strictly observed. Not only will adherence to the Code ensure that Manulife Asset Management (US) renders the best possible service to its clients, it will help to ensure that no individual is liable for violations of law.
It should be emphasized that adherence to this policy is a fundamental condition of employment at Manulife Asset Management (US). Every covered employee is expected to adhere to the requirements of the Code despite any inconvenience that may be involved. Each employee is expected to adhere to the highest standard of professional and ethical conduct and should be sensitive to situations that may give rise to an actual conflict or the appearance of a conflict with our clients’ interests, or have the potential to cause damage to the Manulife Asset Management (US) or its affiliates’ reputation. To this end, each employee must act with integrity, honesty, dignity and in a highly ethical
manner. Each employee is also required to comply with all applicable securities laws. Moreover, each employee must exercise reasonable care and professional judgment to avoid engaging in actions that put the image of Manulife Asset Management (US) or its reputation at risk. While it is not possible to anticipate all instances of potential conflict or unprofessional conduct, the standard is clear. Any covered employee failing to do so may be subject to disciplinary action, including financial penalties and termination of employment in conjunction with the Manulife Asset Management (US) Schedule of Fines and Sanctions or as determined by Senior Management of Manulife Asset Management (US).
This Code recognizes that our fiduciary obligation extends across all of our affiliates, satisfies our regulatory obligations and sets forth the policy regarding employee conduct in those situations in which conflicts with our clients’ interests are most likely to develop.
 
1  “Covered employees” includes all “supervised persons” as defined under SEC Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).

I


 

(CODE OF ETHICS LOGO)
Table of Contents
         
Section 1: General Principles
    1  
Section 2: To Whom Does This Code Apply?
    1  
Section 3: Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements?
    4  
Preferred Brokerage Account Requirements:
    5  
Section 4: Overview of Policies
    6  
Section 5: Policies in the Code of Ethics
    7  
Restriction on Gifts
    7  
John Hancock Affiliated Funds Reporting Requirement and Holding Period
    7  
Pre-clearance Requirement of Securities Transactions
    8  
Pre-clearance of Manulife Financial Corporation securities
    8  
Heightened Pre-clearance of Securities Transactions for “Significant Personal Positions”
    9  
Ban on Short-Term Profits
    9  
Ban on IPO’s
    9  
Ban on Speculative Transactions in MFC
    10  
Ban on Restricted Securities
    10  
Excessive Trading
    10  
Disclosure of Private Placement Conflicts
    10  
Seven Day Blackout Period
    10  
Restriction on Securities under Active Consideration
    11  
Section 6: Policies Outside of the Code of Ethics
    11  
MFC Code of Business Conduct & Ethics
    11  
Manulife Asset Management (US) Insider Trading Policy
    12  
Manulife Asset Management (US) Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy
    12  
MFC Anti-Fraud Policy
    12  
MFC Electronic Communications Disclosure Guidelines
    12  
Section 7: Reports and Other Disclosures outside the Code of Ethics
    13  
Broker Letter/Duplicate Confirm Statements
    13  
Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts
    13  
Section 8: Reporting Requirements and Other Disclosures inside the Code of Ethics
    14  
Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Report
    14  
Reporting of Gifts, Donations, and Inheritances
    14  
Trading in Broad Based Stock Index Futures and Options
    14  
Quarterly Transaction Certification
    14  
Quarterly Brokerage Account Certification
    15  
Annual Certification of the Code
    16  
Section 9: Reporting Violations
    16  
Section 10: Interpretation and Enforcement
    16  
Section 11: Exemptions & Appeals
    17  
Section 12: Education of Employees
    17  
Section 13: Recordkeeping
    17  
Section Appendix A: Access Person Categories
    17  
Section Appendix B: Affiliated Funds — December 2009
    19  
Section Appendix C: Pre-clearance Procedures
    27  
Section Appendix D: Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts
    29  
Section Appendix E: Manulife Asset Management (US) Schedule of Fines and Sanctions
    30  
Section Appendix F: Chief Compliance Officer and Compliance Contacts
    31  
(GRAPHIC)
II

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
1: General Principles
Each covered employee within the Manulife Asset Management (US) organization is responsible for maintaining the very highest ethical standards when conducting our business.
This means that:
    You have a fiduciary duty at all times to place the interests of our clients and fund investors first.
 
    All of your personal securities transactions must be conducted consistent with the provisions of the Code that apply to you and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or other abuse of your position of trust and responsibility.
 
    You should not take inappropriate advantage of your position or engage in any fraudulent or manipulative practice (such as front-running or manipulative market timing) with respect to our clients’ accounts or fund investors.
 
    You must treat as confidential any information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of clients or fund investors.
 
    You must comply with all applicable federal securities laws, which, for purposes of the Code, means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.
 
    The term “Employee” for purposes of this Code, includes all employees, including temporary personnel compensated directly by Manulife Asset Management (US) and other temporary personnel to the extent that their tenure with Manulife Asset Management (US) exceeds 90 days.
 
    All employees are subject to this Code and adherence to the Code is a basic condition of employment. If an employee has any doubt as to the appropriateness of any activity, believes that he or she has violated the Code, or becomes aware of a violation of the Code by another employee, he or she should promptly consult the Chief Compliance Officer of Manulife Asset Management (US) — see Appendix F .
 
    It is essential that you understand and comply with the general principles, noted above, in letter and in spirit as no set of rules can anticipate every possible problem or conflict situation.
As described in section 10 “Interpretation and Enforcement” on page 18 of the Code, failure to comply with the general principles and the provisions of the Code may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
2: To Whom Does This Code Apply?
This Code applies to you if you are:
A director, officer or other “supervised employee” 2 of Manulife Asset Management (US);
Please note that if a policy described below applies to you, it also applies to all accounts over which you have a beneficial interest. Normally, you will be deemed to have a beneficial interest in your personal accounts, those of a spouse, “significant other,” minor children or family members sharing the same household, as well as all accounts over which you have discretion or give advice or information. “Significant others” are defined for these purposes as two people who (1) share the same primary residence; (2) share living expenses; and (3) are in a committed relationship and intend to remain in the relationship indefinitely.
There are three categories for persons covered by the Code, taking into account their positions, duties and access to information regarding fund portfolio trades. You have been notified about which of these categories applies to you, based on Code of Ethics Administration’s understanding of your current role.
 
2   A “supervised employee” is defined by the Advisers Act to mean a partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) or employee, as well as any other person who provides advice on behalf of the adviser and is subject to the adviser’s supervision and control. However, in reliance on the Prudential no-action letter, Manulife Asset Management (US) does not treat as a “supervised employee” any of its “non-advisory personnel”, as defined below. In reliance on the Prudential no-action letter, Manulife Asset Management (US) treats as an “advisory person” any “supervised employee” who is involved, directly, or indirectly, in Manulife Asset Management (US)’s investment advisory activities, as well as any “supervised employee” who is an “access person”. Manulife Asset Management (US) treats as “non-advisory personnel”, and does not treat as a “supervised person”, those individuals who have no involvement, directly or indirectly, in Manulife Asset Management (US)’s investment advisory activities, and who are not “access persons”
(GRAPHIC)

1


 

(CODE OF ETHICS LOGO)
If you have a level of investment access beyond your assigned category, or if you are promoted or change duties and as a result should more appropriately be included in a different category, it is your responsibility to notify Code of Ethics Administration.sharing the same household, as well as all accounts over which you have discretion or give advice or information. “Significant others” are defined for these purposes as two people who (1) share the same primary residence;
(2) share living expenses; and (3) are in a committed relationship and intend to remain in the relationship indefinitely.
(GRAPHIC)


 

(CODE OF ETHICS LOGO)
Access Person Categories:
The basic definitions of three categories, with examples, are provided below. The more detailed definitions of each category are attached as Appendix A .
         
“Access Level I”   “Access Level II”   “Access Level III”
Investment Access   Regular Access   Periodic Access
A person who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities for any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account advised by Manulife Asset Management (US) 3 .

Examples:
  A person who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has regular access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account advised by Manulife Asset Management (US) who has regular access to securities recommendations that are made to clients of Manulife Asset Management (US).

Examples:
  A person who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has periodic access to non-public information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account advised by Manulife Asset Management (US).

Examples:
 
       
  Portfolio Managers
 
  Office of the CCO
 
  Business Financial Analysts
  Analysts
 
  Investment Operations
 
  Technical Associates
  Traders
 
  Administration
 
  Select Technical Resources Associates
  Administrative Personnel for Access Level I Persons
 
  Technology Resources Personnel
   
 
 
  Private Client Group Personnel
   
 
 
  Legal Staff
   
 
 
  Sales/Marketing
   
 
 
  Client Service & Products
   
 
 
  Administrative Personnel for Access Level II Persons
   
 
3   A John Hancock Affiliated Fund includes any fund advised by either John Hancock Advisers, LLC or John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“John Hancock Advisers”). A complete list of the John Hancock Affiliated Funds is included in appendix B.
(GRAPHIC)


 

(CODE OF ETHICS)
3: Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements?
If the Code describes “Personal Trading Requirements” (i.e., John Hancock Mutual Fund reporting requirement and holding period, the pre-clearance requirement, the ban on short-term profits, the ban on IPO’s, the disclosure of private placement conflicts and the reporting requirements) that apply to your access category as described above, then the requirements apply to trades for any account in which you have a beneficial interest. A covered employee is considered to have a beneficial interest in any transaction in which the employee has the opportunity to directly or indirectly profit or share in the profit derived from the securities transacted. An employee is presumed to have a beneficial interest in, and therefore an obligation to pre-clear and report, the following:
    Securities owned by a covered employee in his or her name.
 
    Securities owned by an individual covered employee indirectly through an account or investment vehicle for his or her benefit, such as an IRA, family trust or family partnership.
 
    Securities owned in which the covered employee has a joint ownership interest, such as property owned in a joint brokerage account.
 
    Securities owned by trusts, private foundations or other charitable accounts for which the covered employee has investment discretion (other than client accounts of the firm).
Typically, this includes your personal accounts, those of a spouse, “significant other,” minor children or family members sharing your household, as well as all accounts over which you have discretion or give advice or information. This includes all brokerage accounts that contain securities (including brokerage accounts that only contain securities exempt from reporting, e.g., brokerage accounts holding shares of non-affiliated mutual funds).
This also includes all accounts holding John Hancock Affiliated Funds as well as accounts in the Manulife Asset Management (US) Share Ownership Plan.
Accounts over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control are exempt. To prevent potential violations of the Code, you are strongly encouraged to submit a written request for clarification for any accounts that are in question.
These personal trading requirements do not apply to the following securities:
    Direct obligations of the U.S. Government (e.g., treasury securities) and indirect obligations of the U.S. Government having less than one year to maturity;
 
    Securities Futures and options on direct obligations of the U.S. Government;
 
    Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of
 
    deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements;
 
    Shares issued by money market funds and all other open-end mutual funds registered under the 1940 Act that are not advised or sub-advised by a John Hancock Adviser or another Manulife entity 4 ;
 
    Commodities and options and futures on commodities;
 
    Securities in accounts over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control;
 
    Variable insurance products not managed by a John Hancock Adviser or another Manulife entity; and
 
    Foreign currency transactions.
Except as noted above, the Personal Trading Requirements apply to all securities, including the following and therefore must be precleared and reported:
    Stocks;
 
    Bonds;
 
    Government securities that are not direct obligations of the U.S. Government, such as Fannie Mae, or municipal securities, in each case that mature in more than one year;
 
    John Hancock Affiliated Funds;
 
    Closed-end funds;
 
    Options on securities, on indexes, and on currencies;
 
    Broad based stock index futures and options 5 ;
 
    Interest rate swaps;
 
    Limited partnerships and limited liability company
 
    interests;
 
4  Different requirements apply to shares of John Hancock Affiliated Funds. See the section titled “John Hancock Affiliated Funds Reporting Requirement and Holding Period” on page 8 of this Code. A list of Affiliated Funds can be found in Appendix B.
5  No pre-clearance requirement on broad based stock index futures and options but trading activity in these securities need to be reported. Please see “Trading in Broad Based Stock Index Futures and Options” on page 16 of this Code.
(GRAPHIC)


 

(CODE OF ETHICS LOGO)
    Exchange traded funds;
 
    Domestic unit investment trusts;
 
    Non-US unit investment trusts and non-US mutual funds;
 
    Private investment funds and hedge funds;
 
    Futures, investment contracts or any other instrument that is considered a “security” under the Securities Act of 1933; and
 
    Warrants, rights, etc., whether publicly traded or privately held.
Preferred Brokerage Account Requirements:
This rule applies to new access persons commencing employment after March 1, 2008.
While employed by Manulife Asset Management (US), you must maintain your accounts at one of the preferred brokers approved by Manulife Asset Management (US). The following are the preferred brokers for you to maintain your covered accounts:
    Charles Schwab
 
    Citigroup Smith Barney
 
    E*trade
 
    Fidelity
 
    Merrill Lynch
 
    Morgan Stanley
 
    Scottrade
 
    TDAmeritrade
 
    UBS Financial
Exceptions: With approval from Code of Ethics Administration, you can maintain a brokerage account at a broker/dealer other than the ones listed above if any of the following applies:
    it contains only securities that can’t be transferred;
 
    it exists solely for products or services that one of the above broker/dealers cannot provide;
 
    it exists solely because your spouse’s or significant other’s employer prohibits external covered accounts;
 
    it is managed by a third-party registered investment adviser;
 
    it is restricted to trading interests in non-John Hancock 529 College Savings Plans;
 
    it is associated with an ESOP (employee stock option plan) or an ESPP (employee stock purchase plan) in which a related covered person is the participant;
 
    it is required by a direct purchase plan, a dividend reinvestment plan, or an automatic investment plan with a public company in which regularly scheduled investments are made or planned;
 
    it is required by a trust agreement;
 
    it is associated with an estate of which you are the executor, but not a beneficiary, and your involvement with the account is temporary; or
 
    transferring the account would be inconsistent with other applicable rules.
What do I need to do to comply?
You will need to transfer assets of current brokerage accounts to one of the preferred brokers/dealers listed above within 45 days of commencement of employment and close your current accounts.
Or
You should contact Code of Ethics Administration to obtain an exemption request form to request permission to maintain a brokerage account with a broker/dealer not on Manulife Asset Management (US)’s preferred broker list.
(GRAPHIC)


 

(GRAPHIC)
4: Overview of Policies
                         
    Access Level     Access Level     Access Level  
    I Person     II Person     III Person  
General principles
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Restrictions on gifts
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Reporting requirement and holding period for positions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Pre-clearance requirement
  Yes   Yes   Limited
Pre-clearance requirement for initial public offerings (“IPO’s”)
  Prohibited   Yes   Yes
Heightened pre-clearance of securities transactions for “significant personal positions”
  Yes   No   No
Pre-clearance requirement on private placements/limited offerings
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Ban on IPO’s
  Yes   No   No
Ban on short-term profits
  Yes   Yes   No
Seven day blackout period rule
  Yes   Yes   No
Ban on speculative trading in Manulife Financial Corporation stock
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Reporting of gifts, donations, and inheritances
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Duplicate confirms & statements
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Initial & annual certification of the Code
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Initial & annual holdings reporting
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Quarterly personal transaction reporting
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Disclosure of private placement conflicts
  Yes   No   No
Manulife Financial Corporation Code of Business Conduct & Ethics
  Yes   Yes   Yes
John Hancock Insider Trading Policy
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Policy regarding dissemination of portfolio information
  Yes   Yes   Yes
Investment Professional Personal Security Ownership Disclosure
  Yes   No   No
     
6   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
5: Policies in the Code of Ethics
Restriction on Gifts
Applies to: All Access Levels
You and your family cannot accept preferential treatment or favors (e.g., gifts) from securities brokers/ dealers or other organizations with which Manulife Asset Management (US) might transact business, except in accordance with the Manulife Financial Corporation (MFC) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and Manulife Asset Management (US) Gift Policy. For the protection of both you and Manulife Asset Management (US), the appearance of a possible conflict of interest must be avoided. You may not accept travel and lodging which is paid for by someone other than Manulife Asset Management (US) without prior approval from your business head and your Chief Compliance Officer. The purpose of this policy is to minimize the basis for any charge that you used your Manulife Asset Management (US) position to obtain for yourself opportunities which otherwise would not be offered to you.
John Hancock Affiliated Funds Reporting Requirement and Holding Period
Applies to: All Access Levels
You must follow the reporting requirement and the holding period requirement specified below if you purchase either:
    a “John Hancock Mutual Fund” (i.e., a 1940 Act Mutual Fund that is advised or sub-advised by John Hancock Advisers or by another Manulife entity);
 
    a “John Hancock Variable Product” (i.e., contracts funded by insurance company separate accounts that use one or more portfolios of John Hancock Trust); or
 
    any other mutual fund advised or sub advised by Manulife Asset Management (US)
The reporting requirement and the holding period requirement for positions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds do not include money market funds and any dividend reinvestment, payroll deduction, systematic investment/withdrawal and/or other program trades.
Reporting Requirement: You must report your holdings and your trades in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund held in an outside brokerage account. This is not a pre-clearance requirement, you can report your holdings after you trade by submitting duplicate confirmation statements to Code of Ethics Administration. If you are an Access Level I Person, Access Level II Person, or Access Level III Person, you must also make sure that your holdings in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund are included in your Initial Holdings Report (upon hire or commencement of access designation).
If you purchase a John Hancock Variable Product, you must notify Code of Ethics Administration of your contract or policy number.
Code of Ethics Administration will rely on the operating groups of John Hancock for administration of trading activity, holdings and monitoring of market timing policies for John Hancock Affiliated Funds. Accordingly employees will not be required to file duplicate transaction and holdings reports for these products as long as the accounts holding these products are held with the respective John Hancock operating group, i.e. John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. and the contract administrators supporting the John Hancock variable products.
Code of Ethics Administration will have access to this information upon request.
Holding Requirement: You cannot profit from the purchase and sale of a John Hancock Affiliated Fund advised by Manulife Asset Management (US) within 30 calendar days. The purpose of this policy is to address the risk, real or perceived, of manipulative market timing or other abusive practices involving short-term personal trading in the John Hancock Affiliated Funds. Any profits realized on short-term trades must be surrendered by check payable to John Hancock Advisers, LLC, which will be contributed to a charity of its choice. You may request an exemption from this policy for involuntary sales due to unforeseen corporate activity (such as a merger), or for sales due to hardship reasons (such as unexpected medical expenses) by sending an e-mail to the Chief Compliance Officer.
     
7   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
Pre-clearance Requirement of Securities Transactions
Applies to: Access Level I and Access Level II Persons Also, for a limited category of trades : Access Level III Persons
Access Level I Persons and Access Level II Persons: If you are an Access Level I Person or Access Level II Person, you must “pre-clear” (i.e., receive advance approval of) any personal securities transactions in the categories described in Section 3 : “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code.
Clearance for personal securities transactions will be in effect solely for the day on which they were approved.
Due to this pre-clearance requirement, participation in investment clubs and special orders, such as “good until canceled orders” and “limit orders,” are prohibited.
Place day orders only, i.e., orders that automatically expire at the end of the trading session. Be sure to check the status of all orders at the end of the trading day and cancel any orders that have not been executed. If any Access Person leaves an order open and it is executed the next day (or later), the transaction will constitute a violation of the Code.
Limited Category of Trades for Access Level III Persons: If you are an Access Level III Person, you must pre-clear transactions in securities of any closed-end funds advised by Manulife Asset Management (US) or a John Hancock Adviser, as well as transactions in IPO’s, private placements and limited offerings. An Access Level III Person is not required to pre-clear other trades. However, please keep in mind that an Access Level III Person is required to report securities transactions after every trade (even those that are not required to be pre-cleared) by requiring your broker to submit duplicate confirmation statements, as described in section 7 of the Code.
Pre-clearance of IPO’s, Private Placements and Limited Offerings: Pre-clearance requests for these securities require some special considerations; the decision will take into account whether, for example: (1) the investment opportunity should be reserved for Manulife Asset Management (US) clients; and (2) is it being offered to you because of your position with Manulife Asset Management (US) and other relevant factors on a case-by-case basis. A separate procedure should be followed for requesting pre-clearance on these securities. See Appendix C .
Pre-clearance of Manulife Financial Corporation securities
Applies to: Access Level I and Access Level II Persons
All personal transactions in MFC securities including stock, company issued options, and any other securities such as debt must be pre-cleared excluding trades in the Manulife Asset Management (US) Share Ownership Plan.
Pre-clearance Process: You may pre-clear a trade through the Personal Trading & Reporting System by following the steps outlined in the pre-clearance procedures. See Appendix C .
Please note that:
    You may not trade until clearance approval is received
 
    Clearance approval is valid only for the date granted (i.e., the pre-clearance requested date and the trade date should be the same)
 
    A separate procedure should be followed for requesting pre-clearance of an IPO, a private placement, a limited offering as detailed in Appendix C .
Code of Ethics Administration must maintain a five-year record of all pre-clearances of private placement purchases by Access Level I Persons, and the reasons supporting the clearances.
The pre-clearance policy is designed to proactively identify potential “problem trades” that raise front-running, manipulative market timing or other conflict of interest concerns (i.e., when an Access Level I Person trades a security on the same day as a John Hancock Affiliated Fund). Certain transactions in securities that would normally require pre-clearance are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement in the following situations: (1) shares are being purchased as part of an automatic investment plan; (2) shares are being purchased as part of a dividend reinvestment plan; or (3) transactions are being made in an account over which you have designated a third party as having discretion to trade (you must have approval from the Chief Compliance Officer to establish a discretionary account).
     
8   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
Heightened Pre-clearance of Securities Transactions for “Significant Personal Positions”
Applies to: Access Level I Persons
If you are an Access Level I Person with a personal securities position that is worth $100,000 or more, this is deemed to be a “Significant Personal Position”. This applies to any personal securities positions in the categories described above in the section “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements”. Before you make personal trades to establish, increase or decrease a Significant Personal Position, you must notify either the Chief Fixed Income Officer or the Chief Equity Officer that (1) you intend to trade in a Significant Personal Position and (2) confirm that you are not aware of any clients for whom related trades should be completed first. You must receive their pre-approval to proceed. Their approval will be based on their conclusion that your personal trade in a Significant Personal Position will not “front-run” any action that John Hancock Affiliated Funds should take for a client. This heightened pre-clearance requirement is in addition to, not in place of, the regular pre-clearance requirement described above—you must also receive the regular pre-clearance before you trade.
Ban on Short-Term Profits
Applies to: Access Level I and Access Level II Persons
If you are an Access Level I Person or Access Level II Person, you cannot profit from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of the same (or equivalent) securities within 60 calendar days. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described in Section 3 : “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code, except for personal security trades of John Hancock Affiliated Funds which you can not profit from within 30 days.
You may invest in derivatives, excluding certain equity options on MFC securities 6 or sell short provided the transaction period exceeds the 60-day holding period. Remember, if you donate or gift a security, it is considered a sale and is subject to this rule.
This restriction does not apply to trading within a sixty calendar day period if you do not realize a profit.
The purpose of this policy is to address the risk, real or perceived, of front-running, manipulative market timing or other abusive practices involving short-term personal trading. Any profits in excess of $100.00 realized on short-term trades must be surrendered by check payable to John Hancock Advisers, LLC, which will be contributed to a charity of its choice.
You may request an exemption from this policy for involuntary sales due to unforeseen corporate activity (such as a merger), or for sales due to hardship reasons (such as unexpected medical expenses) from Code of Ethics Administration. In addition, transactions in securities with the following characteristics will typically be granted an exemption from this provision.
Large Cap Securities Exception: Pre-clearance requests in a security with a market capitalization of $5 billion or more would, in most cases, not be subject to, the ban on short-term profits rule because management determined that transactions in these types of companies do not present any conflict of interest to the John Hancock Affiliated Funds.
Ban on IPO’s
Applies to: Access Level I Persons
If you are an Access Level I Person, you may not acquire securities in an IPO. You may not purchase any newly-issued securities until the next business (trading) day after the offering date. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described above in the section “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements”.
There are two main reasons for this prohibition: (1) these purchases may suggest that persons have taken inappropriate advantage of their positions for personal profit; and (2) these purchases may create at least the appearance that an investment opportunity that should have been available to the Manulife Asset Management (US) clients was diverted to the personal benefit of an individual employee.
You may request an exemption for certain investments that do not create a potential conflict of interest, such as: (1) securities of a mutual bank or mutual insurance company received as compensation in a demutualization and other similar non-voluntary stock acquisitions; (2) fixed rights offerings; or (3) a family member’s participation as a form of employment compensation in their employer’s IPO.
 
6   You may not buy put options and sell call options or sell short securities of MFC.
     
9   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
Ban on Speculative Transactions in MFC
Applies to: All Access Levels
All Covered employees under this Code are prohibited from engaging in speculative transactions involving securities of MFC, since these transactions might be seen as evidencing a lack of confidence in, and commitment to, the future of MFC or as reducing the incentive to maximize the performance of MFC and its stock price. Accordingly, all covered employees, as well as their family members, are prohibited from entering into any transaction involving MFC securities for their personal account which falls into the following categories:
    Short sales of MFC securities
 
    Buying put options or selling call options on MFC securities
Ban on Restricted Securities
Applies to: All Access Levels
No pre-clearance will be approved for securities appearing on the Manulife Asset Management (US) Restricted List.
Securities are placed on the Restricted List if:
    Manulife Asset Management (US) or a member of Manulife Asset Management (US) has received material non-public inside information on a security or company; or
 
    In the judgment of the Legal Department, circumstances warrant addition of a security to this list
The Restricted List is a confidential list of companies that is maintained in the possession of the Legal Department.
Excessive Trading
Applies to: All Access Levels
While active personal trading may not in and of itself raise issues under applicable laws and regulations, we believe that a very high volume of personal trading can be time consuming and can increase the possibility of actual or apparent conflicts with portfolio transactions. Accordingly, an unusually high level of personal trading activity is strongly discouraged and may be monitored by Code of Ethics Administration to the extent appropriate for the category of person, and a pattern of excessive trading may lead to the taking of appropriate action under the Code.
An Access Person effecting more than 45 trades in a quarter, or redeeming shares of a John Hancock Affiliated Fund within 30 days of purchase, should expect additional scrutiny of his or her trades and he or she may be subject to limitations on the number of trades allowed during a given period.
Disclosure of Private Placement Conflicts
Applies to: Access Level I Persons
If you are an Access Level I Person and you own securities purchased in a private placement, you must disclose that holding when you participate in a decision to purchase or sell that same issuer’s securities for a John Hancock Affiliated Fund. This applies to any private placement holdings in the categories described above in Section 3 : “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code. Private placements are securities exempt from SEC registration under section 4(2), section 4(6) and/or rules 504 — 506 under the Securities Act.
The investment decision must be subject to an independent review by investment personnel with no personal interest in the issuer.
The purpose of this policy is to provide appropriate scrutiny in situations in which there is a potential conflict of interest.
Seven Day Blackout Period
Applies to: Access Level I and Access Level II Persons
Blackout Periods: No Access person may engage in covered security transactions involving securities or instruments which the access person knows are actively contemplated for transactions on behalf of clients, even through no buy or sell orders have been placed. This restriction applies from the moment that an access person has been informed in any fashion that any Portfolio Manager intends to purchase or sell a specific security or instrument. In this area each access person must exercise caution to avoid actions which, to his or her knowledge, are in conflict or in competition with the interests of clients.
An Access Level I Person is prohibited from buying or selling a security within seven calendar days before and after that security is traded for a fund that the person manages unless no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security (as determined by Senior Management of Manulife Asset Management (US).
     
10   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
In addition, Access Level I and Access Level II Persons are prohibited from knowingly buying or selling a security within seven calendar days before and after that security is traded for a John Hancock Affiliated Fund unless no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described above in section 3 : “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code. If a John Hancock Affiliated Fund trades in a security within seven calendar days before or after an Access Level I and Access Level II Person trades in that security, the person may be required to demonstrate that he or she did not know that the trade was being considered for that John Hancock Affiliated Fund.
You will be required to sell any security purchased in violation of this policy unless it is determined that no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security (as determined by Senior Management of Manulife Asset Management (US). Any profits realized on trades determined by Senior Management of Manulife Asset Management (US) to be in violation of this policy must be surrendered by check payable to John Hancock Advisers, LLC, which will be contributed to a charity of its choice.
Restriction on Securities under Active Consideration
Applies to: Access Level I and Access Level II Persons
Access Level I and Access Level II Persons are prohibited from buying or selling a security if the security is under active consideration by a John Hancock Affiliated Fund.
Exceptions: The Personal Trading and Reporting System will utilize the following exception criteria when determining approval or denial of pre-clearances requests:
De Minimis Trading Rule: Pre-clearance requests for 500 shares or less of a particular security with a market value of $25,000.00 or less, aggregated daily, would, in most cases, not be subject to the blackout period restrictions and the restriction on actively traded securities because management has determined that transactions of this size do not present any conflict of interest as long as the requestor is not associated with the conflicting fund or account.
Large Cap Securities Exception: Pre-clearance requests in a security with a market capitalization of $5 billion or more would in most cases, not be subject to the blackout period restrictions and the restriction on actively traded securities because management determined that transactions in these types of companies do not present any conflict of interest as long as the requestor is not associated with the conflicting fund or account.
6: Policies Outside of the Code of Ethics
Information acquired in connection with employment by the organization, including information regarding actual or contemplated investment decisions, portfolio composition, research, research recommendations, firm activities, or client interests, is confidential and may not be used in any way that might be contrary to, or in conflict with the interests of clients or the firm. Employees are reminded that certain clients have specifically required their relationship with Manulife Asset Management (US) to be treated confidentially.
There are certain policies that apply to Manulife Asset Management (US) that are not part of the Code, but are equally important. Five important policies are the: (1) Manulife Asset Management (US) Code of Business Conduct & Ethics; (2) John Hancock Insider Trading Policy; (3) Manulife Asset Management (US) Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy; (4) Manulife Financial Corporation Anti-Fraud Policy; and (5) Electronic Communication Disclosure Guidelines.
MFC Code of Business Conduct & Ethics
Applies to: All Covered Employees
The MFC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “MFC Code”) provides standards for ethical behavior when representing the Company and when dealing with employees, field representatives, customers, investors, external suppliers, competitors, government authorities and the public.
The MFC Code applies to directors, officers and employees of MFC, its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates. Sales representatives and third party business associates are also expected to abide by all applicable provisions of the MFC Code and adhere to the principles and values set out in the MFC Code when representing Manulife to the public or performing services for, or on behalf of, Manulife.
Other important issues in the MFC Code include:
    MFC values — P.R.I.D.E.;
 
    Ethics in workplace;
 
    Ethics in business relationships;
 
    Misuse of inside information;
 
    Receiving or giving of gifts, entertainment or favors;
     
11   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
    Misuse or misrepresentation of your corporate position;
 
    Disclosure of confidential or proprietary information;
 
    Disclosure of outside business activities;
 
    Antitrust activities; and
 
    Political campaign contributions and expenditures relating to public officials.
Manulife Asset Management (US) Insider Trading Policy
Applies to: All Covered Employees
The antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws generally prohibit persons with material non-public information from trading on or communicating the information to others. Sanctions for violations can include civil injunctions, permanent bars from the securities industry, civil penalties up to three times the profits made or losses avoided, criminal fines and jail sentences. While Access Level I Persons are most likely to come in contact with material non-public information, the rules (and sanctions) in this area apply to all persons covered under this code and extend to activities both related and unrelated to your job duties.
The Manulife Asset Management (US) Insider Trading Policy (the “Insider Trading Policy”) covers a number of important issues, such as:
    The misuse of material non-public information;
 
    The information barrier procedure;
 
    The “restricted list”; and
 
    Broker letters and duplicate confirmation statements (see section 7: “Reports and Other Disclosures outside the Code of Ethics” on page 15 of the Code).
Manulife Asset Management (US) Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy
Applies to: All Covered Employees
Information about securities held in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund or any other client portfolio sub-advised by Manulife Asset Management (US) cannot be disclosed except in accordance with the Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy, which generally requires time delays of approximately one month and public posting of the information to ensure that it uniformly enters the public domain.
MFC Anti-Fraud Policy
Applies to: All Covered Employees
The prevention, identification, and detection of fraud are vital to Manulife Financial Corporation. The Anti-Fraud Policy describes the framework within which the Company strives to: (1) prevent, identify, and detect fraud; and (2) ensures that adequate controls are in place to accomplish those objectives.
Suspicions or allegations of possible fraud, fraudulent activity, and dishonest activity in relation to the Company shall be handled by all MFC directors, officers, and employees on a timely basis and with the utmost care. Failure to do so may result in a wide range of risks, including but not limited to reputation risk to the Company.
To maintain the Company’s reputation for conducting business with integrity, any suspicion or allegation of fraud, fraudulent activity, or dishonest activity, in relation to the Company shall be reported promptly and according to the Reporting Protocols and Responsibilities described in the Policy.
MFC Electronic Communications Disclosure Guidelines
Applies to: All Covered Employees
Employees must use e-mail in a professional manner and must not engage in any activity which contravenes the Manulife Financial Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Manulife Code of Conduct”) and all e-mail content, attachments, tag lines or signatures must be consistent with the Manulife Code of Conduct.
Employees are reminded that their corporate e-mail address is a Company address and that all correspondence received and sent via e-mail is to be considered corporate correspondence.
Manulife prohibits its employees from participating in Internet chat rooms or newsgroups in discussions relating to the Company or its securities.
Communications over the Internet via e-mail may not be secure. Employees should be aware of the danger of transmitting the Company’s confidential information externally via unencrypted e-mail.
If an employee becomes aware of a rumor on a chat room, newsgroup or any other source, that may have a significant effect on the price of the Company’s share price, they should notify Corporate Communications.
     
12   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
Non-compliance with these Guidelines may result in disciplinary action against an employee, up to and including termination of employment.
The complete policies can be found on MFCentral under Company Policies/Global Compliance/ Policies.
7: Reports and Other Disclosures outside the Code of Ethics
Broker Letter/Duplicate Confirm Statements
Applies to: All Access Levels
In accordance with Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act, you are required to report to Code of Ethics Administration each transaction in any reportable security. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described above in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code, as well as trades in John Hancock Affiliated Funds.
To comply with these rules noted above you are required by this Code and by the Insider Trading Policy to inform your broker/dealer that you are employed by a financial institution. Your broker/dealer is subject to certain rules designed to prevent favoritism toward your accounts. You may not accept negotiated commission rates that you believe may be more favorable than the broker grants to accounts with similar characteristics.
When a brokerage account in which you have a beneficial interest is opened you must do the following before any trades are made:
    Notify the broker/dealer with which you are opening an account that you are an employee of Manulife Asset Management (US) and whether or not you are registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority;
 
    Notify Code of Ethics Administration, in writing, to disclose the new brokerage account before you place any trades,
Code of Ethics Administration will notify the broker/ dealer to have duplicate written confirmations of any trade, as well as statements or other information concerning the account, sent to John Hancock, Code of Ethics Administration, 601 Congress Street, 11th Floor, Boston, MA 02210-2805.
Code of Ethics Administration may rely on information submitted by your broker as part of your reporting requirements under the Code.
Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts
Applies to: Access Level I Persons
As an investment professional, you must promptly disclose your direct or indirect beneficial interest in a security that is under consideration for purchase or sale in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund or Client account. See Appendix D.
Applies to: All Access Levels
Outside Activities: All outside business affiliations (e.g., directorships, officerships or trusteeships) of any kind or membership in investment organizations (e.g., an investment club) must be approved by the Employee’s Business Manager and cleared by the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel prior to the acceptance of such a position to ensure that such affiliations do not present a conflict with our clients’ interests. New Employees are required to disclose all outside business affiliations to their Business Manager upon joining the firm. As a general matter, directorships in public companies or companies that may reasonably be expected to become public companies will not be authorized because of the potential for conflicts that may impede our freedom to act in the best interests of clients. Service with charitable organizations generally will be authorized, subject to considerations related to time required during working hours, use of proprietary information and disclosure of potential conflicts of interest. Employees who engage in outside business and charitable activities are not acting in their capacity as employees of Manulife Asset Management (US) and may not use Manulife Asset Management (US)’s name.
Outside Employment: Employees who are officers of the firm may not seek additional employment outside of Manulife Asset Management (US) without the prior written approval of the Human Resources Department. All new Employees are required to disclose any outside employment to the Human Resources Department upon joining the firm.
     
13   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
8: Reporting Requirements and Other Disclosures inside the Code of Ethics
Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Report
Applies to: All Access Levels
In accordance with Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act; you must file an initial holdings report within 10 calendar days after becoming an Access Person. The information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to your becoming an Access Person.
In addition, on an annual basis you must also certify to an annual holdings report within 45 calendar days after the required certification date determined by Code of Ethics Administration. The information in the report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report is submitted. This applies to any personal securities holdings in the categories described in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” found on page 4 of the Code. It also includes holdings in John Hancock Affiliated Funds, including holdings in the John Hancock 401(k) plan and variable insurance contracts issued by John Hancock.
You will receive an annual holdings certification request from Code of Ethics Administration. Your annual holdings certification requirement will ask you to log into the John Hancock Personal Trading and Reporting System to certify that the system has accurately captured all your reportable security holdings as of the certification date.
Holdings in John Hancock Affiliated Funds & John Hancock Variable Products must be reported if these holdings are held in an outside brokerage account.
Group Savings and Retirement Services is charged with the administration of the Global Share Ownership Plan. Accordingly employees will not be required to file a duplicate holding report for the shares held in this plan. Code of Ethics Administration will have access to this information upon request.
Prior to certifying, access persons must ensure that they provide all covered holdings on their initial holdings report and further ensure that Code of Ethics Administration capture all covered holdings on their annual reporting requirement. An access person that fails to file by the specified deadline, 10 days on initial reporting and 45 days for annual reporting will, at a minimum, be prohibited from engaging in personal trading until the reporting requirement is made and may give rise to other sanctions.
Even if you have no holdings to report you will be asked to complete this requirement.
Reporting of Gifts, Donations, and Inheritances
Applies to: All Access Levels
    If you gift or donate shares of a reportable security it is considered a sale and you must notify Code of Ethics Administration of the gift or donation on the date given. You must also make sure the transaction is properly reported on your next quarterly transaction certification.
 
    If you receive a gift or inherit a reportable security you must report the new holding to Code of Ethics Administration in a timely manner and you must make sure the holding is properly reported on your next annual holdings certification.
Trading in Broad Based Stock Index Futures and Options
Applies to: All Access Levels
The following Index securities do not require your pre-clearance, yet do require you to report these transactions:
    Options on, or exchange-traded funds that track, the S&P 100, S&P Midcap 400, S&P 500, FTSE 100, and Nikkei 225
Quarterly Transaction Certification
Applies to: All Access Levels
In accordance with Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act, on a quarterly basis, all access persons are required to certify that all covered transactions in their brokerage accounts, as well as transactions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds, have been effected in accordance with the Code. Within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, you will be asked to log into the John Hancock Personal Trading and Reporting System to certify that the system has accurately captured all transactions for the preceding calendar quarter for accounts and trades which are required to be reported pursuant to section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code.
     
14   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
Transactions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds and John Hancock Variable Products must be reported if these transactions are executed in an outside brokerage account.
Group Savings and Retirement Services is charged with the administration of the Global Share Ownership Plan. Accordingly employees will not be required to file a duplicate transaction report for this plan. Code of Ethics Administration will have access to this information upon request.
All access persons are required to certify a quarterly report, even if there were no reportable transactions during the quarter.
Prior to certifying, access persons should ensure that Code of Ethics Administration has captured all reportable transactions such as:
    Transactions in all covered securities
 
    Gift Transactions
 
    Corporate actions including dividend reinvestments, mergers, stock splits, etc.
For each transaction required to be reported you must certify the following information was captured accurately:
    the date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each reportable security involved;
 
    the nature of the transaction (i.e. purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
 
    the price at which the transaction was effected; and
 
    the name of the broker/dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected.
At the end of each calendar quarter, access persons will be reminded of the reporting requirement. An access person that fails to certify within the 30 calendar day deadline will, at a minimum, be prohibited from engaging in personal trading until the reporting requirement is made and may give rise to other sanctions.
Quarterly Brokerage Account Certification
Applies to: All Access Levels
On a quarterly basis, all Access Persons will be required to certify to a listing of brokerage accounts as described in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code. This includes all brokerage accounts, including brokerage accounts that only contain securities exempt from reporting.
This also includes all accounts holding John Hancock Affiliated Funds and John Hancock Variable Products as well as accounts in the Manulife Asset Management (US) Share Ownership Plan.
All access persons are required to certify a quarterly report, even if there were no existing or new accounts to report.
Prior to certifying, access persons should ensure that Code of Ethics Administration has captured all reportable accounts including any new or closed account during the quarter:
Within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter you will be asked to log into the John Hancock Personal Trading and Reporting System and certify that all brokerage accounts are listed and the following information is accurate:
    Account number;
 
    Account registration; and
 
    Brokerage firm
An access person that fails to file within the 30 calendar day deadline will, at a minimum, be prohibited from engaging in personal trading until the reporting requirement is made and may give rise to other sanctions.
     
15   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
Annual Certification of the Code
Applies to: All Access Levels
At least annually (or additionally when the Code has been materially changed), you must provide a certification at a date designated by Code of Ethics Administration that you:
  1.   have read and understood the Code;
 
  2.   recognize that you are subject to its policies; and
 
  3.   have complied with its requirements
You are required to make this certification to demonstrate that you understand the importance of these policies and your responsibilities under the Code.
An access person that fails to certify within the specified deadline will, at a minimum, be prohibited from engaging in personal trading until the reporting requirement is made and may give rise to other sanctions.
9: Reporting Violations
If you know of any violation of the Code, you have a responsibility to promptly report it to the Chief Compliance Officer. You should also report any deviations from the controls and procedures that safeguard Manulife Asset Management (US) and the assets of our clients.
Since we cannot anticipate every situation that will arise, it is important that we have a way to approach questions and concerns. Always ask first, act later. If you are unsure of what to do in any situation, seek guidance before you act.
Speak to your manager, a member of the Human Resources Department or Law Department or the Chief Compliance Officer if you have:
    a doubt about a particular situation;
 
    a question or concern about a business practice; or
 
    a question about potential conflicts of interest
You may report suspected or potential illegal or unethical behavior without fear of retaliation. Manulife Asset Management (US) does not permit retaliation of any kind for good faith reports of illegal or unethical behavior.
Concerns about potential or suspected illegal or unethical behavior should be referred to a member of the Human Resources or Law Department.
Unethical, unprofessional, illegal, fraudulent or other questionable behavior may also be reported by calling the confidential toll free Ethics Hotline at 1-866-294-9534 or by visiting www.ManulifeEthics.com.
10: Interpretation and Enforcement
Compliance with the Code is expected and violations of its provisions are taken seriously. Employees must recognize that the Code is a condition of employment with Manulife Asset Management (US) and a serious violation of the Code or related policies may result in dismissal. Since many provisions of the Code also reflect provisions of the US Securities Laws, employees should be aware that violations could also lead to regulatory enforcement action resulting in suspension or expulsion from the securities business, fines and penalties, and imprisonment.
The Code cannot anticipate every situation in which personal interests may be in conflict with the interests of our clients and fund investors. You should be responsive to the spirit and intent of the Code as well as its specific provisions.
When any doubt exists regarding any Code provision or whether a conflict of interest with clients or fund investors might exist, you should discuss the situation in advance with the Chief Compliance Officer. The Code is designed to detect and prevent fraud against clients and fund investors, and to avoid the appearance of impropriety.
The Chief Compliance Officer has general administrative responsibility for the Code as it applies to the covered employees; an appropriate member of Code of Ethics Administration will administer procedures to review personal trading activity. Code of Ethics Administration also regularly reviews the forms and reports it receives. If these reviews uncover information that is incomplete, questionable, or potentially in violation of the rules in this document, Code of Ethics Administration will investigate the matter and may contact you.
Senior Management of Manulife Asset Management (US) approves amendments to the Code of Ethics and dispenses sanctions for violations of the Code of Ethics. Accordingly, Code of Ethics Administration will refer violations to Senior Management for review and recommended action based on the Manulife Asset Management (US) Schedule of Fines and Sanctions. See Appendix E.
     
16   (GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)
The following factors will be considered when determining a fine or other disciplinary action:
    the person’s position and function (senior personnel may be held to a higher standard);
 
    the amount of the trade or nature of the violation;
 
    whether the John Hancock Affiliated Funds hold the security and were trading the same day;
 
    whether the violation was by a family member;
 
    whether the person has had a prior violation and which policy was involved; and
 
    whether the employee self-reported the violation
You should be aware that other securities laws and regulations not addressed by the Code may also apply to you, depending on your role at Manulife Asset Management (US).
Manulife Asset Management (US) Senior Management and the Chief Compliance Officer retain the discretion to interpret the Code’s provisions and to decide how they apply to any given situation.
11: Exemptions & Appeals
Exemptions may be granted where warranted by applicable facts and circumstances. If you believe that you have a situation that warrants an exemption to the any of the rules and restrictions of this Code you need to complete a “Pre-Clearance Exemption Request Form” to request approval from Code of Ethics Administration and/or the Chief Compliance Officer.
Sole Discretion Exemption: A transaction does not need to be pre-cleared if it takes place in an account that Code of Ethics Administration has approved in writing as exempt from the pre-clearance requirement. In the sole discretion of Code of Ethics Administration and the Chief Compliance Officer, accounts that will be considered for exclusion from the pre-clearance requirement are only those for which an employee’s securities broker or investment advisor has complete discretion. Employees wishing to seek such an exemption must complete a “Pre-Clearance Waiver Form for Sole Discretion Accounts” and satisfy all requirements.
These forms can be found on the home page of the John Hancock Personal Trading and Reporting System under “Forms and Filings.”
You will be notified of the outcome of your request by the Code of Ethics Administrator and/or the Chief Compliance Officer.
Appeals: If you believe that your request has been incorrectly denied or that an action is not warranted, you may appeal the decision. To make an appeal, you need to give Code of Ethics Administration a written explanation of your reasons for appeal within 30 days of the date that you were informed of the decision. Be sure to include any extenuating circumstances or other factors not previously considered. During the review process, you may, at your own expense, engage an attorney to represent you. Code of Ethics Administration may arrange for senior management or other parties to be part of the review process.
You will be notified of the outcome of your appeal by the Code of Ethics Administrator and/or the Chief Compliance Officer.
12: Education of Employees
The Code constitutes the Code of Ethics required by Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act for Manulife Asset Management (US). Code of Ethics Administration will provide a paper copy or electronic version of the Code (and any amendments) to each person subject to the Code. Code of Ethics Administration will also administer training to employees on the principles and procedures of the Code.
13: Recordkeeping
Code of Ethics Administration will maintain:
    a copy of the current Code for Manulife Asset Management (US) and a copy of each Code of Ethics in effect at any time within the past five years;
 
    a record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, for six years;
 
    a copy of each report made by an Access Person under the Code, for six years (the first two years in a readily accessible place);
 
    a record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were, required to make reports under the Code. This record will also indicate who was responsible for reviewing these reports; and
 
    a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by an Access Level 1 Person of an IPO or an access person of a private placement, for six years
Appendix A: Access Person Categories
(GRAPHIC)

17


 

(GRAPHIC)
You have been notified about which of these categories applies to you, based on Code of Ethics Administration’s understanding of your current role. If you have a level of investment access beyond that category, or if you are promoted or change duties and as a result should more appropriately be included in a different category, it is your responsibility to immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer of your company.
  1.   Access Level I — Investment Access Person: An associate, officer or non-independent board member of Manulife Asset Management (US) who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the John Hancock Affiliated Funds (i.e., Portfolio Managers, Analysts, and Traders).
 
  2.   Access Level II — Regular Access Person: An associate of Manulife Asset Management (US) who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has regular access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or any Client account advised by Manulife Asset Management (US); or who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has regular access to such recommendations that are nonpublic (i.e., Office of the Chief Compliance Officer, Administration, Investment Operations, Administrative Personnel supporting Access Level I Persons, Technology Resources Personnel with access to investment systems, Private Client Group Personnel, and anyone else that Code of Ethics Administration deems to have regular access).
 
  3.   Access Level III — Periodic Access Person: An associate of Manulife Asset Management (US) who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has periodic access to non-public information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or any Client account advised by Manulife Asset Management (US) (i.e., Legal Staff, Client Services and Products, Administrative Personnel supporting Access Level II Persons, and anyone else that Code of Ethics Administration deems to have periodic access).
(GRAPHIC)

18


 

(GRAPHIC)
Appendix B: Affiliated Funds – December 2009
     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS
Name of Trust and Fund(s):   Subadviser for Fund:
Open-End Funds:
   
John Hancock Bond Trust:
   
Government Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
High Yield Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Investment Grade Bond Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
 
   
John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund:
   
California Tax-Free Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
 
   
John Hancock Capital Series:
   
Classic Value Fund
  Pzena Investment Management, LLC
U. S. Global Leaders Growth Fund
  Sustainable Growth Advisers, LP
 
   
John Hancock Current Interest:
   
Money Market Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
 
   
John Hancock Equity Trust:
   
Small Cap Fund (proposed to merge away in Jan)
  Lee Munder Capital Group, LLC
 
   
John Hancock Investment Trust:
   
Balanced Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Global Opportunities Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Large Cap Equity Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Small Cap Intrinsic Value Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Sovereign Investors Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
 
   
John Hancock Investment Trust II:
   
Financial Industries Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Regional Bank Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Small Cap Equity Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
 
   
John Hancock Investment Trust III:
   
Greater China Opportunities Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
 
   
John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust:
   
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Tax-Free Bond Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
(GRAPHIC)

19


 

(GRAPHIC)
     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS (Cont.)
Name of Trust and Fund(s):   Subadviser for Fund:
Open-End Funds:
   
John Hancock Series Trust:
   
Mid Cap Equity Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
 
   
John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund:
   
Bond Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
 
   
John Hancock Strategic Series:
   
Strategic Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
 
   
John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series Fund:
   
Massachusetts Tax-Free Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
New York Tax-Free Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
 
   
Closed-End Funds:
   
Bank & Thrift Opportunity Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Income Securities Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Investors Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Preferred Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Preferred Income Fund II
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Preferred Income Fund III
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC Analytic Investors, LLC
Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund
  Epoch Investment Partners, Inc. / Analytic Investors, Inc.
     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
Active Bond Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC and Declaration Management & Research LLC
Core Diversified Growth & Income Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Core Fundamental Holdings Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Core Global Diversification Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
All Cap Core Fund
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
All Cap Growth Fund
  Invesco AIM Capital Management, Inc.
All Cap Value Fund
  Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC.
Alpha Opportunities Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Alternative Asset Allocation Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Blue Chip Growth Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Capital Appreciation Fund
  Jennison Associates LLC
(GRAPHIC)

20


 

(GRAPHIC)
     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II (Cont.)
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
Core Allocation Plus Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Core Bond Fund
  Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
Emerging Markets Debt Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Emerging Markets Value Fund
  Dimensional Fund Advisers, Inc.
Equity-Income Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Financial Services Fund
  Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Floating Rate Income Fund
  Western Asset Management Company
Fundamental Value Fund
  Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Global Agribusiness Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Global Infrastructure Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Global Timber Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Global Bond Fund
  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Global Fund
  Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Global High Yield Fund
  Stone Harbor Investment Partners LP
Global Real Estate Fund
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
High Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
High Yield Fund
  Western Asset Management Company
Income Fund
  Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Index 500 Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
International Equity Index Fund
  SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
International Opportunities Fund
  Marsico Capital Management, LLC
International Small Cap Fund
  Templeton Investment Counsel LLC
International Small Company Fund
  Dimensional Fund Advisors
International Value Fund
  Templeton Investment Counsel LLC
Investment Quality Bond Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Large Cap Fund
  UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
Large Cap Value Fund
  BlackRock Investment Management LLC
Lifecycle 2010 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2015 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2020 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2025 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2030 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2035 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2040 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2045 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2050 Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
(GRAPHIC)

21


 

(GRAPHIC)
     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II (Cont.)
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Lifestyle Growth Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Mid Cap Index Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Mid Cap Stock Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
  Riversource Investments, LLC
Mid Cap Value Fund
  Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC.
Money Market Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Multi Sector Bond Fund
  Stone Harbor Investment Partners LP
Natural Resources Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Optimized Value Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Real Estate Equity Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Real Estate Securities Fund
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
Real Return Bond Fund
  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Retirement Distribution Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Retirement Rising Distribution Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Science & Technology Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., RCM Capital Management LLC
Short Term Gov’t Income Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Small Cap Growth Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Small Cap Index Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
  Munder Capital Management
Small Cap Value Fund
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Small Company Growth Fund
  AIM Capital Management, Inc.
Small Company Value Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Smaller Company Growth Fund
  Frontier Capital Management Company, LLC; Perimeter Capital Management; Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Spectrum Income Fund
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Strategic Bond Fund
  Western Asset Management Company
Strategic Income Opportunities Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Technical Opportunities
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Total Bond Market Fund
  Declaration Management & Research, LLC
Total Return Fund
  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
(GRAPHIC)

22


 

     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II (Cont.)
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
Total Stock Market Index Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
U.S. Government Securities Fund
  Western Asset Management Company
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
  Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
U.S. Multi Sector Fund
  Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Value & Restructuring Fund
  Columbia Management Advisors
Value Fund
  Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. (Van
 
  Kampen)
Vista Fund
  American Century Investment Management, Inc.
     
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
Classic Value Mega Cap Fund
  Pzena Investment Management, LLC
Core High Yield Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Disciplined Value Fund
  Robeco Investment Management, Inc.
Global Shareholder Yield Fund
  Epoch Investment Partners, Inc.
Growth Opportunities Fund
  GMO, LLC
International Allocation Portfolio
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
International Core Fund
  GMO, LLC
International Growth Fund
  GMO, LLC
Leveraged Companies Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Rainier Growth Fund
  Rainier Investment Management Inc.
Small Company Fund
  Fiduciary Management Associates, LLC
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
U. S. Core Fund
  GMO, LLC
Value Opportunities Fund
  GMO, LLC
     
JOHN HANCOCK TRUST
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
500 Index Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
500 Index Trust B
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Active Bond Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC and Declaration Management & Research LLC
All Cap Core Trust
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and RREEF America LLC
All Cap Growth Trust
  Jennison Associates LLC
All Cap Value Trust
  Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC.
Alpha Opportunities Trust
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
American Asset Allocation Trust
  Capital Research Management Company
American Blue Chip Income and Growth Trust
  Capital Research Management Company
American Bond Trust
  Capital Research Management Company
American Fundamental Holdings Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
American Global Diversification Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
(GRAPHIC)

23


 

     
JOHN HANCOCK TRUST (Cont.)
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
American Global Growth Trust
  Capital Research Management Company
American Global Small Capitalization Trust
  Capital Research Management Company
American Growth Trust
  Capital Research Management Company
American Growth-Income Trust
  Capital Research Management Company
American High-Income Bond Trust
  Capital Research Management Company
American International Trust
  Capital Research Management Company
American New World Trust
  Capital Research Management Company
Balanced Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Blue Chip Growth Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Bond Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Capital Appreciation Trust
  Jennison Associates LLC
Capital Appreciation Value Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Core Allocation Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Core Asset Allocation Plus Trust
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Core Balanced Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Core Balanced Strategy Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Core Bond Trust
  Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
Core Disciplined Diversification Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Core Diversified Growth & Income Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Core Fundamental Holdings Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Core Global Diversification Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Core Strategy Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Disciplined Diversification Trust
  Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc.
Emerging Markets Value Trust
  Dimensional Fund Advisers, Inc.
Equity-Income Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Financial Services Trust
  Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Floating Rate Income Trust
  Western Asset Management Company
Franklin Templeton Founding Allocation Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Fundamental Value Trust
  Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Global Bond Trust
  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Global Trust
  Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Growth Equity Trust
  Rainier Investment Management, Inc.
Growth Opportunities Trust
  Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Growth Trust
  Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Health Sciences Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
High Income Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
High Yield Trust
  Western Asset Management Company Limited
Income Trust
  Franklin Advisers, Inc.
(GRAPHIC)

24


 

(GRAPHIC)
     
JOHN HANCOCK TRUST (Cont.)
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
International Core Trust
  Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
International Equity Index Trust A
  SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
International Equity Index Trust B
  SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
International Growth Trust
  Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
International Index Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
International Opportunities Trust
  Marsico Capital Management, LLC
International Small Company Trust
  Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc.
International Value Trust
  Templeton Investment Counsel LLC
Intrinsic Value Trust
  Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Investment Quality Bond Trust
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Large Cap Trust
  UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
Large Cap Value Trust
  BlackRock Investment Management LLC
Lifecycle 2010 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2015 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2020 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2025 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2030 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2035 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2040 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2045 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifecycle 2050 Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifestyle Aggressive Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Lifestyle Balanced Trust
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
Lifestyle Conservative Trust
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifestyle Growth Trust
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Lifestyle Moderate Trust
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
Mid Cap Index Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Mid Cap Stock Trust
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Mid Cap Value Equity Trust
  Riversource Investments, LLC
Mid Value Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Money Market Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Money Market Trust B
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Mutual Shares Trust
  Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Natural Resources Trust
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Optimized All Cap Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
(GRAPHIC)

25


 

(GRAPHIC)
     
JOHN HANCOCK TRUST (Cont.)
Name of Fund:   Subadviser for Fund:
Optimized Value Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Overseas Equity Trust
  Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC
Real Estate Equity Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Real Estate Securities Trust
  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
Real Return Bond Trust
  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Science & Technology Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and RCM Capital Management LLC
Short-Term Bond Trust
  Declaration Management & Research, LLC
Short Term Government Income Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Small Cap Growth Trust
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Small Cap Index Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Small Cap Opportunities Trust
  Invesco Advisers and Dimensional Fund Advisors LP
Small Cap Value Trust
  Wellington Management Company, LLP
Small Company Growth Trust
  Invesco Advisers
Small Company Value Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Smaller Company Growth Trust
  Frontier Capital Management Company, LLC, Perimeter Capital Management, and Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
Spectrum Income Trust
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Strategic Bond Trust
  Western Asset Management Company
Strategic Income Opportunities Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC and Declaration Management & Research LLC
Total Bond Market Trust A
  Declaration Management & Research LLC
Total Bond Market Trust B
  Declaration Management & Research LLC
Total Return Trust
  Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Total Stock Market Index Trust
  Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited
U.S. Government Securities Trust
  Western Asset Management Company
U.S. High Yield Bond Trust
  Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
U.S. Multi Sector Trust
  Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Utilities Trust
  Massachusetts Financial Services Company
Value Trust
  Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. (Van Kampen)
Value & Restructuring Trust
  Columbia Management Advisors
Value Opportunities Trust
  Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Vista Trust
  American Century Investment Management, Inc.
(GRAPHIC)

26


 

(GRAPHIC)
Appendix C: Pre-clearance Procedures
You should read the Code to determine whether you must obtain a pre-clearance before you enter into a securities transaction. If you are required to obtain a pre-clearance, you should follow the procedures detailed below.
Pre-clearance for Covered Securities including Derivatives, Futures, Options:
A request for pre-clearance needs to be entered through the John Hancock Personal Trading & Reporting System which can be accessed through your Start Menu on your Desktop under Programs\Personal Trading & Reporting\Personal Trading & Reporting.
If the John Hancock Personal Trading & Reporting System is not on your Desktop, please use the following link:
https://cti-prd.prd.manulifeusa.com/iTrade3
The Trade Request Screen
At times you may receive a message “System is currently unavailable”. The system is scheduled to be off-line from 8:00 PM until 7:00 AM each night.
(GRAPHIC)
Required Information
Ticker/Security Cusip: Fill in either the ticker, cusip or security name with the proper information of the security you want to buy or sell. Then click the [Lookup] button. Select one of the hyperlinks for the desired security, and the system will populate the proper fields Ticker, Security Cusip, Security Name and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen.
If You Don’t Know the Ticker, Cusip, or Security Name:
If you do not know the full ticker, you may type in the first few letters followed by an asterisk * and click the [Lookup] button. For example, let’s say you want to buy some shares of Intel, but all you can remember of the ticker is that it begins with int, so you enter int* for Ticker. If any tickers beginning with int are found, they are displayed on a new screen. Select the hyperlink of the one you want, and the system will populate Security Cusip, Security Name and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen. If you do not know the full cusip, you may type in the first few numbers followed by an asterisk * and click the [Lookup] button. For example, let’s say you want to buy some shares of Microsoft, but all you can remember of the cusip is that it begins with 594918, so you enter 594918* for Ticker. If any cusips beginning with 594918 are found, they are displayed on a new screen. Select the hyperlink of the one you want, and the system will fill in Ticker, Security Name and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen. If you do not know the Ticker but have an idea of what the Security Name is, you may type in an asterisk, a few letters of the name and an asterisk * and click the [Lookup] button. For example, let’s say you want to buy some shares of American Brands, so you enter *amer* for Security Name. Any securities whose names have amer in them are displayed on a new screen, where you are asked to select the hyperlink of the one you want, and the system will fill in Ticker, Cusip and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen.
Transaction Type: Choose one of the values displayed when you click the dropdown arrow to the right of this field.
(GRAPHIC)

27


 

(GRAPHIC)
Brokerage Account: Click on the dropdown arrow to the right of the Brokerage Account field to choose the account to be used for the trade.
Quantity: Enter the amount of shares you wish to trade.
Notes Text Box: Enter any applicable notes regarding your trade request.
Click the [Preview] button to review your trade request, if everything is correct hit the [Submit] button to present request for approval; after which you will receive immediate feedback unless the system identifies a potential violation of the Ban on Short Term Profits Rule.
In this case, your request will be forwarded to Code of Ethics Administration for review and you will receive feedback via the e-mail system.
Starting Over: To clear everything on the screen and start over, click the [Clear Screen] button.
Exiting Without Submitting the Trade Request: If you decide not to submit the trade request before clicking the [Submit Request] button, simply exit from the browser by clicking the Logout menu option.
Note: When submitting your request for approval, please make sure the information you are submitting for is correct. Submission of requests with incorrect brokerage account, incorrect trade direction, or incorrect security identifier (ticker/cusip) may subject you to fines and sanctions.
Ticker/Security Name Lookup Screen: You arrive at this screen from the Trade Request Screen, where you’ve clicked the [Lookup] button (see above, “If You Don’t Know the Ticker, Cusip, or Security Name”). If you see the security you want to trade, you simply select its corresponding hyperlink (ticker or cusip) and you will automatically return to the Trade Request Screen, where you finish making your trade request. If the security you want to trade is not shown, that means that it is not recognized by the system.
You must contact Code of Ethics Administration to add the security to the system. Send an email including the following information; security name, security ticker symbol, security cusip number, security type and an attestation that the security is not an IPO or a Private Placement to Code of Ethics Administration:
Fred Spring (617) 663-3485
or Andrea Holthaus (617)-663-3484
Adding Brokerage Accounts: To access this functionality, click on the Brokerage Account\Add Brokerage Account menu item. You will be prompted to enter the Brokerage Account Number, Brokerage Account Name, Broker Contact Name, Broker Contact Email, and Initiated Dates. When you click the [Create New Brokerage Account] button, you will receive a message that informs you whether the account was successfully created.
(GRAPHIC)
Pre-clearance for Private Placements, IPO’s and Limited Offerings: You may request a pre-clearance of private placement securities, limited offerings, or an IPO by contacting Fred Spring via email (please “cc.” Frank Knox on all such requests). The request must include:
    the associate’s name;
 
    the complete name of the security;
 
    the seller (i.e. the selling party if identified and/ or the broker/dealer or placement agent) and whether or not the associate does business with those individuals or entities on a regular basis;
 
    the basis upon which the associate is being offered this investment opportunity;
 
    any potential conflict, present or future, with fund trading activity and whether the security might be offered as inducement to later recommend publicly traded securities for any fund or to trade through a particular broker/dealer or placement agent; and
 
    the date of the request
Clearance of private placements or IPO’s may be denied for any appropriate reason, such as if the transaction could create the appearance of impropriety. Clearance of IPO’s will also be denied if the transaction is prohibited for a person due to his or her access category under the Code of Ethics.
Please keep in mind that the Code of Ethics prohibits Access Level I Persons from purchasing securities in an IPO.
(GRAPHIC)

28


 

(GRAPHIC)
Appendix D: Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts
As an investment professional, Access Level I Persons, you must promptly disclose your direct or indirect beneficial interest in a security that is under consideration for purchase or sale in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account advised by Manulife Asset Management (US). You are required to follow the following guidelines.
If you or a member of your family own:
    a 5% or greater interest in a company, John Hancock Affiliated Funds advised by Manulife Asset Management (US) and its affiliates may not make any investment in that company;
 
    a 1% or greater interest in a company, you cannot participate in any decision by John Hancock Affiliated Funds advised by Manulife Asset Management (US) and its affiliates to buy or sell that company’s securities;
 
    ANY other interest in a company, you cannot recommend or participate in a decision by John Hancock Affiliated Funds advised by Manulife Asset Management (US), and its affiliates to buy or sell that company’s securities unless your personal interest is fully disclosed at all stages of the investment decision
In such instances, you must initially disclose that beneficial interest orally to the primary portfolio manager (or other appropriate analyst) of the John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account advised by Manulife Asset Management (US) or the appropriate Chief Investment Officer. Following the oral disclosure, you must send a written acknowledgement to the primary portfolio manager with a copy to the Code of Ethics Administration Department.
For the purposes of this requirement investment professionals are defined as analysts and portfolio managers.
(GRAPHIC)

29


 

(GRAPHIC)
Appendix E: Manulife Asset Management (US) Schedule of Fines and Sanctions
(GRAPHIC)
(GRAPHIC)

30


 

(GRAPHIC)
Appendix F: Chief Compliance Officer and Compliance Contacts
         
Entity   Chief Compliance Officer  
Manulife Asset Management (US)
  William Corson – 617-375-6850
 
       
Code of Ethics Contact   Phone number
Fred Spring
    617-663-3485  
Andrea Holthaus
    617-663-3484  
(GRAPHIC)
“Code” Edition: February, 2011

31

John Hancock Investors Trust
POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned Trustee or Officer of John Hancock Investors Trust* (the “Fund”), a Massachusetts business trust, does hereby appoint John J. Danello, Kinga Kapuscinski, Thomas M. Kinzler, Nicholas J. Kolokithas, Julie B. Lyman, Patricia A. Morisette, Christopher Sechler, Betsy Anne Seel, Steven Sunnerberg and Andrew Wilkins, to be my true, sufficient and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power to each of them, and each acting singly, to sign for me, in my name and in the capacity indicated below, any registration statements on Form N-2 to be filed by the Fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and any and all exhibits and other documents relating thereto, and any and all amendments to said registration statements, and to do generally all such things in my name and on my behalf in the capacity indicated below to enable the Fund to comply with the 1940 Act, the 1933 Act, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunder set my hand on this instrument as of the 6th day of March, 2012.
         
Name   Signature   Title
 
Keith F. Hartstein
  /s/ Keith F. Hartstein
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Charles A. Rizzo
  /s/ Charles A. Rizzo
 
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
William H. Cunningham
  /s/ William H. Cunningham   Trustee
 
       
 
Deborah C. Jackson
  /s/ Deborah C. Jackson   Trustee
 
       
 
Stanley Martin
  /s/ Stanley Martin   Trustee
 
       
 
Patti McGill Peterson
  /s/ Patti McGill Peterson   Trustee
 
       
 
Hugh McHaffie
  /s/ Hugh McHaffie   Trustee
 
       

 


 

         
Name   Signature   Title
 
John A. Moore
  /s/ John A. Moore   Trustee
 
       
 
Steven R. Pruchansky
  /s/ Steven R. Pruchansky   Trustee
 
       
 
Gregory A. Russo
  /s/ Gregory A. Russo   Trustee
 
       
 
John G. Vrysen
  /s/ John G. Vrysen   Trustee
 
       
 
*   1940 Act File No. 811-4173